Nyāsappadīpa
also known as Saṃ-pyaṅ-ṭīkā
A commentary on Vimalabuddhi’s Mukhamattadīpanī.
Source text: Mauṅ Liṅḥ, ed., Yangon 1913.
Transcript A. Ruiz Falqués
As Part of the Project: Mapping Medieval Sciences in Southern Asia
Singapore University of Technology and Design
2017
[1]
saṃpyaṅṭīkāpāṭh ||
namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa ||
saṃsāravantagamanantaguṇādhivāsaṃ |
nīrundhiyūpagatañeyyam anāthanāthaṃ ||
buddhañ ca dhammam adhinīharamaggasaṃghaṃ |
nyāsappadīpam abhinamya karomi sādhuṃ || || [Vasantatilaka]
(ka) pakaraṇasaṃvaṇṇanārambhe sakalajjhattikabāhirantarāyanivāraṇasamatthaṃ ratanattayapaṇāmavacanaṃ attano ratanattaye saddhādiguṇasampadāvabodhanatthaṃ, taṃ viññūnaṃ cittārādhanatthaṃ tam attani bahumānuppādanatthaṃ tam evaṃ saddhādiguṇasamaṅginākatasaṃvaṇṇanā pamāṇā ti saṃvaṇṇanāya gāravuppādanatthaṃ tam uppannagāravehi viññūhi saṃvaṇṇanāya gāhaṇatthaṃ taṃsaddatthāvagamanatthaṃ taṃ yathābhūtāvabodhanatthaṃ tadaviparītapaṭipattiyaṃ paṭipajjanatthaṃ taṃsabbasampattinipphādanatthan ti kaccāyanasuttasaṃvaṇṇanaṃ samārabhitukāmo ācariyo ratanattayassa tāva paṇāmaṃ katvā tabbihatantarāyena samārabhitabban ti anappakakappopacitakusalabalasamuditadasabalavesārajjādiguṇagaṇa [2] maṇimayukhavisadavipphuritadhammakāyasamaṅgitāya nāthassa niyyānikādyanekaguṇasampattisamaṅgitāya dhammassa anuttarapuññakkhettādibhāvena saṃghassa ca sakalalobhābhivandanamānanapūjāsakkārabhājanassa antarāyakarāpuññavighātakarapuññavisesabhūtaṃ paṇāmaṃ dassento
buddhaṃ visuddham avisuddhajanassa suddhi-
sampāpakaṃ sakalalokavimohakassa
mohassa dhaṃsakam api ‘ssa suvuttadhammaṃ
natvāna saṃgham anaghottamadakkhiṇeyyan ti āha.
paṭhamaṃ kare padacchedaṃ | samāsādiṃ tato kare ||
samāsādo kate pacchā | atthaṃ niyyātha paṇḍito ti || ||
vuttattā paṭhamantāvetthapadavibhāgo evaṃ veditabbo. buddhan ti ekaṃ padaṃ. visuddhan ti ekaṃ. avisuddhajanassā ti ekaṃ. suddhisampāpakan ti ekaṃ. sakalalokavimohakassā ti ekaṃ. mohassā ti ekaṃ. dhaṃsakan ti ekaṃ. apī ti ekaṃ. assā ti ekaṃ. suvuttadhamman ti ekaṃ. natvānā ti ekaṃ. saṃghan ti ekaṃ. anaghottamadakkhiṇeyyan ti ekaṃ padan ti terasapadāyaṃ gāthā. tattha buddhan ti yathāloke avagantā avagato ti vuccati evaṃ bujjhitā saccādī ti buddho. yathāpaṇṇasosāpaṇṇasusāti vuccati. evaṃ bodhetā pajāya ti buddho. atha vā. pāramitāparibhāvitāya paññāya sabbe saṅkhatāsaṅkhate dhamme bujjhati abujjhi bujjhissatī ti buddho. sammāsambuddho vata so bhagavā ti adhigataguṇavisese hi khīṇāsavehi bujjhitabbo ti vā buddho. bhagavatā bujjhitabbaṃ ñātabban ti buddhaṃ. kin taṃ. sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ. tad assa atthī ti vā buddho. bujjhitabbena sabbaññutaññāṇena samannāgatattā vā buddho. sabbaññutāya buddho. sabbadhammānaṃ bujjhanasamatthatāya buddhiyā buddho ti vuttaṃ hoti. sabbadassāvitāya buddho. sabbadhammabodhanasamatthatāya buddhiyā buddho ti vuttaṃ hoti. anuññaneyyatāya buddho. aññena abodhito sayam eva buddhattā buddho ti vuttaṃ hoti. vikasitatāya buddho. anaññasādharaṇānekaguṇagaṇehi vikasanato pana padumam iva vikasanaṭṭhena buddho ti vuttaṃ hoti. khīṇāsavasaṅkhātena buddho. āsavakkhayakarañāṇena buddho ti vuttaṃ hoti. niru [3] pakkilesasaṅkhātena buddho. ekantavītarāgo ti buddho. ekantavītadoso ti vā. ekantavī[add ta?]tamo hoti vā. ekantanikkileso ti vā. ekāyanam aggagato ti vā. eko anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho ti vā. abuddhivihatattā buddhipaṭilābhā ti vā buddho. ko so. sabbadhammesu apaṭihatañāṇanimittānuttara vimokkhaparibhāvitakhandhasantānam āgammapaññattikosattaviseso. sabbaññutaññāṇavadaṭṭhanaṃ vā saccābhisambodhimupādāya paññattiko sattaviseso. kammavacanicchāyaṃ buddhan ti vuttaṃ. visuddhan ti bhagavā anaññasādhāraṇārahattamaggañāṇena savāsanānaṃ samucchinnattā visese na kilesehi suddho ti visuddho. tapaccayassa kālattayābhihitattā visesena ukkaṃsena rāgādikilesehi sujjhati asujjhi sujjhissatī ti vā visuddho. tantaṃ maggavajjhānaṃ kilesānaṃ tena ten’ eva maggena pahātabbattā vividhena nānāppakārena maggañāṇena sujjhatī ti vā visuddho. ekantena vā sujjhatī ti visuddho. vikkhambhitakileso pana sujjhanto pi na ekantena sujjhatipaccāgamanīyatilesattā. na tathāyaṃ samucchinnakileso apaccāgamanīyakilesattā. vuttaṃ hi sotāpattimaggena ye kilesā pahīnā te kilese na puneti na pacceti na paccāgacchati ‘cc ādi. sabbathā sujjhatī ti vā visuddho. sāvakā pana sujjhantā pi na sabbathā sujjhanti. pothujjanikakilesābhijanitaviññattipayoganimittavāsanā dosā pahānato. na tathāyaṃ sāvakādhipati samucchinnatannimittavāsanā dosattā. tattha katamāvāsanā nāma. nirānusayasantānassa pi sānusayasantānakāle samācārasadisasamācāranimittaṃ kilesehi āhitasattiviseso. kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti. yathā āsavasittaghaṭe apanīte pi āsave āsavagandho tāva tiṭṭhati. na ca so gandho āsavo. na ca āsavena vinā āhito. āsavaṃ pana nissāya ghaṭe āhito vāsito sattiviseso. evaṃ puthujjanakāle yādiso kāyasamācāro kāyappayogo pi. pilindavacchadīnaṃ viya vacīpayogo. khevitāsavakāle pi tādisassa kāyavacīsamācārassa nimittabhūto kāraṇabhūto kilesehi āhito kilesaṃ paṭicca [4] santāne vā sito sattiviseso ti vuttaṃ hoti. tena saha cittasantānamahāsaragataṃ sabba[ki?]lesudakaṃ ariyamaggadivākarena niravasesato so sitattā visuddho. taṃ visuddhaṃ. avisuddhajanassā ti appahīnakilesasantānatāya na visuddho ti avisuddho. asamucchinnataṇhānusayattā avijjātaṇhābhisaṅkhatena kammunā bhavayonigatiṭṭhitisattāvāsesu khandhapañcakasaṅkhātaṃ attabhāvaṃ janeti abhinibbattetī ti jano. kilese jane ti ajanesi janessatī ti vā jano. avisuddho ca so jano ceti avisuddhajano. tassa kilesehi avisuddhakāya vacīmanokammassa janassa. taṃ avisuddhajanan ti vā kammanichaṭṭhī. suddhisampāpakan ti kilesehi sujjhatī ti suddhi. kilesānaṃ sujjhanaṃ vāsuddhi. anārammaṇattā kassaci akusalassa dūrībhāvato sabbakilesehi anantogadhattā bhavagāmikammesu  nissaṭattā saṃsāravaṭṭato nibbānaṃ suddhī ti vuccati. sammā aviparītapaṭipattiyā pakārena tesaṃ tesaṃ ajjhāsayānukūlāya sāmukkaṃsitāya dhammadesanāya pāpetī ti sampāpako. suddhiyā sampāpako suddhisampāpako. taṃ suddhisampāpakaṃ natvānā ti sambandho. ettha paṭhamena sakalañeyyāvagamatthappakāsakena padena bhagavato sabbaññutasampattiṃ pakāseti. tena ca aññātaduññātābhāvasaṅkhātaṃ ñāṇasuddhiṃ. tena ti lokavidutaṃ. tena sakalabhavātikkantattaṃ. tenā tulyapuggalattaṃ. tena sakkārabhājanattaṃ. tena sakkārakārakānam antarāya nivāraṇasamatthataṃ. tenattano paṇāmārahataṃ pakāseti. dutīyena nikkilesattapakāsakena vijitānaṅgavisayassa arahattaphalasmpattiṃ pakāseti. tenaggadakkhiṇeyyapuggalattaṃ. tena pitāmaranarādipūjārahattaṃ. tena attano paṇāmārahataṃ pakāseti. tatīyena sāsakattasampattipakāsakena vijitakusumāyudhasaṅgāmassa mahākaruṇāya samadhigamaṃ pakāseti. tena paropakāritaṃ. tenāviparītadhammadesakattaṃ. tena tilokūpasaṅkamaṃ. tenapūjanīyattaṃ. tena cattanopaṇāmārahataṃ pakāseti. evaṃ sabbaññutārahattasāsakattappakāsakena padattayena bhagavato thomanā pubbakaṃ paṇāmaṃ [5] dassetvā tadanantaraṃ tappabhāvitassa buddhabodhitabbassa dhammassa paṇāmaṃ dassento sakalalokavimohakassa mohassa dhaṃsakam api ‘ssa suvuttadhamman ti āha. tattha niravasesaṭṭhena sakalo. sahakalāya avayavena vattatī ti vāsakalo. lujjati palujjatī ti loko dutīyaṃ purimassa ve[ce?]vacanaṃ. bhavābhavaṃ dhāvanto punappunaṃ nassatī ti attho. atha vā. vaṭṭasmiṃ pariyāpannabhāvena cutikkhaṇe lujjati khandhabhedena nassati. paṭisandhikkhaṇe palujjati khandhapātubhāvena puna nibbattatī ti loko. sakalo ti ca loko ti ca satto pavuccati. tasmā sakalo ca so loko cā ti sakalaloko. sakalalokaṃ visesena moheti hitappaṭipattiṃ ñātuṃ nadetī ti sakalalokavimohako. tassa sahajātadhammā muyhanti tena visaññino viya bhavanti. sayaṃ vā muyhati. sahajātadhammānaṃ muyhanamattam eva va jātan ti moho. moho ti aññāṇaṃ vuccati. tassa dhaṃseti adhaṃsayidhaṃsessatī ti vā dhaṃsako. dhammo. taṃ dhaṃsakaṃ. apī ti samuccayatthe upasaggapadaṃ. assā ti buddhassa. kattari chaṭṭhī. buddhenā ti attho. bhagavatā suṭṭhu ucci[add. ta?]tthā ti suvutto. yathānusiṭṭhaṃ paṭipajjamāne catūsv apāyesv apatamāne katvā satte dhāre tī ti dhammo. pāpake dhamme dhunāti padhaṃsetī ti vā dhammo. sakasakalakkhaṇaṃ dhāretī ti vā dhammo. kakkhaḷādināphusanādināsan ti ādinā sakabhāvena dhārīyati upadhārīyati lakkhīyatī ti vā dhammo. paṇḍitehi dhārīyate na bālehī ti vā dhammo. suvutto ca so dhammo cā ti suvuttadhammo. taṃ tattha ca paṇḍitā ti pakārena visaye ḍeti pavattatī ti paṇḍā. kā sā. paññā. aniccādinā pakārena dhamme ḍeti bujjhatī ti vā paṇḍā. sā āyatanadhātupaṭiccasamuppādaṭṭhānāṭhānakusalatāvasena catubbidhā. tatra ekekābhāsitatthassa udāharaṇakālen’ eva sahagahaṇasamatthā sahasāraṇī paṭilomavasena pavattanasamatthā āsāraṇī vattuno adhippāyaṃ anugamanasamatthā anusāraṇī, visesaṃ jānituṃ samatthā atisāraṇī ti catubbidhā. evaṃ sesesu pī ti soḷasavidhā honti. evaṃ catubbidhāya paṇḍāya itāgatāpavattā ti paṇḍitā. bālā ti aññāṇatā. balantī ti bālā. assā [6] sitapassāsitamattena jīvanti na paññājīvitenā ti adhippāyo. atha vā. bāti dvisaddassa sambhūtādeso lā ti ādiyitabbatthavācako dhātu. lā ādāne tasmā sandiṭṭhikasamparāyikasaṅkhāte vā attānatthaparānatthasaṅkhāte vā dve avuddhiyo ādiyanti gaṇhantī ti bālā. atha vā. attatthaparatthasaṅkhāte diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikatthasaṅkhāte vā saggasampattimokkhasampattisaṅkhāte vā dve vuḍḍhiyo devadattakokālikādayo viya lunanti chindantī ti bālā. lū chedane ti dhātu. natvā nāti vanditvānu tanninnatappoṇatappabbhārohutvā ti attho. mohassa dhaṃsakan t’iminā samucchedapaṭippassaddhinissaraṇappahānavasena maggaphalanibbānasaṅkhāto navalokuttaradhammo pi vutto. kasmā pan’ ettha mohass’ eva pahanaṃ vuttaṃ. netare santi. taṃ mūlakattā sabbakilesānaṃ. tappahānasmiṃ hi vuccamānetammukhen’ itaresam pi pahānaṃ guttam eva hotī ti tathā vuttaṃ. suvuttadhamman t’iminā pariyattidhammo pi vutto. so hi lokapaññatti manatikkammadhammasabhāvamappahāya hetuphalasambandhānurūpena ekantaniyyānikaṃ katvā desitattā suvutto ti vuccati. evaṃ sapariyattikanavalokuttaradhammapakāsakena padadvayena dhammassa thomanāpubbakaṃ paṇāmaṃ dassetvā tadanantaraṃ tadādhārakasaṃghassa paṇāmaṃ dassento saṃgham anaghottamadakkhiṇeyyan ti āha. tattha saṃghan ti samaggaṃ kammaṃ samupagacchatī ti saṃgho. sīladiṭṭhisāmaññehi saṃhatattā saṃghaṭitattā vā saṃgho. kilesārayo hanati hiṃsatī ti vā saṃgho.
cattāro ca paṭippannā | cattāro ca phale ṭhitā ||
esa saṃgho ujubhūto | paññāsīlasamāhito ti || ||
vacanato saṃgho ti ariyapuggalasamūho vuccati. taṃ anaghottamadakkhiṇeyyan ti n’ atthi agho etassā ti anagho. agho ti kileso vuccati. nikkileso ti attho. anena aṭṭhāriyapuggalasamūhass’ eva idhādhippetabhāvaṃ dīpeti. uddhaḍatamattā uttamo. dātabbā ti dakkhiṇā. dāyakānaṃ mahapphalabhāvakaraṇena taṃpaṭiggaṇhituṃ arahatī ti dakkhiṇeyyo. uttamo ca so dakkhiṇeyyo [7] cā ti uttamadakkhiṇeyyo. atha vā. saddhāya dātabbato uttamā. uttamā ca so dakkhiṇā ceti uttamadakkhiṇā. uttamadakkhiṇaṃ paṭiggaṇhituṃ arahatī ti uttamadakkhiṇeyyo. atha vā. nikkilesattā uttamo. uttamo ca so dakkhiṇeyyo cā ti uttamadakkhiṇeyyo. uttama uttamadakkhiṇeyyo ti vattabbe ekasesavasena uttamadakkhiṇeyyo ti vuttaṃ. anenānuttarapuññakkhettabhāvaṃ dīpeti. anagho ca so uttamadakkhiṇeyyo cā ti anaghottamadakkhiṇeyyo. taṃ. ettha ca anaghottamadakkhiṇeyyan ti iminā padena nikkilesattā yeva saṃghassa dakkhiṇeyyataṃ vibhāveti. tena ca yo dakkhiṇeyyo, so añjalikaraṇīyo ti attano paṇāmārahataṃ yeva pakāseti.
(kha) evaṃ ratanattayassa paṇāmaṃ dassetvā tadanantaraṃ pakaraṇavattuno ācariyassa paṇāmaṃ dassento kaccāyanañ ca munivaṇṇitabuddhin ti āha. tattha kaccāyanan ti kasikammādinā issariyasampatti nipphādakabyāpārena kaccati dippatī ti kacco. issariyasampattiyā vā kaccati dippatī ti kacco. gottāgatanāmavasena vā kacco. ko so. therapitā. kaccassa apaccaṃ puttabhūto thero iti kaccāyano. taṃ monaṃ vuccati ñāṇaṃ. taṃ ass’ atthī ti muni. sabbadhamme munāti sakasāmaññalakkhaṇadinā paṭivijjhatī ti vā muni. vaṇṇīyate iti vaṇṇitā. bujjhanaṃ buddhi. muninā vaṇṇītā buddhi yassa so munivaṇṇitabuddhi. taṃ. natvānā ti sambandho. catuparisāmajjhe vitthārakathikānaṃ antare bhagavatā etadaggaṭṭhāne thapentena katapaññāguṇavaṇṇanaṃ sandhāyāha munivaṇṇitabuddhin ti. ettha ca ratanattayan tāva sabbāgatibhayavināsakarattā saṃsārabhayaṭṭhitassa lokattayassa saraṇe patiṭṭhitattā aggamaṅgalattā asesantarāyavidhaṃsanasamatthattā vandatu. itaraṃ kasmā vandatī ti ce. upakārattā kathaṃ ayamaññasādharaṇaguṇanāvaraṇanidassinā mahesinā vijjantesv api chaḷabhiññacatupaṭisambhidāpattānekasatakhīṇāsavesu etadaggaṃ bhikkhave mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ saṃkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena atthaṃ vibhajantānaṃ yadidaṃ mahākaccāno ti etadaggethapito rūpaggapatto [8] pabhinnapaṭisambhido mahāsāvako tadanurūpaṃ attano ñāṇabalaṃ dassento kate saty aññasmiṃ pakaraṇe nānādesabhāsā bhikkhū dunniruttim anaropetvā jineritappakārāya māgadhikāya sabhāvaniruttiyā akasirena munivacanam uggaṇhissantī ti karuṇāya sañcoditamānaso idaṃ pakaraṇam akāsi. iccanena katassa kaccāyanappakaraṇassa atthavivaraṇaṃ karonto ratanattayapaṇāmānantaram eva ‘ssa namakkārakaraṇam anucchavikan ti pakaraṇakaraṇūpakaraṃ sallakkhetvā vandī ti. nanu cāyaṃ sugatasuto. yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭhapurisapuggalā ty ādivacanato paṭiladdhamaggaphalattā saṃgharatanapariyāpanno. tappariyāpannattā yeva ratanattayanamassanen’eva namassito. atha kiṃ punagahito ti ce. paṭhamaṃ sakkārabhājanattā. dutīyaṃ upakārattā. yathā pacchā upasampannena pure upasampanno vandanīyo ti vutte pure upasampannattā ācariyupajjhāyānam pi vandanaṃ anuññātam eva. tathā vijitajeyyo yatipati so gate nissitakasissānaṃ ācariyupajjhāyānaṃ bahukārattā paccekaṃ ācariyo vandanīyo ti ādim āha. evaṃ saṃgharatanantogadhopyāyaṃ pakaraṇakattutāya bahupakāro ti visuṃ vandituṃ puna gahito ti.
sabbāgatībhayavināsanahetukattā |
yuttaṃ paṇāmakaraṇaṃ ratanattayassa ||
kaccāyanassapanakiṃ akarīyapaṇāmaṃ |
therassa ce ti tivadeyyavitaṇḍavādī || ||
tassopakāraguṇahetuakāpaṇāmaṃ |
kaccāyanassananusogahitopageva ||
ratnenasaṃghamabhidhānavacabbasena |
saccaṃ sahevam iha tena visuṃ gahīto || ||
sakkārārahabhāvena | vandito paṭhamaṃ yati ||
upakārattādutīyaṃ | vandanīyo ti vandito || ||
evaṃ ratanattayena saha pakaraṇakattuno paṇāmaṃ dassetvā [9] tadanantaraṃ attanā samārabhitasaṃvaṇṇanāya nissaya nāma kattupadesanayāni dassento assa kaccāyanassā ty ādim āha. tattha assā ti sabbanāmapadaṃ. kaccāyanassā ti iminā tulyādhikaraṇaṃ. kaccāyanassa idaṃ pakaraṇaṃ iti kaccāyanaṃ. tassa kaccāyanassa. tena kaccāyanena katassa assa kaccāyanassā ti sambandho. anen’ attanā samārabhitasaṃvaṇṇanāya nissayaṃ dasseti. mukhamattan ti mukhīyate vivarīyate iti mukhaṃ. mīyate iti mattaṃ. mukhassa vivaraṇassa mattaṃ pamāṇaṃ mukhamattaṃ. pavesanupāyamattan ti attho. anena saṃvaṇṇanāya nāmaṃ nidasseti. ahan ti iminā kattāraṇ nidasseti. karissan ti karissāmi. pāraṃparābhata. pa. laddhopadesan ti pare ca pare ca paraṃparā. paraparā ti vattabbe niggahitāgamaṃ katvā evaṃ vuttan ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. aññe aññe ācariyā ti attho. paraṃparānaṃ aññesaṃ aññesaṃ ācariyānaṃ pavattiyantatī ti pāraṃparā. atha vā. paraṃparā ti paveṇivācako nipāto. vācāsiliṭṭhatāya ādidīghaṃ katvā evaṃ vuttan ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ābharitabbo ti ābhato. vinicchitabbo ti vinicchayo. nicchayanaṃ sanniṭṭhānakaraṇaṃ nicchayo. vinicchayassa nicchayo vinicchayanicchayo. pāraṃparaya ābhatopāraṃ parābhato. pāraṃparābhato ca so vinicchayanicchayo cā ti pāraṃ parābhatavinicchayanicchayo. taṃ jānanasīlāpāraṃparābhatavinicchayanicchayaññū. labbhate alabbhī ti vā laddho. ācariyena upagantvā dissanaṃ pekkhāpanaṃ upadeso. pāraṃparā bhatavinicchayanicchayaññūhi laddho pāraṃparābhatavinicchayanicchayaññu laddho. pāraṃparābhatavinicchayanicchayaññuladdho ca so upadeso cā ti pāraṃparābhatavinicchayanicchayaññuladdhopadeso. taṃ. avalambā ti avalambitvā. anena pubbācariyassa nissaya dassanena attukkaṃsanaparimocanatthañ c’ eva mahāsāvakavisayam idaṃ na aññesan ti pakaraṇassā ti gambhīrabhāvadassanatthañ ca attanā laddhopadesanayañ ca nidasseti. karīyate akarī ti vā kataṃ. tassa katassa. tenā ti sabbanāmapadaṃ. kaccāyanattherenā t’iminā tulyādhikaraṇaṃ. anena pakaraṇakattāraṃ niddisati. tatrāyaṃ padayojanā. ahaṃ buddhaṃ paṭividhasabbadhammaṃ. kiṃ visiṭṭhaṃ. rāgādikilesehi visesena suddhaṃ. puna pi kiṃ visiṭṭhaṃ. avisuddha [10] janassa avisuddhajanaṃ suddhisampāpakaṃ natvāna vanditvāna. api na kevalam eva buddhaṃ natvāna, assa bhagavatho [sic] suvuttadhammaṃ. kiṃ visiṭṭhaṃ. sakalalokavimohakassa mohassa dhaṃsakaṃ natvāna. api na kevalam eva buddhaṃ dhammaṃ natvāna. saṃghaṃ aṭṭhannaṃ ariyapuggalānaṃ samūhaṃ. kiṃ visiṭṭhaṃ. anaghottamadakkhiṇeyyaṃ natvāna. na ca kevalam eva buddhaṃ dhammaṃ saṃghaṃ natvāna. kaccāyanattheraṃ. kiṃ visesaṃ. munivaṇṇitabuddhiṃ natvāna pāraṃ parābhatavinicchayanicchayaññuladdhopadesaṃ avalamba-avalambitvā nissayaṃ katvā tena kaccāyanattherena katassa assa kaccāyanassa mukhamattaṃ vivaraṇamattaṃ karissaṃ karissāmī ti. vatthu āsīsapaṇāmapubbakesu ganthārambhesu paṇāmapubbako ganthārambho ti veditabbo. natvānā ti vacanena tadatthe viññāyamāne atha kimatthaṃ vuttaṃ paṇāmapubbako ganthārambho ti ce. tappabhedadassanatthaṃ. tividho hi ganthārambho. vatthupubbako āsīsa pubbako paṇāmapubbako ti. saty evaṃ kasmā ratanattayass’ eva paṇāmaṃ kataṃ. netaradevatānan ti ce. sakkārabhājanattā ratanattayassa anaññaladdhikattā ca ācariyassa. yathā sīhavasāya suvaṇṇaghaṭam eva bhājanaṃ evaṃ lokattayaggasikhāmaṇiratanattāguṇavisiṭṭhattā ca ratanattayam eva sakkārabhājanaṃ. yathā aññaladdhikā hemācalasaññāya dīpam hi patantā salabhā viya vijjante pi ratanattaye tilokādhippati saññāya sivādayo namassan ti. ayaṃ pan’ evam akatvā maggaparaṃ parāyāgatācalasaddhattā aviparītadiṭṭhitāya ca idam eva loke seṭṭhaṃ seṭṭhattā ca vandanārahan ti ratanattayass’ eva paṇāmam akāsi.
saññānimittakattā ca parimāṇaṃ payojanaṃ ||
sabbāgamassa pubbe va vattabbaṃ vattum icchatā ti || ||
vacanato imaṃ kaccāyanasuttasaṃvaṇṇanaṃ kathetukāmena tāvācariyena ratanattayapaṇāmānantaraṃ saññādiatthapañcakaṃ kathetabbaṃ. tattha saññā ti nāmaṃ. taṃ duvidhaṃ sāmaññavisesanāmavasena. tattha mukhamattadīpanī ti sāmaññanāmaṃ. taṃ mukhamattan ti minā samubbhāvīyati. nimittaṃ duvidhaṃ ajjhattikabāhiravasena. tattha ajjhattikan nāma suttā [11] dhippāyam ajānitvā saddanipphattiyā saṃmuyhamānaṃ janataṃ disvā samussāhiyamānākaruṇā. taṃ saṃvaṇṇanārambhakaraṇen’ eva karuṇāya coditabhāvam attano nidasseti. bāhiraṃ nāma tadārammaṇabhūtājanatā. kattā nāma sakalakalāpabyākaraṇānucaritabuddhivimalabuddhitthero. pamāṇaṃ pana duvidhaṃ paricchedasamūhappamāṇavasena. tattha paricchedapamāṇavasena tevīsatiparicchedo. samūhapamāṇavasena aṭṭhasahassa pamāṇaṃ. payojanaṃ pana duvidhaṃ mukhyānusaṅgikavasena. taṃ upari āgatanayen’eva veditabbaṃ.
(ga) evaṃ gāthādvayena saharatanattayapaṇāmena attanā samārabhitasaṃvaṇṇanāya saññādi atthapañcakaṃ dassetvā tadanantaraṃ pakaraṇakattuno paṇāmadassane vidhiṃ dassento yaṃ kiñci ‘ccādim āha. tattha yaṃ kiñcī ti niravasesapariyādāne nipāto. gandhan ti gandhe ti atthesū cetī ti gantho. nānābhedabhinnā atthāganthīyanti racīyanti anupubbaṃ thapīyanti etenā ti vā gantho. taṃ. yassa kassaci pakaraṇass’ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ yaṃ kiñci ganthan ti sabbaganthaṃ. ācariyena samārabhitapakaraṇam evāniddisitvā kasmā sāmaññaniddeso ti ce. sabbaganthārambhe ratanattayapaṇāmakiriyānāma pakate sā ācariyānanti sakalācariyavidhisandassanatthaṃ. sammā ārabhanatthāya samārabhituṃ. kamīyate kāmanaṃ vā kāmo. samārabhituṃ kāmo yassa so ti samārabhitukāmo. sammāpakārena ārabhituṃ kāme tī ti vāsam ārabhitukāmo. tena tāvā ti pubbabhāgatthe nipāto. tassa ganthārambhassa pubbabhāge ti attho. ācariyenā ti ante vāsike hi abhimukhaṃ katvā caritabbo upasaṅkamitabbo ti vā. ante vāsikānaṃ hitasukhe ācarayati vattetī ti vā. ādito paṭṭhāya caritabbo upaṭṭhahitabbo ti vā. āpāṇakoṭikaṃ katvā caritabbo ti vā ācariyo. tena. ratanattayassā ti ratiṃ abhiratiṃ pemaṃ janetī ti ratanaṃ. ratijanan ti vattabbe niruttinayena mahāpadesena vā ikārassa akāraṃ jakāralopañ ca katvā evaṃ vuttan ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. atha vā. cittikatamahagghātulyadullabhadassanānomasattaparibhogatthenā pi ratanaṃ. buddhadhammasaṃghānam evādhivacanaṃ. vuttañ ca. [12]
buddho sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ dhammo lokuttaro nava
saṃgho maggaphalaṭṭho ca icc etaṃ ratanattayan ti.
tattha buddho sabbaññutaññāṇan ti sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ buddho paṭividdho ñāto adhigato bhagavā ti attho. ratanañ ca ratanañ ca ratanañ ca ratanāni. ekasesaniddeso ‘yaṃ. tiṇṇaṃ samāhāro ti vā. tīṇi samāhaṭānī ti vā. tayo avayavā assā ti vā tayaṃ. ratanānaṃ tayaṃ ratanattayaṃ. tiṇṇaṃ ratanānaṃ samūho ti attho. tassa. bahumhi vattabbe bahuvacanan ti vacanato vattabbassatthassānekattā bahuvacanam akatvā ken’ idh’ ekavacanaṃ katan ti ce. avayavavasenāgahetvā tiṇṇaṃ samūhavasena gahitattā. tathā hi tayo avayavā assā ti tayaṃ. ratanānaṃ tayaṃ ratanattayan ti vuttaṃ. icc atra avayavasaṅkhyāvikārikāvibhatyuppatti na hoti. paṇāmanaṃ paṇāmo. kāyavācācittehi ratanattayaguṇaninnatā. paṇāman ti etāyā ti vā paṇāmo. paṇāmakriyābhinipphādikā cetanā. taṃ katvā ti minā atītakālābhihita paṇāmakriyābhinipphatti saṃsūcakena karaṇīyāparakālikaganthārambhakiccaṃ samubbhāvīyati. tabbihatantarāyenasamārabhitabban ti vihanitabbā vināsetabbā ti vihatā. tena ratanattayapaṇāmena vihatā ācariyenā ti tibbihatā. atha vā. tena viparītamanasikārā dyasādhāraṇahetusambhūta ratanattaya paṇāmakaraṇābhisaṃsiddhi paṭhamajavanacetanāsaṅkhātena khettajjhāsayasampattiyā diṭṭhadhammavedanīyabhūtāpuññavighātakarāmalavipulapuññābhisandena vihatā tabbihatā. yathā laddhasampattinimittassa purimabhavasaṃsiddhikammassa balānuppadānavasena. saṃvijjamāne pi vattisnehe padīpasikhūpaghātakahetubhāvena antarāyakara anilā viya saṃvijjamānesv api āyukammesu purimakammanipphannassa vipākasantānassa antarāvemajjhe ayanti āpatantī ti antarāyā. ke te. rogādyupaddavā. tabbihatā antarāyā yena sotabbihatantarāyo. tena. sammā ārabhīyate samārabhitabbaṃ. itī ti kāraṇatthavācī nipāto. tassa yaṃ kiñci ganthaṃ samārabhitukāmena tāvācariyena bāttiṃsa mahāpurisalakkhaṇasabbaññutādiguṇasampattisamaṅgitāya [13] buddhassa ca svākhyātatādibhāvena dhammassa ca suppaṭipannatādibhāvena saṃghassa cā ti ratanattayassa paṇāmaṃ katvā tabbihatantarāyena yasmā samārabhitabbaṃ. iti tasmā sabbalokābhivandanīyassa attano satthuno paṇāmaṃ dassento ti sambandho. atha vā. yaṃ kiñci ganthaṃ samārabhitukāmena ācariyena tāvādimhi yasmā ratanattayassa paṇāmaṃ katvā tabbihatantarāyena samārabhitabbaṃ, iti tasmā bāttiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇasabbaññutādiguṇasampattisamaṅgitāya sabbalokābhivandanīyassa attano satthuno buddhassa ca, svākhyātatādibhāvena sabbalokābhivandanīyassa dhammassa ca, suppaṭipannatādibhāvena sabba lokābhivandanīyassa saṃghassa ca paṇāmaṃ dassento ti sambandho. ratanattayassa paṇāmārahaguṇe dassento bāttiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇā ty ādim āha. tattha dve ca tiṃsāni ca bāttiṃsāni. iminā lakkhaṇānam eva anūnādhikattaṃ vibhāveti. anaññasādhāraṇaguṇāti sayalābhitāya mahanto. mahanto ca so puriso cā ti mahāpuriso. mahāpurisattaṃ lakkhīyati etehī ti lakkhaṇāni. mahāpurisassa lakkhaṇāni mahāpurisalakkhaṇāni. bāttiṃsāni ca tāni mahāpurisalakkhaṇāni ce ti bāttiṃsamahāpurisalakkaṇāni. imina anantāparimitakāla sambharitapāramitāya phalanipphattibhūtaṃ bhagavato rūpakāyasampattiṃ pakāseti. sabbaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ jānanasīloti sabbaññū, pañcañeyyadhammapabhedaṃ sabbaṃ aññāsī ti vā sabbaññū. saṅkhatāsaṅkhatādibhedo sabbadhammo hi saṅkhāro. vikāro lakkhaṇaṃ nibbanaṃ. paññattī ti pañcañeyyapabhedo hoti. sabbaññū ti ca paka[cor. pakama]sabbaññū. sakiṃ sabbaññū. satha(?)tasabbaññū. sattisabbaññū. ñātasabbaññū ti pañcavidhā sabbaññū. tesu kamena sabbasañcānana kālāsambhavato kamasabbañutānayujjati. sakiṃ sabbārammaṇgahaṇāsambhavato sakiṃ sabbañutāpi na yujjati. cakkhuviññāṇādīniyathārammaṇaṃ cittasambhavato bhavaṅgacittavirodhato ca yujjati abhāvato ca satatasabbaññutāpi na yujjati. niravasesato sabbaṃ jānanasamatthattā satti sabbaññutāvāsiyā. viditasabbadhammattā ñātasabbaññu tāvā. sattisabbaññutāya sabbajānanattaṃ n’ atthī ti tam pi na yujjati.
[14]
natassa addiṭṭham idhatthi kiñci |
atho aviññātamajānitabbaṃ ||
sabbaṃ abhiññāsi yadatthiñeyyaṃ |
tathāgato tena samantacakkhū ti || ||
vacanato ñātasabbaññutā eva yujjati. evaṃ hisati kiccato a
saṃ mohato kāraṇasiddhito āvajjanapaṭibaddhato sabbaññū eva
hotī ti. sabbaññuno bhāvo sabbañutā. sīlādidhammā guñcante
paricayantebhagavatā ti guṇā. guñcante sūcayante pakāsayante atta
no ādhāranti vā guṇā. sabbañutā ādipakārāmariyādabhūtā
vāyesante sabbañutādayo. sabbaññutādayo ca te guṇā ce ti
sabbaññutādiguṇā. anenassa dhammakāyasampattiṃ pakāseti. bāttiṃ
samahāpurisalakkhaṇāni ca sabbaññutādiguṇā ce ti bāttiṃsamahā
purisalakkhaṇasabbaññutādiguṇā. sampajjanaṃ sampatti. bāttiṃsamahāpu
risalakkhaṇasabbaññutādiguṇānaṃ sampatti bāttiṃsa mahāpurisa. pa.
guṇasampatti. samāgamanaṃ ekībhāvo samaṅgo. bāttiṃsa. pa. guṇa
sampattiyā samaṅgobāttiṃsa . pa. guṇasampattisamaṅgo. bāttiṃsa . pa.
guṇasampattisamaṅgo assa atthī ti bāttiṃsa. pa. guṇasampattisamaṅgī.
bāttiṃsa. pa. guṇasampatti samanṅgino bhāvo bāttiṃsa. pa. guṇa
sampattisamaṅgitā. tāya bāttiṃsa. pa. guṇasampatti samaṅgitāya
buddhassa. ākhyāyatī ty ākhyāto. suṭṭhuākhyāto svākhyāto.
ekantaniyyānikaṃ katvā kathito ty attho. svākhyātassa dhammassa
bhāvo svākhyātatā. svākhyātatā ādipakārabhūto yassa
dhammassaso svākhyātatādi. svākhyātatādino bhāvo svākhyā
tatādibhāvo. tena svakhyātatādibhāvena dhammassa. ettha pakā
ratthavācakādiggahaṇena sandiṭṭhikādayo guṇāgahitā. paṭipajjatī
ti paṭipanno. suṭṭhupaṭipanno suppaṭipanno. attakilamathādyantadvaya
manupagammasundarāya majjhimāyapaṭipattiyānibbānaṃ paṭipajjati jānātī ti
vā suppaṭipanno. saṃgho. suppaṭipannassa bhāvo suppaṭipannatā. suppaṭipanna
tā ādipakāro yassa saṃghassa so suppaṭipannatādi. suppaṭipanna
[15]
tādino saṃghassa bhāvo suppaṭipannatādibhāvo. tena suppaṭipanna
tādibhāvena saṃghassa. ettha py ādiggahaṇena ujuppaṭipannatādayo gu
ṇā gahitā. casaddo samuccayattho. tena buddhassa ca dhammassa ca saṃ
ghassa cā ti yojanā kātabbā. sabbalokābhivandanīyassā ti
sabbo loko sabbaloko. sakkaccaṃ ādarena vandanāpaṇāmaka
raṇaṃ abhivandanā. sabbalokassa abhivandanāsabbalokābhivandanā.
taṃ arahatī ti sabbalokābhivandanīyo. atha vā, sakkaccaṃ vanditabbo
ti abhivandanīyo. sabbalokena abhivandanīyo sabbalokābhi
vandanīyo. tassa. diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikaparamatthehi satte yathā
ruciyathāraha manusāsatīti satthā. kilesārayo sasati
hiṃsatī ti vā satthā. tassa. paṇāmaṃ dassento thero āhā ti
sambandho. ratanattayapaṇāmakaraṇe nācariyassa yathādhippe
tatthābhinipphādanasamatthataṃ vibhāvento ettha ca tabbihatantarāya
tā nāmā ty ādim āha. nanu ca tabbihatantarāyenā ti vacanen’ eva
tadattho siddho asati yathāpaṭiññātatthābhinipphādanasamatthatā
ya tabbihatantarāyatāyāsambhavato. atha kimatthaṃ vuttaṃ tabbiha
tantarāyatā nāmā ty ādivacanan ti ce. apākaṭattā tadatthassa tabbiva
raṇavasen’ etaṃ vuttan ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. etthā ti etasmiṃ pakaraṇārambhe ettha
tabbihatantarāyenā ti pade vā. ca iti evakāratthe nipato. taṃ u
paripadena yojetvā yathā paṭiññātatthabhinipphādanasamatthatā ca sa
matthatā eva tabbihatantarāyatā nāmā ti attho gahetabbo. te
na ratanattayapaṇāmena vihatā tabbihatā. tabbihatā antarāyā
yena so tabbihatantarāyo. ācariyo. tabbihatantarāyassa
bhāvo tabbihatantarāyatā. ācariyena paṭiññāyate icchīyate
ti paṭiññāto. paṭiññāto eva attho paṭiññātattho. attho ti
pan’ ettha payojanaṃ vuccati. yo yo paṭiññātattho yathā paṭiññā
tattho. yathā paṭiññātatthassa abhinipphādanaṃ yathā paṭiññātatthābhi
nipphādanaṃ yathā paṭiññātatthābhinipphādane samattho ācariyo ya
thā paṭiññātatthābhinipphādanasamattho. tassa bhāvo yathāpaṭiññā
tatthābhinipphādanasamatthatā. yā yathāpaṭiññātatthābhinipphādana sa
[16]
matthatā, sā eva ettha pakaraṇārambhe tabbihatantarāyatā nāmā ti
attho. ācariyassa yathāpaṭiññātatthābhinipphādanasamatthattā tu
ratanattayapaṇāmābhijanitadiṭṭhadhammavedanīyabhūtapuññābhisandādisaṃ
siddhimaṅgalādicatubbidhā sādhāraṇahetuvaseneva hotī ti
dassento ratanattayapaṇāmakaraṇen’ icc ādimāha. tattha paṇama
naṃpaṇāmo. kāya vācācittehi vatthuttayaguṇaninnatā. ratanatta
yassa paṇāmo ratanattayapaṇāmo. kiriyākaraṇaṃ. ratanatta
yapaṇāmassa karaṇaṃ ratanattayapaṇāmakaraṇaṃ. vandanāpayogo.
ratanattayapaṇāmo kayirati etāyā ti vā ratanattayapaṇāma
karaṇaṃ. paṇāmakiriyābhinipphādikā cetanā. tena. hi iti avadhā
raṇatthe nipāto. ratanattayapaṇāmakaraṇen’ evā ti attho.
tassā ti ācariyassa. pūjanīyapūjayattā ti pūjetabbaṃ pūjanīyaṃ.
kin taṃ. ratanattayaṃ. taṃ pūjetī ti pūjanīyapūjako. kakārassa yakā
rādesaṃ katvā pūjayo ti vuttaṃ. tassa bhāvo pūjanīyapūjayattaṃ.
kasmā. uparitāpaccayo va viseso. vuttatthassa maṅgalabhāvaṃ dī
pento pūjanīyapūjayatā yacamaṅgalabhāvato ti āha. tattha maṅga
vuccati pāpaṃ. taṃ lunāti chindati vināsetī ti maṅgalaṃ kintaṃ. pūjākaraṇaṃ.
maṅgasaddūpapadassa lū chedane ti dhātu. tassa bhāvo maṅgalabhāvo.
tato maṅgalabhāvato yathā paṭiññātatthassa pasijjhanaṃ yathā pa
ṭiññātatthapasijjhanaṃ. tato. tatrāyaṃ yojanā. ratanattayapaṇāma
karaṇen’ eva tassa ācariyassa pūjanīyapūjayattā pūjanīyapūjaya
tāya ca maṅgalabhāvato maṅgalena ca yathā paṭiññātatthappasijjhanato
kataratanattayapaṇāmassa ācariyassa yathāpaṭiññātatthābhi
nipphādanasamatthatā hotī ti. atha vā. hi iti kāraṇatthe nipā
to. tassa yasmā tassa ācariyassa pūjanīyapūjayattā pūjanīya
pūjayatāya ca maṅgalabhāvato maṅgalena ca yathā paṭiññātatthappasijjha
nato ca ratanattayapaṇamakaraṇena yathā paṭiññātatthābhinipphāda
nasamatthatā hoti. tasmā ettha pakaraṇārambhe yathā paṭiññā
tatthābhinipphādana samatthatā eva abbihatantarāyatā nāmā ti
attho. ettha ratanattayapaṇāmakaraṇam eva pūjanīya pūjā ti
[17]
dassente ca pūjanīyapūjayattā ti āha. sā ca pūjā khettajjhāsaya
sampattiyā pāpasaṅkhātaduvidhantarāyavināsakattāmaṅgalan ti dassento
pūjanīyapūjayatāya ca maṅgalabhāvato ti āha. maṅgalābhisaṃ
siddhatthasiddhiṃ vibhāvento maṅgalena ca yathāpaṭiññātatthappasijjhanato
ti āha. ettāvatā ca maṅgalena va yathāpaṭiññātatthabhinipphādanasa
matthatā hotī ti dasseti. pūjanīyapūjāyamaṅgalabhāvaṃ munivarava
canena sāvento vuttaṃ hi bhagavatā ty ādim āha. tattha pūjanīyānaṃ
puggalānaṃ yā pūjā janena katā. etaṃ pūjākaraṇaṃ uttamaṃ maṅgalaṃ. iti
ca ādivacanaṃ hi evaṃ saccaṃ bhagavatā vuttan ti yojanā. etādisāni
mayā vuttappakārāni maṅgalāni katvāna sabbattha iriyāpathesu ke
naci aparājitāsabbattha iriyāpathesu sotthiṃ gacchanti. iti ca ādi
vacanaṃ bhagavatā vuttaṃ. iti saddo pan’ ettha ādyattho. bhayādyupadda
vakaropaghātakenāpi yathāpaṭiññātatthābhinipphādanasamatthatā
hotī ti dassento atha vā ty ādim āha. tattha atha vā ti
pakkhantaratthe nipāto. tena atha vā aparo nayo ti dasseti.
sīya te bhayaṃ. bhayaṃ ādiyesante bhayādayo. bhayādayo ca
te upaddavā ceti bhayādyupaddavā. bhayādyupaddave karontī ti bhayā
dyupaddavakarā. ke te. antarāyā. bhayādyupaddavakare antarāye upa
ghāte ti upahanatī ti bhayādyupaddavakaropaghātako. ko
so. ācariyo. tassa bhāvo bhayādyupaddavakaropaghātakattaṃ
tasmā. vihatāvināsitā bhayādyupaddavakarā yena so vihata
bhayādyupaddavakaro. ācariyo. tassa. pakaraṇārambheratanatta
yapaṇāmakaraṇena tassa ācariyassa bhayādyupaddavakaropa
ghātakattā vihatabhayādyupaddavakarassa ca yathāpaṭiññātatthā
bhinipphādanasamatthatāsambhavato yathāpaṭiññātatthā bhinipphādanasa
matthatā evettha tabbihatantarāyatānāmā ti sambandho. ratanattaya
paṇāmakaraṇassa bhayādyantarāyanivāraṇasamatthataṃ jinavarapāḷi
yā sādhento vuttaṃ hi bhagavatā ty ādimāha. tattha evan ti nidassa
natthe nipāto. evaṃ heṭṭhā mayā vuttanayenā ti attho. buddhaṃ sarantā
nan ti itipiso bhagavā ty ādinā nayena buddhaguṇaṃ sarantānaṃ janānañ ca.
[18]
dhammanti svākhyāto bhagavatā dhammo ty ādinā nayena dhammaguṇaṃ sarantā
naṃ janānañ ca. saṃghañ ca ti suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṃgho ty ādi
nā nayena saṃghaguṇaṃ sarantānaṃ janānañ ca. bhayaṃ vā ti tādisaṃ ārammaṇaṃ
paṭiccauppajjanakakāya calanaṃ cittutrāso ca. chambhitattaṃ vā ti kā
yassa thaddhabhāvo ca. lomahaṃso ti lomānaṃ uddhaggabhāvo ca na
hessatī ti ādivacanaṃ hi evaṃ saccaṃ bhagavatā vuttaṃ. buddhādīnaṃ hi guṇe
saranto buddhādayo sarati nāma. tena vuttaṃ buddhaṃ sarantānaṃ ty ādi.
paṭibhānāparihānabhāvato yathāpaṭiññātatthābhinipphādanasamattha
tā hotī ti dassento atha vā ty ādim āha. tattha atha vā ti vutta
m eva. paṭi visuṃ visuṃ atthe bhindati vibhāgaṃ katvā jānātī ti paṭibhānaṃ.
kin taṃ. ñāṇaṃ. paṭibhāti atthe obhāsetī ti vā paṭibhānaṃ. sayañ ca o
bhāsati padīpo viyā ti vā paṭibhānaṃ. paññā obhāso ti hi vuttaṃ.
parisamantato hayatisabhāvaṃ jahatī ti parihanaṃ. na parihānaṃ
aparihānaṃ. paṭibhānassa aparihānaṃ paṭibhānāparihānaṃ. tassa bhavo
paṭibhānāparihānabhāvo. tato. parihīyate ti parihīnaṃ. na parihī
naṃ aparihīnaṃ. aparihīnaṃ paṭibhānaṃ yassa so aparihīnapaṭibhāno. ā
cariyo. tassa. pakaraṇārambheratanattayapaṇāmakaraṇena tassa
ācariyassa paṭibhānāparihānabhāvato aparihīnapaṭibhānassa ca
ācariyassa yathāpaṭiññātatthābhinipphādanasamatthatāsambhavato
yathā paṭiññātatthābhinipphādanasamatthatā eva tabbihatantarāya
tā nāmābhiyojanā. vuttattham eva suttantapāḷiyā niyametvā
dassento vuttaṃ hi bhagavatā ty ādim āha. tattha parihāyitabbā ti
parihānīyā. parihānaṃ nayanti pāpentī ti vā parihānīyā. na parihānī
yā aparihānīyā. dhammā ti guṇā.
na hi dhammo adhammo ca | ubho samavipākino ||
adhammo nirayaṃ neti | dhammo pāpeti sugatin ti || ||
ettha viya dhammasaddo pan’ ettha guṇe vattati. bhikkhave ime satta dhammā i
me satta guṇā aparihānīyā aparihāniṃ vuḍḍhiṃ viruḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āppentī
ty attho. aniddiṭṭhasarūpe dhamme pucchitvā nidassento katame sattā
[19]
ty ādim āha. te sattadhammā katame ty attho. satthari gāravo yassa
sambhavatī ti satthugāravo. tassa bhāvo satthugāravatā. evaṃ
sabbattha. ekantahitesitāya kalyāṇo sundaro mitto yassa
sambhavatī ti kalyāṇamitto. tassa bhāvo lakyāṇamittatā.
ovādakkhamatāya suṭṭhu vaco etasmin ti suvaco. sukhovadanīyo
ty attho. tassa bhāvo so vacanassatā. iti ādivacanaṃ bhagavatā
vuttaṃ hi. aparihānīyādhammā ti vatvā satthugāravatādīnaṃ vuttattā na
satthugāravatādīnaṃ aparihānatthaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. atha kho te nissāya sī
lādiguṇānaṃ vuttan ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. āyuvaḍḍhanato pi yathāpaṭiññātattā
bhinipphādanasamatthatā hotī ti dassento atha vā ty ādim āha.
tattha āyuno vaḍḍhanaṃ āyuvaḍḍanaṃ tato āyuvaḍḍanato. vaḍḍhitaṃ
āyu yassa sambhavatī ti vaḍḍhitāyu. ācariyo. tassa. pakaraṇā
rambhe ty ādi yojanā vuttanayā va. ratanattayapaṇāmakaraṇassa
āyuvaḍḍhanattaṃ jinavacanena sādhente va vuttaṃ hi bhagavatā ty ādim āha.
tattha abhivādanaṃ sīlaṃ yassa sambhavatī ti abhivādanasīlī. tassa
jātiguṇavayavuḍḍhe apacāyanaṃ sīlaṃ yassa sambhavatī ti vuḍḍhāpacā
yī. tassa. cattāro dhammā ti cattāro guṇā. yaṃ kiñci ganthaṃ samārabhi
tukāme niccādinā vuttappakaraṇārambhavidhisaṃsūcakanayato aññaṃ
pakaraṇārambhavidhisaṃsūcakanayaṃ dassento aparo nayo ty ādim ā
ha. tattha pakaraṇārambhe ti pakārena karīyante vuccante ettha nānā
bhedabhinnāgambhīrā atthā iti pakaraṇaṃ. pakaraṇassa ārambho pubba
bhāgo pakaraṇārambho. tasmiṃ. ratanattayassa paṇāmo rata
nattayapaṇāmo. vuccatī ti vacanaṃ. udāharīyati abhilapīyatī ti
attho. saviññattiko saddo. seṭṭhan ty ādinā ratanattayapaṇāmassa
vacanaṃ ratanattayapaṇāmavacanaṃ. yathā bhūtā sabhāvappasiddhāguṇā
yathābhūtaguṇā. tesam ākhyāpanaṃ yathā bhūtaguṇamākhyāpanaṃ. tena.
pakaraṇārambhe ratanattayassa yathābhūtaguṇamākhyāpanena na lāma
kam idaṃ pakaraṇaṃ. yassādimhi īdisāguṇākathitā ti guṇakathā
hetupakaraṇe tadatthāvabodhanatthikānaṃ sissānaṃ gāravuppādanatthaṃ
tassa svākhyātabhāvena ratanattaye gāravuppādanatthaṃ vāratanattayapa
[20]
ṇāmavacanan ti. atha vā. tassa pakaraṇassa nātisaṅkhepanātivitthā
ranayena saddalakkhaṇam aparihāpetvā suṭṭhu ākhyātabhāvena nalā
makamidaṃ ratanattayaṃ. ekantaṃ gurukātabbaṃ. evarūpassa pakaraṇassa ā
dimhi vuttā ti buddhādīsu pasādabahulānaṃ sissānaṃ ratanattaye gāravuppā
danatthaṃ ratanattayapaṇāmavacanan ti atthasambandho. kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti. ra
tanattayaguṇatthikena antevasinā ratanattayaguṇasaṃsūcakapāḷi
yatthāvabodhanatthaṃ savanuggahaṇadhāraṇādināpakaraṇaṃ garukātabbaṃ.
svākhyātapakaraṇatthinā pi vandanānussaraṇena ratanattayaṃ garukā
tabbaṃ. ratanattayagarukaraṇena hi vihatantarāyassa pakaraṇuggaha
ṇasampattinipphajjanato tyubhayathāpi pakaraṇuggahaṇattham eva rata
nattayapaṇāmavacanan ti vuttaṃ hoti. ratanattayapaṇāmassa anusaṅgi
kappayojanaṃ dassento atha vā ty ādim āha. tattha sadācārāvokka
manatthan ti ācaraṇaṃ ācāro. sataṃ ācāro sadācāro. sako
ācāro vā sadācāro. tassa avokkamanaṃ anatikkamanaṃ sadācā
rāvokkamanaṃ. tad eva attho payojanaṃ yassa ratanattayapaṇāmava
canassa taṃ sadācārāvokkamanatthaṃ. taṃ sadācārāvokkamanatthaṃ pakara
ṇārambhe ratanattayapaṇāmavacanaṃ katan ti sambandho. tanti sadācārā
vokkamanaṃ evam uttaratrāpi taṃ saddo heṭṭhā vuttaṃ parāmasati. viññūnan ti
vijānanasīlāviññū. tesaṃ. aviññūnamappamāṇatāya viññuggahaṇaṃ
kataṃ. ārādhanānāma saṅgaṇhanāparitosanāvā. vacanattho nāma
pāḷiyattho. sabbasampatti nipphādanatthan ti sundarapasatthāvāpattiyo.
sampattiyo. sabbā sampattiyo sabbasampattiyo. kātā kāyika
cetasikasā tavedanāpattiyo. tāsaṃ nipphādanatthaṃ ty attho. itī
ti parisamāpanatthe nipāto. evaṃ nānāppakārena pakaraṇārambhe ra
tanattayapaṇāmassapayojanaṃ vibhāvetvā tappayojanatthikānaṃ
ratanattayapaṇāmemahantaṃ ussāhaṃ janento evaṃ na tassa. pa. tibhavā
bhinatārahassā ti gāthām āha. tattha sugato ti sobhanagama
no sugato. atha vā. sabbakilesavūpasamaṃ sucibhūtaṃ amataṃ mahā
nibbānasaṅkhātaṃ. sundaraṭṭhānaṃ gato ti sugato. atha vā. hīnagammapo
thujjanikānariyā natthadāyakañ ca kāmasukhānuyogaṃ dukkhānariyāvaḍḍhi
[21]
saṃsiddhikaraṇañ ca attakilamathānuyogan ti ubho ante anupagammasassa
tadiṭṭhiṃ ucchedadiṭṭhiñ ca samucchindanato sundaramariyamanavajjaṃ sammāpaṭipatti
yānavaramāruyha nirodhābhimukhaṃ gato ti pi sugato. atha vā, a
bhūtamatacchamanatthasaṃhitañca paresaṃ viyamappiyañca vācaṃ vajjetvā bhūtaṃ
tacchamatthasaṃ hitaṃ paresaṃ piyamppiyaṃ manāpāmanāpaṃ vācaṃ yuttaṭṭhāne
vadanato sammāvadatī ti sugado. so evasugato. gadaviyattiyaṃ
vācāyan ti dhātu. sugato ādiyassa taṃsugatādi. kintaṃ. ratanatta
yaṃ. sugatādimhi kataṃ sugatādikataṃ. tassa icchitabbo attho
iṭṭho pasijjhanaṃ pasiddhi iṭṭhassa atthassa pasiddhi iṭṭhappasiddhi. taṃ karontī
ti iṭṭhappasiddhikarā. guṇā. tesaṃ bhāvo iṭṭhappasiddhikaratā. sā ādi
yesan te iṭṭhappasiddhikaratādayo iṭṭhappasiddhikaratādayo ca te
guṇā ce ti iṭṭhappasiddhikaratādiguṇā. tesaṃ ogho samūho
iṭṭhappasiddhikaratādiguṇo gho. taṃ. aggan ti ukkamaṃ. saṅkhyāti gampīti
ekādivasena saṅkhyāyati kathīyatī ti saṅkhyā. saṅkhyaṃ atikkammagataṃ
pavattanti saṅkhyātigaṃ. taṃ. apī ti iminā dukkarassā pi karaṇīyataṃvi
bhāveti. gaṇanāti gampīti attho. kurutan ti karotu. dhīmā ti
dhīvuccati paññā. sā assatthī ti dhīmā. paṇḍito ti attho. vatthutta
yassāti ratanattayassa. taṃ hi yathā ārāmādīnaṃ patiṭṭhānaṭṭhānaṃ
ārāmavatthūti vuccati. evaṃ sabbasattānaṃ sabbesaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammā
naṃ vā vatthupatiṭṭhāgatipaṭisaraṇan ti vatthūti vuccati. tattha vatthūti
okāso. patiṭṭhāti patiupagantvā tiṭṭhati etthā ti patiṭṭhā.
gantabbā ti gati. paṭipakkhe akusale dhamme sarati vināsetī ti paṭi
saraṇaṃ. tiṇṇaṃ samāhāro tayaṃ. vatthūnaṃ tayaṃ vatthuttayaṃ tassa.
tayo bhavātibhavaṃ. tibhavassa abhinataṃ tibhavābhinataṃ. taṃ ara
hatī ti tibhavābhinatārahaṃ. tassa evaṃ seṭṭhaṃ tilokamahitanti
ādinā sugatādimhi ratanattaye ācariyena katassa namakkā
rassa aggaṃ iṭṭhappasiddhikaratādiguṇoghaṃ passaṃ passanto dhī
mā paṇḍito ti bhavābhinatārahassa assavatthuttayassa saṅkhyā
tigaṃ pi nataṃnamakkāraṃ kurutaṃ karotū ti yojanā. paṇāmasaṃvaṇṇa
naṃ niṭṭhāpento tasmā alamatippapañcenā ti āha. yasmā rata
[22]
nattayassa saṅkhyātigam pi namakkāraṃ karaṇīyaṃ tasmā atippapañcena
ativitthārena pakaraṇārambhe ratanattayapaṇāmasaṃvaṇṇanaṃ a
laṃ ayuttaṃ. atha vā. thapetvā samārabhitapakaraṇasaṃvaṇṇanaṃ ettha
pakaraṇārambhe seṭṭhan ti ādinā pavattassa ratanattayapaṇāmassa
atippapañcena ativitthārena alaṃ niratthakaṃ yasmā, tasmā anupubbapa
davaṇṇanam eva samārabhissāmāti sambandho. padyate gamyate ñāya
te attho etehī ti padāni. anupubbānipadāni anupubbapadāni. anu
pubbapadānaṃ vaṇṇanā anupubbapadavaṇṇanā. taṃ eva. samārabhissāmā ti ka
rissāma. kim ettha bahuvacanaṃ labbhatī ti . āma labbhati. attani garūsu
ca bahuvacanan ti hi vuttaṃ. pakaraṇārambhakathā. paṭividdhasabba
dhamman ti sabbe niravasesā dhammā sabbadhammā. paṭipaccekaṃ visuṃ visuṃ lakkha
ṇarasādivasena viddhāñātāsabbadhammā yena so paṭividdhasabbadhammo.
taṃ. anenānantabuddhino sabbaññutādhigamaṃ vibhāveti. buddh
saddaṃ pana
aññattha bahudhā papañcayanti sakammakadhātuto kammani tapaccayo
hotī ti aññatthā ti timunibyākaraṇe sakammakadhātuto
kenaci lakkhaṇena kattari tapaccayassa anabhihitattā kathaṃ kattari
buddhasaddasiddhi. idha buddhasadde sayam abhisambuddho. saccādi sabbākāre
na ñātavā icc āyam attho adhippeto. na kammattho. tathāpi katta
ri tapaccayābhihitalakkhaṇābhāvato kammani tappaccayo ho
tī ti ādinā bahudhā papañcayanti vitthārenti pāṇiniyā. timunibyā
karaṇan ti pāsuki, pātaṃki, pāṇini nāmehi tīhi isīhi ka
tattā pāṇinisattham eva vuccati. idha pana budha gamāditthe kattarī ti
vuttattā budha icc etasmā kattari tapaccayo labbhate veti na vicāri
tan ti idha pana pakaraṇe nippapañcena mahākaccāyanattherena budha gamā
ditthe kattarī ti sakammakadhātuto kattari tapaccayābhihita
lakkhaṇassa vuttattā budha icc etasmā dhātuto paro tapaccayo
kattari eva yasmā labbhati. iti tasmā kammani tapaccayavidhānaṃ na vicāritaṃ
na katanti adhippāyo. navalokuttaradhamman ti sattasaṅkhārokāsa
saṅkhātaṃ lokaṃ samucchedapaṭippassaddhinissaraṇappahānavasena tara
ti atikkamatī ti lokuttaro. lokaṃ taranti etenā ti vā
[23]
lokuttaro. navavidho eva lokuttaradhammo navalokuttara
dhammo. taṃ
samaggo phalaṃ nibbānaṃ | dhammo dhammo ti desito ||
navalokuttaro loka|bandhunā va mahesinā || ||  ?
sapariyattikan ti pariyāpuṇanaṃ pariyatti. pariyattiyā saha vatta
ti iti sapariyattikaṃ. amalan ti ettha akārassa paṭisedhaviruddhatthavā
citaṃ dassento nimmalaṃ malapaṭipakkhaṃ vā ti āha. gaṇasaddassa sā
pekkhattā aṭṭhannaṃ apariyapuggalānaṃ gaṇan ti sambandhitabbaṃ. uddhaṭatamattā ti
ariyamaggena uddhaṭo uppāṭito tamomohandhakāro yena so
uddhaṭatamo. tassa bhāvo uddhaṭatamattaṃ. tasmā uggatatamattā ti
uddhaṃ gato uggato. pākaṭo ti attho. ayañ ca uggato ayañ ca
uggato. ayam imesaṃ visesena uggato ti uggatatamo. tassa
bhāvo uggatatamattaṃ. tasmā. seṭṭhattā ti pasatthatarattā. uttamo
ti seṭṭhatthavācīpāṭipadiko vā. tassa cā ti ettha caggahaṇena vuccamā
natthantaraṃ samucceti. guṇamahattatā ti guṇena mahatto seṭṭho
guṇamahatto. tassa bhāvo guṇamahattatā. mahatto ti pāṭipa
diko vāyaṃ. mahanto ti pi pāṭho. puññamahattatādīsu pi es’ eva na
yo. guṇābhimādīnan ti abhibhavitvā pavatto mano abhimā
no. guṇena abhimāno guṇābhimāno. so etesam atthī ti gu
ṇābhimānī. tesaṃ itaradvayadīpanen’ itaresan ti tassa buddhassa
puññamahattatā jātimahattatādīpanena itaresaṃ puññābhimāni
jātyābhimānīnam abhinimmaddanasamatthataṃ dīpetī ti attho. sadeva
kassā ti sahadevehī ti sadevako. tassa anusāsanato
ti hitapaṭipattiyā anusāsanato. uccate anenā ti vacanan ti a
nena saddena attho uccate kathīyati yasmā. iti tasmā so saddo
vacanaṃ. arīyatī ti ñāyati. ara gatimhī ti dhātu. ye gaty atthā te
buddhyatthā ti vacanato evaṃ vuttaṃ. suttahitan ti ettha hi tasaddo anukū
latthābhidhāno ti vibhāvento āha suttānukūlan ti. sutta
saddassa anekatthattā idhādhippetatthaṃ dassento āha piṭakatta
[24]
yam adhippetan ti. piṭakattayassa suttabhāvaṃ sādhento taṃ hi’ccādigā
tham āha. tattha atthānan ti attatthaparatthadiṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikatthā
dibhedānaṃ atthānaṃ sūcanato ti gandhanato. suvuttato ti suṭṭhu
bhagavatā hitasukhāvahanākārena veneyyajjhāsayānulo
mena vuttattā ca. savanato ti sassam iva phalaṃ atthānaṃ pasavanato
sañcānanato ca. sūdanato ti paggharaṇato gāvī viya thaññaṃ attha
khīraṃ paggharāpanato ca. suttāṇā ti suṭṭhu tāyanato mahesī vi
ya cakkavattigabbhaṃ suṭṭhu atthe rakkhanato ca. suttasabhāgato ti
suttasadisato vikkirituṃ appadānaṃ pupphānaṃ viya. suttaṃ atthe saṅga
hetvā vikkirituṃ viddhaṃ situṃ appadānato ca. atha vā. gahetabbā pa
n’ etabbaṭṭhanassa pamāṇabhūtaṃ vaḍḍhakīnaṃ kāḷasuttaṃ viya gahetabbā pa
n’ etabbassa atthānatthassa pamāṇabhūtassā ti attho. ime
hi chahi kāraṇehi piṭakattayaṃ suttan ti vuccatī ti attho. suttaṃ
iti rūpaṃ bhavatī ti sambandho. sūcadhātugandhane atthānaṃ gandhane vatta
ti. iti imassa dhātuno atthesū ce ti iti imasmiṃ atthe katta
ri tapaccayaṃ katvā ti sambandho. suṭṭhu vuttan ti atthe vā ti sambandho. vā
saddo hi vikappattho. atthe abhisavetī ti atthe sañcaneti.
gharaṇeti paggharaṇe. dhātvantānan ti bahuvacanaṃ sūcādīnaṃ dhātūnaṃ va
sena vuttaṃ. syuppattādimhī ti sissa uppatti syuppatti. sā ādiyasa
sambhavatī ti syuppattādi. tasmiṃ ādiggahaṇena amādesaparana
yanañ ca saṅgaṇhāti. suppattādimhī ti pi pāṭho. kappīyati etthā ti
kappo ti ettha paricchedappadese attho ācariyena kappīyati pa
ricchijjīyati yasmā iti tasmā kappo. sammādhīyatī ti sammā antaraṃ
adassetvā padānaṃ ghaṭīyati. atha vā. sammāpakārena ācariyena
ādhīyati thapīyatī ti pi attho. samodhānaṃ vā ti padānaṃ samo
dhānaṃ. ekasmiṃ ṭhāne sannipāto ti attho. sandhikappan ti sandhipaka
raṇaṃ.
(gha) vacanatthavaro ti vacanassa attho vacanattho. vari
tabbo patthetabbo ti varo. varapatthanāyaṃ uttamatthavācīpāṭipadi
ko vā. vacanattho ca so varo cā ti vacanatthavaro. tasmiṃ. seyyaṃ
[25]
nāma navalokuttaradhamman ti iminā vaṭṭasmiṃ pariyāpannattā lokiya
mahaggatadhammassa pi aseyyataṃ pakāseti. jineritanayen’ eva nava
lokuttaradhammasamadhigamo hoti. nāññathā ti dassento asa
ti’ccādim āha. tattha paṭipajjanti etāya nirodhaṃ atthi kehi paṭipajjīyatī
ti vā paṛipatti kā sā. sammāpaṭipadā. tassa lokuttaradhammassa paṭi
patti tappaṭipatti. tappaṭipattiṃ dīpeti pakāsetī ti tappaṭipatti dīpa
ko. tappaṭipattidīpako eva paro añño tappaṭipattidīpakaparo.
tato ghose ti anukūladhammasavane ti attho. sotaṃ paṭhama
maggaṭhāṇaṃ āpajjatī ti sotāpatti kilesemārento gacchati.
nibbānaṃ maggati passatī ti vā maggo. sotāpattino maggo so
tāpattimaggo. paṭilabhanaṃ paṭilābho. sotāpattimaggassa paṭilā
bho so tāpattimaggapaṭilābho. bhavanaṃ bhāvo. na bhāvo abhā
vo. sotāpattimaggapaṭilābhassa abhāvo sotāpattimaggapaṭi
lābhābhāvo. tasmā. tappaṭipattidīpakaparato ghose asa
ti antamaso sotāpattimaggapaṭilābhābhāvo taṃ jineritana
yena budhā labhantī ti attho. parato ghose asatī ti parena
adesitedhamme ti vā attho. jineritanayenā ti pāpake aku
saledhamme ajini. jinā ti jinissatī ti vā jino. jine īrito desi
to nayo jineritanayo. tena. ettha chabbidho nayo tathatthapatti
desanāntadvayavivajjanācinteyyādhippāyanayavasena. tattha tathattha
nayo antadvayavivajjananayena nīyati. pattinayo acinteyya nayena.
desanā nayo adhippāyanayena nīyati. tathatthāditividho nayo
kammasādhanāyanīyatī ti nayo ti vuccati. pacchimo pana tividho
nayo karaṇasādhanāya nīyati etena tathatthādinayattayam iti
nayo ti vuccati. tattha tathattho nāma samāropāpavādamutto
dabbo. so aviparītatthabhāvato tathattho ti vuccati. nayati
viparītato mocayatī ti nayo. tathattho ca so nayo
cā ti tathatthanayo. evam uttaratrāpi samāso kātabbo. tattha
samāropāpavādamutto dabbo nāma sattasabhāvo. tadupabhoga
sabhāvo. tadupapatti sabhāvo. taṇṭhiti sabhāvo. tabbicitta sa
[26]
bhāvo. tadadhipati sabhāvo. taṃ bhabbābhabbasabhāvo. taṃ saṃki
lesavodānasabhāvo. desitabbasabhāvo ti anekavidho.
tattha sattasabhāvo nāma pañcupādānakkhandho tesu sattapaññattipaññā
panato. tadupabhogasabhāvo nāma dvādasāyatanāni iṭṭhāniṭtha
majjhattasabhāvesu chadvārenasukhadukkhupekkhānubhavanato sattānaṃ
tadupapattisabhāvo nāma dvādasaṅgopaṭiccasamuppādo ākhandhaparinibbā
nā anamatagge saṃsāravaṭṭe avijjādikamena avicchinditvā ghaṭayantaṃ
viya anavaṭṭhānena paribbhamanato sattānaṃ. taṇṭhitisabhāvo nāmapacca
yasabhāvo. so catubbidho āhāro sabbe sattā āhāraṭṭhi
tikā ti vuttattā. sabbesaṃ sattānaṃ tena pavattanato so taṇṭhi
ti sabhāvo ti vuccati. tabbicittasabhāvo nāma aṭṭharasadhātu
yo. tāhi anekavicittataṃ sattānaṃ tāhi anubhavanato tabbi
cittasabhāvo ti vuccanti. tadadhipatisabhāvo nāma bāvīsatindriyā
ni. tāni hi tesu tesu ṭhānesu tehi issariyānubhavanato
tadadhipatisabhāvo ti vuccanti. taṃ bhabbābhabbasabhāvo nāma ṭhānā
ṭhānaṃ va. taṃ hi sattānaṃ bhabbānaṃ bhabbābhabbatāniddesakatabhāvatotaṃ bhabbā
bhabbasabhāvo ti vuccati. taṃsaṃkilesavodānasabhāvo nāma
cattāri saccāni. tāni hi dukkhasamudayehi saṃkilesasabhāvaṃ niro
dhamaggehi vodānasabhāvaṃ pāpuṇanato sattānaṃ taṃ saṃkilesavo
dānasabhāvo ti vuccanti. desitabbasabhāvo pana aṭṭhavidho sikkhā
sabhāvo. ālambaṇūpanibandhasabhāvo. byavasādhanasabhāvo. citta
parikammasabhāvo. abhisamayapayogasabhāvo. abhisamayasī
sasabhāvo. abhisamayasabhāvo. visuddhiniyyānikasabhāvo ti.
tattha sikkhāsabhāvo nāma tisso sikkhā. tāhi sikkhitabbattā
sikkhāsabhāvo ti vuccanti. ālambaṇūpanibandhasabhāvo nāma cattā
ro satipaṭṭhānā. te catuvipallāsapaṭipakkhasabhāvena sati upanibandha
sabhāvato ālambaṇūpanibandhasabhāvo ti vuccanti. byavasādhanasa
bhāvo nāma cattāro sammappadhānā. te sabbānatthasaṃsiddhikarakaṇhamū
laṃ abhibhavitvā sabbattha saṃsiddhikarasukkamūlānavajjassa payogasa
bhāvato byavasādhanasabhāvo ti vuccanti. cittaparikammasabhāvo
[27]
nāma cattāro iddhipādā. te yaṃ yaṃ kātum icchanti taṃ taṃ samijjhanaṃ katvā
parisuddhādīhi aṭṭhahi abhisaṅkhāraṅgehi cittassa kallakaraṇasabhāva
to cittaparikammasabhāvo ti vuccanti. abhisamayapayoga sa
bhāvo nāma pañcindriyāni. tāni nibbedhabhāgiyaggadhammāvatthaṃ pāpuṇi
tehi tehi abhisamayārambhabhavanasabhavanato abhisamayapa
yogasabhāvo ti vuccanti. abhisamayasīsasabhāvo nāma pañca
balāni. tāni lokiyaggadhammāvatthaṃ pāpuṇitehi tehi abhisama
yaṃ upagamanasabhāvato abhisamayasīsasabhāvo ti vuccanti. a
bhisamayasabhavo nāma sattabojjhaṅgā. te anamataggesaṃ sāra
vaṭṭe paribbhamantena supinenāpi adiṭṭhapubbaṃ amatamahānibbānaṃ tehi
paccakkhakaraṇabhāvato abhisamayasabhāvo ti vuccanti. visuddhi
niyyānikasabhāvo nāma ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo. so sabbaññu
taññāṇaparicchinnānekadukkhamahodadhiṃ tena khepetvā anekāni
saṃsasampannaṃ lokuttarabhāvakaraṃ aggadakkhiṇeyyatā sampāpakaṃ
jinorasāpaccabhāvakara arahattaphalaṃ gaṇhāpanato visuddhiniyyā
nikasabhāvo nāma. payogaphalassa samuditabhāvo pattinayo
nāma pāpuṇīyate sāti atthasambandhena. payogaphalappattiuddānato
duvidhā saṃsārappayogaphalappatti nibbānappayogaphalappattī ti tattha
duvidhā saṃsārappayogaphalappatti iṭṭhakammavipākapayogaphalappatti.
aniṭṭhakammavipākapayogaphalappattī ti. kusalākusalaṃ katvā su
gatiduggatīsuvipākaphalapaṭisaṃvedanaṃ iṭṭhāniṭṭhakammavipākapayoga
phalappatti nāma. tividhā nibbānapayogaphalappatti sāvakayānappatti.
paccekabuddhayānappatti. mahāsāvakayānappattī ti. pañcavidhā sāvaka
yānappatti bhūmiñāṇapasādaphalaguṇappattivasena. tattha tividhā bhūmi
patti dassanabhūmi bhāvanābhūmi niṭṭhānabhūmi pattivasena. tattha dassana
bhūmināma sotāpattimaggo. bhāvanābhūmi nāma upari tayo maggo. niṭṭhā
nabhūmi nāma aggaphalaṃ. navadhā ñāṇapatti dhammeñāṇa anvayeñāṇadukkhe
ñāṇa dukkhasamudaye ñāṇa dukkhanirodhe ñāṇa magge ñāṇa vimuttimhi ñā
ṇa khaye ñāṇa anuppāde ñāṇappattivasena. catubbidhā pasādappatti sattha
ri aveccapasādākāradhammesu abhisamecc avidhikatāsaṃghesu gāra
[28]
vatākāra, paṭipattiyā nimmalākārabhedapasādappattivasena. catubbi
dhāphalappatti sotāpattisakadāgāmi-anāgāmi-arahattaphalapatti
vasena. guṇappatti panānekā vimokkhātitāyatanādi guṇppattiva
sena. tividhā paccekabuddhayānappattinibbedhabhāgiya-paṭilābhapubbaṅga
mappatti, adhigamapubbaṅgamappatti, ubhayasampuṇṇappattī ti. mahāsāvakayā
nappatti pana paṭhamacittuppādādi. sātthakā nāmakāyapadakāyabyañjanakā
ya samūho, desanānayo nāma desīyati esā ti, desī yati
attho etāyā ti vā desanā ti atthasambandhena. ettha ca desanā
dasavidhātathalakkhaṇaṃ pariññāṇaṃ pahānaṃ paccakkhatābhāvanātitatha
lakkhaṇādīnaṃ pañcannaṃ pabhedaṃ. tesaṃ yeva nissayanissitasambandhapariññā
dīnaṃ catunnaṃ antarāyikakammaṃ, tesaṃ yeva anulomadhammapaṭiññādīsu
ādīnavāni saṃsaṃdesanā ti. aparā cuddasavidhādesanā atthasaṃ
dassana, guṇaparidīpana, niggaha, saṃpahaṃsana, cariyāvodānanidassana, pucchā
vissajjana, anusāsana, puggalavisodhana, ajjhāsayaparipūraṇa, pave
ṇisandassana, parappavādamaddana, upanissayapaccaya nidassana, tuṭṭhākāra,
dhammasabhāva guṇanidassanākāra desanā ti. tattha paccayākāra
suttantasatipaṭṭhāna sammappadhāna iddhipāda indriyabalabojjhaṅga maggādi
suttantasambandhāpaccayākārapaccayatthaṃ paramatthaṃ dassentī pavattā dhamma
desanā atthasandassanadesanā nāma. susīmagosīṅgasampasādanapā
sādikadasabalagotamasīhanādādisuttantasambandhā attaguṇapara
guṇasāsanaguṇaparidīpanī desanā guṇaparidīpanī nāma. sakalaṃ vinaya
piṭakam ādiṃ katvā yā kāci kilesapāpapuggalaniggahadesanā, e
sā niggahadesanā nāma. bhayabhīrukānaṃ puggalānaṃ bhayapaṭisedhanatthaṃ
yeva upathambhajananīmettānisaṃsasīlathomanādikā desanā saṃ
pahaṃsanā nāma. sakalajātaka acchariyasuttam ādiṃ katvā dvedhā
vitakkabodhirājakumārasuttādisambandhā desanā cariyā vodānani
dassanā nāma. aṭṭhahi parisāhi pucchitānaṃ pañhānaṃ vissajjanā paṭisaṃyuttā
sakalaṃ sagāthāvaggamādiṃ katvā dhammikasutta pārāyana suttā
dikādesanā pucchāvissajjanā nāma. ariyavaṃsapuññābhisandadhutaṅgā
nusāsanavattānusāsanasambandhā desanā anusāsanā nāma. bhaya
[29]
sandassana desanā paṭisaṃyuttadevadūta aggikkhandho pamādisuttanta
sambandhāpuggalānaṃ sīlaṅgādivisodhanatthāya vuttā puggalavisodhanā
nāma. tuvaṭakanāḷakapaṭipadā dhammadāyādasuttādisambandhāpuggalānaṃ sama
thavipassanā paripuṇṇatthāya kathitā ajjhāsayaparipūraṇā nāma. buddha
vaṃsa mahāpadānasuttākārā attano ca paresañ ca abhinīhāramā
rabbhaparinibbānapariyosānāpaveṇikathāpaveṇisandassanā nāma.
cariyāpiṭakamādiṃ katvā upavādasīhanādamahāsīhanādacūḷasīha
nādapādābhiññāṇasaṃvaṇṇanūpanibandhadesanāparappavādamaddanā nāma. ya
thopanissayādissamānādissamānakāyena desanā itivuttaka
m ādiṃ katvā dhaniyasutta aruṇavatiyasutta sundapaniya suttādippa
bhedā upanissayapaccayanidassanā nāma. sakalaṃ udānaṃ sampasādanīya
saṅgīti suttādikā desanā tuṭṭhākārena vuttattā tuṭṭhākāra
desanā nāma. khandhadhātāyatanindriyapaṭiccasamuppādamaggaphalādayo
dhammāvibhattā ti taṃ sabhāvarasavibhāgaparidīpakā abhidhammadesanā
salakkhaṇaparidīpakāye ca ññe dhammā salakkhaṇadhāraṇakā attano
sabhāvavasena vuttā. esā dhammasabhāvaguṇanidassanā nāma. imehi
cuddasavidhehi lokagganāyakādhammaṃ dassenti. tesañ ca sāvakā ti.
apavādantasamāropanantavivajjanā antadvayavivajjanā nayo nāma. atta
paccakkhapaṭisaṃveditāsabhāvo acinteyyanayo nāma. dhammapaṭiggāha
kānaṃ anājjapīti pāmujjuppādanādhippāya sotūnaṃ dhammadesake
bahu mānuppādanādhippāya dhammanettipavattanādhippāya kusalākusalaṃ
bahulīkārappahānādhippāyasabbanimittābhibhavanādhippāyādi adhippā
yanayo nāma. evaṃ chabbidho nayo. aparo pi catubbidho nayo e
kattanaya, nānattanaya, abyāpāranaya, evaṃ dhammatā nayavasena. tattha he
tuphalasambandhena santānassa anupacchedo ekattanayo nāma. saka
sakapaccayehi nānādhammānaṃ uppādo nānattanayo nāma. tathuppannānaṃ
dhammānaṃ avasavattisabhāvo byāpāra rahitattā abyāpāranayo
nāma. paccayānurūpena phaluppādo evaṃ dhammatā nayo nāma. evaṃ vuttappakā
resu nayesu desanānayo idhādhippeto. paṭisandhipaññāyā ti
bhavasandhānato va paṭipunappunaṃ sandhipaṭisandhi. paṭisandhiyaṃ pavattāpaññāpaṭi
[30]
sandhipaññā, tāya. ettha duvidhā paññā jātipaññāpāṭihāriyapaññā ti.
khandhānaṃ pātubhāvo jātī ti vuttā khandhapātubhāvakkhaṇe paṭisandhi
viññāṇasahajātā paññā jātipaññā nāma. vattapaṭipatyuggahaṇa
paripucchādiṃ karontassa sammāpayogamanvāya pavattā paññā pāṭi
hāriyapaññā nāma. tāsu jātipaññāya eva lokuttarādhigamassa
balavakāraṇabhāvaṃ dassento paṭisandhipaññāyā ty āha. bhabba
puggalā ti maggaphalādhigame bhabbāsamatthā puggalā bhabbapuggalā. tehi
bujjhantī ti te bhabbapuggalāhi yasmā bujjhanti, tasmā budhā ti vuccanti. budha
bodhane t’imassā ti budhadhātu bodhane vattati, iti imassa dhā
tussa rūpan ti sambandho, heṭṭhā vuttaṃ satthāram evā ti ādi gāthā
ya seṭṭhan ty ādinā vuttaṃ satthāram eva. heṭṭhā vuttappakāran t’imassa
vacanatthasubodhanenā ti pade vuttapāḷiyatthan ti attho. vutto
pakāro pabhedo etassā ti vuttappakāro. taṃ sarabyañjanadīgha
rassa vaggāvaggaghosāghosādibhedesū ti sarā ca byañjanāni ca
dīghācarassā ca vaggā ca avaggā ca ghosā ca aghosā ca sarabyañjana
dīgharassavaggāvaggaghosāghosā. sarabyañjanadīgharassavaggāvagga
ghosāghosā ādi pakārā yesaṃ bhedānaṃ te sarabyañjanadīgha
rassa vaggāvaggaghosāghosādayo. sarabyañjanadīgharassa vaggā
vaggaghosāghosādayo eva bhedā sarabyañjanadīgharassa vaggāvagga
ghosā ghosādi bhedā. tesu. tattha saranti gacchanti taṃ taṃ
atthānarūpato pavattantī ti sarā. atthaṃ byañjayanti pakāsentī ti
byañjanāni. dīghakāle vattabbā dīghā. rassakāle vattabbā rassā.
samūhavasena ṭhitā vaggā. ghosavanto ghosā. na ghosā
aghosā. bhijjanaṃ bhedo. tattha sarabhedam āha dīgharassan ti.
byañjanabhedam āha vaggāvaggaghosāghosā ti. ādiggahaṇena
sithiladhanitagarukalahukaniggahitasambandhavimuttavavatthitādayo
saṅgaṇhāti. tattha sithilan ti sithilena agāḷhena mudunā vacīpa
yogena vattabbakkharaṃ. dhanitan ti dhanitena gāḷhena thaddhena vacīpayoge
na vattabbakkharaṃ. garukan ti bhāriyaṃ katvā uttarakkharasaṃyoge paṭhama
byañjanena saddhiṃ upayujjitvā vattabbakkharaṃ. lahukan ti na bhāriyaṃ katvā utta
[31]
raṃ byañjanaṃ apāpetva paccattasaṃyogena vattabbakkharaṃ. niggahitan ti kara
ṇaṃ nippīḷetvā vattabbaṃ. sambandhan ti pubbāparapadadvayaṃ saha ekato katvā
bandhitvā vattabbaṃ. vimuttan ti vissaṭṭhapayogena vattabbaṃ. vavatthitan ti pacce
kaṃ niṭṭhaṃ katvā vattabbaṃ. akārikārantādi itthipumāditaddhitasamā
sādippabhedesū ti akāro ca ikāro ca akārikārā. a
kārikārā antāyesaṃ padānaṃ tāni akārikārantāni. akāri
kārantāni ādīni pakārabhūtāni yesaṃ pabhedānaṃ te akāri
kārantādayo. itthī ca pumā ca itthipumā no. te ādīyesaṃ pabhe
dānaṃ te itthipumādayo. taddhitaṃ anto yesaṃ padānaṃ tāni taddhitantā
ni. tāni ca samāsā ca taddhitantasamāsā. te ādayo yesaṃ pa
bhedānaṃ te taddhitantasamāsādayo. etthantasaddassa lopaṃ katvā
taddhitasamāsādī ti vuttaṃ. pakārena bhijjanaṃ pabhedo. akāri
kārantādayo ca te itthipumādayo ca te taddhitasamāsāda
yo ca te pabhedā yesaṃ padānaṃ tāni akārikārantādi itthipumādi
taddhitasamāsādippabhedāni. tesu. ettha ca akarikārantādī t’ imi
nā pannarasantapabhedānaṃ saṅgaho kato hoti. pannarasapabhedāhi
antā. vuttañ ca.
oābinduīiu ū, antāsatta ime pumā ||
bheditthibhedāpañceva | tehi obinduvajjiya || ||
bindupantitarebhedā | tayo pañcadasā ime ||
tīsu liṅgesu niddiṭṭhā | antabhedāsu ṭhāyibhī ti || ||
tattha oābindu i ī u ū antā ti o anta ā anta bindu anta i anta
ī anta u anta ū anta iti satta antā pumā bhedā. dvandagabbhakammadhārayasa
māso vā kātabbo. itthibhedā pañce va tehi obinduvajjiyā ti
tehi sattahi antehi oantabinduantevajjetvā āi ī u ū iti
imepañce va antā itthiliṅgabhedā. binduvantitare ti bindu i u antā ita
re binduvanti tare. ettha bindusadde ukāraṃ gahetvā sarāsare lo
pan ti vā vāparo asarūpā ti vā ukārassa ikāre pare ikā
rassa vā ukāre pare lope kate bindī ti vā bindū ti vā bhavati. ta
[32]
to akāre pare ukārassa va modudantānan ti vakāraṃ katvā
antasaddassa lopaṃ katvā akārassa vakāre ikārassanta
kārasaṃyoge nīte bandivantitare ti vā bindu vanti tare ti vā bha
vati. bindu anta i anta u antā ti ime tayo antā itare bhedā na
puṃsakaliṅgabhedā ti attho. pañca dasā ime antabhedā ti sambandho. i
me pañcadasa antabhedā tīsu liṅgesu. suñāyibhīti antabhede suṭṭhu
jānantehi ācariyehi niddiṭṭhā. itthipumādī t’ iminā liṅgattayabhedaṃ
saṅgaṇhāti. tividhaṃ hi liṅgaṃ itthipumanapuṃsakavasena. tatra yassaka
ssaci indriyānindriyasaddābhidheyyabhūtassa atthassa avisadākā
ravohāro itthiliṅgaṃ nāma. visadākāravohāro pulliṅgaṃ nā
ma. ubhayamuttākāravohāro napuṃsakaliṅgaṃ nāma. tattha kenaṭṭhe
na liṅgan ti vuccati. liṅgayati bodhayati atthan ti liṅgaṃ. liṅga gatimhī t’ i
massa dhātuno rūpaṃ. gatyatthadhātūnaṃ buddhyatthassa pi vadanato bodhaya
tī ti vuttaṃ. līnaṃ paṭicchannaṃ saṃkuṭitaṃ apākaṭaṃ atthaṃ gamayati ñāya
ti bodhayatī ti vā liṅgaṃ. sīnasaddūpapadassa gamu sappa gatimhī t’ imassa rū
paṃ. asati liṅge ayam itthī ti ādinā nayena ñātum asakkuṇeyya
ttā attho paṭicchanno hoti. sati ca tasmiṃ pākaṭo. iti attho
nāmekasite pākaṭo hoti. kathanañ ca liṅge sati. asati na ka
thanaṃ. kathanā bhāve ca atthassā pākaṭatā. apākaṭe atthe jāna
naṃ na siyā. iti atthāvabodhanaṭṭhena liṅgan ti vuccati. kin taṃ liṅgaṃ nāma.
ghaṭapaṭasakaṭādyatthajotakaṃ vacanaṃ. vuttañ ca.
rukkho ti vacanaṃ liṅgaṃ | liṅgattho tena dīpito ||
evaṃ liṅgañ ca liṅgatthaṃ | utvā yojeyya paṇḍito ti || || Mmd p.70
tatra itthiliṅgaṃ āvatthikaliṅgikanemittikādhiccasamuppannacatukka
vasena. kriyājātiguṇayādicchakā catukkavasena, sāmaññaguṇa
kittima-opapātikacatukkavasena vā catubbidhaṃ. tatr’ ekekaṃ pañcavidhaṃ
ākārivaṇṇuvaṇṇantavasenā ti taṃ sabbaṃ vīsati vidhaṃ hoti. pulliṅgaṃ
pana vuttanayena catubbidhaṃ. tatra c’ ekekaṃ avaṇṇivaṇṇuvaṇṇantavase
na chabbidhan ti taṃ sabbaṃ catuvīsatividhaṃ hoti. itaram pi vuttanayena catubbi
[33]
dhaṃ. tatra c’ ekekaṃ akārikārukārantavasena tividhan ti taṃ sabbaṃ
dvādasavidhaṃ hoti. evaṃ taṃ sabbaṃ chappaññāsavidhan ti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
chappaññāsavidhe liṅga |
bhede eva mudīrite ||
katvā yojeyya matimā |
payogāni yathārahaṃ || || Based on Mmd p. 70 evaṃchappaññāsavidhaṃ hoti
samāsādī ti etthādiggahaṇena kitakādippabhedaṃ saṅgaṇhāti.
ettha ṭhatvā padavibhāgo evaṃ veditabbo. catubbidhaṃ hi padaṃ nāmikākhyāti
kopasaggikanepātikavasena. tatra nāmikan ti abhidhānaṃ. ākhyā
tikan ti kriyā. opasaggikan ti tadubhayavisesanaṃ. nepātikan ti
tabbinimuttaṃ. namati, nāmayatī ti vā nāmaṃ. sayaṃ ghaṭapaṭādyatthābhimukhaṃ
namati atthe sati tadabhidhānassa sambhavato. tantaṃ atthaṃ attani
nāmayati asaty ābhidhāne atthāvabodhassevāsambhavato ti
vuttaṃ hoti. nāmam eva nāmikaṃ. ākhyāyati kriyaṃ pākaṭaṃ karotī
ti ākhyātaṃ. ākhyātam eva ākhyatikaṃ upecca sajjatī ti upasaggo.
nāmākhyātaṃ upecca tadatthaṃ sajjati vissajjati janeti pakāsetī ti
attho. nipatatī ti nipato. kattha nipatati. ādimajjhāvasāne.
kesaṃ. nāmapadānaṃ iti padānaṃ ādimajjhāvasāne nipatatī ti nipā
to. nipāto eva nepātikaṃ tatra pañcavidhaṃ nāmaṃ nāmanāma, kitaka
nāma, samāsanāma, taddhitanāma, sabbanāmavasena. tattha chabbidhaṃ nāmanāmaṃ
sāmūhika, pacceka, vikappa, saṃyogika, sambandhika, paṭipakkhikavasena.
tatra ghaṭo paṭo puriso ty ādisāmūhitaṃ, anekadabbasamudāye
sambhūtanāmattā. vedanā saññācetanā ty ādi paccekanāmaṃ. ekeka
m eva dhammaṃ paṭiccasambhūtanāmattā. deso kālo okāso ty ādi
vikappanāmaṃ, asabhāvakadhamme vikappavasena sambhūtanāmattā. nīluppalaṃ
kaṇhasappo rājapuriso ty ādi saṃyogikaṃ. anekapadasaṃyoga
vasena sambhūtanāmattā. brāhmaṇo gotamo vāsiṭṭho ty ādi
sambandhikaṃ. brahmassa apaccam iti atthasambandhavasena sambhūtanāmattā. ki
so thūlo ty ādipaṭipakkhikaṃ, aññamaññaṃ paṭipakkhavasena sambhūtanā
[34]
mattā. ettha saṃyogikaṃ samāsanāmapade labbhati. sambandhikaṃ taddhitanā
ma pade. paṭipakkhikaṃ sabbanāmapade. sāmūhikapaccekavikappanāmāni nāma
nāmapade labbhanti. kitakanāmaṃ samāsato duvidhaṃ kārakakitaka
bhāvakitakanāmavasena. ganthā yātāgato ty ādi kārakaki
takaṃ. gamanaṃ yānaṃ gati ty ādi bhāvakitakaṃ chabbidhaṃ samāsanāmaṃ abya
yībhāva, kammadhāraya, digu, tappurisa, bahubbīhi, dvandavasena. upanagaraṃ anu
nadiyathāvuḍḍhaṃ ty ādi abyayībhāvaṃ. nīluppalaṃ lohitacandanaṃ mahānā
go ty ādi kammadhārayaṃ. timalaṃ tilokaṃ catudisaṃ ty ādi digu. rāja
putto kathinadussaṃ kammakāro ty ādi tappuriso. jitindriyo dinna
suṅko bahudhano ty ādi bahubbīhi. mukhanāsikaṃ gītavāditaṃ ajeḷakaṃ
ty ādi dvando ti. taddhitanāmaṃ samāsato catubbidhaṃ apaccatthataddhita,
tadaññatthataddhita, sakatthataddhita, samāsantataddhitavasena. brāhma
ṇo bhāradvājo vāsiṭṭho ty ādi apaccatthataddhitaṃ. so vaggikaṃ te
likaṃ sevālikaṃ ty ādi tadaññatthataddhitaṃ. poriso vepullan ty ādi
sakatthataddhitaṃ. rattidivaṃ mahāsannaṃ upanadī ty ādi samāsantataddhitan ti.
dasavidhaṃ sabbanāmikaṃ kālasabbanāmika, disāsabbanāmikā, vatthāsabba
nāmika, guṇasabbanāmika, sabbasabbanāmika, pucchāsabbanāmika, saṅkhyāsabba
nāmika, vacanasabbanāmika, payogavantasabbanāmika, pamāṇasabbanāmika
vasena. atītaṃ anāgataṃ paccuppannaṃ ty ādi kālasabbanāmikaṃ. pubbaṃ aparaṃ
dakkhiṇaṃ ty ādi disā sabbanāmikaṃ. dīgho rasso majjhimo ty ādi avatthā
sabbanāmikaṃ. kusalaṃ dukkhaṃ disaṃ ty ādiguṇasabbanāmikaṃ. sabbaṃ itaraṃ ty ādi
sabbasabbanāmikaṃ. kiṃ kataraṃ katamaṃ ty ādi pucchāsabbanāmikaṃ. ekaṃ dviti
ty ādisaṅkhyāsabbanāmikaṃ. amhatumhā ty ādivacanasabbanamikaṃ. yaṃ taṃ ty ādi
payogavantasabbanāmikaṃ. appakaṃ thokaṃ bahukaṃ ty ādi pamāṇasabbanā
mikan ti. ākhyātikaṃ pana kālakārakapurisappabhedavasena aneka
vidhan ti. tatra kālo atītānāgatapaccuppannāṇattiparikappakālā
ti pattivasena chabbidho. kārakaṃ kammabhāvakattuvasena tividhaṃ. puri
so paṭhamamajjhimuttamavasena tividho. vibhattiyogavasena tesaṃ
vibhāgo ākhyātappakaraṇe yeva vibhavissati. upasaggapadassa
pana tadubhayavisesakattā na koci paccekaṃ vibhāgo labbhati.
[35]
nipātapadaṃ pana saṅkhepato duvidhaṃ atthapūraṇaṃ padapūraṇan ti. samuccayavi
kappapaṭisedhapūraṇattādivasenānekavidhaṃ. taṃ niruttivaṇṇanāyaṃ vutta
nayena veditabbaṃ.
catunnaṃ vibhāgappadānaṃ vibhāga |
payogatthasiddhiṃ sadāpatthayanto ||
karesādhurūpaṃ manesādhuyogī |
nimittaṃ aniccādikaṃ lakkhaṇāvhaṃ || ||
suttantapakaraṇe ti kaccāyanappakaraṇe. taṃ hi suttasaṅgahava
sena vuttattā suttantapakaraṇanti vuccati. suttapakaraṇanti vattabbe
vā cāsiliṭṭhatāya antasaddapayogo. savanābhiyuttassā ti
savanena abhiyuttassa, savanenātyekadesaniddesena uggaha
dhāraṇapariyāpuṇanānipi vuccanti. tasmā savanuggahaṇa dhāraṇā
dināsuttantapakaraṇe abhiyuttassā ti attho. vuttanayenā ti
hitesinā mahesinā desitanayena. paṭipajjanato ti pariyatti
yā atthabhūtāya sīlādikkhandhattayasaṅgahitāya nirodhagāmini
maggasaṅkhātāya paṭipajjanti etāya, nirodhatthike hi paṭipajjīyatī ti
vā paṭipattī ti laddhanāmāya paṭipadāya paripūraṇādibhāvena pavatta
nato. tadatthiko ti taṃ navalokuttaradhammaṃ icchanto, tena vā
navalokuttaradhammena atthijo. taṃ mūlakāraṇabhūtasavana
sampattinipphādanatthan ti tassa lokuttaradhammapaṭilābhassa mūlakāra
ṇabhūtāya savanasampattiyā nipphādanatthaṃ. ettha ca mūlakāraṇan ti
catubbidhesu lokuttaradhammapaṭilābhakāraṇesu padhānahe
tuttā pakaraṇasavanasampatti eva vuccati. catubbidhaṃ kāraṇaṃ pakaraṇa
savanābhiyogo akkharapadāmohabhāvo vacanatthāvabodho
suppaṭipattipavatti cā ti. anekappakāran ti anekavidhaṃ. vidhappakārāhi
ekatthā. pakatipaccayādibhedavasenā ti pakati ca paccayo ca pa
katipaccayā. pakatipaccayā ādayo yesaṃ padānaṃ te pakati
paccayādayo. te bhedā yassa padassa tadidaṃ pakati paccayādibhedaṃ.
tassa vaso pakati paccayādibhedavaso. tena. ettha pakati nāma
[36]
syādyantapadaṃ. paccayo nāma ty ādyantapadaṃ. ādiggahaṇena avasesa
padavibhāgo gahito. tathā hi duvidhaṃ padaṃ syādyantatyādyantavase
na. catubbidhaṃ nāmākhyātopasagganipātavasena. pañcavidhaṃ nāmākhyāto
pasagganipātakammappavacanīyavasena. vuttañ ca.
bhindant’ eke padaṃ dvedhā | catudhā pañcadhā pi ca ||
visuṃ katvāna vākyehi | pakatippaccayādive ti || ||
tattha pakatipaccayādiṃ viya padaṃ vākyehi visuṃ katvāna ekacce dve
dhā bhindanti, ekacce catudhā bhindanti ekacce pañcadhā bhindantī ti yojanā.
sarabyañjanādibhedavasena anekappakāraṃ akkharañ ca pakatipaccayādi
bhedavasena anekappakāraṃ padañ ca upaparikkhitvā suṇeyyā ti
sambandho. tattha upaparikkhitvā ti paññāya upecca oloketvā. chanda
hānibhayā ti gāthā chando bhaṅgaṃ paṭiccapaṇḍitānaṃ saṅkāya uppajjanaka
nindābhayā. liṅgattayānurūpapadaniddesam akatvā seyyatthiko ti
paccekaliṅgantarikekavacanavasena niddiṭṭhattā codento āha nanv itthi
yā pi sotabban ty ādi. liṅgantarikekavacanavasena niddiṭṭhakāraṇaṃ
dassento āha yebhuyyavasena vā padhānavasena vā ti. vuttattha
m eva payogantarena saha niyametvā dassento anekavidhā ty ādi
m āha. tattha anekavidhā ti anekaṃ ppakārā. paccāsannavasenā ti pati
āsannaṃ paccāsannaṃ. ativiya āsannan ti attho. tassa vaso paccāsanna
vaso. tena. āsannataravasenā ti vuttaṃ hoti. niddeso ti niddi
sīyatī ti niddeso. ko so. payogo. kākevārayamacchamhā
ti ādīsū ti kiñcāpi sakuṇasoṇādayo sattāmacchamhā vāre
tabbā santi. tesu kākā āsannatarā hutvā nisinnā. tasmā satte
vārayamacchamhā ti sāmaññavasena vattabbaṃ. evam avatvā kākevāraya
macchamhā ti payogo dissati. rājā āgacchatī ti kiñcāpi rājā
balakāyena saddhiṃ āgacchati, tassa ca balākāyassa rājā va padhā
no. tasmiṃ padhāne gahite appadhāno balakāyo gahito va
hoti. tasmā ekassa āgamanaṃ viya katvā evaṃ payogo dissati.
khadiravanan ti kiñcāpi tasmiṃ vane aññe pi rukkhā santi. tesu khadirarukkhā va
[37]
ussannatarā. tasmā khadiravanan ti payogo dissati. laddhātapatto ti
kiñcā pi rājā pañcakakudhabhaṇḍādike sabbissa riyelabhati. tesu
āthapattasaṅkhātaṃ setacchattaṃ upalakkhaṇaṃ sakalarajjissariyapaṭilā
bhassapadhānasaññāṇaṃ. tasmiṃ laddhesabbaṃ laddhamevā ti ñāyati. tasmā
laddhatapatto ti payogo dissati. nānantarikaṃ vasenā ti payo
janato avinābhāvivasena. ghatatthikassa ghaṭam ānayā ti ghatena
atthikassa janassa taṃ ghaṭaṃ ānayā ti ettha ghaṭena avinābhūtattā
ghatassa ghaṭe ādīte ghataṃ ādīnam eva hoti. tasmā ghaṭam ā
nayā ti payogo dissati. katthaci sāmaññavasena niddisitabbe padhā
navasena niddeso dissatī ti ādinānayena sāmaññavasena niddisita
bbapadaṃ sabbattha katthaci saddena yojetabbaṃ.
(ṅa) ettha ca pakāraṇarambhe ratanattayapaṇāmena saha vuccamā
nappakaraṇaṃ taṃ saññānimitta. pa. payojanāni ca gāthādvayena nidasse
tī ti sambandho. saññānimitta kattā ca , parimāṇaṃ payojanan ti
ettha saññā ti nāmaṃ. nimittan ti uppatti, nidānaṃ vā. kattā ti pakaraṇa
kattā. parimāṇan ti paricchedo. payojanan ti nipphatti. sabbāgamassa
pubbe vā ti sabbāgamato pubbam eva. sabbāgamassā ti kammani chaṭṭhī vā.
sabbāgaman ti attho. āgamīyati attho etenā ti āgamo.
sabbo āgamo sabbāgamo. taṃ sabbāgamaṃ vattumicchatā ācariye
na ganthārambhato pubbe eva. aviññātasaññassa vohārasukhābhāva
to vohārasukhatthaṃ saññāvattabbā. pakaraṇuppattinidānakosa
llatthaṃ nimittañ ca vattabbaṃ. pakaraṇassa pamāṇabhāvavibhāvanatthaṃ kattā
ca vattabbo. ganthabhīrukantevāsikānam ussāhajananatthaṃ pamāṇañ ca
vattabbaṃ. aviditaganthānisaṃsassa pakaraṇassa savanārambhamattass’ e
vābhāvato pakaraṇagāhaṇatthaṃ payojanañ ca vattabban ti attho.
sandhikappādīnan ti etthādiggahaṇena nāmākhyātakibbidhānakappe saṅgaṇhā
ti. idaṃ hī ti idaṃ pakaraṇaṃ hi. sabbasādhāraṇarahitattā ti sabbasā
dhāraṇa nāmato rahitattā, apagatattā ti attho. idha panā ti i
masmiṃ pakaraṇārambhe pana, gāthāya vā. taṃ panā ti taṃ sandhikappan ti nāmaṃ
pana. kriyāguṇajātiyādicchakesū ti kriyā nāma guṇanāmajāti
[38]
nāmayādicchakanāmesu. niddhāraṇe bhummaṃ. tatthakārako pācako
ty ādikriyāvasena laddhattā kriyānāmaṃ nāma. tevijjo chaḷabhiñño
ty ādiguṇato laddhattā guṇanāmaṃ nāma. khattiyo brāhmaṇo ty ādi
jātiyā sāmññena laddhattā jātināmaṃ nāma. tisso phusso ty ādi
hetum anapekkhitvā icchāvasena taṅkhaṇuppannattāyādicchakanāmaṃ nā
ma. yāyā icchā yadicchā. yadicchāya jātaṃ yādicchakaṃ. sāmaññaguṇa
kittimopapātikesū ti sāmaññanāmaguṇanāmakittimanāma opapā
tikanāmesu, guṇanāman ti sambandho. tattha ca paṭhamakappesu mahājanena
sammannitvā thapitattā mahāsammato ti nāmaṃ sāmaññanāmaṃ nāma. sā
maññāya janasammutiyā jātaṃ nāmaṃ sāmaññanāmaṃ. dhammakathiko paṃsu
kūliko ty ādiguṇato āgatattā guṇanāmaṃ nāma. ye pana jā
tassa kumārassa nāmādānadivase dakkhiṇeyyānaṃ sakkāraṃ katvā
samīpe ṭhitā ñātakā kappetvā ayaṃ asuko nāmā ti nāmaṃ ka
ronti. idaṃ kittimanāmaṃ nāma. kittikathanaṃ. tāya nibbattaṃ kittimaṃ. yā
pana purimapaññatti aparapaññattiyaṃ nipatati, purimavohāro pacchima
vohāre nipatati. seyyathidaṃ. purimakappe pi cando cando yeva nāma,
etarahi pi cando yeva. atīte pi sūriyo ca samuddo ca pathavī ca pabba
to ca pabbato yeva nāma, etarahi pi pabbato yeva nāmā ti . idaṃ
sāmaññaguṇakittimehi pi vināsayameva upapatanasīlattā opa
pātikanāmaṃ nāma. upapatanaṃ upapāto. tena nibbattaṃ opapātikaṃ ā
vattikaliṅgikanemittikā miccasamuppannesū ti ettha āvatthikan ti
vaccho dammo balibaddo ti avatthantaravasena labhananāmaṃ. avatthā
vasena bhūta āvattikaṃ. atitaruṇakāle mātusantike vaccha
tī ti vaccho. dametum anucchavikakāle dammo. mahallakakāle
balibaddo ti taṃ taṃ avatthantaram apekkhitvā paṭilabhana nāman ti vuttaṃ
hoti. liṅgikan ti daṇḍīsikhīkarī ti daṇḍādisaṃyogena paṭilabha
na nāmaṃ. liṅgena bhūtaṃ liṅgikaṃ. ettha ca daṇḍādivirahe apākaṭassa attha
ssa saṃyoge liṅganato pākaṭakaraṇato daṇḍādivohārame
va liṅgan ti vuccati. nemittikan ti guṇanemittikaṃ. saddho matimā buddho
ti guṇanimittavasena paṭilabhananāmaṃ. nimināti paricchindatī ti nimittaṃ. ni
[39]
mittena bhūtaṃ nemittikaṃ. adhicca samuppannati sirivaḍḍhako dhanavaḍḍhako
ti vacanattham anapekkhitvā lokavohāravasena dāsadaliddādī
su pavattanāmaṃ. adhiccena akāraṇena samuppannaṃ jātan ti adhiccasa
muppannaṃ tathāhī ti tam eva saccaṃ. kocī ti ekacco gantho. ayam e
v’ ettha sārato paccetabbo uparināmakappassārambhantarābhā
vā ti ito sandhikappato uparibhāge nāmakappassa paṇāmārambha
nānattassābhāvā. ettha pakaraṇārambhe etesu dvīsu sāmaññavise
sa nāmesu ayaṃ pana gantho sandhikappan ti ādikappavasena laddhanā
mo ti ayam attho sārato paccetabbo saddahitvā gahe
tabbo ti attho. ajjhattikan ti niyakajjhattikaṃ, santānapariyā
pannan ti attho. dunnikkhittapadabyañjanatāyā ti duṭṭhuṃ nikkhittāni thapitā
ni kathitāni dunnikkhittāni. padāni ca byañjanāni ca padabyañjanāni. dunnikkhittāni pa
dabyañjanāni dunnikkhittapadabyañjanāni. tesaṃ bhāvo dunnikkhittapadabyañjanatā.
tāya. ettha duvidho hi dunnikkhepo padadunnikkhepo akkharadunnikkhepo
ti. tattha aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ anattā ty ādīnaṃ padānaṃ parivattetvā niccaṃ sukhaṃ attā
ti thapanaṃ kathanaṃ padadunnikkhepo nāma. sithiladhanitadīgharassādīnaṃ pa
rivattetvā dhanitasithilarassadīghādivasena thapanaṃ kathanaṃ akkhara
dunnikkhepo nāma. dunnītan ti duṭṭhupaṭipāditaṃ. duṭṭhuṃ gahetvā kataṃ dukkathi
tan ti attho. paṭipattiyan ti nirodhasampāpake magge. samussā
hayamānā ti pakaraṇakaraṇe ācariyassa suṭṭhu ussāhaṃ
janayamānā. karuṇā ti karotī ti karuṇā. kiṃ karoti. kampa
naṃ. kesaṃ sādhūnaṃ. kimhi sati. paradukkhe. iti paradukkhe sati sādhū
naṃ kampanaṃ hadayacalanaṃ karotī ti karuṇā. kara karaṇe ti dhā
tu. atha vā kiratī ti karuṇā. paradukkhaṃ vikkhipati apanetī ti
attho. kiravikkhipane ti dhātu. kirati hiṃsati kāruṇikaṃ vibā
dheti kilametī ti vā karuṇā. kira hiṃsāyan ti dhātu. tan ti taṃ
karuṇāya attano coditabhāvaṃ. payojanadvayassa abhinipphāda
ne samatthassa pakaraṇassa ārambhakaraṇe n’ eva dassetī ti
sambandho. tadārammaṇabhūto ti ābhuso ramanti abhiramanti
etthā ti ārammaṇaṃ. ārammaṇena bhūto ārammaṇabhūto. tāya
[40]
karuṇāya ārammaṇabhūto tadārammaṇābhūto. taṃ budhā ti byapa
dissatī ti taṃ bāhiranimittaṃ budhā ti padena visesena apadissati.
etadaggan ti etaṃ aggaṃ. aggo uttamo ti attho. sāvakānan ti attha
dhammupasaṃhituṃ ovādānusāsaniṃ suṇantī ti sāvakā. bhavanti ari
yāya jātiyā jātattā ti pi sāvakā. tesaṃ. saṃkhittenā ti sa
māsena. vitthārenā ti byāsavasena. vibhajantānan ti vibhāgaṃ karontā
naṃ. yadidaṃ mahākaccāyano ti yo eso mahākaccāyano. eta
dagge thapito ti etadaggaṭṭhāne patiṭṭhāpito. ettha etadaggan ti ca
yadidan ti ca liṅgavipallāsabhedavasena vuttaṃ. duvidho hi vipallāsabhe
do liṅgavipallāsabhedo vacanavipallāsabhedo ti. tattha pumitthi
liṅgena niddisitabbe napuṃsakaliṅgena niddeso vā napuṃsakitthiliṅge
na niddisitabbe pulliṅgena niddeso vā pumanapuṃsakaliṅgena niddisitabbe
itthiliṅgena niddeso vā liṅgavipallāso nāma. ekavacanena niddisi
tabbe bahuvacanena niddeso ca atthi bhikkhave aññeva dhammā ti ādī
su viya, bahuvacanena niddisitabbe ekavacanena niddeso bhūmipabbato
udapādī ti ādīsu viya, ayaṃ vacanabhedo nāma. vuttañ ca.
liṅgabhedo vacībhedo | duvidhaṃ bhedam eva ca ||
kañcanaṃ kadalīsāyaṃ | sobhatī bahu ñātayo ti || ||
āyasmā ti āyumā dīghāyuko. pubbakāle sabrahmacārī
naṃ piyavacanam etaṃ. tan ti taṃ kattāraṃ. paricchedapamāṇañ cā ti pariccheda
vasena pavattaṃ pamāṇañ ca. sattasatādhikasahassa mattappamāṇo ti
sattasatehi adhikaṃ sahassa mattaṃ pamāṇaṃ yassa ganthassa so ‘yaṃ
sattasatādhikasahassa mattappamāṇo. idaṃ pana suttavuttiyā gantha
vasena vuttaṃ. tattha gantho nāma bāttiṃsakkharāni. vuttañ ca.
aṭṭhakkharā ekapādā | ekagāthā ca tuppadā ||
gāthā c’ eko mato gantho | gantho bāttiṃsa akkharo ti || ||
samubbhāvīyatī ti pamāṇaṃ ācariyena samubbhāvīyati, sammākathī
yatī ti attho. mukhyānusaṅgikappayojanavasenā ti mukhyappayojana
[41]
anusaṅgikapayojanavasena. tattha mukhyapayojanan ti pākaṭappayo
janaṃ. anusaṅgikappayojanan ti sañjanaṃ saṅgo. anu anusaṅgo anusaṅgo.
anusaṅgena jātaṃ anusaṅgikaṃ. anusaṅgikaṃ eva payojanaṃ anusaṅgikappa
yojanaṃ paraṃ parapaccayavasena paṭilabhitabbappayojanan ti vuttaṃ ho
ti. akkarakosallan ti kucchitānaṃ salanato kusalaṃ medhā.
tam etassa atthī ti kusalo. kusalassa bhāvo kosallaṃ.
akkharesu kosallaṃ akkharakosallaṃ sarabyañjanadīgharassavaggā
vaggaghosāghosasithiladhanitagarukalahukaniggahitasambandha
vimuttavavatthitanissayanissitakaṇṭhatāloṭṭhamuddhadantajekajadvi
jappabhedesv akkharesu paṭutarañāṇatā ti attho. nanu bho
akkharapadesu pamohabhāvo ti vuttaṃ. atha kiṃ vihāya padako
sallaggahaṇaṃ akkharakosallan ti vuttan ti. padhānatāya tassa. akkha
rasamūho hi padaṃ. tasmā tasmiṃ gahite itaram pi gahitam eva ho
ti. ten’ evāha evam idhāpi katābhiyogo nāmikādīsu catūsu pa
desū ti. atha vā. akkharapadako sallanti vattabbe vākyasutisiliṭṭha
tāya padasaddassa lopo ti daṭṭhabbo. kosallan ti ettha ca soḷasa
vidhaṃ hi kosallaṃ akkharakusalatā, padakusalatā, samuccayakusa
latā, liṅgakusalatā, vibhattikusalatā, pubbāparakusalatā,
sandhikusalatā, samāsakusalatā, byāsakusalatā, nibbacanaku
salatā, āyakusalatā, apāyakusalatā, ādesakusala
tā, uggahaṇakusalatā, dhāraṇakusalatā, sampaṭipādanakusala
tā ti. idaṃ soḷasavidhaṃ kosallaṃ tadekadesaniddesalakkhaṇena
niddisanto akkharakosallan ti āha. byañjanānurūpan ti ettha a
niccan ty ādīsu sarānurūpam atthassā pi sambhavato akkharakosallan ti
sabbasaṅgāhakavasena vuttattā ca saraggahaṇaṃ akatvā kasmā byañjanagga
haṇam eva katan ti ce. idha atthabyañjanato sarā pi byañjanā nāma. tasmā
evaṃ katan ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. na byañjanasaññāvasena. yadi hi byañjanasaññāvasena byañja
naggahaṇaṃ kataṃ siyā. saraggahaṇam api kattabbaṃ bhaveyya. na ca taṃ kataṃ.
tena ñāyati akārādayo sarā byañjanā ti. akkharakosallaṃ
sampādetvā t’ iminā pana byañjanānurūpaṃ atthapaṭivedhassa ca atthānurūpaṃ
[42]
byañjanuddesassa ca hetuṃ nidasseti akkaresv akusalassa tadabhā
vato. buddhattādīsu catūsu ṭhānesū ti buddhattaniyyāna antarāyā
savakkhayasaṅkhātesu catūsu vesārajjañāṇuppattikāraṇesu.
ṭhāṇañ ca ṭhānato aṭṭhānañ ca aṭṭhānato yathābhūtaṃ pajānātī ti
ādīsu viya ṭhānasaddo pan’ettha kāraṇavācī ti daṭṭhabbo. parappavādan ti
pavadanti etenā ti pavādo. diṭṭhi. ito aññesaṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇā
naṃ pavādo parappavādo. taṃ. sahadhammenā ti sakāraṇena sahetunā.
kāraṇapaṭisaṃyuttāya dhammadesanāyā ti attho. niggayhāti abhi
bhavitvā. parisā catukkesū ti parisāya catukkaṃ parisācatukkaṃ. te
su. ettha ca catukke ti vattabbe catukkassānekattā bahuvacanaṃ ka
tan ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. tena samaṇasamaṇi upāsakaupāsakisaṅkhātāsu vā
devamārabrahmanujasaṅkhātāsu vā catūsu parisāsū ti attho.
vesārajjappatto ti sabbaññutaññāṇānubhāvena vigato sāra
do etassā ti visārado. sārado ti bhayasabhāvasaṇṭhitassa
ottappassādhivacanaṃ. visāradassa bhāvo vesārajjaṃ. kin taṃ. ñāṇaṃ. taṃ
patto ti vesārajjappatto. evam idhā pi katābhiyogo ti
ettha evan ti upamupameyyasampaṭipādanatthe nipāto. tathā ti attho.
idhā pī ti akkharapadesu. yuñjanaṃ yogo. akkharapadanipphādanabyāpāre
su yuñjanti etenā ti vā yogo. ko so. vayāmo. ativi
siṭṭho yogo abhiyogo. kato abhiyogo yena so
yaṃ katābhiyogo. taṃ sabban ti taṃ sabbaṃ vuttappakāraṃ mukhyappayojanaṃ.
mukhenā ti upāyena, nayenā ti adhippāyo. samādo yā ti sabbaso
ādāya gahetvā. akattabban ti sādhūhi akaraṇīyaṃ duccaritaṃ.
kattabban ti ariyehi karaṇīyaṃ sucaritaṃ. paccavekkhato ti paṭipunappunaṃ
avekkhato, paññāya olokentassa sampassantassā ti attho.
pāmojjan ti pamuditassa bhāvo pāmojjaṃ tuṭṭhākāro ti attho.
pamuditassa pīti jāyatī ti tuṭṭhassa sakalasarīraṃ kho bhayamānāpī
ti jāyati. pī tī ti taruṇapīti. pītimanassā ti pītimano yassa
so ‘yaṃ pītimano. tassa. pīti sampayuttacittassā ti attho. kā
yo passambhatī ti nāmakāyo passambhati. vūpasanthadaratho hoti.
[43]
sukhaṃ vedayatī ti pītisampayuttacittajapaṇītarūpaphuṭaṃ kāyikasukhaṃ
nāma kāyena vedeti anubhavati. cittaṃ samādhiyatī ti nekkhamma
sukhena sukhitassa puggalassa cittaṃ upacāravasena appanāvasena sammā
ārammaṇe ādhīyati thapīyati, pavattatī ti vā attho. yathā bhū
tan ti dhammānaṃ yathāsabhāvaṃ. tan ti taṃ vuttappakāraṃ anusaṅgikapayo
janaṃ. pubbapañcakan ti ganthārambhassa pubbabhāge vattabbattā saññā nimitta
kattuparimāṇapayojanāni pubbapañcakaṃ nāma. tassā ti tassa pakara
ṇassa.
1. kataraṃ paṭhamaṃ sampādetabban ti cintāyan ti akkharakosallaṃ
pathamaṃ sampādetabbaṃ nu kho. udāhu padakosallan ti yutticintāyaṃ.
akkharāmohabhāvamūlakattā ti ettha ca kasmā akkharaṃ mūlaṃ nāma.
akkharehi padasambhavato. vuttaṃ hi byañjanasamuccayo tadatthajota
ko padan ti. tasmā padaṃ nipphādetukāmena tāva akkharakosallaṃ nipphā
detvā padanipphādanabyāpārābhiyogo karaṇīyo. taṃ mūlakāra
ṇabhūtan ti mūlaṃ padhānaṃ kāraṇaṃ mūlakāraṇaṃ. mūlakāraṇena bhūtaṃ
mūlakāraṇabhūtaṃ. tassa padāmohabhāvassa mūlakāraṇabhūtaṃ taṃ
mūlakāraṇabhūtaṃ. vuttappakāraguṇan ti vutto pakāro yassa guṇa
ssa so yaṃ vuttappakāro. vuttappakāro eva guṇo vuttappakāragu
ṇo. taṃ. akkharakosallam pana sampādetvā ty ādinā mukhyānusaṅgikappa
yojanavasena vuttappabhedaguṇaṃ. ādim āhā ti imassa pakaraṇa
ssa ādisuttaṃ āha. tatrāyaṃ yojanā. akkharapadāmohabhā
vesu kataraṃ paṭhamaṃ sampādetabban ti yutticintāyaṃ yasmā padāmoha
bhāvassa akkharāmohabhāvo mūlakattā paṭhamaṃ taṃ mūlakāraṇa
bhūtaṃ akkharakosallaṃ sampādetabbaṃ. iti tasmā vuttappakāraguṇaṃ
akkharesv eva pakkhipitvā dassento attho akkharasaññāto
ty ādim āhā ti. etthāha kasmā pan’ ettha akkharapadanipphādanabyāpāro
kato. nanu buddhavacanassa bhagavato purimasucaritapaccayānubhāvapaṭi
laddhasabbadhammesu pabhedagatā naññasādhāraṇacatupaṭisambhidāñā
ṇānubhāvavaseneva sunipphannattā nipphannassa ca puna nipphādetabbā bhāva
[44]
to ca akkharapadanipphādanabyāpārarahitānañ ca tathā gatasāvakānaṃ
yathāvuttadhammesu savanuggahaṇadhāraṇādi paṭipattiyā lokutta
radhammādhigamupalabbhanato ca iha akkharapadanipphadena byāpāro nirattha
ko ti. na. sopakārattā tathāgahitassa. akusalo hi
akkharapadanipphādanavidhimhi dhātupaccayādīsu idam imassa rūpan ti ajānitvā
byañjanaṃ vināseti. vinaṭṭhe ca byañjane vinaṭṭho v’ attho hoti. naṭṭhe atthe
naṭṭhā va paṭipatti. naṭṭhāya paṭipattiyā naṭṭho va paṭivedho. kusalo pana
tabbidhimhi vuttavipallāsena anaṭṭhāya paṭipattiyā paṭipajjanto yathā
dhippetatthasiddhiṃ pāpuṇāti. yathā hi thirasāramayo karaṇḍako
thiro hoti. tasmiṃ thire tadantogadhasāraratanaṃ na vinassati. avi
naṭṭhe tasmiṃ taṃ sāmikassa phalāsā samijjhati. evaṃ thirasārapadanipphāda
nabyāpāre kate byañjanakaraṇḍako thiro hoti. tasmiṃ thire
attharatanaṃ na nassati tadabhidheyyaṃ tasṃiṃ anaṭṭhe paṭipatti na nassati. a
naṭṭhāya paṭipattiyā paṭipannakānaṃ phalāsā samijjhatī ti. paṇāmasaṃ
vaṇṇanā kathā. paṭhamaṃ kare padacchedan ti vacanato evaṃ tāvettha
padavibhāgo veditabbo. attho ti ekaṃ padaṃ, akkharasaññāto ti
ekaṃ padanti dvipadam idaṃ. tattha attho ti arīyati ñāyatī ti attho. a
ra gatimhī ti dhātu. arati gacchati sayaṃ ñāṇābhimukhan ti vā attho.
araṇīyaṃ ñāṇenā ti vā attho. ranti pavattanti budhā etasmin ti vā
attho. kin taṃ. abhidheyyaṃ. tividho hi attho padattho. padatthattho.
atthattho ti brahmaṃ carati yena tadidaṃ brahmacariyan ti ettha nibbānaṃ gaccha
ti, nibbānamanubhavatī ty attho padattho nāma. padato nikkhantatthattā. taṃ
pana idan ti niyamābhāvato, taṃ niyamanatthaṃ ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko
maggo ti etaṃ vacanaṃ padatthattho nāma. padatthato nikkhantatthattā. evaṃ
hi niyamitamaggassa sarūpato dassetuṃ sammā diṭṭhi. pa. sammā samādhi. a
yaṃ vuccati ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo ti atthattho nāma. atthato
nikkhantatthattā. ettha catubbidho padattho ekābhidhāno ekattho.
ekābhidhāno nānattho. nānābhidhāno ekattho, nānābidhhāno
nānattho ti. tattha sotaṃ ghānaṃ jihvā ty ādi ekābhidhāno e
kattho nāma, sakattham eva kathanato.
[45]
ñeyye magge ca nibbāne | sabhāve atthajātiyaṃ ||
manovisayapuññesu | bhāve pāvacane pi ca ||
imesu dasasvatthesu | dhammasaddo pavattatī ti || ||
ayaṃ ekābhidhāno nānattho nāma. cakkhunettaṃ nayanaṃ locanaṃ
akkhi acchī ti idaṃ cakkhum eva vadatī ti nānābhidhāno ekattho nāma.
ghaṭo paṭo sakaṭo makuṭo ty ādi nānābhidhāno nānattho nā
ma, aññamaññaṃ nānābhidhānassa ca nānatthassa ca kathanato ti. atha vā.
uddesaniddesapaṭiniddese su uddesattho padattho nāma. niddesattho
padatthattho nāma. paṭiniddesattho atthattho nāma. pañcakkhandhā ti thapitaṃ
uddesaṃ. rūpakkhandho. la . viññāṇakkhandho ti idaṃ padattho nāma. tattha ka
tamaṃ rūpaṃ. cattāri mahābhūtāni catunnañ ca mahābhūtānaṃ upādārūpan ti i
daṃ padatthattho nāma. tattha katamāni cattāri mahābhūtāni. pathavīdhātu
vāyodhātu ty ādi atthattho nāma. evam ādinā nappabhedo attho
idha atthaggahaṇena saṅgahito ti daṭṭhabbo. ten’ evāha ghaṭapaṭādi
vacanattho ti. nanu ghaṭapaṭādi vacanattho ti iminā padattho eva gahi
to ti. evaṃ tathāpi tammukhen’ itaratthāpi gahitāva hontī ti
katvā evaṃ vuttaṃ. akkharasaññāto ti nakkharantī ti akkharāni. pamā
ṇato ekacattālīsamattāni anantam abhidheyyaṃ pi patvā na khīyantī
ti attho. akkharānaṃ hi avisayabhūto na koci abhidheyyo
atthi. sabbadhammādhigamanasamatthena icchā paṭibandhavuttinā sabbaññutaññā
ṇena paricchinnā saṅkhāravikāralakkhaṇanibbāna paññatti saṅkhātā
sabbe pi atthā akkharehi eva pakāsīyanti. akkharasamudāyarūpattā
sabbesaṃ yeva saniruttikānaṃ padānaṃ. atha vā akkharaṭṭhena akkharāni. ya
thicchita piḷandhanavikativasena namanasudantajāti suvaṇṇam iva atisu
khumagambhīrapadesañāṇāgādhacchinnaputhuatthālaṅgāresu pavattamā
nāni pi kharattaṃ thaddhabhāvaṃ na gacchati. ativiya mudūni hutvā atthavasena na
manti. tasmā akkharanī ti vuccanti. akkharehi saññāto akkharasaññā
to. nanu akkharānam eva atthassa ñāpakatte sati akkharaggahaṇe
n’ etthādo va bhavitabbaṃ. atha kasmā tapparaṃ katvā āhā ti atthagga
[46]
haṇassa padhānatāya. nanv akkharaṃ padhānaṃ akkhare satyātthādhigamassa
sambhavato ti. n’ evaṃ. attho va padhāno. asatyābhidheyye akkha
rany āsāsambhavato. vuttañ ca.
1. avijjamānake atthe | na taṃ sakkā thapetave ||
vijjamāne pan’ atthamhi | sakkā akkhaṃ thapetave ti || ||
akkhan ti akkharaṃ. aparam pi vuttaṃ.
2. khaggo va chindati lataṃ na ca kosako ti |
āpo va kaḍḍhati tasaṃ na ca bhājanāni ||
sīho va jayyati ripuṃ na guhātimantā |
thero niruttividhim ādi avoca atthaṃ ||
3. cintāmaṇīm anaharo na pilotikāni |
vatthaṃ vibhūsatinaraṃ na ca peḷakāni ||
annaṃ jighacchavinodaṃ na ca ukkhalī ti |
thero niruttividhim ādi avoca atthaṃ || ||
4. paṭisambhidānam etāsaṃ | catunnañ cādisambhavā ||
attho so gahito tena | jinavuttānusārinā ti ca || ||
yo koci ghaṭapaṭādivacanattho ti iminā aniyamitābhidhe
yyavācakena sabbo ñeyyapabhedo saṅgahito ti daṭṭhabbo. vaca
natthabhāvamanāpannañeyyadhammābhāvā. idaṃ vuttaṃ hotī ti ayam attho
vutto hoti. sakkaccan ti ādarena, vuttavidhiṃ aparihāpetvā
ty attho. vuttī ti suttatthaṃ vivaratī ti vutti. suttattho vattati etthā
ti vā vutti. suttavivaraṇan ti attho. apare ti ekacce ācariyā.
tesam ayam uggahaṇamaggo. therena pan’ idaṃ pakaraṇaṃ dvikkhattuṃ kataṃ.
paṭhamaṃ suttodāharaṇamattam eva. tadā suttādo vākyam āha. pacchā
atiguḷhatāya suttopadesassavuttiṃ akāsi. tadā tassādo
gāthā dvayam āhā ti. nāyaṃ sabbasādhāraṇuggahaṇamaggo. yady evaṃ
kasmā nyāse idaṃ vuttan ti. ācariyuggahaṇavibhāvanamukhena attano
ācariyamatikattuviññāpanatthaṃ.
[47]
2. yathāvuttayuttiyā tattha balavussāhaṃ janetvā ā
hāti sambandho. tatthā ti akkharāmohabhāve. balavussāhan ti
balavaṃ ussāhaṃ anosakkanavīriyan ti attho. yathā vuttayutti
yā ti akkharapadāmohabhāvesu akkharakosallaṃ sampāde
tabban ti vuttanyāyena sāsanasampattiyā mūlakāraṇabhūtaṃ pari
yattisāsanaṃ visodhentena paṭhamaṃ padacchedo kātabbo. chinnapadassa
sarūpapaṭipattiyā nāmākhyātopasaggasamāsataddhitādivibhā
ge sati tadatthāvagamoho ti. iti pariyattiyā yathāvaga
me padhānahetubhūtaṃ sandhividhānassa atthavaṇṇanaṃ ārabhanto saññā
vidhānaṃ paṭhamaṃ vattabban ty ādim āha. tattha saññāvidhānan ti saññāvidhīya
ti thapīyati etthā ti saññāvidhānaṃ. aviññātasaññassā ti viññā
tāsaññāyena so viññātasañño. na viññātasañño aviññā
tasañño. tassa. aviññātanāmassā ty attho. vohārāsijjha
nato ti voharīyati kathīyatī ti vohāro. vohārassa
asijjhanaṃ vohārāsijjhanaṃ. tato. sāmaññavisesasaññāsū ti
niddhāraṇe bhummaṃ. tattha samudāye pavattaṃ nāmaṃ sāmaññasaññā nāma.
tadavayave pavattaṃ nāmaṃ visesasaññā nāma. sāmaññasaññā va paṭhamaṃ
vattabbā ti vacanaṃ tadavayavattā visesasaññānaṃ sāmaññasaññāya
vuttāya tā vivuttā va hontī ti katvā āha. ādisuttan ti saññāvi
dhāne ādisuttaṃ. sambandho ti idam iminā sambandhan ti suttasambandho. padavigga
ho ti vividhāgayhatī ti viggaho. padānaṃ viggaho padaviggaho. co
danā ti codeti parassa dosaṃ āropeti etāyā ti codanā.
parihāro ti pariharati apaneti parenāropitaṃ dosaṃ etenā ti
parihāro. tasmiṃ tasmiṃ padeseti tahiṃ tahiṃ ṭhāne. tasmiṃ tasmiṃ
sandhikappādimhi padesevā. tannivattanatthan ti tassa sandehassa nivatta
natthaṃ. ayam iha sambandho ti iha sutte ayaṃ sambandho. catuppadan ti
cattāri padāni yassa tadidaṃ catuppadaṃ. padacintā ti padānaṃ vibhāgacintāpada
cintā. padavibhāgo ty attho. ayam etthādhippāyo ti akkharāpāda
yo ekacattālīsan ti ettha sutte ayaṃ therassa adhippāyo. so
pakārā ti su-upakārā. upagantvā karīyati etehī ti upakārā.
[48]
suṭṭhu upakārā sopakārā. vuttattham eva suttavacanena sādhento
idaṃ hi suttaṃ akkharāpādayo ekacattālīsanti āha. vuttakkhare
pucchitvā sarūpato dassento te pana katham eti ce ty ādim āha.
akkharasaññākaraṇe payojanaṃ pucchitvā dassento tena kiṃ pa
yojanan ti ce. pa. gahaṇatthan ti āha. idaṃ pana tabbivaraṇan ti idaṃ akkha
rāpādayo ekacattālīsan ti suttaṃ tassa attho akkharasaññā
to ti suttassa vivaraṇaṃ. taṃ na gahetabban ti tabbivaraṇan ti taṃ vacanaṃ na ga
hetabbaṃ. tatra kāraṇam āha evaṃ hi satī ty ādinā. tattha evaṃ hi sa
tī ti evaṃ gahaṇe sati. atha vā. evaṃ attho akkharasaññāto ti
vākyasutte saññā suttabhūte sati. vuttiyaṃ yevā ti tass’ eva
vuttiyaṃ. na vuttañ ca tatthā ti tattha attho akkharasaññāto ti
suttassa vuttiyaṃ akkhara iccanena kv attho akkharāpādayo ekacattā
līsanti na ca vuttaṃ vuttañ c’ ehā ti iha akkharāpādayo ekacattālī
san ti suttassa vuttiyaṃ akkhara icc anena kv attho attho akkharasaññā
to ti vacanaṃ ācariyena vuttañ ca. kiñcā py etāni akkharāni aññatthāpi
pavattanti. tathā pi jinavacano pakāravasena vuttattā āha piṭakatta
yam pi patvā ti. catubbidhapakāro yaṃ ādisaddassa lakkhyate ti ādi
saddassa ayaṃ catubbidho pakāro ācariyena lakkhyate ñāyati. bhū
vādayo ti bhū ādi mariyādo yesaṃ dhātūnaṃ te dhātavo bhūvā
dayo. bhūmariyādā ty attho. brāhmaṇādayo ti brāhmaṇappakā
rā. brāhmaṇasadisā janā ty attho. rukkhassādī ti rukkhāvayavaṃ. dadhi
bhojanamatthassādī ti dadhino bhojanaṃ ajjhoharaṇaṃ dadhibhojanaṃ.
janena supinediṭṭhaṃ dadhibhojanaṃ atthassa paṭilabhitabbalābhassa ādi
samīpaṃ. akārapakārā ti akārena pakārāsadisā akārapa
kārā. pakārasaddo pan’ ettha sadisatthavācī. ākārassa rassa sarā
nam eva vā ti ettha ākāro suti sāmaññavasena akārasadiso.
rassa sarāmattā vasena. vāsaddo vikappanattho. mukhyavasena rassasa
rānam eva taṃ sadisattā evakārappayogo kato. evañ ca satī ti
evañ ca ākārassa rassasarānam eva vā akkharatte sati. akārasa
mīpā ti akārassa samīpā akārasamīpā. akkharā ty attho bhave
[49]
yyāti akkharāpādayo ti ādiggahaṇassa samīpatthattā akāra
samīpā akkharā ti yadi attho bhaveyya. evaṃ hi satī ti evaṃ ākā
rassa akkharatte sati. vuttadoso va siyā ti ḍoḍhakāre ti
sutte ḍhakāraggahaṇam ayuttaṃ siyā ti vuttadoso eva bhaveyya.
niratthakaṃ siyā ti ādiggahaṇaṃ nippayojanaṃ bhaveyya. taṃ sabban ti taṃ
sabbaṃ pakārasamīpāvayavatthaṃ. mariyādattho v’ etthādisaddo ti idha
sutte ādisaddo mariyādattho va. mariyādo attho yassa ā
disaddassa so ‘yaṃ mariyādattho. akkharasaddassa anekakkarhattā
āha garusaññā ti ayam ettha codanā ti ettha sutte ayaṃ co
danā. nanu pabhinnapaṭisambhidena vigatāsavadosena lokapaññatti
kovidena mahāsāvakena katattā sabbācariyānumatattā ca do
sāpagatassa satthassa nālaṃ codanā ti. tathā hi.
dosahīnassa satthassa | codanātunavijjate ||
dosayuttamasatthañ ca | nālaṃ tenidha codanā ti || ||
vuccate. nāyaṃ pakaraṇadosāvikārikā codanā. kin tu
kattuno adhippāyāvikārikā ca sissānaṃ buddhisampaṭipādikā ca.
asati hi codanāya saṇhasukhumañāṇāvacarānaṃ atiguḷhasuttapadā
naṃ adhippāyatthādhigamo na siyā. sissānañca codanādhigatānisaṃsā
buddhisaṃsiddhi ca. tad evaṃ yuttā va tadatthadīpikā codanā ti. ruḷhi
saññā ti attharahitā sukhasaññā. vohārasukhan ti ettha kin taṃ vo
hārasukhaṃ nāma. saddatthapariyesana parissamaṃ vihāyayadicchāvase
noccāraṇaṃ. sātañ c’ eva sādheti. attano atthassa sabhāvañ ca
dīpetī ti ettha ayam adhippāyo, sā anvatthasaññā saddatthapariyesanaṃ
pahāya vattukāmassa vohārasukhaṃ eva sādheti. saddatthapariye
sanaṃ karontassa attano atthassa sabhāvañ ca vohārasukhañ cā ti
ubhayam eva dīpeti. idhā ti imasmiṃ sutte. vohārasukhamattam evā
pekkhitassa anvatthābhidhānābhidheyyādhigamābhāvāvohāra
sukhamattam anapekkhitvā ty āha. tattha vohārasukhamattan ti vo
hārasukhaṃ mattaṃ pamāṇaṃ yassā sā vohārasukhamattā. kā
[50]
sā. ruḷhisaññā. taṃ vohārasukhamattaṃ ruḷhisaññaṃ. atthassa sabhā
va dīpanatthan ti n’akkharanti na khīyantī ti akkharā ti akārādivaṇṇānaṃ
atthassa sabhāvapakāsanatthaṃ. saññāvidhāne sabbasādhāraṇasaññā
va paṭhamaṃ vattabbā ti akkharādisaññā yo vidhīyanti thapīyanti ettha āca
riyenā ti saññāvidhānaṃ. tasmiṃ saññāvidhāne. sabbesaṃ sarabyañjanādīnaṃ
sādhāraṇāsaññā sabbasādhāraṇasaññā. kā sā. akkharasaññā.
paṭhamaṃ sarādisaññānaṃ pubbabhāge vattabbā yasmā. iti tasmā. tadanurūpa
vasen’ eva thapetabban ti cintetvā ti amhehi tassa vākyassa anu
rūpavasen’ eva nāmaṃ thapetabban ti yuttiṃ cintetvā. heṭṭhā vuttānan ti
heṭṭhā vākye vuttakkharānaṃ. ayaṃ h’ etthattho ti ettha aviggaha
ṇe ayaṃ attho. idhāviggahaṇassa heṭṭhā vuttakkharāpekkhattaṃ
dassento te ca kho ty ādim āha. aññānapekkhan ti apekkhati
oloketī ti apekkhaṃ. na apekkhaṃ anapekkhaṃ. aññaṃ anapekkhaṃ
aññānapekkhaṃ. yathā tatthodantāsarā aṭṭhā ty ādīni suttāni aññā
napekkhāni, evam idam pi aññānapekkhaṃ siyā ty attho. tagguṇātaggu
ṇasaṃviññāṇavasenā ti tagguṇasaṃviññāṇavasena atagguṇasaṃ
viññāṇavasena cā ti yojanā. yattha visesanabhūto attho
aññapadatthena saddhiṃ gayhati, so tagguṇasaṃviññāṇo nāma. tassa
visesitabbassa atthassa guṇo visesanattho tagguṇo. taggu
ṇena saddhiṃ viññāpetabbo attho tagguṇasaṃviññāṇo. yattha
aññapadattho visesanatthaparicāgena kevalo gayhati, so a
tagguṇasaṃviññāṇo nāma. na tagguṇasaṃviññāṇo ti atagguṇa
saṃ viññāṇo. tassa vaso tagguṇasaṃviññāṇavaso. tena.
paricchinnakkharanidassanena ekacattālīsaggahaṇena yuttāyuttavaṇṇa
saṅgahavajjanaṃ katan ti dassento idha suttanto pakārā ty ādim āha.
tattha idhā ti imasmiṃ pakaraṇe. suttantopakārā ti suttantassa upa
kārā upakaraṇabhutā ti suttantopakārā. jinavacanopakā
rā ty attho. anen’ idha niddiṭṭhakkharato bāhirakkharāni na buddhavacanānī ti
dasseti. kasmā ti ce. anupakārattā tesaṃ. kathaṃ te anu
pakārā nāma jātā ti. anantāparimitapāramitā puññodayasa
[51]
yambhūtasabbaññutā nāvaraṇa ñāṇadesanāñāṇalīḷālaṅkataji
navaramukhapadumavivarāniggatattā. kathaṃ taṃ ñāyatī ti ce. tathā
gate ritānuparicchinnuddesa maggacaturāsī ti dhammakkhandhasahassa pari
yatti sāsanādissa mānattā. bahiddhā ti saddasatthe, timunibyā
karaṇādīsu tyattho. ekacattālīsaggahaṇena katham imesaṃ
suttantopakāratā viññāyatī ti ce. upari jinavacanayuttaṃ hī ti
imassa idhāpyānuvattanato ca piṭakattaye dissamānattā ca. bhava
tv evaṃ. bahiddhā aññe py akkharā santī ti ayam attho kathaṃ ñāyatī ti.
sabbakkharānam antare jinavacanopakārakkharaṃ dassentena therena
gahaṇaparicchedaṃ katvā ekacattālīsaggahaṇassa katattā jina
vacane ca adissamānattā. kim ekena payogenatthadvayaṃ dassetuṃ
sakkā ti. sakkā ambasecanagarusiñcanaṃ viyā ti. tagguṇasaṃviññā
ṇopātattañāpanatthan ti upādānaṃ upādo. gahaṇan ti attho. dakā
rassa takāraṃ katvā upāto ti vuttaṃ. upātam eva opātattaṃ. taggu
ṇasaṃviññāṇassa opātattaṃ gahitabhāvo tagguṇasaṃviññāṇo
pātattaṃ. tagguṇasaṃviññāṇo pātattassa ṭhāpanaṃ attho yassa taṃ
tagguṇasaṃviññāṇopātattaṭhāpanatthaṃ tadanuyogaṃ nisedhetvā
bahiddhā panaññe py akkharā santī ti paṭiññātaṃ pamāṇavacanaggahaṇapha
laṃ eva sādhento tan na. asati pī ty ādim āha. tattha tasmiṃ pamāṇava
cane asati pi tagguṇasaṃviññāṇassa payogavasena suviññe
yyattā pamaṇavacanaṃ tagguṇasaṃviññāṇopātatta ñāanpatthan ti ta
yā na vattabban ti sambandho. vuttattham eva sarūpato dassento suhisva
kāro e ty ādim āha. sakkā viññātun ti tagguṇasaṃviññāṇaṃ viññā
tuṃ sakkā. asati hi tasmin ti tasmiṃ tagguṇasaṃviññāṇe asa
ti. tassā ti akārassa. tasmiṃ panā ti kārapaccaye pana. ettha cā
ti etasmiṃ samāsapade. heṭṭhā akāro ti payogassa niddiṭṭhattā
āha payogavasena avagantabban ti. vuttattham eva niyamento ta
thā hī ty ādim āha. tattha tathā hī ti tad eva saccaṃ. tad eva yuttaṃ vā.
aññatthāpi payogavasen’ eva tagguṇasaṃviññāṇass’ upādānaṃ viññā
yati. tasmā tad eva vacanaṃ saccaṃ. yuttaṃ vā ti adhippāyo. asati pi
[52]
tatthataṃ ñāpaketi tassa tagguṇasaṃviññāṇassa ñāpake pamāṇa
vacane tatthasutte asati pi. viññāpentī ti tagguṇasaṃviññāṇaṃ vi
sesena ñāpenti. antapaccayantassā ti antapaccayo anto
yassa dhātussa so ‘yaṃ antapaccayanto. tassa. antasaddan ti satta
myatthe dutīyā. ettha cā ti bhavato ti payoge. dhātvādhikāre
ti dhātavo adhikarīyanti paricchindīyan ti etthā ti dhātvādhikāro.
tasmiṃ. dhātu paricchede ty attho. vihito ti kathito. vutto
ty attho. evañ ca satī ti evaṃ tagguṇasaṃviññāṇe sati ca. lahubhū
tāmattāpi rassā ti āpajjeyyā ti lahubhūtāmattā rassānā
ma. iti attho āpajjeyya. tattha mattā gahaṇena nimmisummisādikā
laparicchedam āha. sāhinesaṃ guṇabhāvena gahitā ti sā hi
lahubhūtāmattānesaṃ rassasarānaṃ guṇavasena gahitā, na rasse
kadesavasena. yadi sāmattā rassekadesavasena gahitā, yuttaṃ
rassasaññāpajjanaṃ. tagguṇavasena gahitattā pana narassa saññaṃ paṭi
labhati. asati ca rassatte tayo ti kathaṃ pamāṇavacanaṃ tagguṇa
saṃviññāṇaṃ viññāpeti. evaṃ sati yaṃ vuttaṃ pamāṇavacanaṃ tagguṇasaṃviññā
ṇopatattañāpanatthan ti, taṃ na yuttan ti adhippāyo.
pañcannaṃ pana ṭhānānaṃ | paṭipaṭivasā pi ca ||
nissayādippabhedehi | vutto tesam anukkamo ti || ||
tesam akārādivaṇṇānaṃ anukkamo kaṇṭhatālumuddhadantoṭṭhajava
sena pañcannaṃ akkharuppattidesabhūtānaṃ ṭhānānaṃ paṭipāṭivasāpi ca nissayā
dippabhedehi ca pubbācariyehi vutto. pañcaṭhānānī ti pañcakāraṇāni. ṭhā
nasaddassa kāraṇābhidheyyataṃ dassento tāni pana ṭhanti uppajjanti ettha
akkharānī ty āha. tāni pana kāraṇāni ṭhanti vattukāmataṃ paṭicca atthā
nurūpato jāyanti ettha akkharānī ti ṭhānānī ti vuccanti. vattukāmataṃ pa
ṭiccapañcasuṭhānesu taṃ taṃ ṭhānānurūpaṃ akkharuppatīṃ sarūpato dassento
idaṃ vakkhāmī ty ādim āha. duvidho hi saddo cittajotujavasena. tatra
saṅkhapaṇavādibāhirasaddo utujo. akārādivaṇṇabyatireka
yuttasaviññattisaddo cittajo. tesu cittajasaddassuppattiyā he
[53]
tubhūtamūlasamuṭṭhāpakacittaṃ puggalādhiṭṭhānavasena dassento anu
vitakkayato anuvicārayato ty āha. tasmiṃ tasmiṃ ṭhāne ti vicchā
saddappayogena sabbaṃ pañcavidhaṃ ṭhānaṃ parāmasati. gāmo gāmo ramaṇī
yo ti yathā. uppannāyā ti vacīviññatti samuṭṭhāpakacittena jātā
ya. kiṃ pana cittaṃ vacīviññattiṃ samuṭṭhāpetī ti. na. tabbhūtabhūmivikāra
tāya evaṃ vuttan ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. upādinnaghaṭṭanenā ti kammajapathaviyā dhātu
yā ghaṭṭanena. tattha tatthā ti tasmiṃ tasmiṃ kaṇṭhādiṭṭhāne. saddo ti
sappatī ti saddo. uccārīyatī ty attho. kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti. idaṃ vakkhāmī ti
cintentassa vacanīyatthānurūpasaddassa samuṭṭhākpakacittaṃ uppajjati. taṃ uppajja
mānam eva attano uppādakkhaṇe pathavī, āpo, tejo, vāyo,
vaṇṇo, gantho, raso, ojā ti aṭṭharūpāni kaṇṭhādīsv aññatarasmiṃ ṭhā
ne samuṭṭhāpeti. tatrevaṭhāne laddho kāsaṃ purimānuciṇṇakammañca
tānevaṭṭharūpāninipphādeti. tatra cittajapathavidhātu kammajapathavidhā
tuṃ saṃghaṭṭe ti. evaṃ dvīsu kalāpesu samabhiniviṭṭhānaṃ dvinnaṃ pathavidhātūnaṃ
aññamaññaṃ saṃghaṭṭhanena kaṇṭhādīsu so saddo jāyati. kaṇṭhe uppannā
dve pathavidhātuyo aññamaññaṃ saṃghaṭṭetvā kaṇṭhajakkhare samuṭṭhā
penti. itaresu uppannā itare cā ti vuttaṃ hoti. na c’ ettha pubbāpa
raviseso ti ettha etesu pañcasu ṭhānesu uppannānaṃ akkharānaṃ ima
smiṃ ṭhāne ime akkharā va paṭhamaṃ uppannā. tato pacchā itaresv itarā
ti vā ekekasmiṃ ṭhāne uppannesu pi idam eva paṭhamaṃ uppannaṃ. pacchā itare
ti vā pubbāparaviseso n’ atthi. vattuno ajjhāsayānurūpena kadā
ci paṭhamaṃ oṭṭhajā, kadāci kaṇṭhajā, kadāci tālujā, kadāci dantajā.
ekaṭṭhāni kesu pi kadāci okāro, kadāci akāro, kadāci ka
kāro ti ādinā nayena pubbāpararahitā ākulā byāku
lā hutvā jāyantī ti adhippāyo. so pana akārādināmena
vohāramāgato ti so pana saddo aññathā vohāramāgantu
masakkuṇeyyattā akārādināmena paṭipāṭiṃ patvā vohāramā
gato. tattha cā ti tesu akārādīsu vaṇṇesu. avaṇṇakavagga
hakārāti avaṇṇo ca kavaggo ca hakāro ca avaṇṇakavaggaha
kārā. tattha avaṇṇo tīminā akārayugamadhippetaṃ. a eva vaṇṇo
[54]
avaṇṇo. nanv ettha rasso va gahito, katham itarassa saṅgaho ti
ce. avaṇṇarasse gahite tassa diso pi ca saṅgayhatī ti vacanato
akāre gahite tassa diso pi gahito yeva hoti. akā
rattena sadisattātaṃ sadise ca tabbohārassa siddhattā. sīho ‘yaṃ
māṇavo ti yathā. kavaggo ti ka, kha, ga, gha, ṅā ti imesaṃ pañcannaṃ ādyakkha
ravasena laddhanāmo samūho. kaṇṭhajāti kaṇṭhe jātānibbattā
kaṇṭhajā. evam uttaratrāpi. tattha cā ti tesu kaṇṭhajādīsv akkharesu ca
kālasutibhedehī ti kālo ca suti ca kalasutiyo. te
saṃ bhedā kālasutibhedā. tehi. dīghādikālasavananānattehi
ty attho. vaṇṇādibhedena bhinnā ti kāḷasāmādivaṇṇabhedena
kisathūlādisaṇṭhānabhedena, dīgharassādipamāṇabhedena ca bhinnā
ty attho. ekasmiṃ ṭhāne visadisakkharā ti ekasmiṃ kaṇṭhaṭṭhāne kāla
sutibhedena visadisā avaṇṇakavaggahakārā ty attho. aññe pī ti
kaṇṭhajehi aññe pi. tatth’ evā ti tasmiṃ eva kaṇṭhaṭṭhāne. tassa sabbe
sam akhettattā ti tassa kaṇṭhaṭṭhānassa sabbesaṃ akkharānaṃ akhettattā
abhūmittā aṭṭhānattā ty attho. gabbhe ti kucchimhi. evaṃ sampadam idan ti idaṃ
sampadaṃ ayaṃ upamāsampatti evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. eso ekasmiṃ ṭhāne visadisakkha
ruppattisambhave pi aññaṭṭhānikavisadisakkharānam asambhavo evaṃ vuttitthi
gabbhopamāya daṭṭhabbo ty attho. ettha cā ti etesu pañcasu ṭhānesu
ṭhānasu ti kālabhedabhinnā ti ṭhānabhedabhinnā sutibhedabhinn
kālabhedabhinnā ti yojanā. nissayā ti nissayan ti upanissa
yan ti sarāyattavuttitāyabyañjanehī ti nissayā. nissitā ti nissa
ya te sare itāgatāpavattā ti nissitā. nissāyitā ti vattabbe
ikārāvasesa yakāralopaṃ katvā evaṃ vuttan ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. pāṭhase
sāharaṇalakkhaṇena nissayā va paṭhamaṃ vattabbā padhānatāyā
sambandho. ekajā dvijā ti ekasmiṃ ṭhāne jātā ekajā. dvīsu ṭhāne
jātā dvijā. muddhadantoṭṭhasaṅkhātānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ ṭhānānaṃ pubbabhāge pati
tattā āha paṭhamapatiṭṭhitaṭṭhānadvayajātattā ti. ittarattā ti a
kattā. paṭhaṃaṃ hī ti sabbaṭṭhānānaṃ pubbabhāge. te garukā ti ettha
ghosāghosānaṃ garukalahukatānam attāvasena vuttā. atha
[55]
kho ṭhānoccāraṇavasena vuttā. ṭhānaṃ hi garuṃ katvā nippīḷetvā sa
ussāhena vuttaṃ garukaṃ nāma, tabbiparīten’ itaraṃ. vaggādayo ti vaggānaṃ
ādayo vaggādayo. ke te. ka. ca. ṭa. ta. pā. lahukakaraṇattā ti
lahuṭṭhānattā. sakasakaṭṭhānaṃ asamphusantaṃ viya atimandussāhe na
vuttattā ty adhippāyo. lahukaṃ karaṇaṃ yesaṃ te lahukakaraṇā.
tesaṃ bhāvo lahukakaraṇattaṃ. tasmā. itare panā ti kha, cha, ṭha, tha,
phā. garukakaraṇattā ti vaggādīhi īsakaṃ garuṭṭhānattā. te cā ti te
ghosāghosavaggakkharā. sarūpāsarūpavasenā ti ettha pañcasu vagge
sv ekekasmiṃ vagge paṭhamadutīyayugaḷakkharāsamānasutivasena sarū
pā nāma. vaggantā ṅa, ña, ṇa, na, māsamānavaṇṇābhāvā asarūpā nāma. evaṃ
hi sati asaṃkiṇṇatā hotī ti evaṃ ghosapubbabhāge agho
se vutte sati ghosāghosānaṃ asaṃmissatā abyākulatā
hoti. dvijo ti vakāro. tato aghoso haḷa iti cā ti
tato dvijato aghoso sakāro ca haḷa iti ca dve akkharā
vuttā ty attho. tattha panā ti tesu haḷa iti dvīsu akkharesu pana. paṭha
maṃ vattabbo ti sakārapubbabhāge vattabbo. visuṃ yeva paṭhitan ti ḍakā
rato ḷakāraṃ visuṃ yeva katvā vuttaṃ tassa ṭhāne ti ḷakārassa ṭhā
ne. icc evam ādīsū ti iti evam ādīsu sutte suḷakārassa ṭhāne la
kāro dissatī ti sambandho. tassa panā ti ḷakārassa pana. anusā
renā ti anucintanena. tassa taṭṭhāniyattā ti tassa ḷakārassa
tassa lakārassa ṭhāne jātattā. na tassa visuṃ vuttan ti tassa ḷakā
rassa ḍakārassa vuttavidhānato visuṃ kiñci visesaṃ na vuttaṃ. taṃ pana na
sabbe sabbattha voharantī ti sabbesaddasatthavidū ācariyā sabbattha sadda
satthe taṃ pana ḍakārassa vikāraṃ katvā ḷakāraṃ na voharanti. keci
pana tassa ṭhāne lakāraṃ paṭhantī ti keci pana ācariyā tassa ḷakā
rassa ṭhāne lakāraṃ paṭhanti. keci ḍakāranti keci ācariyā ḍakā
ravikāraṃ katvā ḷakāraṃ paṭhanti. iti ñāpanatthaṃ tassa visuṃ na vuttan ti
sambandho. vutto ti ḷakāro ācariyena vutto ti.
paṭisedhe vuddhitabbhāve | aññatthe sadise pi ca ||
viruddhe garahe suññe | akāro virahappake ti || ||
[56]
akāro paṭisedhe ca vuddhimhi catabbhāve ca aññatthe ca sadise ca viru
ddhe ca garahe ca suññe ca virahe ca appake ca vattatī ti yojanā. tattha
paṭisedhanaṃ nivāraṇaṃ paṭisedho. vuddhī ti nibbatti. tabbhāvo ti tassa
bhāvo tabbhāvo. añño attho aññattho. samaṃ dissatī ti sadi
so. aññaṃ aññaṃ viruddhānaṃ paṭāṇibhūto attho viruddho. garahaṇaṃ
garahā. abhāvo suñño. vippayogo vinābhāvo viraho.
appam eva appako. katarattho asaddo ti yojanā. kataro
attho yassa so katarattho. akāro paṭisedhe vattatī
ti yojanā. evaṃ sabbattha. asekkhā dhammā ti sikkhitabbā bhāvato
vuddhippattā dhammā. sattahi sekhehi sikkhitattā heṭṭhimamaggaphaladhammā
sekkhā nāma. sikkhitabbā bhāvato. vuddhinipphātti pattā arahattaphala
sampayuttadhammā asekkhā nāma. anavajjam ariṭṭhan ti na avajjaṃ doso eta
ssā ti anavajjaṃ. kin taṃ. ariṭṭhaṃ. etta ariṭṭhaṃ nāma sabbo sadhasambhārehi
saṅkhate kāsavajāti. tattha na avajjanti chede kate avajjasadde
akāro vajjatthe eva vattati. tenāha tabbhave ti. tassa vajjassa
bhāvo tabbhāvo. tasṃiṃ. abyākatā dhammā ti kusalākusalehi
aññe byākatā desitā dhammā uddhena. amanusso ti sadiso ma
nussenā ti amanusso. akusalā dhammā ti viruddhā kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ.
arājāti garahito rājā janehī ti arājā. abhāvo ti
suñño bhāvenā ti abhāvo. aputtakan ti virahitaṃ puttenā
ti aputtakaṃ. kin taṃ. sāpateyyaṃ anudarā ti appakaṃ khuddakaṃ udaraṃ
yassā sā anudarā. appudarā ty attho. idha pana aññatthe ti akkha
rā ti imasmiṃ pade samabhiniviṭṭho akāro pana khīyanasabhāvato
aññasmiṃ atthe vattanato aññatthe vattati nāma. imam ev’ atthaṃ
sarūpato dassento kharaṇaṃ kharattaṃ khayaṃ n’ atthi etesan ti akkharā
ty āha. ettha hi padadvayaṃ kharasaddass’ ubhayattha vācakattā tabbivara
ṇavasena vuttaṃ. tatrāyaṃ yojanā, kharaṇaṃ kharattaṃ khayaṃ kharaṇaṃ kharatta
saṅkhātaṃ khīyanabhāvo etesaṃ sarabyañjanānaṃ n’ atthi yasmā, iti tasmā
akkharā. atha vā. kharaṇaṃ kharattaṃ khayaṃ kharaṇaṃ kharattasaṅkhātaṃ thaddhabhā
[57]
vo etesaṃ sarabyañjanānaṃ n’ atthi yasmā, iti tasmā akkharā ti. paṭhama
pakkhe kharaṇan ti khīyanaṃ. kharattan ti khīyanabhāvo. dutīyapakkhe kharaṇan ti
kathinatā. kharattan ti tass’ eva vevacanaṃ dvīsu pi pakkhesu ekeko
va attho paccayantarena niddiṭṭho. nanv ettha n’ atthī ti padassa niddiṭṭhattā paṭi
sedhe dissatī ti. na. paṭisedhavidhānamukhena aññatthass’ eva niddiṭṭhattā.
nanu paṭisedhavidhānamukhena virahattho pi niddisitabbo ti. āma. te
n’ evāhavirahevā daṭṭhabbo ti. samudāya vākyanipphattiyā satila
to vokāro cā ty ādīni na sijjheyyun ti dosāropanaṃ kattukā
mo kim idaṃ ty ādinā anuyogam akāsi. nanv anuyogakārinā niddiṭṭhado
se yeva tadanuyogassa karaṇīyattā ayuttam udāhu avayava
vākyanipphattī ti vacanan ti. na. vākyanipphāttikusalenādhippāyasammoha
m āpādanāya tappabhedāvikārikāya yuttāyuttasaṅgahāsaṅgahā
nuyogāyacodanāya karaṇīyattā. kim idaṃ samudāya vākyanipphatti.
udāhu avayava vākyanipphattī ti idaṃ suttaṃ samudāyavākyanipphatti kiṃ
udāhu avayava vākyanipphatti kin ti yojanā. samudāyaṃ katvā rāsiṃ
katvā vākyaṃ kathanaṃ samudāyavākyaṃ. samudāyavākyassa samudāya
vākyam eva vā nipphatti yasmiṃ sutte tadidaṃ samudāyavākyanipphatti. ava
yavaṃ katvā visuṃ visuṃ katvā vākyaṃ kathanaṃ avayavavākyaṃ. avayava
vākyassa avayavavākyam eva vā nipphatti yasmiṃ sutte tad idaṃ avayava
vākyanipphatti. codakokāsam akatvā yuttāyuttasaṅgahavivajjanaṃ
dassetvā parihāram ārabhanto ihā ty ādim āha. tattha ihā ti
imasmiṃ sutte. aññathā ti aññena pakārena siyā. yadi samudāya
vākyanipphattibhaveyyā ty attho. gaggakulassa sataṃ daṇḍaṃ āropayiṃ
sujanā ti pāṭhaseso. tattha tasmiṃ kule ekekassa pana kahāpa
ṇasataṃ daṇḍaṃ anāropetvā sakalakulasamūhass āropanaṃ samu
dāyavākyanipphatti nāma. ādiggahaṇena saṃgho uposathaṃ kareyyā
ty ādīni saṅgaṇhāti. tattha saṃgho uposathaṃ kareyyā ti vuttavacanaṃ
pi na visuṃ visuṃ ekekassa uposathakaraṇaṃ dīpeti. sabbass’ eva
saṃghassa uposathakaraṇan ti samudāyavākyanipphatti nāma. samuditā
va akkharā nāma bhaveyyun ti ācariyena sampiṇḍibhāvarāsibhūtā
[58]
eva vā akārādayo vaṇṇā akkharā nāma bhaveyyuṃ. na akāraā
kārādīnaṃ avayavā ty attho. evañ ca satī ti evañ ca samuditānaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ
akkharatte sati. evam adhītāni cetāni ācariyena, tena tān’ eva
ñāpayantī ti evaṃ tāni suttāni ācariyena adhītāni yena kāraṇe
na, tena kāraṇena tāni suttāni avayavavākyanipphāttiṃ ñāpayanti.
yaññadattadevadattādayo bhuñjantū ti yaññadattadevadattappakārāja
nābhuñjantu ekasmiṃ bhājane. ettha ekassa ekasmiṃ bhājane bhuñjitvā
nisinnakāle punāparo tasmiṃ yeva bhājane bhuñjati. na ca ekasmiṃ bhā
jane dvinnaṃ tiṇṇaṃ jananaṃ bhojanaṃ ekato āṇāpetī ty adhippāyo.
ādiggahaṇena sahassiyo imā gāthā ty ādayo saṅgaṇhāti.
tattha sahassiyo ti sahassagghanikā. sahassiyo ti vacanaṃ pana na
catunnaṃ gāthānaṃ ekam eva sahassagghanikattaṃ na dīpeti, kin tu visuṃ visuṃ
yeva sahassagghanikattan ti avayavavākyanipphatti nāma. aññesaṃ
suttānan ti samāsavidhāyakānaṃ suttānaṃ. ādyantavasena sabbaṃ vi
takketvā ti ganthārambhato pubbabhāge evaṃ sabbaṃ saddalakkhaṇaṃ samā
rabhitabbapakaraṇassa ādimajjhapariyosānavasena vicāretvā,
sanniṭṭhānaṃ katvā ty attho. ganthārambhakaraṇato ti ārabhanaṃ ā
rambho. kiriyākaraṇaṃ. ārambhassa karaṇaṃ ārambhakaraṇaṃ. ganthassa
ārambhakaraṇaṃ ganthārambhakaraṇaṃ. tato. upari vattabbaṃ paṭicca evaṃ
vuttan ti uparisamāsakaṇḍe vattabbaṃ samāsalakkhaṇaṃ paṭicca evaṃ āda
yo ti samāsapadan ti idaṃ vuttaṃ. nanv anuyogāpavādena parihāre bha
vitabbaṃ. atha kasmā vuttaṃ uparivattabbaṃ paṭiccā ti. adyantavasena sabbaṃ vi
takketvā pacchā ganthārambhakaraṇato ti vuttattā. tathā pi tadā
tadabhāvato na vattabbam evā ti. na tadā tadabhāvābhāvato page
va buddhivisayattā. yadidaṃ tadanurūpaṃ labbhati. kiṃ anāgatasaṃyogo
kato. avacanavisayabhūtattā samāsalakkhaṇānan ti. ācariyā
dhippāyappakāsanapubbakānuyogam ārabhanto attho akkharasaññā
to ty ādīsū ty ādimāha. tattha attho. pa. dhippāyo tīminā sutta
kārakassādhippāyaṃ vibhāveti. ādiggahaṇena akkharehi kārā
ty ādīni saṅgaṇhāti. akkharā nām’ ime ti ñāpanattham idan ti ime akārā
[59]
dyamantā sarabyañjanā akkharā nāma. iti imassa atthassa ñāpanatthaṃ idaṃ
suttaṃ vuttaṃ. iti tumhākaṃ adhippāyo ti ayaṃ tumhākaṃ icchā.
evaṃ ācariyādhippāyaṃ vibhāvetvā tatra dosā vikaraṇaṃ ka
rontānām amhi atthapite ty ādim āha. tattha nāmamhi atthapite ti
akkharasaññāya akatāya. vohāro ti akkharan ti vohā
ro abhilāpo. tattha tatthā ti tasmiṃ tasmiṃ suttapadese. idaṃ
vacanan ti idaṃ suttaṃ vuttaṃ, iti evaṃ kathanaṃ. tattha nāmamhi atthapite vo
hāro na yutto ti iminā nāmapaṭibaddho yaṃ vohāro, khandhapaṭi
baddhā niccādilakkhaṇaṃ viya. tasmā nāmamhi asati na vohārena bhavi
tabban ti dasseti. kasmā. aviññātanāmassa vohārāsijjhana
to. vohāre asati tattha tattha voharīyamānā imeti ñā
panattham idan ti vacanaṃ na yuttan ti iminā vohārapaṭibaddham idaṃ nāmaṃ. bhūtupa
nissitupādārūpaṃ viya. tasmā vohāre asati na nāmena bhavi
tabban ti dasseti. ubhayathāpi taddīpakalakkhaṇassāyuttataṃ vi
bhāveti. na bhavatā nāmasmiṃ asati na vohārena bhavitabbaṃ. vo
hāre asati na nāmen’ eti avagantabbaṃ. kasmā. gamanaṃ viya paṅgulandhānaṃ
aññoññapaṭibaddhesu kadāci pi avinābhāvagamanīyesu nāmavohā
resu abhāvaparikappassāyuttattā. loke viya satthe paṭipajji
tabbato ti dassento yathā loke ty ādim āha. tattha lo
kiyāloke yathā paṭipajjanti, satthe pi tathā paṭipajjitabbato.
na evarūpam avagantabban ti nāmamhi atthapite ty ādikaṃ evarūpaṃ vacanaṃ paṇḍi
tebhi[ti?] nāvagantabban ti yojanā. anena saddalakkhaṇassa loka
vohārānatikkamanīyataṃ vibhāveti. evaṃ codakādhippāyaṃ nise
dhetvā lokiyānaṃ loke paṭipajjanākāraṃ dassento loke
pi hī ty ādim āha. tattha rukkhanimittañ ca bījaṃ, bījanimittañ ca rukkhan ti. bhavati
hi tannimittābhave nemittakābhāvappasaṅgo. mahiruhābhāve chā
yābhāvo viyā ti parikappetvā rukkhasmiṃ asati nibījena bhavitabbaṃ, bī
jasmiṃ asati na rukkhen’ eti lokikā na cintayanti. yadi hi cintenti a
ññoññapaṭibaddhāvicchedabhavīnaṃ rukkhabījānaṃ aññoññabyavahitaṃ siyā.
na c’ etaṃ yuttaṃ. tasmā rukkhasmiṃ sati bījena bhavitabbaṃ, bījasmiṃ sati rukkhen’ e
[60]
ti cintayanti. na kevalaṃ loke. evaṃ paramatthe pi aññamaññūpanissayū
palabbhanato avijjāya asati. pa. nāvijjaye ti ariyā na cintayanti.
avijjūpaladdhiyaṃ khandhaṃ, khandhūpaladdhiyaṃ avijjā ti aññamaññupanissayadhamma
sambandhavasena avijjāya sati khandhena bhavitabbaṃ, khandhasmiṃ sati avijjāye
ti cintayanti. evaṃ aññamaññūpaladdhidhammasambandhavasena nāmamhi sati vo
hārena bhavitabbaṃ, vohārasmiṃ sati nāmeneti cintayato yuttaṃ va
tabbhāvabhāvilakkhaṇavacananti vuttaṃ hoti. saddasatthāgatanayenāpy a
nuyogavādino vipallāsābhilāpaṃ nisedhento saddasatthe pī ti
ādim āha. tattha saṅkūpamāy’ esā ti paṭikkhittā ti esā akkhara
saññā ito c’ ito ca ākaḍḍhanato saṅkūpamāya daṭṭhabbā ti vatvā
codanā paṭikkhittā. atha vā, saṅkūpamā esā ti chedo, majjhe
yakārāgamo daṭṭhabbo. saṅkūpamā ti saṅkhalikūpamā cammasaṅkū
pamāvā. yathā saṅkhalikā pādaṃ ito c’ ito cākaḍḍhati, pasāri
tacamme ākoṭitasaṅkupitaṃ cammaṃ ito c’ ito ca ākaḍḍhati, evaṃ
uparivattabbakkharasaññaṃ paṭicca heṭṭhā akkharaggahaṇassa katattā heṭṭhā
vuttakkhare paṭicca upariakkharasaññāya katattā dve suttāni akkhara
saññaṃ ito c’ ito ca ākaḍḍhanti, ubhayāpekkhattā saññāyā ti
vuttaṃ hoti. yady atra cattāri padāni aññamaññānapekkhāni, aññamaññā
pekkhattā saññāsaññīnaṃ guṇaguṇīnaṃ viya na-y-idaṃ saññāsaññividhānaṃ
siyā. yadi tulyādhikaraṇāni akkharaggahaṇena, aññatrādiggaha
ṇenādīnam avacanīyattā vuttadosā nativatti yevā ti yuttiṃ c’ eta
sisamādhāyāhakatham idaṃ saññāsaññividhānam iti ñāyate ti. idaṃ
suttaṃ saññāsaññividhānaṃ iti attho katarena kāraṇena ñāyati,
dhūmen’ aggino samadhigamo viya avinābhāvitāya. apākaṭassāpi
codakādhippāyassa katham idan ty ādinādhippāyāvinābhāvivacanena sama
dhigatattā tadadhippāyaṃ vibhābyasahādhippāyena ayuttam apanīyayuttamā
dissanto yathā pana ty ādim āha. tattha yathā kusalā ti ca rūpan ti ca
cakkhumā ti ca imesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ padānaṃ attho aññamaññaṃ anapekkho eva
sambhavati. tathā idhā pi sutte akkharā ca api ca ādayo ca eka
cattālīsañ cā ti catunnaṃ padāaṃ attho aññamaññaṃ anapekkho bhaveyyā
[61]
ti yojanā. samānādhikaraṇattho ti nīlasaddassa nīlayoguppa
latthassāpi kathanato dvinnaṃ nīluppalasaddānaṃ samānādhikaraṇattho
sambhavati yathā, ettha yatvadhikaraṇaṃ ty ādīsu viyādhikaraṇasaddo
kāraṇavācī ti saddapavattinimittamadhikaraṇaṃ nāma, icc anekānam e
kādhāraṃ samānādhikaraṇaṃ nāma. samānādhikaraṇattassa hetuṃ
dassento evam idhāpi paccattavibhattiyuttattā ti āha. tattha idhā
ti imasmiṃ sutte. akkharā ca api ca ādayo ca ekacattālīsañ cā ti
catunnaṃ padānaṃ paccattavibhattiyā yuttattā. akkharā ādayo ti vā
attho bhaveyyā ti ādayo sarabyañjanā ekacattālīsaṃ akkharā
iti attho bhaveyya. sadācāran ti sataṃ ācāraṃ. anummattavacanan ti
idaṃ pakaraṇaṃ paṇḍitavacanaṃ. duppaññabālāhi yuttāyuttapaṭivedhābhā
vāummattakasadisattā ummattā nāma. paṇḍitā pana yuttāyuttasaṅgaha
vivajjanakusalatāya anummattā nāma. paṇḍitavacane dosābhāvattā
anummattavacanan ti āha. tassa cā ti tassa pakaraṇassa. paṭhamattho
tattha na sakkā viññātun ti aññoññānapekkhasaṅkhāto paṭhamattho
pana akkharāpādayo ekacattālīsan ti sutte viññātuṃ na sakkā.
dutīyattho pī ti samānādhikaraṇasaṅkhāto dutīyattho pi. akkha
rasaddassa ca visesakatte satī ti akkharasaddassa ādisaddassavi
sesakatte sati. uppalasaddaṃ vinā nīlasaddena viyā ti dabbavācakuppala
saddaṃ vinā tabbisesakenanīlasaddena nīluppalan ti atthassa anupalabbhanaṃ
viya. tadatthassā ti tassa akkharā ti atthassa. tatīyattho panā ti
aññoññānapekkharahito tulyādhikaraṇatthāpagato vuttakkhara
nidassanavasena vutto akkharā nāma akārādayo ti tatīyattho.
vuttappakārānurūpattā ti attho akkharasaññāto, akkharehi kāra
m icc evam ādī svakkharasaddena akārādīnaṃ gahitattā ti vuttappakārassa
atthassa anurūpattā. kin tesv akāro yeva akkhare vadati, tathā
khakāro, tathārakāro udāhu sabbe vā ti tesu akkharaggahaṇe
samabhiniviṭṭhesu tīsu vaṇṇesu eko akāro va akārādike
cattālīsakkhare vadati kiṃ, tathā eko khakāro va vadati kiṃ, ta
thā eko rakāro va vadati kiṃ, udāhu sabbe tayo vaṇṇā eka
[62]
to hutvā vadanti kiṃ, iti codanā. aparipuṇṇattā codanāya ava
siṭṭhaṃ tena kathāpetukāmo siddhantavādī kiñ c’ etthā ti āha. ettha tava vāde kiñci vattabbaṃ atthi, aparisamattā te codanā, avasiṭṭhaṃ
tāva brūhī ti attho. avasiṭṭhaṃ vadanto codako yadi tāvā ti
ādim āha. tattha itaresan ti khakārarakārānaṃ. yadi khakāro
vakkhare vadeyya niratthakam itaresaṃ vacanaṃ. yadi rakāro vakkhare va
deyya, niratthakam itaresaṃ vacanan ti yojanā kātabbā. samuditā pī
ti sampiṇḍitā pi, ekato hutvā pī ti attho. kubbarā ti arā. evaṃ
sampadam idan ti idaṃ avayave niratthakānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ samudāye
sātthakakathanaṃ evaṃ sampadaṃ eva rūpaṃ, rathacakkanemi kubbarādīnaṃ samudā
ye sātthakatā sadisaṃ. tesan ti sesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ. yadi evan ti
sace evaṃ vuttarathacakkūpamāya samudāye eva sātthakā bhavanti. e
vañ ca sati atthāvabodho na hotī ti evaṃ akkharasamudāyānupa
laddhiyaṃ sati ādayo ekacattālīsavaṇṇā akkharā ti atthassa
avabodho na hoti. tadanurūpūpamāya akkharasamudāyupaladdhiyā
atthāvabodhaṃ dassento yathāpanā ti ādim āha. tattha taṃ
cakkaṃ viyā ti taṃparibbhamamānaṃ ādittaṃ alātaṃ rathacakkaṃ viyā ti
attho. tadā ti paribbhamanakāle, sabbatthā ti catūsu dīsāsu, evaṃ
sante pī ti kiñcāpi na labbhati. taṃ taṃṭhānagatam ārammaṇaṃ katvā ti a
lātena gataṃ pattaṃ taṃ taṃ ṭhānaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā. atha vā tasmiṃ ta
smiṃ ṭhāne gataṃ alātaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā ti py attho. nānācitta
santānesū ti nānārammaṇesu cittasantānesu. tehi nānācitta
santānehī ti sambandho. tam eva piṇḍam āgamma atthāvabodha ho
tī ti tam eva akkharasamūhaṃ paṭicca ādayo ekacattālīsaṃ akkharā
ti atthassa avabodho hoti. chappakāran ti sambandhādichappabhe
daṃ. vaṇṇanā ti suttavaṇṇanā. vaṇṇīyati kathīyati attho etāyā
ti vaṇṇanā. nanv idaṃ saññāvidhāyakaṃ, atha kiṃ saññaggahaṇaṃ na kathi
tan ti. akkharaggahaṇena viññāyamānattā. yadi pi hi sutte saññāgaha
ṇaṃ n’ atthi, tathāpi akkharā ekacattālīsan ti samānādhikaraṇattā e
kacattālīsan ti paricchinnānaṃ akkharā ti saññā viññāyati. yathā lo
[63]
ke ayaṃ go ti vutte go iti ekassa atthassa samaññā ti viññā
yati. na tattha gosaññāvidhāyakasaññaggahaṇābhāvo aññathā va
gantabbaṃ hoti. evam uttaratrā pī ti. paṭhamasuttavaṇṇanā.
3. sāmaññasaññānantaraṃ visesasaññāyavacanīyato akkha
rasaññānantaraṃ visesasaññaṃ dassento padhānattā visesasaññānaṃ
tatthodantāsarā aṭṭhā ti dutīyaṃ sarasaññam āha. tattha tatthā
ti heṭṭhā vuttakkharanidassanavacanam etaṃ. odantā ti saññiniddeso.
sarā ti saññāniddeso. aṭṭhā ti saññivisesanaṃ. tatthā ti ca niddhāra
ṇe bhummaṃ. kim idaṃ niddhāraṇaṃ nāma. kriyāguṇajātīhi samudāyato
ekadesā pan’ ayaṃ. kriyāya dhāvanto pathikesu sīghatamo
ty ādīsu. guṇena sāmānārīsudassaniyatamā ty ādīsu. jātiyā ma
nussesu khattiyo seṭṭho ty ādīsu. idhā pi jātiyā niddhāraṇaṃ vedi
tabbaṃ. akkharatte pana samāne pi sarajātiyā ete niddhārīyanti. kasmā
pan’ ettha saññipubbakā saññāvuttā, na saññāpubbakāsaññī ti. padhānattā
abhidheyyassa. nanv abhidhānaṃ padhānaṃ anabhiññātābhidhānassa abhidheyyā
dhigamābhāvā. n’ evaṃ, padhānam abhidheyyam eva asaty ābhidheyye nāmupa
laddhābhāvā. tasmā abhidheyyapadhānavibhāvanaṃ karonto saññipubbakaṃ
saññam āha. pavattantī ti suyyamānataṃ gacchanti. byañjanāni sarāpentī ti
attanā saṃsaṭṭhāni byañjanāni suyyamānataṃ gamentī ty attho. sarūpatthambhe
hi vinā uccāraṇā sambhavato sarapaṭibaddhavuttibhāyā ty āha. sarānaṃ
paṭibaddhā vutti yesan te sarapaṭibaddhavuttino. tesaṃ bhāvo sarapaṭibaddha
vuttitā. tāya. *kevalam pi uccāraṇārahattā ye sarūpanissa
yaṃ vihāya saranti, te eva sarā. yathā mahipālo va rājā, nacamupa
tippabhūtayo ti dassento* ye appaṭibaddhavuttino, te yeva sa
rā ti. *n’atthi paṭibaddhāvutti yesaṃ te appaṭibaddhavuttino. ettha cātyā
di codanā. tattha ettha cā ti etasmiṃ sutte. avasānakkharan ti okā
raṃ. ādyakkharan ti akāraṃ. taṃ vatvā ty ādiparihāro. tan ti taṃ ādyakkha
raṃ. parivajjetabbassā ti chaḍḍetabbassa akkharassa. codanāyo
kāsaṃ karonto siddhantavādī aṭṭhā ty ādim āha. bahiddhā ti para
satthe. asati pi tasmin ti tasmiṃ pamāṇavacane asati pi. siddhattā
[64]
ti aṭṭhā ti atthassa siddhattā. nanv ekāro ty ādi codanā. tathā i
kāro pī ti kasmā pan’ettha paṭilomanayena yāvikāraṃ pāpetvā
thapitaṃ. na ākāran ti. tassādyakkharena saṅgahitattā codakādhippā
yena tassa cāpanetabbattā. na sakkā ty ādi parihāro. tatrāya
m adhippāyo. yadi aṭṭhannaṃ sarānam antare parivajjetabbaṃ atthi, ādyakkharo
saṅgahito pi siyā. tadabhāvā na so gahito. iti ādyakkha
rā gahaṇena parivajjitabbā bhāvaparidīpanato odantaggahaṇena
jinavacanānupakāre vihāya upakāra sarānaṃ niravasesato ga
hitattā ekāro odanto, ikāro odanto ty evaṃ viññā
tuṃ na sakkā ti nanv ihā ty ādi codanā aṭṭhā ti pamāṇavacanaṃ o
dantaggahaṇe tagguṇasaṃviññāṇabahubbīhī ti ñāpanatthaṃ idha sute
ācariyena vuttaṃ nanu. tan nā ty ādi parihāro. tadatthassa sijjhanato
ti tagguṇasaṃviññāṇatthassa sijjhanato. yady atagguṇasaṃviññāṇaṃ
siyā, na okāro nimittaṃ bhaveyyā ti vuttaṃ hoti. yametta
vattabban ti ettha sutte yaṃ tagguṇasaṃviññāṇādikaṃ vacanaṃ vattabban ti
attho. ih’ eva vuttan ti ih’ eva akkharāpādayo ekacattā
līsan ti suttassa anantare ṭhāne vuttaṃ. sabbasādhāraṇasaññan ti
sabbāsaṃsaññānaṃsādhāraṇaṃ akkharasaññaṃ. paṭhamaniddiṭṭhakkharānan ti byañja
nānaṃ pubbabhāge niddiṭṭhakkharānaṃ. tadanantaran ti tassā akkharasaññāya
anantaraṃ. saññāyā ti sarasaññāya. etthā ti etasmiṃ sutte. sambandhā
dayo ti etthādiggahaṇena padapadatthapadaviggaha codanāparihārā
saṅgahitā. chappakārā ti chappabhedā.
4. mattasaddābhihitassa kālassa atiparittataṃ dīpento
accharā saṃghātasaṅkhātaṃ vā ty ādim āha. tattha accharā saṃghā
tan ti aṅguliphoṭakaṃ. akkhinimmīlanan ti akkhidalassa olaṅghanakappanaṃ.
akkhummīlanam pi vattate va. vuttaṃ hi pamāṇaṃ ekamattassa, nimmisummisato
bravun ti. tena mattenā ti tena vuttappakāraparittakālasaṅkhātena
pamāṇena. ekamattā ti ekaṃmattaṃ pamāṇaṃ yesan te ekamattā. dvimattā
ti dvemattā pamāṇā yesan te dvimattā. dvippamāṇikā ty attho. aḍḍha
mattikā ti aḍḍhaṃ mattaṃ aḍḍhamattaṃ. tam etesaṃ atthī ti aḍḍhamattikā.
[65]
akkharānaṃ cittassa viya saṇṭhānābhāvato saṇṭhānavasena rassadīgha
taṃ na labbhati, uccāraṇakālavasena labbhatītivuttaṃ rassakālikā
ti. takkālikā pana tabbohārena vuttā ti yathārattiṃ na bhuñjeyya
vikālabhojanan ti ettha rattibhojanaṃ rattī ti vuccati, evaṃ tasmiṃ rassa
kāle niyuttā sarā tena rassavohārena vuttā. diyaḍḍhamattikā
nan ti aḍḍhena dutīyaṃ diyaḍḍhaṃ. diyaḍḍhaṃ mattaṃ diyaḍḍhamattaṃ. tam etesaṃ atthī ti
diyaḍḍhamattikā. tesaṃ. ekamattārassā, aḍḍhamattikābyañjanā ti vaca
nato rassasaṃ saṭṭhā byañjanā diyaḍḍhamattikā nāma. vuttattā ti mattagga
haṇassācariyena vuttattā. asaṅgahitākimattaggahaṇena asaṅga
hitā. evaṃ hi satī ti saṅkhyāvasena aniyametvā lahumattā ti evaṃ
vutte sati. tayo gahaṇaṃ pana aññattha aññe pi rassāsantī ti ñā
panatthan ti idha pana tato va saṅgahitā, aññattha saddasatthe ito aññe
pi rassāyan ti, na-y-idha te saṅgahitā ti ñāpanatthaṃ tayo gahaṇaṃ ka
tan ti attho. apisaddo pan’ ettha samuccayattho. etthāha, kim idaṃ di
yaḍḍhamattikānaṃ saṅgaṇhanatthan ti vattuṃ yuttaṃ, lahumattaggahaṇenā py eka
mattasaṅgahass’ eva katattā. tathā hi vuttaṃ vuttiyaṃ a, i, u rassā
ti. na ca vuttaṃ diyaḍḍhamattikā pi rassā ti. n’ evaṃ yady ekamattasaṅgaham eva
kareyyasaṅkhyāpayogaṃ yogaṃ vadeyya, na viyogaṃ. tena ñāya
te diyaḍḍhamattasaṅgaho pi kato ti. bhavatv evaṃ. katham ekenā
tulyamattasaṅgaho siyā. tesaṃ pi lahumattattā. nanu te diyaḍḍha
mattā ti. saccaṃ, tathā py aparipuṇnamattāvasesattā lahumattā va. yady e
vaṃ byañjanānampi rassasaññāpajjeyyā ti. āpajja bhu na doso. nanv evaṃ ta
yo gahaṇaṃ niratthakaṃ siyā bahukattā rassānaṃ. na, yaṃ yad anugataṃ,
tassa tabbhāvānatikkammanīyato akārikārukārasambandhāni pi ti
vidhatthaṃ nātivattanti ti. nanu niyamitassa puna niyamane payojanābhāvāni
ratthakam eva. na, aññattha aññe pi rassā santī ti ñāpanatthan ti vuttattā.
tathā pi heṭṭhā anupakārakkharaparivajjanaṃ katvā vuttattā imassa
aññarassānam pi tadanto gadhattā vinā vajjena tayogahaṇena siddho
va tadattho ti alam anena tadatthadīpakena vacanena. tan na, lahumattā
rassā ti hi vutte mattā sāmaññena diyaḍḍhamattikā viya kiṃ nv aññarassā
[66]
nam pi saṅgaho kato ti sandeho jāyeyya, tassa sandehassa
nirākaraṇāya vuttattā. katham anena sandehāpagamo ñāyatī ti
ce. idha pana tayo va rassā saṅgahitā. aññattha aññe pi rassāsan ti,
na-y-idha tesaṅgahitā ti dīpanato. nanv iha sandehāpagamo akkharāpa
gamen’ eva siddho ti. siddho, sati mattāni yam etad abhāvāheṭṭhupakā
rakkharāsisaññāvidhātāyaṃ mattāya akkharādiniyamānabhihitattā idha
ca lahumattā ty ābhihitattā mattā sāmaññenāpanītarassasaṅgaho
siyā ti. bhavatv eva sandeho, yady evaṃ kasmā aññe dīghā ty ettha
pañcā ty anabhihitaṃ. aññaggahaṇena byapanītadīgha saṅgaho siyā ti
sandehupalabbhanato. n’ evam aññasaddassa sesatthattā heṭṭhāniddiṭṭha
saresv ekabhāvaṃ vatvā tad eva sesā ti atthe gamyamāne mattā
sāmaññena saṅgayhamānaññadīghasaṅgahasandehābhāvato ti. yadi
lahumattā ti padaṃ tagguṇasaṃviññāṇabahubbīhi siyā, lahubhūtā
mattā pi rassā ti āpajjeyya. tasmā tagguṇa. pa. na sakkā vattuṃ ty āha.
akārānantaraṃ ākārassa tadanantaraṃ ikārassā ti evaṃ ubhaya
sammissavasena vuttattā āha rassadīghānaṃ missakabhāve sati
pī ti. dīghapubbabhāge rassānaṃ vuttattā āha rassass’ eva paṭhamaṃ
vuttattā ti. uccāraṇakāle rassass’ eva paṭhamaṃ niṭṭhitattā āha paṭha
me va niṭṭhaṅgatattā vā ti. niṭṭhan ti vinā santi py attho labbhate va.
5. takkālikā ti taṃdīghakālikā. tabbohārenā ti
taṃ dīghavohārena. dīghasaddassa ṇapaccayantataṃ vibhāvento tame
tesam atthī ty āha. tatha tan ti taṃ dīghakālaṃ. tiyaḍḍhamattikānan ti
aḍḍhena tatīyaṃ kālaṃ tiyaḍḍhaṃ. tiyaḍḍhaṃ mattaṃ tiyaḍḍhamattaṃ. tam ete
samatthī ti tiyaḍḍhamattikā. tesaṃ.
6. ye pana sare hi rassehi dīghehi vā ti rassehi sare
hi vā dīghehi sarehi vā ti yojanā. vā saddo samuccayattho. sa
rehi sesā ti vutte yeva siddhe kim attham evaṃ vacananti. yadi sarasaññā
yānantaraṃ vuttam idaṃ siyā, yuttam evaṃ vacanāya. eva matvā ih’ ev’ imassa
vuttattā sarānantarapakāsitena nāmantarena tadattho py upalabbhatī
ty evaṃ vuttan ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. vuttehī ti dīgharasse hī ty attho. laddhadhātu
[67]
saññassā ti dhātu eva saññā dhātusaññā. laddhā dhātusaññā yena
padena tadidaṃ laddhadhātusaññaṃ. tassa. luttānubandhassā ti lutto a
nubandho yassa sarassa tadidaṃ luttānubandhaṃ. tassa. luttasarassā
ty attho. ṇapaccayantassā ti ṇapaccayo anto yassa taṃ ṇapaccayantaṃ.
tassa. katavuddhissā ti katāvuddhiyassataṃ katavuddhi. tassa. syā
dyuppattin ti siādi yāsaṃ vibhattīnaṃ tā syādayo. syādīnaṃ uppatti
syādyuppatti. taṃ. tassāpīti tassāpi syādyuppattiyā. aniyamappasaṅge
satī ti aniyamena sampatte sati. vatticchānupubbikā saddappaṭipattī ti
vadatī ti vattā. vattuno icchā vatthicchā. *pubbāya vatticchāya anu
anupubbā. vatticchāya anupubbā vatticchānupubbā. sā yassā atthī ti
vatticchānupubbikā. kā sā. saddappaṭipatti. saddassa paṭipattijānanaṃ saddapaṭi
patti. karaṇatthe pi yupaccayassa niddiṭṭhattā āha byañjīyati attho e
tehī ti. tattha bañjīyatī ti pakāsīyatī ty attho. atha vā. byañja
yantī ti byañjanā. vividhaṃ atthaṃ pākaṭaṃ karontī ty attho. imasmiṃ pan’ attheka
tv atthe yupaccayo daṭṭhabbo. atha vā añjasaddassa gatyatthavācakattā
gatyatthadhātūnaṃ buddhyattham api kathanato byañjayan ti atthaṃ bodhayantī ti
vā byañjīyati attho bodhīyati etehī ti vā byañjanā ti vattum pi yutta
m eva. padaṃ janentī ti byañjanānī ti neruttikā, sare anugacchantī ti byañjanā
nītivedavidū vadanti. byattigatimhī ti ujugatimhi. byañjanā ti idha na gahitā
ti ettha idha saddassa saññādhikāre niyamattā imasmiṃ saññādhikā
re byañjanaggahaṇena sarānasaṅgahitā, aññattha pana sarabyañjanā byañjanakusa
so ty ādīsu saṅgahitā ti vuttaṃ hoti. āsugamanā ti āsusīgha
gatimhī ti dhātuno rūpattā sīghagamanā ti vuttaṃ hoti. tabbohā
ran ti tassa vohāraṃ. byañjanasaññāya vaggasaññādīnaṃ sādharaṇattā
āha sabbasādhāraṇasaññā ti. idam pi saññāsuttan ti saññaggahaṇā
bhāve katham idaṃ saññāsuttan ti ñāyate ti. kiṃ nv idān’ eva bhoto
rattivibhātānanvadhītāni saññāvidhānāni. tath’ ev’ idam pi. api tu khalu ya
thā ayaṃ go ti vutte, nāmaggahaṇābhāve pi go icc etassa atthassa
samaññā ti ñāyati, evaṃ sesā byañjanā ti vutte saññaggahaṇā bhāve
pi vuttāvasesakkharā byañjanā nāmā ty āvagantabbato saññāvidhānami
[68]
dan ti daṭṭhabbaṃ, heṭṭhā aññaggahaṇena tiyaḍḍhamattikānaṃ saṅgaho viya kiṃ
nv idha sesaggahaṇenāññavaṇṇasaṅgaho kato ti. na, iha saṅgahe
tabbaññavaṇṇābhāvā. saty evaṃ kasmā aḍḍhamattābyañjanā ty anadhītan ti.
adhītevaṃ mattāsāmaññena kiṃ nv apanītavaṇṇasaṅgaho siyā ty uppajja
mānasandehāpagamattham evaṃ vuttan ti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
7. so paccayassa vibhāgam assa ‘tthi vācakattā āha pañcapañca
vibhāgena tadakkharavanto vā ti. pañcapañcavibhāgena vaggā nāma, tadakkha
ravanto vā vaggā nāmā ti yojanā. tadakkharavanto ti te pañcapañca
akkharavanto ty attho. tadakkharābhāve kim atrabhedanibandhassatthi vā
cakapaccayapayogo kato ti ce. aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo ty ādīsu viya
katthaci abhedesv api bhedūpacāra paccayappayogo yujjīyatī ti
dassanattham evaṃ vuttan ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. vicchāvacanan ti nānādhikaraṇānaṃ padānaṃ
ekakkhaṇe vattum icchato byāpitum icchā vicchā. vicchāya vacanaṃ vicchā
vacanaṃ. gāmogāmo ti sabbegāmā ti attho. vuttanayo vā ti
tatthodantā sarā aṭṭhā ti sutte taṃ vatvā parivajjetabbassābhāva
to ti vuttavacanaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ.
8. saraṃ nissāyā ti kiñcāpi sarasāmaññavasena vuttaṃ. tathā
pi rassasarānugamanam eva payogesu dassanato rassasaraṃ nissāyā
ty attho daṭṭhabbo. taṃ sabhāve satī ti tasmiṃ saranissayabhāve sa
ti. atha vā, tassa niggahitassa sabhāve satī ty attho. tannāmālā
bhe ti tassa niggahitanāmassa alābhe. sesā byañjanā ti sutte paṭi
laddhavisesanāmattā ti vuttaparihāraṃ sandhāya parihāro vuttanayo
vā ty āha. anantare vuttan ti attano antare pubbabhāge vuttaṃ nidasse
tī ty attho. niyamābhāve pī ti akārassa ca binduno ca niyamassa a
bhāve satī ty attho. laddhasaññenā ti laddhasarasaññena. siddhe ti adhippe
tatthe nipphanne. tam evatthan ti taṃ eva aṃ niggahitan ti atthaṃ. saddādhikā atthā
dhiko hotī ti ettha saraṃ vihāya binduno evagahaṇaṃ adhiko
attho nāma. tam panā ti taṃ saddādhikā atthādhiko hotī ti vacanaṃ
pana. aṃ byañjane niggahitaṃ, vaggantaṃ vā vagge ty evam ādīsu niggahitaggahaṇena
binduno eva niddiṭṭhattā āha upari yeva āvibhavissatī ti.
[69]
10. tadattho ti so asaran ti attho. uttaratthan ti uttara
suttatthaṃ. ayaṃ h’ ettha ‘ttho ti ettha uttarasutte ayaṃ attho. kinnā
m’ etaṃ viyojaye ti vuttattā va tadattho pi labbhatī ti apādānavisa
yabhūtakriyāvisesassa viyojaye tīminā padena vuttattā va
sarato ti apādānattho pi asati pi asaraggahaṇe labbhati.
tasmā asaraggahaṇe sati. pa. sarato ti attho labbhatī ti idaṃ
vacanaṃ kiṃ nāma ayuttan ti attho. labbhatī ti asaraggahaṇe asa
ti sarato ti attho na labbhati. parasakārassā ti sakārāgama
to parassasa vibhattissā ty attho. purimasakārato ti sakā
rāgamato. parapadaṃ paṭiccā ti iva saddaṃ paṭicca. pubbabyañjanan ti savibhatti. sara
to. pa. vuttan ti codanā. yadi. pa. asaraṃ katvā ti parihāro. asa
raggahaṇaṃ. pa. viññāyatī ti codanā. saccaṃ. pa. nayetī ti parihāro.
evaṃ. pa. na vuttan ti codanā. ihāpi. pa. attho labbhatī ti parihāro.
kiṃ nām’ etaṃ. pa. labbhatī ti codanā. na labbhati. pa. sambhavato ti pari
hāro. kasmā. pa. vuttan ti codanā. yena. pa. tāy’ evam akāsī ti
parihāro. paṭhamo paricchedo.
12. anantaresū ti n’ atthi anantaraṃ byavaṭṭhānaṃ etesan ti ananta
rā. tesu anantaresu. abyavaṭṭhānesū ty attho. pubbasarassā ti
vuttattā anantaresu saresū ti niddhāraṇe bhumman ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. luttī ti vi
nāso. anuccāraṇa rahatan ti attho. kārīnaṃ bahuvacanena niddi
sitvā nimittass’ ekavacananiddese payojanaṃ dassento sare
sū ty ādim āha. tattha ekekasmiṃ yevā ti ekekasmiṃ sare nimitta
bhūte yeva. ekekasmiṃ yeva nimittabhūte sati ekekass’ eva
lopena bhavitabban ti codento yadi evaṃ ty ādim āha. saro ty eka
vacananiddese sati bahūnaṃ lopābhāvato katācariyena bahuvaca
naniddeso ti dassento ekadvi ty ādim āha. etthāha nanu bho kadā
ci visayavisayīnamaññoññaṃ na byavahati. atha kiṃ yassindriyānī ty ā
dīn’ udāharaṇāni dassitāni, na sakhāto gass’ e vā ti. yebhuyyen’ e
[70]
kasmiṃ sare ekass’ eva lopasambhavā. nanv evaṃ sati saro ti
vattabban ti. saccaṃ, saty evaṃ yassindriyānī ty ādīn’ eva sijjhanti, na sakhāto
gass’ e vā ti. tasmā ubhayattha sādhanattham evaṃ vuttan ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. tenāha
ekadviticatunnaṃ pilopo hotī ti.
13. samānaṃ rūpan ti samānāsutī ty attho. vā asarūpā. pa.
parogahaṇan ti codanā. pubba. pa. sambhavato ti parihāro. tan na.
pa. siyā ti codanā. taṃ sandhāyā ti taṃ pubbatthaṃ sandhāya. na na vattabbaṃ.
pa. suvuttan ti parihāro. apavādattā ti imassa suttassa pubba
lopanisedhakattā. kimudāharaṇānī ti kim idan ti pucchitvā vuttā
niudāharaṇāni. suttatthasādhakāni hi vacanāni udāharanāni nāma.
14. ubhayāni kvaci vāggahaṇāni ekatthānī ti cintetvā co
dento vāggahane ty ādim āha. ubhinnaṃ nānātthataṃ dassento ācari
yo vāggahaṇasambandhe satī ty ādim āha. tattha vāggahaṇasambandhe
satī ti vāggahaṇassa udāharaṇena sambandhe sati. ekass’ evā ti
ekass’ eva udāharaṇassā ty attho. asavaṇṇaggahaṇassa sā
maññattā ikārassa avaṇṇuvaṇṇehi ukārassa avaṇṇivaṇṇehi pi
bhavitabbaṃ evam ahutvā kim ekāro kārāvabhavantī ti codento
etthāpanā ty ādim āha. tattha ettha panā ti etasmiṃ sutte. pappontī ti
bhavantī ty attho. taduttaraṃ vadanto ṭhānāsannattā ty ādim āha. tattha
ṭhānāsannattā ti ikārekārānaṃ ukārokārānañ ca ṭhānavasena
āsannattā ty attho. asavaṇnaṃ pappotī ti vutte ekārokārā
gayhante ti vacanena ādesassa niyamitattā vuttiyañ ca saro kho
paro ti aniyamitādesino vuttattā ca akārādīnam pi ekāro
kārādesena bhavitabban ti ce. na, payogavasenaniyamitattā niya
mitañ ca vihāya aniyamitassa gahaṇe payojanābhāvā ikāru
kārānaṃ ekārokārāvahontī ti niṭṭhametthāvagantabbaṃ.
16. tabbisesakā va hontī ti tesaṃ nimittakārīnaṃ vise
sakā honti. adhikatattā ti luttadīghaggahaṇassa adhikiccattā.
cānukaḍḍhitan ti casaddena anukaḍḍhitaṃ luttadīghaggahaṇaṃ.
17. ādesāpekkhattā ti yo ādeso ti yasaddassa
[71]
ādesāpekkhattā. vacanaṃ rūpan ti vā sambandho ti yaṃ vacanaṃ, yaṃ rūpan ti
vā yasaddassa sambandho hoti. dakāre asati ekāra akā
rādīnaṃ vomissakattā sukhuccāraṇāsambhavato āha missakado
sāpagamanatthan ti. heṭṭhākammadhārayasamāsassa vuttattā va viññāya
māne pi anaññasamāsatte codanā yokāsaṃ kātuṃ iha pana kamma
dhārayo ty ādim āha. tattha ekārantasaddassāpī t’ ime te ty ādī
su asaraṃ byañjanaṃ sandhāyāha. sati bahubbīhisamāsamhi ekāranta
saddassa yakārādesaṃ nisedhetvā ekārass’ eva yakārāde
saṃ sādhento codako tan na ty ādim āha. tattha ca tan nā ti taṃ e
kārantasaddassāpi yakāram āpajjanato ti vacanaṃ bhavatānavattabbaṃ.
tatra kāraṇam āha edantassā ty ādinā. ekārantasaddassa santa
kāvayavo vā ti ekārantasaddassa santako avayavo vā ekā
ro ty attho. sati pi chaṭṭhiniddese santakā va yavaggahaṇābhihi
tassa atthassa aniyamattā ekārantassa saddassāpi yakārā
deso bhaveyyā ti dassento siddhantavādī evaṃ sante pī ty ādim ā
ha. ekārass’ eva yakārādesaṃ niyametvā dassento coda
ko tan na sare ty ādim āha. tattha tan nā ti taṃ yassa kassaci ā
pajjeyyā ti vacanaṃ bhavatā na vattabbaṃ. sare pare ti iminā ekā
rass’ eva yakārādesaṃ vibhāveti. sati pi saraparatte ekāranta
saddassā pariccāgaṃ vibhāvento siddhantavādī evaṃ sante pi idha vutte
sū ty ādim āha. tattha tesaṃ āpajjeyyā ti tesaṃ makāratakā
rānaṃ yakārādeso āpajjeyya. puna pi ekārass’ eva yakā
rādesaṃ niyamento codako tam pi nā ty ādim āha. tattha tālu
jassa ekārass’ evā ti tāluṭṭhānejātassa ekārassa eva ya
kārādeso hotī ty attho. taduttaraṃ vadanto siddhantavādī
evaṃ sante pi sacāyan ty ādim āha. ācariyenānīta udāharaṇaṃ ni
sedhetvā heṭṭhā attano sare ti anuvattanto ti vuttavā
dam eva sādhento codako tam pi nā ty ādim āha. tattha byañjanass’ eti
byañjanassa yakārādeso ty attho. codanā yokāsam akatvā
sanniṭṭhānanayaṃ dassento siddhantavādī na na sakkā ty ādim āha. tatthā vidhā
[72]
nassā ti kāriyassa. idam atra sanniṭṭhānaṃ ācariyo kammadhāraya
vasena ekārassa yakārādesaṃ icchati. itaro bahubbīhivase
nā ti.
18. anantarasuttass’ eva vattanato ti anantarassa suttassa
iva imassa suttassā pi sare kvaciggahaṇānuvattanato. tato ti
anantarasuttato. heṭṭhā ti anantarasuttam eva sandhāyāha.
20. sayam eva vakkhatī ti ācariyo sayam eva vadati.
imassa ca aññan ti imassa ca sutte niddiṭṭhassa dhakārassa dakārādesa
to aññaṃ ādesaṃ. aññesañ ca aññānī ti sugato ty ādīsu da
kārādīnam pi aññāni katārādi ādesāni. atha vā. ken’ iha
suttavibhāgaphalam pi caggahaṇaphalam eva katvā casaddaggahaṇena i
massa ca aññaṃ aññesañ ca aññānī ty ādim āha. caggahaṇaphalattā ca
tassa. yady evaṃ kasmā vuttiyaṃ paccekaṃ suttavibhāgenā ti vuttaṃ.
suttavibhāgatthavācakattā caggahaṇassa. tena kim āyātan ti ce.
sugato byādīsvanimittādesasaṃ siddhi. nanu caggahaṇassa nipātattā a
sati pi suttavibhāgena animittādesena pi bhavitabban ti. saccaṃ bhavi
tabbaṃ. na c’ eso purimapāṭho. nekānekatthavisayā ti ettha nekagga
haṇena upasaggādīnaṃ paccekam eva nekattaṃ dasseti. nekatthavisa
yā tīminā upasaggādīnamantare ekeko pi anekatthaṃ vadatī ti dīpe
ti. neruttikā ti niruttaññū ācariyā. āgatigaṇattā ti adhikā
ragaṇattā gadadhātussa. ghaṭādipakkhepenā ti ghaṭappakārānaṃ dhātūnaṃ
antare imassa dhātuno pakkhipanena. dhātupaccayavibhattivajjitam attha
vaṃ liṅgan ti dhātupaccayavibhattīhi vajjitaṃ atthavaṃ atthavantaṃ padaṃ liṅgaṃ nāma.
tadapavādā ti tena lopaṃ nisedhetvā. tass’ erādesan ti tassa
e ādesan ti chedo.
21. evaṃ sampadam idan ti idaṃ ivaṇṇaggahaṇena ivaṇṇassa saṅga
ṇhanaṃ evaṃ sampadaṃ evarūpan ti dhattho. nanu. pa. katan ti codanā. payo. pa.
anuddhato ti parihāro. tattha imehi vinimuttā ti imehi tīhi
ādesehi vinimuttā. nanu kvaci. pa. katan ti codanā. tattha ta
dattho ti so navāggahaṇābhihito vikappattho. kvacāsavaṇṇaṃ
[73]
lutte ti suttato anuvattamānaṃ kvaciggahaṇaṃ sandhāyāha kvacigga
haṇam anapekkhitvā ti. na vā. pa. siyā ti parihāro. tattha nivatta
te ti kvaciggahaṇam nivattate ti sambandho. aññathā ti yadi ubho
bhinnatthā. tenā pī ti tena kvaciggahaṇenā pī ti sambandho. yadi evaṃ. pa.
mantun ti codanā. tattha yadi evan ti sace navāggahaṇaṃ disvā kvaciggaha
ṇassa nivattattā ubho ekatthānām abhaveyyuṃ. tan ti taṃkvaciggaha
ṇaṃ. tatthā ti kvacāsavaṇnaṃ lutte ti suttena ca vattate ti sambandho.
tan na. pa. payojanābhāvā ti parihāro. tattha tan nā ti taṃ vāsaddena
kvacisaddo pi samānattho ti sakkā mantun ti vacanaṃ bhavatā na vattabbaṃ.
tatra kāraṇam āha vaggantaṃ vā vagge ty ādinā. kubban ti kubbanto ā
cariyo, ime pī ti ime kvaci vāggahaṇā. dvikkhattuṃ ñāpane ti heṭṭhā
ekakkhattuṃ upari ekakkhattun ti ekassa atthassa dvikkhattuṃ ñāpane
ty attho. yadi. pa. mantun ti codanā. tattha yadi evan ti sace vāggahaṇe
vattamāne pi kvaciggahaṇassa katattā kvaci vāsaddābhinnatthā nāma bha
veyyuṃ. ime pī ti ime kvacinavāsaddā pi. tan na. pa. vacanamattaṃ siyā ti pari
hāro. tattha tan nā ti taṃ ime pi nānatthā ti sakkā mantun ti vacanaṃ bhava
tā na vattabbaṃ. ādidvayan ti kvaci navāggahaṇadvayaṃ. itaradvayan ti vā vibhā
sāgahaṇadvayaṃ. idam īti idam pī nipātacatukkaṃ yebhuyyavasena vuttan ti
sambandho. sattatthavācakattā ti vijjamānatthavācakattā, yatthā ti
yasmiṃ sutte. itaraṃ panā ti ekarūpuppādanaṃ. aññathā ti yadi ādidvayaṃ
ekarūpuppādanam eva karoti, na rūpadvayuppādanaṃ, antadvayam pi rūpadvayuppādana
m eva karoti, na ekarūpuppādanan ti attho. nanv idam pi. pa. vattun ti coda
nā. na sakkā. pa. bhinnayogakaraṇan ti parihāro. tattha ubhinnaṃ pī ti
ekārikārānam pi. ādiss’ ekārassa asati antatte ekārassa
yakāro na hotī ti ekārassa antatte asati antābhāvā
ādissa ekārassa yakāro na hotī ti sambandho. pubbo i
vaṇṇo, anto ivaṇṇo ti vā avuttattā āha avisesenā ti.
ādissāpī ti ādissa ivaṇṇassā pi. apisaddo antassā pī ti
sampiṇdeti. tadatthan ti ādissivaṇṇassā pi yakārādesatthaṃ. nanv ida
m eva. pa. na vattabban ti codanā. tan na. pa. vidhīyate ti parihāro. tattha
[74]
asati hi imasmiṃ sarasandhivisaye ti imasmiṃ sutte asatī ti yo
janā. siddhe saty ārambho vidhīyate ti siddhe sati adhippetatthe puna
suttārambho vidhīyate karīyate.
22. evādissa ca sare pare ti byañjanaparattā avacanīyato
ti evādī ekārato byañjanassa vakārassa parattā sare pare evā
dissā ti avacanīyato ti yojanā. devadatto rājā hotī ti
ettha devadatto ti kārī. rājā ti kāriyaṃ. pubbo ti kārī. rasso
ti kāriyaṃ. devadatto ti kāri paṭhamā. rajjan ti kāriyadutīyaṃ.
rajjan ti kāriyapaṭhamā. devadattassā ti kārichaṭṭhī. dutīyo
paricchedo.
23. sarā kho ti ettha kho saddo adhikārantaranidassanattho.
sarā pakatī byañjane ti ettha pakati nāma avikārattam āpajjanaṃ. tañ ca vi
kāranisedhanavasena hoti. itidaṃ paṭisedhasuttaṃ nāma. idaṃ suttaṃ
utvā sati sampatte kāriye paṭisedhavidhānaṃ nāma vidhīyate. nāsati
tasmā yadidaṃ paṭisedhasuttam anadhītaṃ siyā, byañjane pare saro kena
suttena vikāram āpajjeyyā ti vikāravidhim ārambhacodento coda
ko yadi pana. pa. āpajjeyyā ty āha. tattha kena vikāram āpajje
yyā ti saro byañjane pare kena suttena vikāram āpajjeyyā ty attho.
vikāravidhim ārambhacoditattātaṃ vidhiṃ sarūpato dassento siddhanta
vādīdīghanti evam ādinā ty āha. idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti bho yadi idaṃ suttaṃ na pa
ṭhitaṃ bhaveyya, dīghaṃ rassan ty evam ādīhi suttehi byañjane pare saro vi
kāram āpajjeyya, tannivattanattham idaṃ suttaṃ vuttan ti. nanu. pa. bhavitabbam e
vā ti codanā. tattha suttopadesassā ti upadissanaṃ kathanaṃ upade
so. suttassa upadeso suttopadeso. tattha sace dīghan ty e
vam ādinā bhavitabbavikāranisedhanattham idaṃ adhītaṃ siyā, dīghaṃ ty evam ā
dīnaṃ niratthakabhāvo āpajjeyya vuttavidhinisedhakattā. tasmā dīghaṃ
ty evam ādīsuttopadesassa niratthakabhāvāpajjanato vikārena
bhavitabbam eva nanu ti vuttaṃ hoti. bhavitabbaṃ. pa. nivāraṇatthan ti parihā
[75]
ro. idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti suttopadesassa niratthakabhāvāpajjanato dī
ghan ty evam ādinā vikārena bhavitabbaṃ. yasmā pana sabbesu payogesu
byañjane pare sarassa vikāraṃ na icchitabbaṃ. katthaci icchitabbaṃ katthaci na icchi
tabbaṃ. tasmā icchitapayoge vikāraṃ hotu, taṃ yuttaṃ. kena ci sutte
na paṭisedhanīyassa vikārassa anicchite katthaci payoge sāmañña
vidhivasena dīghaṃ ty evam ādinā vikāraṃ hoti. taṃ nivattanattham idaṃ suttaṃ
vuttan ti. dīghan ty evam ādīsu kvaciggahaṇen’ eva katthaci nivāraṇatthassa
siddhattā tadatthāya puna yogārambhe payojanantarābhāvāca yadi
katthaci nivāraṇatthaṃ siyā, idam evā najjanīyan ti dīpento yadi evaṃ. pa.
sijjhanato ty āha, codanā. tattha yadi evan ti sace evaṃ bhavatā vutta
nayena katthaci nivāraṇattham idaṃ adhītaṃ siyā. kvaciggahaṇen’ evā ti
dīghan ty evam ādīsu kvaciggahaṇen’ eva. tadatthassā ti tassa katthaci
nivāraṇatthassa. na na paṭhitabbaṃ. pa. tannivattanatthan ti parihāro. tattha
lopaṃ pāpuṇeyyā ti āgamo kāro lopaṃ pāpuṇeyya. taṃ
nivattanatthan ti tassa okāralopassa nivattanatthaṃ idaṃ suttaṃ vuttaṃ. idaṃ
vuttaṃ hoti sace sarā pakatī byañjane ti idaṃ suttaṃ na paṭhitaṃ bhaveyya,
para o sahassan ti ettha asarūpāsarā parassa okārassa vā paro
asarūpā ti lopo bhaveyya. tass’ okārassa lopanivāraṇā
y’ imassa vacanīyattā idaṃ suttaṃ na na paṭhitabbaṃ, paṭhitabbam evā ti. nanu. pa.
sijjhatī ti codanā. tatrāyam adhippāyo vā paro asarūpā ti ettha
vāggahaṇaṃ pana katthaci payoge suttena sampattalopanivāraṇāya
vuttaṃ. tasmā okārassa suttena lope sampatte tassa pakati
bhāvovāggahanen’ eva sijjhati nanu, tasmā okāralopa nivatta
natthan ti na vattabban ti. na sijjhati. pa. anadhippetato ti parihāro. tattha
tenā ti tena vāggahaṇena ekassā ti ekassa udāharaṇassa.
idha cā ti paro sahassan ti payoge, parasahassaṃ paro sahassan ti
rūpadvayassa sabbadā anadhippetato ti sambandho. yadi evaṃ. pa. na lo
po hotī ti codanā. tattha yady evan ti vāggahanena okārassa
pakati bhāvo na sijjhati, sutten’ eva lopo bhavatī ti evaṃ bhava
tā vuttavacanaṃ yadi saccaṃ bhaveyyā ty attho. tadatthaṃ pī ti tassa
[76]
okāralopassa nivattanattham pi sarāpakatī byañjane ti idaṃ suttaṃ na
vattabbaṃ. api saddo pan’ ettha heṭṭhā pi suttam eva na paṭhitan ti vuttattā ni
sedhanatthasam piṇḍane vattati. yadi lopo bhaveyyā ti parasa
hassan ti ettha kvaci o byañjane ti okārāgame kate tasso
kārassa vāparo asarūpā ti suttena yadi lopo bhaveyya. ā
gamasuttan ti kvaci o byañjane ti suttaṃ, niratthakattā suttopadesassā
ti sambandho. adhītañ c’ etan ti etaṃ āgamasuttaṃ ācariyena adhītañ ca.
tenā ti tena kāraṇena. na lopo hotī ti āgamo kā
rassa vā paro asarūpā ti suttena lopo na hoti. tasmā o
kāralopanivattanattham pi sarā pakatī byañjane ti suttaṃ na vattabban ti vuttaṃ
hoti. evaṃ sante pi. pa. tannivattanatthan ti parihāro. tattha evaṃ sante
pī ti āgama suttassa visayattā tassodāharaṇassa okāra
lopo na hotī ty atthe evaṃ bhavatā vuttanayena viññāyamāne
sati pi pamādo maccuno padan ti ettha ādesokārassa vā paro a
sarūpā ti suttena lopo bhaveyya. tannivattanatthaṃ idaṃ suttaṃ vuttan ti
attho. idam atra nānākaraṇaṃ heṭṭhā āgamokāro idha ā
desokāro ti. nanu. pa. sijjhatī ti codanā. tattha tatthā ti tasmiṃ
vā paro asarūpā ti sutte. tadattho ti so okārādesalo
panivattanattho. na sijjhati. pa. anadhippetato ti parihāro. tattha
idha ca sabbadā anadhippetato ti idha ca pamādo maccuno padan ti payo
ge pamādo maccuno padaṃ pamādamaccuno padan ti rūpadvayassa sabbadā ana
dhippetato ti attho. evam api. pa iminā va sijjhatī ti codanā.
tattha evam apī ti yadi pi evaṃ bhaveyya, sace ādesokārassa vāgga
haṇena pakatibhāvo na sijjheyyā ty attho. pamādo maccuno pa
dan ti ettha yadi vāggahaṇena ādeso kārassa pakatibhāvo na
sijjhati, sarāpakatī byañjane ti iminā pi na sijjhate va okārassa ā
desattā. saralopo. pa. pakatī t’ iminā va sijjhatī ti vuttaṃ ho
ti. kasmā pan’ esa saralopo. pa. pakatī t’ imass’ eva visayaṃ
katvā āhā ti ce. ādesaggahaṇassa vuttattā. ayam assa a
dhippāyo yesu amādayo san ti, tāni payogāni saralopo.
[77]
pa. pakatī t’ imassa visayāni. yesu thapetvā amādayo avase
sā asarūpasarā santi, tāni vā paro asarūpā ti suttassa visayā
ni. tasmā atrā pi amādīsv ādesassa parattā saralopo. pa. paka
tī t’ iminā va sijjhatī ti. pamādo ti pan’ ettha sati pi ādesatte asa
rūpaparattā vā paro asarūpā t’ iminā va lope sampatte sarā paka
tī byañjane t’ iminā pakatibhāvo sijjhati. saralopo. pa. pakatī
t’ iminā pana cittan ty ādīsu sarūpasarappayogesu eva pakatibhāvo
sijjhati. tasmā amādayo vā hontu akārādayo vā. yatra
asarūpāni santi, tāni payogāni vā paro asarūpā t’ imassa visa
yāni. yasmin tu sarūpāni santi, tāni saralopo. pa. pakatī t’ imassa
visayāni. tvaṃ pana visayaṃ ajānitvā kevalaṃ ādesamattaṃ sandhā
ya saralopo. pa. katī t’ iminā va sijjhatī ti vadasi. tenā pi na
sijjhati. asarūpattā tassokārassā ti sarūpāsarūpādesabhe
dam āgamma ubhinnaṃ suttānaṃ visayāvisayaṃ dassento na sijjhati. pa. bala
vatarattā ty āha, parihāro. tattha na sijjhatī ti pakatibhāvo na
sijjhati. saralopo. pa . pakatī ti suttassa visayaṃ dassento
cittaṃ ty ādim āha. atabbisayabhūto okāso atthī ti tassa
visayo tabbisayo. tabbisayena bhūto tabbisayabhūto. na tabbi
sayabhūto atabbisayabhūto. tassa vā paro asarūpā ti
suttassa avisayabhūto imassa saralopo. pa. pakatī ti
suttassa okāso atthī ty attho. sāvakāsānavakāsesū ti
niddhāraṇe bhummaṃ. sāvakāso ca anavakāso ca sāvakāsānava
kāsā. tesu. sarūpāsarūpanimittasāmaññavasena vuttattā saralo
po. pa. pakatī ti suttaṃ sāvakāso nāma. taṃ pana sarūpāsarūpasa
rānaṃ avakāsavisayavidhisahitattā sāvakāso ti vuccati. a
sarūpānaṃ yeva avakāsattā, na itaresaṃ vā paro asarūpā ti
suttaṃ anavakāso nāma. visesavidhino sāmaññavidhibādhakattā
āha balavatarattā ti. nanv imassā pi. pa. pakāso atthī ti
codanā. tattha nanv imassā ti imassa vā paro asarūpā ti suttassa
avakāso atthi nanu ti sambandho. ayam assa adhippāyo bhavatā
[78]
parikappito sarūpāsarūpavibhāgo thapetvā amādayo ava
sesesv eva labbhatī ti. tenāha amādesapaccayādivirahite
sū ti. n’ atthi. la. yuttattā ti parihāro. tattha sabban ti sabbaṃ avasesa
nimittaṃ. saralopo. pa. pakatī ti sutte ādiggahanena avase
sasabbanimittasaṅgaham pi katan ti vattuṃ yuttattā kiṃ nu māvasamaṇiyo
ty ādīsu na vā paro asarūpā t’ imass’ eva avakāso, saralo
po. pa. pakatī t’ imassā pi avakāso. tathāpi vihāya amādivi
bhāgaṃ kevalaṃ sarūpāsarūpāvibhāgass’ eva gahitattā vā paro
asarūpā t’ imassa visayaṃ katvā vuttan ti adhippāyo. evaṃ hotu.
pa. sijjhanato ti codanā. tattha evaṃ hotū ti ādiggahaṇena
sabbanimittasaṅgaho evaṃ hotu. evaṃ satī ti evaṃ ādiggahaṇena
sabbanimittasaṅgahe sati. iminā vā ti saralopo. pa. pakatī t’ i
minā va. kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti. sarā sare lopan t’ idaṃ thapetvā amāda
yo avasesesu saresu paresu pubbalopaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. tassa
pana lopassa saralopo. pa. pakatī ti etthādiggahaṇenāvasesa
sabbanimittasaṅgahassa katattā vinā va tena anena sijjhanato taṃ
niratthakaṃ katvā ācariyenādhitan ti vuttaṃ hoti. lopaṃ pana
sijjhati. pa. vuttan ti parihāro. tattha tasmā taṃ vuttan ti yasmā sa
ralopo. pa. pakatī ti iminā va suttena pubbasare lutte parasaro
kenaci nakāram āpajjati, tasmā parasarassa vikāratthaṃ taṃ sarā
sare lopan ti suttaṃ vuttan ti sambandho. na vikāraparihāre coda
nā yokāsam alabhitvā heṭṭhā cittan ty ādīsu sarūpasaralopatthaṃ
saralopo. pa. pakatī ti suttam adhītan ti ācariyādhippāyam ārabbha
codento evaṃ hotu. pa. sijjhanato ty āha. codanā. tattha evaṃ
hotū ti evaṃ vikāratthaṃ sarā sare lopan ti suttaṃ vuttaṃ hotu.
saresū ti niddhāraṇe bhummaṃ. sabbesaṃ sarānam antare ty attho. sarūpasa
rānaṃ yevā ti amādivibhāgam akatvā sarūpasarānaṃ yevā ty attho.
tattha lopassa sambhavato ti tasmiṃ sarā sare lopan ti sutte
sarūpasarānaṃ lopassa sambhavato, sarūpasaralopatthaṃ saralo
po. pa. pakatī ti suttaṃ nārabhitabban ti sambandho. nanv avocumhā. pa. m āpajja
[79]
tī ti parihāro. ayam etthācariyassādhippāyo, sarā sare lo
paṃ, saralopo. pa. pakatī ti suttadvayaṃ sarūpasaralopaṃ sandhāy’ evā
dhītaṃ. tesu pubbasuttaṃ parasarassa vikāratthaṃ vuttaṃ. dutīyaṃ avikāratthaṃ
vuttaṃ. tasmā pubbasare lutte parasarassa avikāratthaṃ saralopo.
pa. pakatī ti suttam ārabhitabban ti. tadattham pi. pa. sambhavato ti coda
nā. tattha tadattham pī ti so avikārasaṅkhāto attho tadattho.
tadattham pi avikāratthaṃ pi saralopo. pa. pakatī ti suttaṃ na vattabban ti
attho. dīghan ti suttena sampattavikāraṃ kvaciggahaṇam eva nisedhe
tī ti yuttiṃ cetasi samādhāyāha vikārass’ evāsambhavato ti.
apisaddo pan’ ettha heṭṭhā pi nārabhitabban ti vuttattā nisedhanasampiṇḍa
nattho. vikārasaṃvidhānavidhim āvikaronto āha nanv avo . pa . sampatte
ti. parihāro. tattha vikāravidhisādhanatthaṃ dīghan ti dīghe sampatte ti
vacanaṃ heṭṭhā avocumhā nanu, tasmā vikārass’ evā sambhavato ti
vacanaṃ na vattabban ti adhippāyo. vikārass’ evāsambhavataṃ vibhāvento
āha vuttaṃ. pa. na sampajjatī ti. codanā. tattha asati pi tasmin ti tasmiṃ
saralopo. pa. pakatī ti sutte asati pi. na sampajjatī ti kvaciggaha
ṇassa paṭisedhavācakattā parasarassa dīghan t’ iminā sampattavikā
ro tatr’ eva kvaciggahaṇena na sampajjati. tasmā pi avikārattham i
daṃ na vattabbam evā ty attho. akārādīnaṃ vikāraṃ saresv eva aniya
mena vikāranisedhavidhāyakassa kvaciggahaṇassa amādisāmaññava
sena kvaciggahaṇena pana asati pi tasmiṃ na sampajjatī ti vadatā
cittaṃ ty ādīsu pi sampattavikāranisedhakaṃ katvā vuttattā āha a
sampathaṃ. pa. ñātabban ti, parihāro. tattha asampathan ti samo avisa
mo ujubhūto patho sampatho. na sampatho asampatho. taṃ a
maggan ti attho. akārādīnaṃ sampattavikāranisedhakaṃ kvaciggahaṇaṃ
amādīnam pi sampattavikāranisedhakaṃ katvā vadanto asampatham ava
tiṇṇo nāma. payojanaṃ nābhijānātī ti nipphattiṃ atthasambandhaṃ vā na
sammājānāti. akārādīsv evāniyamena vikāranisedhana saṃvidhā
nasaṅkhātaṃ kvaciggahaṇaphalaṃ dīghan ti suttādhippāyattham āharitvā sarū
pato dasento idaṃ h’ ettha. pa. kvaci na hotī ty āha. tattha
[80]
etthā ti ekasmiṃ kvaciggahaṇe. akārādīsu saresū ti amādi
vajjitesu akārādīsu saresu paresu. atha vā. akārādīsu
saresū ti niddhāraṇe bhummaṃ. amādivajjitākāra mariyādāvikā
rapubbāparasarānamantare ty attho. ekekasmiṃ yeva sare lutte
ti sarāsare lopan tīminā ekekasmiṃ yeva sare lutte ni
mittabhūte ty attho. kvaci hoti kvaci na hotī ti parasarassa
vikāro katthaci payoge hoti, katthaci payoge na hotī
ti vuttaṃ hoti. yasmā akārādīsu saresu paresu ekeka
smiṃ yeva sare lutte pasarassa vikāro kvaci hoti, kvaci na
hoti, tasmā akārādīnaṃ sampattavikāranisedhakaṃ kvaciggahaṇa
payojanam anupaparikkhitvā amādīnam pi sampattavikāranisedhakaṃ katvā
vadanto bhavaṃ asampatham avatiṇṇo ti vuttaṃ hoti. akārādīsv e
va kvacitthaniyamaṃ sādhento sarā sare. pa. viññāpanattham evā ty āha.
tadatthaviññāpanatthan ti so kvacitthasaṅkhāto attho tadattho.
tadatthassa akārādīsu viññāpanaṃ tadatthaviññāpanaṃ. tadatthaviññāpa
naṃ attho yassa sare ti vacanassa tad idaṃ tadatthaviññāpanatthaṃ. kva
ci hoti kvaci na hotī ti vuttassa tassa kvacitthassa akārā
dīsv eva viññāpanatthan ti attho. idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti. sarā sare lo
pan ti ettha sarā ti kārino bahuvacanena niddiṭṭhattā nimittassā pi ba
huvacanena niddisitabbe evam akatvā sare ty ekavacananiddeso bahu
vacanasāmaññena sabbanimittasaṅgahassa katattā amādayo pi saṅgahi
tā bhaveyyun ti tadā saṅkāpagamanattho. ten’ ekavacananiddesena a
kārādīsu saresu ekekasmiṃ yeva sare ti ayam attho sambhava
ti. kvaci vatthicchāvasena tassīdisatthavācakassa sare gahaṇassa ca
kvaciggahaṇassa ca aññoññasambandhe nānuvattanato dīghan t’ imassa a
kārādīsu saresu ekekasmiṃ yeva sare lutte kvaci hoti, kva
ci na hotī ti ayam akārādisambandho kvacittho viññāyati. te
na vuttaṃ sare ti ekavacanaṃ tadatthaviññāpanattham evā ti. evaṃ kvacitthassa
akārādīsv eva labbhamānataṃ dassetvā amādīsv ānupalabbhanīyataṃ
vibhāvento yadi panā ty ādim āha. tattha idaṃ na paṭhitan ti idaṃ kvacigga
[81]
haṇena pana asati pi tasmiṃ na sampajjatī ti vadatā kvacitthaṃ nissā
ya suttassa paṭisedhitattā āha. saralopo. pa. pakatī ti
idaṃ suttaṃ kvaciggahaṇaṃ sandhāya yadi therena na paṭhitan ti attho. a
mādimhī ti opasilesikādhāro. tena vikāro kvaci amādimhi
bhaveyya, kvaci amādimhi na bhaveyyā ti sambandho. kvaci udāharaṇe
amādimhi sare vikāro bhaveyya, kvaci udāharaṇe amādimhi sare
vikāro na bhaveyyā ty attho. nimittatthe vā bhummaṃ. tadā amādimhi ni
mittabhūte pubbasarassa lopo hoti. saraluttakāraṇā para
sarassa sampattavikāro kvaci bhaveyya, kvaci na bhaveyyā ti vuttaṃ
hoti. paṭhamattho yev’ ettha yuttarūpo viya khāyati. tannivattanattha
m idan ti tassa amādimhi vikāravidhāyakassa kvacitthassa nivattanatthaṃ.
kvacattho pana duvidho vikārasādhakanisedhanavasena, na na nomālamāda
yo viya ekantanisedhako. tasmā katthaci akārādīnaṃ sampattakā
riyaṃ suttānusambandhavasena niyameti saddhīdhavittaṃ ty ādīsu viya. katthaci
tabbirodhavasena nisedheti pañcahupālī ty ādīsu viya tesaṃ tādi
sipayogasambhavā. evaṃ amādīsv api payujjamāno akārādīnaṃ viya
amādīnam pi sampattakāriyasādhakanisedhako va siyā. tatr’ imassa
vikāranisedhakattaṃ yujjaticittan ty ādirūpadassanato, na sādhakattaṃ,
yathā kvaci na hotī ti nisedhakattaṃ sādhento kvaci hotī ti
sādhanattham api sādheti, tathā sādhanatthaṃ sādhento nisedhanatthaṃ, evaṃ
aññoññasambandhasaṅkaradosasambhavā amādīsu ca tadanupalabbhanī
yattā kvaci tthanisedhanattham idaṃ saralopo. pa. pakatī ti suttamadhī
tan ti dassento tannivattanattham idaṃ vuttan ty āha. tenā ti tasmā
kāraṇā, kvaci tthanivattanattham imassa suttassa vuttattā ty attho.
sabbatthā ti sabbesu payogesu. iminā ti saralopo. pa. pakatī
t’ iminā suttena. pakatibhāvo ti amādīnaṃ pakatibhāvo. amādī
su pi kvacatthassupalabbhanīyataṃ sādhetvā asampathaparihāre nopa
nītasaṅkaradosam apanīyaheṭṭhā vā paro asarūpā t’ imassa visayaṃ
katvā vuttaṃ pamādo maccuno padan ti saralopo. pa. pakatī t’ i
mass’ eva visayan ti niyamento evaṃ sante pi. pa. niratthako te vāyā
[82]
mo ty āha, codanā. tattha evaṃ sante pī ti kvacatthanivattanattham idaṃ vuttan ti
katvā sabbattha iminālutte pakati bhāvo hotī ti evaṃ gahaṇe
sati pi. dīghadassanato idhāpi kvacattho yujjate vā ti imasaddassa
sambhūta-ayamādesassa dīghan t’iminā sampattadīghadassanato a
kārādīsu viya idhāpi amādīsudīgho na hotī ti ayaṃ kvacattho
yujjate va. tasmā kvacatthanivattanattham idaṃ vuttan ti na vattabban ti attho.
keci pan’ ettha idha saddassa cittan ti payoge ti atthaṃ gaṇhanti. evaṃ pi na
virodho. cittappayogasaṅgahena amādīsv ekadesasaṅgahassaka
tattātaṃ mukhena avasesā ādesā visaṅgahitā va hontī ti a
mādīsv eva kvacattho yutto hotī ti. heṭṭhā ādiggahaṇena sabbaṃ
pi saṅgahitan ti vattuṃ yuttattā ti vuttaparihāre dosāvikaraṇaṃ
karonto api cā ty ādim āha. tattha sabbasaṅgāhakabhāveti amā
desapaccayāvasiṭṭhassa sabbassa akārādīnimittassa saṅgāhakabhā
ve ty attho. evaṃ vattabban ti vihāya amādesapaccayādiggahaṇaṃ sabba
nimittasaṅgāhakasabbayogasaṃyogaṃ katvā saralopo sabbasmin ti
evaṃ vattabban ti attho. tatra kāraṇam āha sarūpena vatvā pi parivajje
tabbassābhāvā ti. amādesapaccayādimhī ti paccekaniddesena amāda
yo vatvā pi parivajjetabbassa aññassa nimittassa abhāvā ty attho.
idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti. yatra parivajjetabbam atthi, tatr’ eva yutto sarūpa
niddeso, nāññatra, idha ca aṃ ādesapaccayam iti sarūpaniddeso ka
to. yadi tena parivajjetabbaṃ n’ atthi, parivajjetabbassa sādhakaṃ sarūpa
niddesaṃ vihāya sabbasaṅgāhakattasādhakaṃ sāmaññaniddesaṃ katvā sa
ralopo sabbasmiṃ saralope tu pakatī ty evaṃ vattabban ti. na ca pan’ evaṃ
vuttan ti saralopo sabbasmiṃ saralope tu pakatī ty evaṃ sāmañña
niddesaṃ katvā therena na vuttaṃ. tena ñāyati parivajjetabbam atthī ti
parivajjetabbaṃ aññanimittaatthī ti ayam attho tena sāmaññaniddesaṃ
vihāya katena sarūpaniddesena ñāyati. tasmā ti yasmā parivajje
tabbaṃ atthi. tasmā. vuttajātikam āgamaṃ gahetabban ti sabbaṃ akārā
dinimittaṃ agahetvā kvaci obyañjane t’ iminā vuttasabhāvaṃ āgamaṃ ga
hetabbaṃ. āgamo pana duvidho sarāgamo byañjanāgamo ti. tattha
[83]
sarā gamo va idhādhippeto. tenāha vuttajāti kamāgaman ti.
tenā ti tenakāraṇena, ādiggahaṇena āgamassa gahitattā
ty attho. tena vuttavidhānan ti tena saralopo. pa. pakatī ti
sutte vuttaṃ pubbalopaparapakatisaṅkhātaṃ vidhānaṃ. ten’ evāhā ti
tena ādiggahaṇena āgamassa gahitattā va amādesapaccayā
gamarahitaṭṭhānaṃ dassento vuttikārako amādesa. pa. amataṃ pa
dan ti āha. imassāpī ti vā paro asarūpā ti imassa. codako pa
na bhaṇḍanassa paṭibhaṇḍanaṃ karonto viya niggahassa paṭiniggahaṃ āro
pento viya ca attano katassa asampatham avatiṇṇo ti parihā
sassa paṭiparihāsaṃ karonto niratthako te vāyāmo ty āha.
tassāyam attho heṭṭhā sarā pakatī byañjane ti imassa sādhanatthaṃ
evaṃ sante pi pamādo maccuno padan ty ādinā bhavatā kato vāyā
mo niratthako ti. saccaṃ. idaṃ pana. pa. aṃgahaṇaṃ katan ti parihāro.
tattha saccan ti idhāpi kvacattho yujjate vā ty ādikaṃ tava vacanaṃ saccaṃ. idaṃ
panā ti[?] idaṃ saralopo. pa. pakatī ti suttaṃ pana, vātthadīpanato ti vā
saddassa ekass’ eva rūpadvayuppādansaṅkhātassa atthassa dīpanato.
rūpadvayāpajjanabhayā ti cittaṃ cittātirūpadvayassa āpajjanabhayā. a
gahaṇena kvacisaddassa vātthataṃ niyamento saralopo ty ādim ā
ha. tattha vātthatā ti vāsaddassa attho vāttho. vāttho attho
yassa kvacisaddassa so ‘yaṃ vātthattho ti vattabbe ekasesalakkha
ṇena vāttho ti vuttaṃ. vātthassa bhāvo vātthatā. kathaṃ pan’ ettha a
gahaṇena kvacisaddassa vātthatā viññāyatī ti. yadi kvacisaddo kva
cattham eva dīpeti, na vātthaṃ aṃmhi pare vikārapaṭisedhanattham idha aṃgahaṇa
m anajjhanīyaṃ siyā, kvaciggahaṇen’ eva ‘ssa pakatibhāvassa siddhattā. ya
smā ekassa rūpadvayuppādanasaṅkhātaṃ vāttham api dīpeti, tasmā vātthadassa
nattham idha kvaciggahaṇam anapekkhitvā aṃ gahaṇaṃ kataṃ evam anena agaha
ṇakaraṇena kvacisaddo vātthamapi dīpako hotī ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. tanni
vattanatthan ti tassa dīghassa nīvattanatthaṃ. tan ti aṃgahaṇaṃ, imasmiṃ sutte
katan ti sambandho. tañ ca panā ti taṃ aṃvibhattiyā sampattadīghanivattanañ ca
pana. evaṃ siddhe pī ti evaṃ kvaciggahaṇena aṃvibhattiyā pakatibhāve
[84]
siddhe pi. adhītañ c’ etan ti pakatibhāvasādhakaṃ kvaciggahaṇam anapekkhitvā
taṃ aṃ gahaṇaṃ imasmiṃ sutte adhītañ ca. tena ñāyatī ti tena aṃgahaṇa
karaṇena ñāyati. vāttham apī ti vāsaddassa atthaṃ api. tannivattanatthan ti
tassa rūpadvayassanivattanatthaṃ kvaciggahaṇam anapekkhitvā aṃgahaṇaṃ
katan ti attho. yadi evaṃ. pa. na cintetabban ti codanā, tattha yadi
evan ti sace evaṃ kvaci saddo vāttham api dīpako hoti. vāttho vāti
kvaci saddo vāttho eva. nāññattho ti niyametvā kasmā na cintetabban ti
attho. vāparo. pa. vuttam evā ti parihāro. kvaciggahaṇaka
raṇato na cintetabban ti sambandho. vāggahaṇe sati pi kvaciggahaṇa
karaṇen’ eva ñāyati. na kevalaṃ kvacisaddo vāttho va, kvacattho
pī ti iti katthaci kvacatthassā pi labbhanato vāttho vā ti niyametvā
na cintetabban ti adhippāyo. tatthā ti tasmiṃ kvaciggahaṇakaraṇe.
yattha ādidvayaṃ gahitaṃ, tattha vuttavidhānaṃ yebhuyyena katthaci hoti
katthaci na hoti. ten’ ekassa rūpadvayuppādanam appakaṃ. yattha pana antadvayaṃ
gahitaṃ, tattha vuttavidhānaṃ yebhuyyen’ ekassa sūpadvayaṃ janeti. itaraṃ
pana appakan ti ivaṇṇoyannavā ti suttavaṇṇanāyaṃ vuttavacanaṃ sandhāyā
ha taṃ heṭṭhā vuttam evā ti. heṭṭhā ti heṭṭhābhāge, ivaṇṇoyannavā
ti suttavaṇṇanāyan ti attho. evaṃ hotu. pa. pubbenāparaṃ na ghaṭīya
tī ti codanā. tattha evaṃ hotū ti kvaci saddo evaṃ vāttho hotu,
heṭṭhā kvacāsavaṇṇaṃ lutte ti suttavaṇṇanāyaṃ vāggahaṇasambandhe sati
yebhuyyen’ ekass’ eva rūpadvayaṃ hoti. kvacī ti vutte pana yebhuyye
n’ ekasmiṃ yeva hoti. ekasmiṃ n’ eva hoti. tadattham idha kvaciggahaṇan ti
vadatā ācariyena kvaciggahaṇaṃ vāggahaṇena visadisatthan ti vuttaṃ ho
ti. taṃsandhāyāha dīghan t’imassa. pa. visadisatthan ti. paṭhamaṃ visadisatthan ti
vatvā pacchā samānatthan ti vuttattā āha pubbenāparaṃ na ghaṭīyatī ti. visa
disatthan ti vuttena pubbena vacanena samānatthan ti vuttaṃ aparaṃ vacanaṃ na ghaṭīyati
na sandhiyatī ti attho. ādito paṭṭhāya codakassa vādānuvādavase
nādītaṃ saṅkaranayaṃ pahāya yathābhūtaṃ vibhāvento khamatu bhavaṃ. pa.
aniyato hotī ti ñāpanatthan ti āha. parihāro. tattha niccha
yan ti nissandehanayaṃ yathā bhūtatthan ti attho. kvaci saddo vāttho ti
[85]
etthakatham idaṃ jānitabbaṃ ko va kvaci saddo katthaci vāttho katthaci kva
cattho ti. vatticchāvasena. tathāhi vatticchānupubbikāsaddapaṭipattī
ti vuttaṃ. sarā sare lopan ti ādīni vatvā vuttattā ti pubbasarassa
lopādikāriyavidhāyakāni sarā sare lopan ti ādīni suttā
ni paṭhamaṃ vatvā tass’ eva pakatibhāvasādhakassa sare kvacī t’ i
massa pacchāvuttattā ty attho. aniyato hotī ti ayaṃ sare
kvacī ti yogo aniyato hoti. iti atthassa ñāpanatthaṃ puna
kvaciggahaṇakaraṇan ti sambandho. nanu pamādo. pa. na na sakkā vattun ti
codanā. sakkā ty ādiparihāro. tattha parassā ti parassa sarassa.
iti ñāpanatthaṃ puna saralope ti vacanan ti sambandho. ten’ evā ti
yena kāraṇena pubbasaralopanimittaṃ parasarapakatibhāvaṃ sandhāya
punasaralope ti vacanaṃ vuttaṃ. tena kāraṇena, tassa saralopegga
haṇassavuttattā ty attho. aññāpekkhaṃ katvā ti pubbalopato
parasare aññaṃ saraṃ apekkhaṃ katvā ty attho. muttāhan ti evam ādīsu
mutto ahaṃ, ambo ayaṃ, eso ahaṃ, so ahan ti chedaṃ katvā
muttādīhi saddehi sivibhattiṃ katvā siss’ okāre kate sara
lopo. pa. pakatī t’ iminā ādesanimittaṃ katvā pubbasare lutte
puna*lopaṃ nimittaṃ katvā kvacāsavaṇṇaṃ lutte ti evam ādinā paro
kārassa yaṃ vikāraṃ sampattaṃ, taṃ puna saralopeggahaṇabalena na
hoti, pakati yeva hoti yasmā tasmā kāraṇā pubbalo
pato aññaparasare akāranimittaṃ apekkhitvā okārassa sarā
sare lopan t’ iminā yaṃ vikāraṃ sampattaṃ, taṃ hot’ evā ti vuttaṃ ho
ti. yasmā aññāpekkhavikāraṃ hoti, tasmā ty attho. sati pi i
massā sabbatthagatte ti sarāpakatī byañjane t’ imassa suttassa a
sabbattha gatte sabbesu payogesu agate apaviṭṭhe sati pī
ty attho. yattha paviṭṭho, tattha niyatavasenā ti sarā pakatī byañja
ne ti ayaṃ yogo yattha payoge paviṭṭho. tattha payoge niya
tavasen’ eva pavattatī ti ñāpanatthaṃ idaṃ sarā pakatī byañjane ti suttaṃ vi
nā kvaciggahaṇena niddiṭṭhan ti sambandho. ā nagarā ti yāva nagarā. pakati
bhāvavisayānaṃ payogānan ti sambandho.
[86]
24. taṃ heṭṭhā va vuttan ti taṃ idha niddiṭṭhassa kvaciggahaṇassa e
kekassa rūpadvayuppādanasaṅkhātaṃ payojanaṃ heṭṭhā sarā pakatī byañja
ne ti suttavaṇṇanāyaṃ vuttaṃ.
25. maṇḍūkagatiyo pi hi adhikārā hontī ti ettha hi
iti kāraṇatthe nipāto. yasmā maṇḍūkagatiyo pi yogā adhi
kārāvisesatthasādhakā honti, iti tasmā kāraṇā anantare
sare gahaṇe sati pi taṃ anapekkhitvā dūraṭṭhaṃ byañjanaggahaṇam eva vatta
te ty attho. maṇḍūkānaṃ gati viya gati yesan te maṇḍūkagatiyo.
tesaṃ pabhedo ti tesaṃ maṇḍūkagatīnaṃ pabhedo. iha panā ty ādi
codanā. tattha iha panā ti imasmiṃ dīghan ti sutte ti attho. sara
byañjanesū ty ādi parihāro. tattha sarabyañjanesū ti niddhāraṇe bhummaṃ. pa
ṭhamuccāraṇan ti uppaṭipāṭito paṭhamaṃ uccāraṇaṃ. kappapariyantan ti paricche
dāvasānaṃ evam ihāpī ti ihāpi paricchede sare gahaṇaṃ viya byañja
naggahaṇaṃ kappapariyantaṃ katvā anuvattatī ti ñāpanatthaṃ byañjananissita
vidhino paṭhamuccāraṇan ti sambandho. tasmā ti yasmā byañjanaggahaṇaṃ ā
kappānuvattati, tasmā. yaṃ yatthicchitaṃ, tattha taṃ yeva vattatī ti yasmiṃ
sutte yaṃ ācariyena icchitaṃ, tattha sutte taṃ icchitaṃ yeva vatta
te, no anicchitaṃ. iti tasmā kāraṇādīghan ti etthāpi ākappā
nuvattamānassa byañjanaggahaṇass’ eva icchitattā anantarikam pi sare
gahaṇaṃ nānuvattatī ti vuttaṃ hoti. kasmā pan’ ettha sare gahaṇaṃ
n’ icchitan ti ce. sare pare pubbasarassa dīghābhāvato. tathā hi
pubbasare lutte parasarassa dīgho. parasare lutte pubbasarassa ca dī
gho dissati. na ca parasarasmiṃ ṭhite pubbasarassa. byañjananissitavidhino
paṭhamuccāraṇaṃ pana na byañjanaggahaṇaṃ kappapariyantaṃ katvā vattatī ti ñāpa
natthaṃ, atha kho niyatabhāvasādhanatthan ti atthaṃ cetasi samādhāya
codento nanu ‘ccādim āha. tattha paṭhamaṃ patvā ti sarā pakatī byañjane
ti massa pubbabhāge idaṃ sare kvacī ti suttaṃ katvā. imasmiṃ pacchā vutte
ti tassa suttassa pacchā sarā pakatī byañjane ti imasmiṃ sutte. i
massā pi aniyatabhāvo ti kvaciggahaṇassānuvattanato sarā pa
katī byañjane ti imassā pi suttassa aniyatabhāvo siyā. tan ni
[87]
vattanatthan ti tassa aniyatabhāvassa nivattanatthaṃ. sakkā ty ādi pa
rihāro. tattha rassavidhimhi paṭhamaṃ vattabbe dīghavidhissa paṭhamaṃ karaṇan ti
rassaṃ dīghaṃ ty eva vattabbe evam akatvā dīghaṃ rassaṃ ty evaṃ kathanan ti
attho. idam evā ti dīghan ti idam eva suttaṃ. nanu iminā ty ādi coda
nā. tattha iminā ti dīghan ti iminā. dīghaṃ vuttattā ti sāmyatthe upa
yogavacanaṃ. dīghassa vuttattā ty attho. vuttan ti pubbo ceti suttaṃ
vuttaṃ. na sakkā ty ādiparihāro. tattha na vuttappakāraṃ viññāpeyyā ti
dīghavidhissa paṭhamakaraṇaṃ byañjanaggahaṇānuvattanabhāvañāpanatthan ti idaṃ
vuttappakāraṃ payojanaṃ na viññāpeyya ācariyo. na viññeyyā ti
pi pāṭho. heṭṭhā tādisassa vihitattā ti heṭṭhā saññāvidhāne tā
disassa suttassa vihitattā. lahumattā tayo rassā ti vatvā pacchā
aññe dīghā t’ imassa vuttattā ty attho. nanv evan ty ādicodanā. tattha
byañjanaparattā iminā va dīghaṃ sijjhatī ti pubbāparasarānaṃ byañjanaparattā pubba
dīghaṃ dīghan ti iminā va sijjhatī ty attho. iti suttadvayaṃ anajjhanīyan ti i
ti tasmā kāraṇā heṭṭhādīghaṃ pubbo cā ti suttadvayaṃ na vattabban ti
attho. saccaṃ ty ādi parihāro. tattha ārambho ti dīghaṃ pubbo cā
ti suttadvayassa ārambho.
27. lopañ ca tatrākāro ti dutīyatthaṃ sampiṇḍetī ti
akārāgamaṃ sampiṇḍeti. a iti vutte samānagatikattā gayhamā
naṃ ākāraṃ nivattetī ti vinākāraggahaṇena a iti pade vutte sa
mānagatikattā ekasabhāvattā ekajātikattā samānasutittā
gayhamānaṃ ākāraṃ nivatteti. kāraggahaṇassa ākāranivattanattha
taṃ sādhento akkharehi ‘cc ādim āha.
28. ṭhānasaddassa kāraṇokāsādyanekatthavācakattā
idhādhippetatthaṃ sarūpato dassento āha ṭhānasaddo c’ ettha
yuttatthavācako ti. kasmā pan’ ettha kvaciggahaṇam anicchitan ti. ṭhānaggaha
ṇassopātattā. sati kvaciggahaṇe kim ettha ṭhānaggahaṇaṃ katan ti.
ayuttaṭṭhānaparivajjanatthaṃ. nanu taṃ kvaciggahaṇen’ eva sijjhatī ti. āma sijjha
ti, na taṃ yuttaṭṭhānassa saṅgahaṃ dīpeti. yadi dīpeyya, ṭhānaggahaṇam eva na
kareyya. katañ ceha. tena ñāyati na taṃ yuttaṭṭhānasaṅgahaṃ dīpetī ti.
[88]
yady evaṃ kim ettha bhavatā ayuttaṭṭhānaparivajjanam anuññātan ti. kvaci na
hotī ty atthass’ upalabbhanato. yady evaṃ kvaci hotī ty atthassa py upa
labbhanato yuttaṭṭhānasaṅgaho siyā. āma siyā, evam api idhānu
vattamānassa kvaciggahaṇassa vātthadīpanato yuttaṭṭhāne pi ekassa
rūpadvayāpajjanato idha ca sabbadā anadhippetato kvaciggahanam ana
pekkhitvā ṭhānaggahaṇaṃ katan ti. bhavatv evaṃ, nanv idaṃ saramhā parassa dvebhā
vassa vagge ghosāghosānaṃ tatīyapaṭhamā t’ iminā va sijjhanato
niratthakaṃ viya dissatī ti. na, iminā sadisakkharasaṃyogass’ eva vutta
ttā. itaren’ itarassa. katham idaṃ ñāyati iminā taṃ sadisaṃ, itarena
na taṃ sadisaṃ vuttan ti. payogavasena. suttatthasādhanāya payogam ā
rabhatāsādhito va tadattho. tathā hi sādhanapaṭipādanaṃ sādhyanti.
nanusādhyasādhanāya sādhanaṃ, na sādhanasādhanāya sādhyan ti. n’ evaṃ, sa
bhāvappasiddhassa puna sādhetabbābhāvato. na hi yaṃkiñci vattukā
mo pageva paṭhamasamannāhārato dhātupaccaye samānetvā payo
ganipphatti saṃvidhāya vadati. kin tu cittajapathavidhātuvikārapaccaye
nābhisaṅkhataṃ taṃ taṃ payogam āharati. evaṃ sabhāvappasiddhappayoga
nipphatti byākulassa janassa yathāvato taṃ sabhāva bodhanatthaṃ
payoganipphattibyāpāramārabhatā[?]lakkhaṇatthasādhanamukhena payo
gasaṅgaho kato. tena ñāyati sādhanapaṭipādanaṃ sādhyan ti. bha
vatv evaṃ, nanu paradvebhāvo ṭhāne t’ iminā va dvebhāvasāmaññena sadi
sāsidaṃ payogadvayaṃ vuttan ti mantuṃ sakkā ti. āma sakkā. yady evaṃ
alaṃ vagge ghosāghosānaṃ tatīyapaṭhamā t’ iminā. na sampattiniya
māya adhītattā. vuttaṃ hi idaṃ hi nāsampattaṃ vidadhāti. atha kho pubba
sutten’ eva sampattaṃ niyametī ti (Mmd 43,1). sace pan’ idam anadhītaṃ siyā, dvebhāva
sāmaññato avaggānaṃ pi tatīyapaṭhamakkharasaṃyogo siyā, asu
kassa asuko ti niyamābhāvato. na tu so gate tādisā pa
yogā dissanti, yesaṃ avaggā tatīyapaṭhamehi saṃyuttā. iti
purimasuttenāniyamato sampattā vaggasaṃyogasaṅkaradosā
panayanatthaṃ yuttakkharasaṃyogaṭṭhānaṃ niyamento puna saṃyogavidhim ā
rabhi. tasmā purimena vaggāvaggasāmaññato sadisakkharasaṃyogo
[89]
vutto. dutīyena vaggabhūtānaṃ yeva niyamato tatīyapaṭhamakkharasaṃ
yogo vutto ti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
29. vagge ghosāghosānaṃ tatīyapaṭhamā. na taṃ sadisā
hontī ti tena pakatibyañjanena sadisā akkharā na honti. vagge ti
ghosāghosānaṃ avaggapaṭikkhepanatthan ti ghosāghosānam antare
saṅgahitānaṃ avaggānaṃ paṭikkhepanatthaṃ apanayanatthaṃ vagge ti padaṃ vuttaṃ. gho
sāghosānan ti tatīyapaṭhamā ti vuttānaṃ ṭhānaṃ niyametī ti tatīya
paṭhamā tīminā padena vuttānaṃ tatīyapaṭhamakkharānaṃ ṭhānaṃ ghosāghosā
nan ti idaṃ niyametī ty āyam etthādhippāyo, ghosāghosāggahaṇe
asati tatīyapaṭhamaggahaṇena vuttānaṃ asukasmiṃ yeva ṭhāne dvebhā
vaṃ gacchantī ti ṭhānaniyamābhāvā tesaṃ tadupanissayānaṃ ṭhānaniyamāya
ghosāghosāggahaṇaṃ kataṃ. tena vaggabhūtānaṃ ghosāghosānaṃ
ṭhitaṭṭhāne yeva tatīyapaṭhamakkharā dvebhāvaṃ gacchanti, nāññatrā ti ṭhāna
niyamaṃ vidadhāti. keci avaggānaṃ paṭikkhepanaṃ attho yassāpadassā ti
avaggapaṭikkhepanatthan ti samāsaṃ katvā ghosāghosabhūtānaṃ a
vaggānaṃ paṭikkhepanatthaṃ vagge ti padaṃ ghosāghosānan tīminā padena
vuttānaṃṭhānañ ca tatīyapaṭhamā tīminā padena vuttānaṃ ṭhānañ ca niyametī ti
vagge gahaṇaṃ yeva kattuṭṭhāne thapetvā atthaṃ vadanti. taṃ pi vagge saddass’ u
bhayāpekkhattā ca vagge saddo hi ghosāghosānan ti vutte niya
meti tatīyapaṭhamā ti vutte cā ti vacanato ca yujjate va. dvebhāva
sāmaññena purimasuttena siddhassa dvebhāvassa puna niyamāy’ imassa adhī
tattā āha idaṃ hi nāsampattaṃ vidadhātī ty ādi. idaṃ suttaṃ purimasutte
na asampattaṃ vidhānaṃ na vidadhāti. pubbasutten’ eva sampattan ti paradvebhāvo
ṭhāne t’ iminā sampattadvebhāvan ti attho. pubbavagge saddass’ ev’ ubhayā
pekkhattā vagge yeva tatīyapaṭhamā hontī ti gahetabban ti sambandho.
tassāyam attho, vagge ghosāghosānaṃ vagge tatīyapaṭhamā ti
dutīyena vagge gahaṇenā ti sambandhaṃ katvā vattabbe pi ādivagge saddassa
ghosāghosānaṃ tatīyapaṭhamā ti padadvayāpekkhitattā vihāya
dutīyavaggesaddam eva tatīyapaṭhamaggahanenā ti sambandhaṃ katvā vagge
tatīyapaṭhamā ti attho gahetabbo ti. vuttasamāsākaraṇamu
[90]
khena imassāyuttatthattā asamatthattadassanatthan ti vuttassa yuttattha
samāsassa akaraṇamukhena imassa vagge ti padassa ayuttatthattā sa
māsaṃ kātuṃ asamatthabhāvassa dassanatthaṃ garukaṃ katvā vacanan ti
sambandho. kasmā pan’ idan ty ādi codanā. idan ti vagge ti idaṃ. sāpekkhattā
ty ādi parihāro. sāpekkhattā ti vaggasaddassa sāpekkhattā. a
pekkhāya saha vattati iti sāpekkhaṃ. sāpekkhassa bhāvo sā
pekkhattaṃ. tasmā sāpekkhattā. tatīyapaṭhamaggahaṇassā py apekkhi
tattā ti vuttaṃ hoti. yo hī ti yo pana saddo. aññaṃ pi apekkha
tī ti dūraṭṭhaṃ aññaṃ pi padaṃ apekkhati. ettha pana attano samīpaṭṭhaṃ padaṃ a
pekkhitabbaṃ nāma, dūraṭṭhaṃ anapekkhitabbaṃ nāmā ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. yo ca aññamaññā
napekkhā ti yo ca saddo aññamaññānaṃ aññesaṃ aññesaṃ saddānaṃ
atthaṃ anapekkho. ubhayasāpekkhapayogaṃ dassento devadatta
ssa kaṇhā dantā ty āha. ettha yadi devadattasaddo kaṇhāsaddam eva a
pekkhati, devadattassa kaṇhā devadattakaṇhā ti bhavati samāso.
idha pana devadattasaddo attanā apekkhitabbaṃ samīpaṭṭhaṃ kaṇhāsaddam evā
napekkhitvā dūraṭṭhaṃ dantasaddam api apekkhati. evaṃ ubhayāpekkhattā vutta
nayena samāso na bhavati. tasmā devadattassa kaṇhā ti vatvā de
vadattassa dantā ti avutte pi devadattass’ eva dantā ti gahetabbaṃ.
kaṇhā dantā ti hi itthīnaṃ nāmāni. aññamaññānapekkhapayogaṃ dasse
nto sutaṃ devadattena bandho yaññadatto ty āha. yaññadatto raññā
bandho ti devadattena sutan ti attho. ettha yadi devadattasaddo bandha
saddaṃ, bandhasaddo ca devadattasaddaṃ apekkhati, aññamaññāpekkhattā deva
dattena bandho devadattabandho ti bhavati samāso. idha pana devadatta
saddo bandhasaddaṃ anapekkhitvā sutasaddaṃ apekkhati devadattena sutan ti.
bandhasaddo pi devadattasaddaṃ anapekkhitvā raññāsaddaṃ apekkhati raññā
bandho yaññadatto ti. evaṃ aññamaññānapekkhattā vuttanayena samā
so na bhavati. ṭhānāsannavasenā ti akkharuppattibhūtānaṃ pañcannaṃ ṭhānānaṃ
āsannavasena. tatīyoparicchedo.
[91]
30. heṭṭhā vutto vā ti heṭṭhābhāge saññāvidhāne vutto
va. nanu ‘cc ādi codanā. tattha chinnapadaṃ sandhāya pubbarūpato ti vuttaṃ. ā
desavantaṃ nipphannapadaṃ sandhāya rūpantarābhāvā ti vuttaṃ. rūpanānāttassa a
bhāvā ty attho. rūpantaratthāya yogārambhato idha ca tadabhāvā
āhaniratthakaṃ viya dissatī ti. idaṃ suttaṃ niratthakaṃ viya dissati nanū ti
sambandho. aññattha pana codanā parihāravidhim ārabhitvā va sandhividhim abhi
dhīyate. evam akatvā ken’ iha sandhividhipubbakaṃ codanā parihāram ā
raddhan ti. aññatthatathā idha ca evaṃ upalabbhanato. yattha hi suttattha
sannissayā codanā parihāranayā labbhante, hatthacodanā parihā
rapubbikā sandhividhi abhidhīyate. yattha pana payogasannissayā coda
nāparihāranayā labbhante, tattha sandhividhipubbakā codanāparihāra
nayā vuccante. idha pana payogupanissitattā evaṃ vuttan ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. na nirattha
kan ty ādiparihāro. tattha imehī ti imehi tīhi suttehi. tanni
vattetvā ti taṃ suttattayaṃ nisedhetvā. nanu ‘cc ādi codanā. icchitabbappa
yogā ti tīhi suttehi vinimuttā payogā ty attho. na bhijjhantī ty ā
di parihāro. nanu ‘cc ādi codanā. vuttavidhānena bhavitabban ti tassāpi
binduno niggahitattā aṃādese na bhavitabban ti attho. na bhavi
tabban ty ādi parihāro. tattha vuttavidhānan ti puna amādesaṃ sandhāya
vuttaṃ. rūpantarābhāvā ti puna amādese kate pi rūpanānāttabhā
vā ty attho. tassā pī ti akārādesassā pi. suttopadesasā
matthā ti pañcādīnamattan ti sutto padesassa balena.
31. vaggantan ti ekavacanena niddiṭṭhattā āha ekass’ ev’ uccāra
ṇamukhenā ti. ekassa vaggantassa ekavacanassa vā uccāraṇalesenā
ty attho. te sabbe pī ti te sabbe va. ña. ṇa. na. mā. etthā ty ādi codanā.
ettha ca sutte iti niyamābhāvā ti sambandho. etasmiṃ sutte evarū
passa atthaniyamassa abhāvā ty attho. asukasmiṃ vagge ti nimittatthe
bhummaṃ. āpajjatī ti iminā abhihitakattā niggahitaṃ. sabbasmiṃ vagge
sabbe va vaggantā kasmā na pāpuṇantī ti sabbasmiṃ vagge pare sabbe vavagganta
bhūtā ṅa, ñā, ṇa, na, mā niggahitādesabhūtā kasmā na hontī ty attho.
idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti, niggahitaṅkho kavaggasmiṃ pare ṅakārattañ ca, cavaggasmiṃ
[92]
pare ñakārattañ ca pappotī ty ādiniyamābhāvā kavaggasmiṃ pare vakā
ra, ñakāradibhavaṃ, cavaggasmiñ ca pare ṅakāra, ñakārādibhavan ti evaṃ
sabbasmiṃ vaggakkhare pare sabbaṃ vaggantaṃ kasmā na pāpuṇātī ti. paṭhamavagga
saddo ty ādi parihāro. tattha paṭhamavaggasaddo pātattā ti paṭhamavagga
saddassa opātattā gahitattā ty attho. saddādhikā ti saddādhike
na. paṭhamavaggasaddo pan’ ettha adhiko nāma. atthādhiko ti ettha adhi
kattho nāma tassa tassa vaggassantam āpajjatī ti vutto sambandhattho.
kasmā panā ty ādi codanā. tassāniyamasambandhatthe sati so paṭha
mo vaggasaddo kasmā adhiko hotī ty attho. tassa adhikattañ ca
sambandhatthavācakattañ ca dassetvā parihāraṃ vadanto vagge ‘ntaṃ vā ti hi
ty ādim āha. vagge ‘ntaṃ vā ti hi vutte yeva vagge niggahitam antaṃ pappotī
ti vaggassa anto ti ca attho bhaveyya antasaddassa sāpekkhattā.
tasmā ti vagge ‘ntan ti ettha vagge antan ti chede kate vagge pare niggahita
mantaṃ pappotī ti ca suttattho sambhaveyya yasmā, tasmā kāraṇā.
dvīhi pi vaggasaddehi ekatthass’ eva vuttattā paṭhamavaggasaddo adhiko va,
yasmā antasaddassa sāpekkhattā vaggassa anto ti ca sambandhattho bha
veyya, tasmā sambandhavācako. evam adhikassa vaggasaddassa sambandhavāca
kattā tasmiṃ tasmiṃ vagge tassa tassa vaggassantam āpajjatī ti niyamatthā
vabodho hotī ti vuttaṃ hoti. sāpekkhatte sati nimittatthavāca
kassa vaggasaddassa sambandhatthavācakattaṃ payogavasena sādhento ya
thā panā ty ādim āha. aññassa cāpekkhitabbassābhāvā ti vagge saddaṃ
pahāya apekkhitabbassa aññassa padassa abhāvā ca tatīyapaṭhama
saddānaṃ sāpekkhattā ca vaggassa tatīyapaṭhamā ti sambandhattho viññāya
ti yathā ty attho. evam ihā pī ti ihā pi sutte antasaddassa sā
pekkhattā vagge padaṃ pahāya aññassāpekkhitabbassābhāvā ca vaggassa
anto ti evaṃ sambandhattho viññāyati. yady evan ty ādi codanā. tattha
yady evan ti sace vagge niggahitam antaṃ pappotī ti ca vaggassa anto ti ca
evaṃ attho bhaveyya, tadatthaṃ vaggaggahaṇaṃ na vattabban ti vuttaṃ hoti.
evam ihā pī ti imasmiṃ sutte antaṃ vā vagge ti vutte yasmiṃ vagge pare
niggahitam antaṃ pappotī ti tass’ eva vaggassa antan ti atthassa anta
[93]
saddassa sāpekkhattā ti evaṃ vuttayuttiyā upalabbhanato alaṃ ta
datthavācakena vaggaggahaṇenā ty attho. tan nā ty ādi parihāro. tattha
tan nā ti taṃ vaggaggahaṇaṃ alan na. tatthā ti vagge ghosāghosā
naṃ tatīyapaṭhamā ti sutte. sabbesaṃ pī ti antaṃ vā vagge ti aniya
metvā vutte sabbesaṃ pi vaggakkharānan ti attho. evaṃ katan ti vaggakkharānaṃ
niyamatthaṃ evaṃ vaggaggahaṇaṃ katan ti attho. nanu ‘cc ādi codanā. tatrāya
m adhippāyo, kiñcāpi antasaddo vaggapadasambandhaṃ katvā vaggantan ti vutto,
tathāpi dutīyavaggasaddaṃ yeva apekkhatī ti katvā vinā vaggaggaha
ṇenā pi vaggassa antan ti ayam atho siddho va. evañ ca siddhe adhippe
tatthe tadatthasādhanāya alaṃ vaggaggahaṇenā ti. tan nā ty ādiparihā
ro. iminā nayena bhavitabban ti iminā upāyena ka, ca, ṭa, ta, pāvase
sākkharehi vaggante hi bhavitabban ti attho siyā. tan nivattetvā
ti taṃ vaggantaṃ nivattetvā. vaggantaggahaṇatthan ti vaggantānaṃ ṅa, ña, ṇa, na, mānaṃ
eva gahaṇatthan ti. yadi pana tadatthaṃ ty ādi codanā. tattha yadi pana ta
datthaṃ siyā ti vaggantaggahaṇaṃ tesaṃ vaggantānaṃ gahaṇatthaṃ siyā. kathaṃ
pubbe vuttākārasādhako siyā ti paṭhamavaggasaddo pubbabhāge ta
smiṃ tasmiṃ vagge tassa tassa vaggassantam āpajjatī ti vuttākārasādha
ko kathaṃ siyā. anadhikattā ti paṭhamavaggasaddassa anadhikattā. a
nadhikaṃ hotu ‘cc ādi parihāro. tattha anadhikaṃ hotū ti paṭhamavaggagga
haṇaṃ anadhikaṃ hotu. taṃ pana ñāpakāya sijjhatī ti taṃ pubbe vuttappa
kāraṃ pana payogavasena sijjhati. atha vā ñāpakāyā ti suttenā
ti pi attho. byakhyānato visesapaṭipattī ti visesānaṃ atthānaṃ paṭi
pattipaṭipajjanaṃ nipphattiyaṅ karoti taṃ kammaṃ ty ādīnaṃ suttapayogānaṃ byā
khyānena hoti. na hi sandehākāralakkhaṇan ti payoge vijjamāne
sati niggahitaṃ tassa tassa vaggassa antaṃ pappoti, kathaṃ iti sande
hena alakkhaṇaṃ viruddhalakkhaṇaṃ, na hi suttaṃ viruddhaṃ hotī ty attho. imā
n’ ettha ñāpakānī ti ettha amhakaṃ vāde vaggantaṃ vā vagge ti sutte vā imā
ni ñāpakāni suttapayogāni yaṅkarotī ty ādīni pañcasuttāni niggahi
tassa taṃ taṃ vaggantupagamanaṃ sandhāya vuttāni. niggahitassa lakārāde
se sati vāggahaṇassa adhikatte yeva hoti nāsati. idha pana
[94]
anadhikattā vikappanattham eva vāsaddam adhītan ti dassento nanu ‘cc ādim ā
ha, codanā. tattha adhippetatthe siddhe ti idhādhippetavikappatthe
siddhe sati. īdisatthāvagamo hotī ti niggahitaṅkholakārāde
so hotī ti īdisassa atthassa avagamo hoti nanū ti
sambandho. adhītan ti vāggahaṇaṃ adhītan ti attho. saccan ty ādi pari
hāro. siddhe saty ārambho ñāpakāya hotī ti evaṃ vikappatthe
siddhe sati idha vāggahaṇassa ārambho avaggasmiṃ pi pare niggahitassa
avaggantaṃ pi hotī ty atthañāpakāya hotī ti sambandho. aññathā
atthass’ evāgamakattā ti lakāro ādeso lakārādeso
ti kammadhārayasamāse sati niggahitaṃ lakārādeso hotī ti
atthassa agamakattā lakārādesaggahaṇassa nanu ‘cc ādi codanā.
tan nā ty ādiparihāro. nanv evaṃ ty ādi codanā. imesaṃ niratthakabhā
vo ti imesaṃ paro vā saro ty ādīnaṃ suttānaṃ niratthakabhāvo. nā
pajjati ‘cc ādi parihāro. imesam antare ti imesaṃ dvinnaṃ suttānaṃ majjhe.
nanv evan ty ādi codanā. evaṃ sante pī ti aṃ byañjane niggahitaṃ, kvaci lopaṃ, pa
ro vā saro tīminānukkamena vutte pi sati. iti attho siyā ti
byañjanaggahaṇassānuvattanato evaṃ attho siyā nanū ti sambandho.
saccaṃ siyā ti parihāro. nanu ‘cc ādi codanā. byañjane pare niggahitalo
patthaṃ byañjane ceti idam eva suttaṃ vuttaṃ nanū ti sambandho. saccan ty ādipari
hāro. evam adhippetatthe siddhe pī ti evaṃ vuttānutthamena adhippetatthe
vikappatthe siddhe pi.
32. tannivattanatthan ti tassa atthassa nivattanatthaṃ ehe unti
vacanan ti yojanā.
33. anantarenā ti saye cā ti suttaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. taṃ ekayo
gākaraṇan ti tassa ehe untisuttassa ekayogākaraṇaṃ. sa
nimittassā ti sanimittādesassa. nanu ‘cc ādi codanā. anantare vuttattā
ti anantare sutte ukāraggahaṇassa vuttattā taṃ ukāraggahaṇaṃ
iha vattati nanū ti attho. vattate ty ādi parihāro. tannivatta
natthan ti tassa sandehassa nivattanatthaṃ ukāraggahaṇam anukaḍḍhitan ti
attho. cānukaḍḍhitan ti caggahaṇena anukaḍḍhitaṃ ukāraggahaṇaṃ. nanu ‘ccā
[95]
di codanā. saccan ty ādi parihāro. evam ihā pī ti evaṃ ihā pi uttara
sutte madādesasaṅkhāte kāriye vijjamāne pi ukārādesasaṅkhā
taṃ kāriyaṃ vattatī ti sandeho jāyeyya. nanu ‘cc ādi codanā. tatthā
ti avaṃ mhi cā ti sutte. na tadatthaṃ ty ādi parihāro. na tadatthaṃ tattha cagga
haṇan ti caggahaṇaṃ tattha avaṃ mhi cā ti sutte tadatthaṃ avādesaggaha
ṇatthaṃ na.
34. nanv ettha ty ādi codanā. aniccatā ti aniyatatā. nanv evaṃ
sante ty ādi parihāro. evaṃ sante ti kvaci lopan tīminā niggahita
lopassa vuttattā vinā va vāggahaṇena madā sare tīmassa aniya
tatte satī ty attho. niratthakan ty ādi codanā. tatrāyam attho. e
vaṃ sati tatra sare kvacī ti sutte kvaciggahaṇaṃ attanā sādhetabbassa
aniyatatthassa sarā sare lopan ty ādīhi sādhitattā sādhitassa
puna sādhane payojanābhāvā niratthakaṃ evā ti. na niratthakan ty ādipari
hāro. yadi evan ty ādi codanā. idhā pī ty ādiparihāro. idhā pī ti
sare kvacī ti sutte ānagarākhadiravanaṃ ty ādīni payogāni yathā
yebhuyyavasena niyametvā vuttānī ti sambandho. ittarā ti appa
kā. tadākāraviññāpanatthan ti ittarākāraviññāpanatthaṃ. evaṃ ho
tu ‘cc ādi codanā. tesan ti dīghan ty ādīnaṃ. tattha tadattham pī ti sare
kvacī ti sutte tesaṃ dīghan ty ādīnaṃ atthaṃ pi. na niratthakan ty ādi parihā
ro. yady evaṃ ty ādicodanā. kvaci saddassā ty ādiparihāro. taṃ
heṭṭhā vuttam evā ti taṃ kvaciggahaṇassa vātthadīpanattā saralopo.
pa. pakatī ti ettha aṃgahaṇassa karaṇaṃ heṭṭhā sarā pakatī byañjane
ti suttavaṇṇanāyaṃ vuttam eva. tenā ty ādi codanā. tenā ti tena
kāraṇena. kvacisaddassa vātthassā pi dīpanato ty attho. sare
kvacī ti ettha viya kvaci lopan ti etthā pi kvaci saddassa vātthadīpa
kattā va vihāya idha vāggahaṇaṃ tattha kvaciggahaṇen’ ev’ imassāniya
tatāpākaṭāve ti mantvā heṭṭhā nanv ettha vāggahaṇaphalan ty ādi va
canaṃ avocumhā, tasmā alam idha vāggahaṇenā ti adhippāyo. vuccate
ty ādi parihāro. tan nivattanatthan ti tassā saṅkāyanivattanatthaṃ idha
vāggahaṇaṃ katan ti attho.
[96]
36. kvacatthavasena vuttattā āha atthavisesass’ upalabbhana
to ti. heṭṭhā ti sarā pakatī byañjanē ti suttavaṇṇanāyaṃ taṃ khaṇā
nurūpavasenā ti tassa khaṇassa anurūpavasena.
37. byañjane ty ādi codanā. adhikatattā ty ādiparihāro.
adhikakattā ti attano visayattā. ācariyena ākaḍḍhitattā ti
py attho. keci pana adhikārattā ti paṭhan ti. tassa sarādhikārattā i
massa suttassā ty attho. evaṃ hotū ty ādi codanā. niggahitassa
ty ādi parihāro. tasmā byañjanaggahaṇaṃ vattatī ti sambandho. nanu ‘cc ādi
codanā. na sakkā ty ādiparihāro. *nanu ‘cc ādi codanā. na sakkā ty ādi
parihāro.
38. nanu niggahitañ ce ty ādi codanā. anen’ eva sijjhatī ti
byañjane pare niggahitalopo anen’ eva sijjhati nanū ti sambandho. sijjha
ti ‘cc ādi parihāro. evaṃ sante pi ti evaṃ niggahitalope siddhe pi sati.
tadattham evā ti ogahaṇaṃ pi vattatī ti sandeha nivattanattham evā
ti. nanv anantare ty ādi codanā. niggahitaggahaṇam evā ti anantare vuttaṃ
pahāya dūraṭṭhassa gahaṇe payojanābhāvāniggahitaggahaṇam eva
gahetabbaṃ. na dūraṭṭhaṃ ogahaṇan ti adhippāyo. na niyamābhāvā ty ādipa
rihāro. na niyamābhāva ti anantare vuttaṃ eva gahetabban ti ācari
yena katassa niyamassa abhāvato niggahitaggahaṇam eva gahe
tabbaṃ na. antarikānaṃ pī ti antare niyuttā antarikā. tesaṃ. dūraṭṭhānam pī
ty attho. casaddo hetusampiṇḍanattho. antarikaṃ pi attaṃ vihitan ti
pañcādīnamattan ti ito attaṃ antarikaṃ pi dūraṭṭhaṃ pi kāriyaṃ vihitan ti a
ttho. ito smāvacanan ti ettha smāvacanaṃ kārī nāmā ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. nanu sare
ty ādi codanā. iti atthe ti okāraggahaṇassānuvattanato kva
cilopantīmassa evaṃ atthe satī ty attho. na niratthakaṃ ty ādiparihā
ro. tenā ti sarā sare lopan ti suttena. itare suparabhūtesū
ti okārato itaresu parabhūtesu sare bhū ty attho. nivatte
tvā ti taṃ pubbasaralopaṃ nivattetvā. nanu ‘cc ādi codanā. vuttattā ti a
sarūpaggahaṇena niyametvā suttatthassa vuttattā. na tabbisayabhūtā
nan ty ādi parihāro. tabbisayabhūtānan ti tassa vā paro asarūpā ti
[97]
suttassa visayabhūtānaṃ. nanu vā paro ty ādi codanā. idaṃ yattha vāgga
haṇena na paviṭṭhan ti vāggahaṇabalena yattha payoge idaṃ suttaṃ na paviṭṭhaṃ.
iminā ca na sabbattha adhippetattā niratthakam imassa vacanan ti kvaci lo
pan ti iminā ca suttena sabbattha payoge okāralopassa na adhippe
tattā imassa kvaci lopan ti suttassa vacanaṃ niratthakaṃ nanū ty attho. na
niratthakan ty ādi parihāro. nanv evaṃ sante ty ādi codanā. na tassā
ty ādi parihāro. tassāniccattā ti vam odudantānan ti tassa suttassa
aniccattā aniyatattā ty attho. tenā ti vamodudantānan ti suttena.
nanv o ava sare ty ādi codanā. tassā ti tassa okārassa. tam pi
nā ty ādi parihāro. tena ti o ava sare ti suttena. nanu madā
ty ādi codanā. kārino abhāvā ti imasmiṃ kvaci lopan ti sutte
kārino abhāvā. na sakkā ty ādiparihāro. iti ñāpanatthaṃ siyā
ti yadi kvaci lopan ti suttaṃ imassa atthassa ñāpanatthaṃ siyā. tatthā
ti madāsare tīmassānantare. nanv imassā ty ādi codanā. imassā ti
imassa suttassa, vacanan ti sambandho. na sakkā ty ādiparihāro. te ti
te ubho kvaci byañjanaggahaṇe. ogahaṇassa pasaṅganivattanatthan ti oga
haṇassa sampattanivāraṇatthan ty attho.
39. vāggahaṇen’ evā ti paro vā saro ti ettha vāggahaṇe
n’ eva anuvattamānakvaciggahaṇaṃ nivattetī ty attho.
40. niggahitaggahaṇassa vattanato ti sambandho.
41. byañjano ti ca visaṃyogo ti ca pacchā vutto va vutto,
tagguṇavasena itaro ti byañjano ti ca visaṃyogo ti cā ti dvīhi pi
padehi saṃyujjati etthā ti pacchā vutto saṃyogo va vutto. saṃyujja
tī ti vutto itaro saṃyogo tagguṇasaṃviññāṇabahubbīhi va
sena vutto. atha vā, byañjano ti ca saddo visaññogo ti ca saddo
ācariyena vutto. itaro sasaṃyogasaddo tassa byañjanassa
guṇavasena pacchā vuttikārakena vutto. ekena vā ti eken’ eva
akkharena. catuttho paricchedo.
[98]
42. vuttayuttiyā ti āgamasaddassa vuttattā. na hi āgama
saddo ādesaṃ vadatī ti vuttayuttiyā ty attho. ādimhī ti ādimhī
ti pi attho na gahetabbo ti sambandho. puthassā ti chaṭṭhyantattā sa
rāgamasaddānañ ca vuttattā āha yathāvuttayuttānurūpato ti.
43. imassā pi āgamattā ti imassā pi gakārassa āga
mattā, imassa suttassā pī ty attho. nimittāgamānaṃ visesā bhāvā
go sare puthassa pāssa c’ āgamo kvacī ti ekayogakaraṇena a
dhippetattho sijjhati. atha kimattham assa puthūccāraṇan ti ce. āgama
nimittaṃ pāsaddantassa rassa karaṇatthan ti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
44. paṭhamā niddiṭṭhattā ti paṭhamāya niddiṭṭhattagā ti vattabbe yakā
ralopaṃ katvā evaṃ vuttan ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. uparivikappanatthan ti upari tena vā i
vaṇṇe ti suttena abbhādesassa vikappanatthaṃ.
45. rūpadvayan ti abhicchitaṃ adhīritan ti rūpadvayaṃ. uttaratthan ti u
parisuttatthaṃ. tadattham iha naggahaṇan ti tesaṃ payogānaṃ appabahubhāva
viññāpanatthaṃ iha naggahaṇaṃ katan ti attho.
47. abhiadhīnaṃ viya yaṃ vihitaṃ, taṃ ivaṇṇe pare na hotī ti
tisaddassa yaṃ rūpaṃ abhiadhīnaṃ rūpaṃ viya ācariyena vihitaṃ, taṃ rūpaṃ i
vaṇṇe pare na hotī ty attho. aññe santi iti pati sati maty ādīnaṃ
atisaddato aññesaṃ saddānaṃ. atino ti saddan ti atissa ti saddaṃ.
nanv atissā ty ādi codanā. atyantassā ti atino antaṃ atyantaṃ.
tassa. sakkā ty ādi parihāro. yadi evan ty ādi codanā. saccan ty ādi
parihāro. nanv etthā ty ādi codanā. byañjanānī ty ādiparihāro. yadi
evan ty ādi codanā. sarūpen’ eva vuttattā ti atissā ti ati
saddassa sarūpen’ eva vuttattā. saccan ty ādiparihāro. nanv evaṃ ty ādicoda
nā. saccan ty ādiparihāro. iti ñāpanatthan ti iti atthassa ñāpanatthaṃ
iha antaggahaṇaṃ katan ti attho.
48. pubbapakkhena kiñcivattatī ti yathānupubbikādhikāre kiñci
suttaṃ iha na vattatī ti attho. itarasmin ti maṇḍūkagatikasīha
gatikādhikāre.
51. vuttāhānitthan ti vuttassa akkharagaṇassa garulahuni
[99]
yamassa ahāni aparihānivuttāhāni. tāya attho vuttāhā
nittho. taṃ vuttāhānitthaṃ. vuttāhānatthanti pi pāṭho. so ye
vattho. vuttūpakārattā ti vuttassa akkharagaṇassa garulahuniya
massa upakārattā. dvidhā ti sarabyañjanasandhivasena dvidhā udāharaṇan ti
attho. pañcamo paricchedo niṭṭhito.
sandhisaṃpyaṅṭīkāpāṭhprīḥ ī.
52.1. jinavacanayuttaliṅgān’ eva ca nipphajjante, teh’ eva vibhattā
dayo hontī ti iminā vacanena tathāgatavacanānupakāravi
bhattiparivajjanattham idam adhītan ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. jinavacanassa yuttāliṅgajinavacana
yuttaliṅgā. jinavacanānurūpasaddā ty attho. teh’ evā ti tehi eva
jinavacanayuttaliṅgehi. vibhattādayo ti etthādiggahaṇena paccayo
gaṇhāti. hi saddassa kāraṇādyanekatthavācakattā adhippetatthaṃ
sarūpato dassento hi iti avadhāraṇatthe ty ādim āha. avadhā
raṇatthe ti sanniṭṭhānakaraṇatthe. gāthā pana hi saddassa anekattha
taṃ sādhetuṃ vuttā. tatth’ aneken’ ekatthavisayā ti na ekena ekattha
visayā ca. upasaggā pi anekavidhā. tesv eko pi anekatthavisa
yo. tathā nipātādayo ti vuttaṃ hoti. neruttikā ti nirutti
ācariyā. ayaṃ h’ etthattho jinavacanānurūpaṃ eva liṅgan ti ayaṃ ettha
nipāte attho. ih’ evā ti imasmiṃ nāmakappe eva. tattha pana na sabbena
sabbaṃ visadisan ti tasmiṃ sandhikappe sabbaṃ dīgharassādisandhividhānaṃ sabbathā
saddasatthena na visadisan ti attho. sīhagatikopī ti sīhassa gati
viya gati etassā ti sīhagatiko. yogo tīminā ajjhāhā
rasambandho. ayaṃ pana nayo ti ayaṃ pana yogo. attho yujjatī ti
akkharāpādayo ekacattālīsan ti suttassa evam attho yujjati.
53. 2. etam atthaṃ caggahaṇavasena gahetabban ti kiñcāpi ani
yametvā vuttaṃ, tathā pi nipphajjate ti atthassa sutte niddiṭṭhattā thapīya
tī ti ayam attho eva caggahaṇena gahetabbo. līnam atthaṃ gamayatī
[100]
ti līnaṃ paṭicchannaṃ apākaṭaṃ ghaṭapaṭādyatthaṃ gamayati bodhayatī ty attho.
gaty atthadhātūnaṃ buddhyattham api kathanato gamayati bodhayatī ty attho.
kin tan ti liṅgaṃ nāma taṃ kin ti pucchati. rukkho ti vacanaṃ liṅgan tīminā abhidhāna
m eva liṅgaṃ nāmā ti vuttaṃ hoti. abhikāraṇaṃ dhīyati kathīyati
attho etenā ti abhidhānaṃ. kin taṃ. atthajotakaṃ nāmaṃ. liṅgattho
tena dīpito ti tena rukkho ti vacanena saddena dīpito attho
liṅgattho nāma. ettha rukkho ti liṅgekadesaniddesamukhaṃ yaṃ kiñci attha
jotakaṃ nāmaṃ liṅgaṃ nāma, tadabhidheyyo liṅgattho nāmā ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ā
vatthikādi catukkavasenā ti āvatthika, liṅgika, nemittaka, adhicca
samuppannacatukkavasena vā. kriyādī ti kriyā, jāti, guṇa, yādicchaka
catukkavasena vā. sāmaññādī ti sāmañña, guṇa, kittima, opapātika
catukkavasena vā. yaṃ pan’ ettha vattabbaṃ, taṃ heṭṭhā vuttam eva. taṃ sabban ti
sabbantaṃ chappaññāsavidhaṃ liṅgappabhedaṃ.
54. 3. vividhā bhājīyatī ti vibhattī ti yena saddena attho
vividhāpakārena bhājīyati puthukkarīyati, iti tasmā so saddo
vibhatti. vibhattī ti vipubbassa ttipaccayantassa bhajaputhakkaraṇe tīmassa
dhātuno rūpaṃ. kammādivasenā ti etthādisaddena karaṇasampadānā
dayo saṅgaṇhāti. ekattādivasenā ti etthādisaddena ca bahuttapaṭha
mādutīyādisaññāyo saṅgaṇhāti. ayaṃ h’ ettha ‘ttho ti ayaṃ upari
vuccamāno ettha etasmiṃ casadde nicchito attho. tattha tatthā ti
tasmiṃ tasmiṃ nāmappadese.
55.4. taṃ nisedhetvā ti taṃ bahuvacanaṃ nisedhetvā. pubbe
vibhattisaññaṃ atthapetvā vuttattā ti tato ca vibhattiyo ti
suttassa pubbabhāge aññena suttena vibhattisaññaṃ atthapetvā tato
cavibhattiyo tīmassa suttassa vuttattā ty attho. tā pan’ imā ti tā
vibhattiyo pana imā ty attho. devadattam ānaya thaṭadhārakan ti deva
dattam ānayā ti vatvā tadanantaraṃ ghaṭadhārakan ti vacanaṃ idam imassa nāman ti
pabhedābhiññātanāmaṃ paṭiccāpākaṭassa devadattassa ghaṭadhāraṇatta
m āgamma pākaṭakaraṇatthaṃ. evaṃ ghaṭadhārakattaṃ devadattapadatthassa saṅke
tena tassāvīkatattā. iti ghaṭadhārakasaddo devadattasaddantara
[101]
bhinnihitattā devadattassa ghaṭenāvinābhāvasaṅkhātaṃ sambandhaṃ dīpento
va attano ghaṭadhārakattaṃ pakāsetī ti avagantabbaṃ. agahita
nāmadheyyo ti dhīyati thapīyatī ti dheyyaṃ. dhīyati thapīyati e
tena attho evaṃ nāmo ti ñāpīyatī ti vā dheyyaṃ. nāmam eva dheyyaṃ
nāmadheyyaṃ. na gahitaṃ agahitaṃ. agahitaṃ nāmadheyyaṃ yena so ‘yaṃ
agahitanāmadheyyā. aviññātanāmadheyyo āṇattajano
ty attho. tam ānetī ti ghaṭadhārako asuko jano deva
datto nāmā ti ghaṭadhārakattaṃ paṭicca devadattapadatthaṃ sañjānitvā taṃ
devadattanāmaṃ janaṃ āneti. tāsan ti tato ca vibhattiyo ty ādi ra
hitānaṃ tāsaṃ syādīnaṃ vibhattīnaṃ. aviññātanāmanan ti aviññātaṃ nāmaṃ
yāsan ti aviññātanāmā. tāsaṃ aviññātanāmānaṃ syādīnaṃ ty attho.
apisaddo pan’ ettha sukhāvabodho pi hoti. iti pi na maggitabban ti attha
dvayaṃ sampiṇḍeti. ekahetukattā dvinnaṃ pi atthānaṃ tadantaram imassa
niddeso va nesaṃ hetu, tasmā nanv idāni iminā vibhattiyo thapitā.
atha tā kuto āgacchantī ti na maggitabban tīmassa evam attho vedi
tabbo, tadanantaraṃ va tāsaṃ niddiṭṭhattā api na kevalaṃ aviññātanāmānaṃ
sukhāvabodho hotī ti saññā, tato ca vibhattiyo ti iminā
suttena pi vibhattiyo idāni thapitā nanu. atha evaṃ thapitā vibhatti
yo kuto suttato āgacchanti, iti pi evaṃ pi na maggitabbaṃ, saṃmukhī
bhūtatāya pariyesanakiccābhāvā ty attho. yadi hi tato ca vi
bhattiyo tīmassānantaraṃ siyoaṃyo ty ādinā vibhattiniddeso
anāraddho bhaveyya, vuttanayena vibhattipariyesanaṃ asaṃmukhībhūtassa
pariyesanasambhavato. tadanantaraṃ panāraddhattā alaṃ vibhattipariye
sanāyā ti. na pubbāparacintā bhāvā ty ādi līnantaracodanāya pari
hāro. ayaṃ hi līnantaracodanā. nanu liṅgānantaraṃ va vibhattiyo niddi
sitvā tadanantaraṃ tato ca vibhattiyo ti sambhavanīyaṃ vibhattimhi a
sati sutto padesāya ayuttattā ti. na pubbāparacintābhāvā ti paṭha
maṃ liṅgāni nibbattāni, atha pacchā vibhattiyo ti liṅgavibhattīnaṃ pubbāpara
bhāve ācariyassa cintāyābhāvā liṅgānantaraṃ tato ti sutto
padeso anayutto. liṅgavibhattīnaṃ pubbāparabhāvaṃ pasādhento
[102]
na hi asukasmiṃ ty ādim āha. buddhakhette ti purimabuddhakhette pacchimabuddha
khette. niyamo atthī ti padavibhattīnaṃ uppannakālaniyamo na hi atthi.
idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti, purimako buddho uppajjitvā sadde thapesi, atha pacchi
mako uppajjitvā vibhattiyo ti. yadi hi so niyamo atthi, yutto
purimuppannaliṅgānantaraṃ pacchimuppannavibhattiniddeso. tadabhāvā pan’ assa
tra liṅgānantaraṃ kate pi vibhattiniddese na koci doso ti.
kasmā so niyamo natthī ti ce. purimakass’ eva padanipphādanayuttassa
buddhassānupalabbhanīyato. aviññātakoṭiyattā buddhānaṃ taṃ dasse
nto āha yathā panā ty ādi. yathā pana satthānaṃ pubbākoṭi na paññā
yatī ti anamataggāyaṃ bhikkhave saṃsāro pubbākoṭi na paññāyati
avijjā nīvaraṇānaṃ sattānaṃ taṇhāsaṃyojanānaṃ sandhāvataṃ saṃsara
tan ti ādi vacanato sattānaṃ pubbākoṭi yathā na paññāyati, ta
thā buddhānañ ca pubbākoṭi na paññāyati, yathā buddhānaṃ pubbākoṭi na paññā
yati. tathā tehi paṭividdhasaddhammassa pubbā koṭi paññāyatī ty e
vaṃ upamopameyya sambandho veditabbo. tappakāsakaniruttācari
yānan ti tā pāḷiyā yuttāvibhattiyo evaṃ ekavacanabahuvacanādi va
sena pakāsenti vibhajantī ti tappakāsakā. niruttiyā ācariyā
niruttācariyā. tappakāsakā ca te niruttācariyācā ti tappakāsa
kaniruttācariyā. tesaṃ. tasmā ti yasmā evaṃ vuttanayena padavibhattī
naṃ pubbāparatā n’ atthi. tasmā. liṅgasaññāyānantaraṃ vibhattīnaṃ aniddiṭṭhattā
vibhattimhi asati suttopadeso na siyā ti agahetvā ta
to ca vibhattiyo ti suttaṃ paṭicca uparivibhattiniddeso kato, u
parivibhattiniddesaṃ paṭicca tato ca vibhattiyo ti tam adhītan ti añña
maññasambandhaṃ dassento suttasmiṃ ty ādim āha. tattha suttasmiṃ asati
vibhattiyo n’ atthī ti idaṃ codakassa duggahaṇattaṃ dīpetuṃ vuttaṃ.
so pana vibhattimhi asati suttopadeso na siyā ti gaṇhāti.
aññathā ti yadi aññena pakārena siyā, suttasmiṃ asati vi
bhattiyo n’ atthi, vibhattimhi asati suttopadeso na siyā ti evaṃ
aññamaññā bhāvakattaṃ siyā ty attho. teh’ eva vihitā vibhatti
yo dissantī ti teh’ eva saññāvidhisuttehi vihitā vibhattiyo
[103]
dissanti. atha tā kuto āgacchantī ti tattha tattha sutte co
danā pi siyā. idha pana aññamaññūpanissayasambandhaṃ katvā suttadvayassa
vuttattā codanā pi na siyā ty attho. katthaci potthakesu nanv idāni
iminā vibhattiyo thapitā. atha tā kuto āgacchantī ti na maggi
tabbaṃ pubbāparacintābhāvā ti pāṭho dissati. tassa līnantaraco
danaṃ vihāya pāṭhānusāren’ eva attho gahetabbo. ayaṃ h’ ettha
attho, tato ca vibhattiyo ti iminā suttena syādayo vibhatti
yo idāṇi * eva thapitā, nanu bhagavato desanāya pubbabhāge attha
pitā. evam idāni thapitā tā vibhattiyo suttārambhato pubba
bhāge bhagavato pariyattidesanāsamaye kuto suttato
āgacchantī ti tadabhāvā, iti vibhatti na maggitabbā, suttaṃ na maggitabbaṃ na vi
cāretabbaṃ. kasmā. tadabhāve pi suttavibhattīnaṃ pubbāparacintābhāvā.
ettha ca suttavibhattīnan ti pāḷiyā ca pāḷiyuttānaṃ vibhattīnan ty attho. u
pari pi imassa ‘tthassānurūpavasena tasmiṃ tasmiṃ ṭhāne attho vedi
tabbo. niyamo atthī ti ettha pāḷiyā ca pāḷisampayuttavibhattīnañ ca uppanna
kālarahitattā na uppannakālaniyamo atthī ty attho. tasmā ti
yasmā evaṃ pāḷivibhattīnaṃ uppannakālaniyamo n’ atthi. tasmā. suttasmiṃ a
satī ti pāḷiyā asati. suttopadeso ti pāḷiyā desanā. suttā
pekkhā ti vibhattipāḷiyāpekkhā. vibhatyapekkhan ti pāḷivibhattiyā
pekkhā.
56.5. nipphādīyamāne ti ācariyena liṅge nipphādīyamāne
ty attho. uparodho ti virodho. iha pana cuddasā ti imasmiṃ pakara
ṇe ekavacanāni satta, bahuvacanāni sattā ti cuddasa. aññattha ekavīsa
tī ti sakkataganthe pana ekavacanāni satta. dvivacanāni satta, bahuvaca
nāni sattā ti ekavīsati. ākhyātānaṃ pī ti ākhyātavibhattīnam pi.
ten’ eva nayenā ti sakkataganthe vibhattiyo aññathā thapitā,
iha aññathā, kiṃ nu kho kāraṇaṃ ity evaṃ vacane ti evaṃ vuttanaye
nā ty attho. liṅgañ ca nipphajjate tīminā jinavacanāvirodhaliṅganipphādanassā
nuññātattā iminā pi tadatthaṃ yeva vuttattā idam adhikaṃ viya dissati
ce. tena jinavacanassa avirodhavirodhaliṅgasaṅgahaparivajjanassa
[104]
katattā iminā jinavacanassa avirodhavirodhavibhattisaṅgahapari
vajjanassa katattā jinavacanānukūlaliṅganipphādanaṃ iha dvidhā nipphajjati
liṅgavasena ca vibhattivasena ca. tathā hi, yadi jinavacanānukūlaliṅga
vibhattisaṃyogaṃ akatvā tabbirodhaṃ liṅgaṃ vā vibhattiṃ vā thapeyya, vi
ruddhā yeva padanipphatti. ubhayānukūlatāye vidhapadanipphatti sampajjatī
ty āvagantabbaṃ.
57. 6.  āmantane ti attano abhimukhaṃ katvā mantanaṃ lapanaṃ
kathanaṃ āmantanaṃ. tasmiṃ atthe. āmantīyate iti āmantanan ti ne
ruttikā, paṭhamāniddiṭṭho pi ādeso hotī ty atthasambhavato ty ā
deso hotī ty atthassa paṭhamāyaniddiṭṭhe pi sambhavato ti yoja
nā. yadi evan ty ādicodanā. yadi evan ti paṭhamāniddiṭṭhe pi ādeso
hotī ti evam atthasambhavato ādesasaṅkānivattanatthaṃ yadi sa
ññāgahaṇaṃ kataṃ bhaveyyā ty attho. atha. kasmā na katan ti akkha
rā ti paṭhamāniddiṭṭhattā ādesasaṅkānivattanatthaṃ kasmā saññāgaha
ṇaṃ na katan ty attho. heṭṭhā ty ādi parihāro. vuttavacanā ti attho
akkharasaññāto ti vuttaṃ. tasmā ty attho. tatth’ odantā ty ādi co
danā. kasmā na katan ti vadati. paṭhamāniddiṭṭhattā ca heṭṭhā vuttavacanānurūpa
vasenāvuttattā ca idha kātabbaṃ saññāgahaṇaṃ kasmā na katan ty attho.
akkharā ty ādi parihāro. antapaccayantassā ti antapaccayo anto
yassa so antapaccayanto. tassa antapaccayantassa, rūpan tīminā
sambandho. tassā py aniyamappasaṅge ti tassā vibhattuppattiyā aniyama
to sampatte ty attho. pasaṅgan ti pa-saṃ-pubbassa gamu sappa gatimhī tīmassa
rūpaṃ. tassa gasaññan ti tassa sivacanassa gasaññan ty attho.
58.7. vaṇṇavaṇṇakriyāvitthāraguṇavacanesū ti vaṇṇa iti
dhātuvaṇṇaṃ thomanā. kriyākaraṇaṃ. vitthāraṃ guṇavacanan ti tesu catū
sv atthesu pavattati.
61. 10. so eva āgamo ti āgacchatī ti āgamo ti
kattusādhane sati so yeva āgamo sāgamo ti kammadhāraya
samāso hoti. āgamanaṃ āgamo ti bhāvasādhane sati sassa
āgamo sāgamo ti tappurisasamāso hoti. ettha ca āga
[105]
mo nāma pubbe avijjamānānaṃ āgamanaṃ uppatti uccāraṇappayogo ti
vuttaṃ hoti.
62.11. atippasaṅgadoso ti aniyamuppattidoso. ṭhā
nopacāravasenā ti kāraṇopacāravasena, paccayavohāra
vasenā ty attho. mañcaṭṭhānan ti mañce ṭhitānaṃ janānan ty attho. sasaññāka
raṇan ti pasaññākaraṇaṃ. yakāralopaṃ katvā evaṃ vuttan ti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
ekaṅgavikalaṃ paccudāharaṇan ti katvā dvayaṅgavikalassa kimudāhara
ṇassābhāvā āha dvayaṅgavikalaṃ viya dissatī ti. dvīhi aṅgehi vika
laṃ ūnan ti dvayaṅgavikalaṃ. ekaṅgavikalattaṃ eva dassetuṃ tan nā ty ādim āha.
nanv ekavacanattā ty ādi codanā. ekavacanattā bhāvā va na hotī ti
manasā vacasā thāmasā ty ādīsu sāsaddassa ekavacanabhāvassā
bhāvā va sakārāgamo na hotī ty attho. ayam ettha adhippāyo,
manasā ty ādīsu sāsaddassa ekavacanābhāvā ekavacanasmiṃ ti ki
matthan ti iminā ca siddhe sāgamābhāve puna vibhattādese svī ti ki
matthan ti padaṃ sāgamābhāvadīpanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. taṃ adhippetatthassa siddhattā na
vattabban ti. sāsaddassa ekavacanattaṃ dassento ekavacanaṃ ty ādim āha.
parihāro. ekavacanan ti vohārassa sambhavato ti sāsaddassa eka
vacanādesaākāraṃ paṭicca sakārāgamaṃ katvā nipphāditattā. ekavaca
nan ti vohārassa sambhavato saṃsāsv ī ti kimatthan ti vuttan ty attho.
taṃhi ekavacanāvayavattā ti ekavacanassa avayavo ekavacanā
vayavo. tassa bhāvo ekavacanāvayavattaṃ. tasmā ekavacanāvaya
vattā ekavacanassa avayavabhūtattā. ekavacanaṃ avayavoyassa.
so ekavacanāvayavo ti pi vattati. purimapakkhe sakāro ākā
rassāvayavo ti gahito, dutīyapakkhe ākāro sakārassa.
ubhayathāpi na koci virodho tappaṭibaddhattā āgamassa. nanv evaṃ
sante pi ‘ccādi codanā. na vattabban ti sutte vibhattādesaggahaṇassā
bhāvā eva vibhattādesesv ī ti kimatthan ti vacanaṃ na vattabbaṃ nanū ty attho.
na na vattabban ty ādi parihāro. ubhayaphaladassanatthaṃ vuttattā ti saṃsā
sū ti ca ekavacanesū ti ca vuttānaṃ eva ubhinnaṃ padānaṃ phalassa atthavise
sassa dassanatthaṃ vibhattādesaggahaṇassa vuttikārakena vuttattā
[106]
vibhattādesesv ī ti kimatthan ti vacanaṃ na na vattabbam evā ty attho. idaṃ hī
ti upari sambandho. siyā ti sakārāgamo siyā ty attho. icchitaṭṭhā
ne siyā ti ekavacanavibhattādesabhūtasaṃsāsu vuttāsu icchite
tassaṃ tassā ty ādipayoge sakārāgamo siyā ty attho.
tasmā ti yasmā icchitaṭṭhāne siyā, tasmā ty attho. tenākāre
na sutte vattabbe pī ti saṃsāsv ekavacanesu vibhattādesesū ti evaṃ
sutte vattabbe pi tathā avatvā. heṭṭhā vuttanayenā ti ubhayenā
pi vibhattādesaṃ saṅgaṇhāti ‘cc ādinā heṭṭhā bhāge vuttanayenā
ty attho. tadākāro viññāyatī ti vibhattādesaggahaṇassāka
tattā tapphalaṃ dassetī ti so vibhattādesasaṅkhāto ākā
ro saṃsāsv ekavacanesū ti vutte yeva viññāyati visesena ñā
yatī ti cintetvā ācariyena sutte vibhattādesaggahaṇassa aka
tattā tamabhāvassa phalaṃ idan ti vibhattādesesv ī ti kimatthan ti vaca
naṃ dasseti. kathaṃ dassetī ti ce. evaṃ dassetī ti dassento kiñcā
pi ‘cc ādim āha. ataṭṭhāni kattā ti tassa ekavacanassa ṭhānaṃ taṭṭhānaṃ.
taṭṭhāne jāto ti taṭṭhāniko. na taṭṭhāniko ataṭṭhāniko.
tassa bhāvo ataṭṭhānikattaṃ. tasmā ataṭṭhānikattā. ādesattā
bhāvāti sāsaddassa ādesattā bhāvā. ādesabhāvassa abhā
vā ty attho. iminā na sāgamo hotī ti dassetī ti manasā ty ādī
su iminā suttena sāgamo na hoti, iti atthaṃ idaṃ vibhattādese
sv ī ti kimatthan ti vacanaṃ dasseti. tasmā sutte akatassa vibhattāde
saggahaṇassa vuttiyaṃ gahaṇe payojanassa dassanatthaṃ vibhattāde
sesv ī ti kimatthan ti vacanaṃ vattabbam evā ti vuttaṃ hoti. nanv ekavacanā
ty ādi codanā. saṃsānaṃ saṅgaṇhanatthan ti sakkā viññātun ti saṃsānaṃ
saṅgaṇhanatthaṃ saṃsāgahaṇaṃkatan ti viññātuṃ sakkā nanū ti sambandho. na
sakkā ty ādiparihāro. mānasaṃ mānasā ty ādīsu sakārāgamassā
nupalabbhanīyataṃ sandhāyāha payojanābhāvā ti. etthā ti etimā
sam i ty ādīsu. taṭṭhāniyattā ti tesaṃ ekavacanānaṃ ṭhānaṃ taṭṭhānaṃ. taṭṭhā
ne jāto taṭṭhāniyo. tassa bhāvo taṭṭhāniyattaṃ. tasmā taṭṭhāni
yattā. ettha taṭṭhāṇikattā ti vattabbe evaṃ vuttan ti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
[107]
65.14. paccāsatti nayenā ti pati āsannanayena. tassā vā
ti suttassānantaraṃ va imassa vuttattā etā imā ti ito tāsaddassa
āsannatarattā ty attho.
67. 16. ssañ cāgamo hotī ti ettha casaddo nakārāgamaṃ
sampiṇḍeti.
68.17. vidhyantaraviññāpanatthan ti vidhino antaraṃ vidhyantaraṃ.
tassa viññāpanaṃ vidhyantaraviññāpanaṃ. taṃ attho payojanaṃ yassā ti
vidhyantaraviññāpanattho. taṃpayojanavisesāvabodhanatthan ty attho.
ayaṃ h’ ettha vidhī ti idam ettha payojanaṃ. vidhī ti vidhānam pi vuccati. pakati
h’ esā ti eso hi sabhāvo. ākārenā ti lesena. eko
yevā ti eko yeva smāsaddo.
70.19. taṃ panā ti taṃ adhikatavāggahaṇaṃ pana sati pi tasmin ti
tasmiṃ adhikatavāggahaṇe vijjamāne pi. imasmiṃ pana sutte vāggahaṇa
dvayam atthi adhikatavāggahaṇañ ca suttāgatavāggahaṇañ cā ti. taṃ upari
yevāvibhavissatī ti. atthantaravikappanatthan ti atthavisesassa ñā
panatthaṃ. ayaṃ h’ etthattho ti ettha suttāgatavāggahaṇe ayaṃ upari
āgato vinicchito attho. visiṭṭha atthantaravikappanatthan ti adhi
kassa atthantarassa vikappanatthaṃ. nanu ti yan tan ty ādi codanā. tāni panā
ty ādi parihāro. nanv agho ty ādi codanā. vuttan ty ādi parihāro. na
nu ‘cc ādi codanā. vuttan ty ādi parihāro. ādirassavidhānan ti ādīsu
rassa vidhānaṃ, ādīnā rassavidhānan ti py attho. sandhivisayo ‘yaṃ yo
go ti khalānam iyu vā sare vā ti ayaṃ yogo sandhividhi visayo.
tasmā nāmavidhivasena sandhikattukāmatāya pi vattabbam ev’ idan ti vuttaṃ
hoti. etasmiṃ atthe potthakesu sandhivisayesayogo ti
pāṭho dissati. tassa sandhivisayo esa yogo ti chedo. atha
vā. yavamadanataralācāgamā ti so yogo sandhivisaye ho
ti, na nāmavisaye ty attho. idaṃ pana ādicodanāya parihāramukhena
vuttan ti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
71. 20. tesan ti tesaṃ jhalānaṃ yevā ty attho. sandhicchā
bhāveti sandhiṃ kattum icchāsandhicchā. bhavanaṃ bhāvo. sandhicchāyabhā
[108]
vo sandhicchābhāvo. tasmiṃ sandhicchābhāve. sandhividhānavasena siddhe
pi nāmavidhānavasena pi sandhikattukāmatāy’ idaṃ vihitan ti attho.
72. 21. vattate itī ti yakāravakāraggahaṇaṃ vattate
ty attho. tassā pana vibhattiyā pato parassā ti pasaññāto
parassa aṃvibhattissā ty attho. vuttappakāradassanatthan ti ettha vuttappa
kāro nāma vibhattādeso va.
75.24. opātattā ti imassa suttassa paṭhitattā vuttattā
ty attho.
76.25. heṭṭhā āvādesassā ti chedo. so va idha
gahito ti so heṭṭhāvutto āvodeso eva idha sutte gahi
to. ih’ eva vacanaṃ pi tadattham evā ti ih’ eva avaṃ mhi cā ti suttassā
nantare eva imassa suttassa vacanam pi tassa āvādesassa gahaṇattha
m eva. na aṃ gahaṇassa gahaṇatthaṃ. sace aṃ gahaṇaṃ paṭicca siyā, tumhassa
tuvaṃ kvamaṃ mhi ‘cc ādīnamanantare vadeyyā ti adhippāyo. sijjhatī ti upari
masmiṃ sutte vutte pi āvodesantass’ ukāro sijjhati nanū ty attho.
tass’ evā ti avādesassa eva. so vā ti so avādeso eva.
77.26. nanu samse ty ādi codanā. alopasamāsassā
ty ādi parihāro. tadattham evā ti alopasamāsattham eva. nanu ‘cc ādi
codanā. athā ti evaṃ samāse naṃvacanassa amādesavacanena a
luttaggahaṇassa ‘tthe viññāyamāne ty attho. saccan ty ādi parihāro.
samāsīyatī ti saddo ācariyena samāsīyati. samasanan ti saddassa
samāsanaṃ.
78.27. tesaṃ pana rūpasiddhiveditabbā ti sambandho.
79.28. oviparīto ti okārassa viparītabhūtattā u
kāro oviparīto nāmā ty attho. tassa viparīto tabbiparīto
ti tassa okārassa viparītabhūto ukāro tabbiparīto nāma.
tassa tabbiparīto ti tassa avasaddassa tabbiparīto okārassa
viparītabhūto ukāro hotī ty attho. tassa cāti tassu
kārassa ca.
80. 29. na ca pana yogavibhāgā ty ādi līnantaracodanāya
[109]
parihāro. yogavibhāvāgā goṇabhūtānan ty ādīsu goṇāde
so hoti. atha kimatthaṃ gosv īty ādīsu na hotī ti līnantaraco
danā. na ca pana yogavibhāgā iṭṭhappasiddhī ti gosv īty ādīsv atippasaṅgo
hotī ti ettha yogavibhāgenā ti vuttavacane yādiso yath’icchi
tassa nipphādanaṃ hotī ti katvā gosvī ty ādīsu payogesu niya
muppattibhāvo. so na ca pana hotī ti ayam ācariyassādhippāyo.
82.31. ādesādesividhānan ti idaṃ suttaṃ ādesāde
sividhānan ti attho. tadanurūpavasenā ti tassa ādesādesividhā
nassa anurūpavasena. na ca taṃ virujjhatī ti devadatto rājā hotī
ty okārassa ca atthassa gamakattā devadattassa devadatto ty ādī
su taṃ vacanaṃ na ca virujjhati. tasmā aṃ mo niggahitan ti kārikāriyānaṃ paṭha
mupayogavasena sutte niddiṭṭhe pi aṃvacanassa makārassa niggahitaṃ ho
tī ti sampadānapaccattavasena vuttiniddeso pi ādesādesividhānam e
va gamayatī ti na koci virodho ti vuttaṃ hoti. nanu ‘cc ādi codanā. i
dha pana kasmā evaṃ vuttan ti idha pana vuttiyaṃ suttaniddesānurūpavasena aṃ mo
niggahitaṃ pappotī ti suttādhippāyaṃ avatvā aṃvacanassa makārassā
ti kasmā evaṃ vuttan ti attho. suttādhippāyā ty ādi parihāro. evaṃ
niddeso pī ti aṃmoniggahitan ti evaṃ suttaniddeso pi. *ādesāde
sividhānam eva gamayatī ti tam eva dīpento ti tam evaṃ dīpento pi ga
mayatī ti katvā tam eva ādesādesividhānam eva dīpento āca
riyo ty attho. tattha aṃ mo ti ādesī. niggahitan ti ādeso.
vuttiyaṃ pana aṃvacanassa ca makārassā cā ti ādesī. niggahitan ti ā
deso ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. evaṃ suttam āhā ti aṃmoniggahitan ti evaṃ kārikā
riyānaṃ paṭhamupayogavasena suttaṃ āha. tattha ca tadadhippāyan ti
tassa suttassa adhippāyaṃ. tattha ca vuttiyaṃ dassento ty attho. mu
khyattho nāmasutte saññāsamāno attho. vibhattādesaggahaṇa
ssa sutte aniddiṭṭhassa adhippāyavasena gahetabbattā saṃsāsv eka
vacanesu vibhattādesesv īty ādy attho adhippāyattho nāma. tasmā
cevaṃ vuttiyaṃ vuttan ti yasmā mukhyādhippāyatthasaṅkhātassa ubhayatthassa
vattanato vutti nāma, tasmā ubhayatthassa dīpanatthaṃ vuttiyaṃ aṃvacanassa
[110]
ca makārassa ca niggahitaṃ hotī ti evaṃ vuttan ti attho. sukaraṃ kha
mass’ eti assasukhassa anena sukhena dukkhassa khaṃ suññataṃ sukataṃ
yasmā, tasmā taṃdukkhassa suññataṃ sukhaṃ nāma. atha vāssa sukhassa su
kato khamatthi tuccho, ten’ eva taṃ sukhan ti attho. nanv ihā ty ādi co
danā. saccan ty ādi parihāro. tatth’ evā ti aṃ mo niggahitan ti tasmiṃ
sutte eva. tenāhā ti yena kāraṇena vāggahaṇaṃ pi vattatī ti
sandeho jāyeyya, tena kāraṇena āhā ty attho. ayaṃ pa
n’ etth’ attho puna ārabhitvā gahaṇan ti ayaṃ ettha punārambhaggahaṇe
attho. etthā cā ti etasmiṃ punārambhaggahaṇe ca. rāmasahāyo ti
pañcannaṃ paṇḍurājakumārānaṃ antare ajjunakumāraṃ sandhāyāha. vuttattā
vā ti punārambhaggahaṇassa vuttattā vā ty attho. tam evā ti taṃ eva
jhalapaggahaṇan ti attho.
83. 32. tapphalaṃ heṭṭhā vuttam evā ti tassa ādiggaha
ṇassa phalaṃ heṭṭhā sarā pakatī byañjane ti suttavaṇṇanāyaṃ vuttam eva.
nanv amā ty ādi codanā. amādesādīnan ti ādiggahaṇena paccayāga
mānaṃ saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo. sarādittā ti saro ādi yesan te sarā
dayo. sarādīnaṃbhāvo sarādittaṃ. tasmā sarādittā. sarapakā
rattā mariyādattā ti py attho. sijjhanato ti lopassa nipphajjanato.
na vattabban ty ādi parihāro. evaṃ hotū ty ādi codanā. pakati pi
tatth’ eva hotī ti tasmiṃ saralopanimittabhūte eva pakati pi ho
ti. tatthā ti tasmiṃ saralopaggahaṇe. heṭṭhā ti sarāpakatībyañja
ne ti suttavaṇṇanāyaṃ. evaṃ hotu ‘cc ādi codanā. sijjhatī ty ādi pari
hāro. iti katvā atthantaraviññāpanatthan ti ettha iti saddo idaṃ pa
datthavācako iti rūpan ti ādīsu viya, tasmā idaṃ paribhāsāvidhikā
raṇaṃ katvā puna sandhibhāvo hotī ti atthavisesassa viññāpa
natthaṃ idha pakatiggahaṇaṃ katan ti sambandho. ayaṃ h’ etth’ attho ti ettha
pakatiggahaṇe ayaṃ nicchito attho.
84. 33. nanv agho ti jhālapānam etaṃ adhivacanan ti vuttattā
jhālapānamaññatarasaññāvidhānattham idam adhītan ti pi mantuṃ sakkā ti. na,
jhalapā ti pageva paṭiladdhasaññattā puna saññākaraṇe payojanā
[111]
bhāvo ca. tasmā tassa vidhānā yev’ idam adhītan ty āva gantabbaṃ. nanv atthi
ākāro py aggho, atha kimatthaṃ jhalapānam etam adhivacanan ti āha.
tass’ ekavacanayosu rassavidhānāsambhavato. nanv imasmiṃ aṃ mo nigga
hitaṃ jhalapehī tīmassānantaraṃ rassam ekavacanayosv api cā ti vutte
jhalapaggahaṇassa atthavasāvibhattivipariṇāmo ti katvā paṭhamanta
vasenānuvattanato vināvāghaggahaṇenādhippetattho sijjhatī ti.
sijjhati evaṃ pi jhalapaggahaṇassānuvattanato niggahitaggahaṇam api
vatteyya. tadājhalapārassaṃ āpajjante ekavacanayosu, ekavacana
yonañ ca niggahitādeso hotī ti attho āpajjeyya. tasmā
*tannivattanattham icc eva vuttan ti. bhavatv evaṃ, jhalapārassam ekavacanayo
sv apicā ti kasmā na vuttan ti. punārambhe payojanābhāvā garuto pa
jāyamānattā ca suttassa, nanu niggahitaggahaṇassa nivattanaṃ punārambhagga
haṇe payojanaṃ, atha kimatthaṃ punārambhe payojanābhāvā ti vuttan ti.
yaṃ yadicchitan taṃ tatth’ eva vattatī ti vuttattā anicchitattā niggahitagga
haṇaṃ sayam eva nivattati, na punārambhaggahaṇaphalena. api ca niggahitagga
haṇaṃ pana nivattatu, garuto pajāyamānattaṃ kathaṃ jahituṃ sakkā. tasmā
tadapanayanattham aghogahaṇaṃ katan ti. kaññaṃ ty ādīsu ghassa rassatthe
na ekavacanena bhavitabbato na vattabbam evā ti. na, avisayattā i
massa. kiñcā pi hy ettha ekavacanaṃ, tathā pi ekavacanayosu ghassa
rassattā bhāvato saralopo mādesapaccayādimhi saralo
pe tu pakatī ti ettha aṃgahaṇassa sarūpato gahitattā ca sara
lopo. pa. pakatī tīmass’ eva visayaṃ. yady evaṃ kasmā itthin ty ādīsu
supyaghaggahaṇasabhāvā tass’ eva visayānī ti na mantabban ti. payoga
siddhiyā yogārambhato tathārūpānañ ca payogānaṃ sabbathā anupa
labbhanīyattā, tasmā kaññaṃ ty ādīsu aṃ nimittaṃ ghass’ eva lopavidhānaṃ
saralopo. pa. pakatī tīmassa visayaṃ, na itthin ty ādīsū ty āvagantabbaṃ.
kasmā pan’ ettha casaddanipāto kato, nanu tadabhāve pi yutto va
yogārambho ti. saccaṃ tathāpi payojanantarasambhavā kato.
ayaṃ pan’ ettha ekavacanayosv agho rassam āpajjate ti yogavidhi
niyamāyādhīto. ten’ eva ‘ssa suttavisayāny udāharanāni dassi
[112]
tāni. kiṃ suttattho aniyamo viya dissatī ti. niyamatthasā
dhakassābhāve aniyamo pī ti mantuṃ sakkā. nanv ekavacanayosū
ti nimittaniyamo kato ti. saccaṃ kato, tathāpi simhi pumitthiliṅgā
naṃ rassattānupagamassa dissanato evaṃ napuṃsakaliṅge pi siyā ti
sandeho jāyeyya. tasmā simhi na puṃsakaliṅge avasesavacane
su liṅgattaye pi vidhānattham idam adhītan ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. yady evaṃ kasmā eva kā
ro na kato ti. casaddo pi katthaci evakāratthavācako ti
pi dīpanatthaṃ vuttattā na kato. tena caggahaṇam avadhāraṇatthan ti vuttaṃ.
tasmā vuttavidhinivāraṇattham idam adhītan ti sakkā mantun ti. na sakkā payo
janābhāvā casaddassa tādīsassa udāharaṇassa avuttattā ca.
tasmā avadhāraṇaṃ nāma ekavacanayosv aghassa vuttaṭṭhāne kadāci pi
rassattānupagamanassa nivāraṇan ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. imam eva ‘tthaṃ sandhāya caggaha
ṇam idham adhītan ti niṭṭḥam etthāvagantabbaṃ. apiggahaṇaṃ pana simhi ekavacana
sāmaññena sampattarassanivāraṇatthaṃ. tañ ca napuṃsakaliṅge yevā
ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. taṃ panācariyo yv āvikarissati idaṃ pana nāsampattevidhā
naṃ, atha kho sampatte niyamo ti. apisaddena asampatte vidhānena niya
mo ayaṃ yogo ty attho. siddhe saty ārambho niyamāya hotī
ti adhippetatthe siddhe sati imassa suttassa ārambho niyamāya
hoti. kathaṃ niyamo hoti. sace sismiṃ yāni rassaṃ na āpajjanti,
tāni anapuṃsakān’ evā ti.
86. 35. imassā tappakārattā ti imassa ubhayasaddassa
atappakārattā, tena ubhayasaddena asadisattā ti attho.
90. 39. nanu ‘cc ādi codanā. payojanantarasambhavato ty ā
di parihāro. tannivattanathan ti taṃ dīghekāranivattanatthaṃ, attam adhī
tan ti attho, nanv imassā py akārattā bhavitabbam evā ti imassā pi
akārādesassa akārattādīghe kārehi bhavitabbam eva nanū
ty attho. idhassa pakārattā ti pi pāṭho. tassa imassa apakā
rattā purimākārasadisattā ty attho. akārena pakāro sadi
so ti  apakāro. tassa bhāvo apakārattaṃ. tasmā apakā
rattā. na bhavitabban ty ādi parihāro. iminā attaṃ katvā ettādikara
[113]
ṇassa akatvā va karaṇaṃ sundaran ti iminā suttena pañcādīnaṃ antassa
akārassa attaṃ katvā ettādikaraṇassa akatvā va karaṇaṃ sunda
ran ti attho.
69.44. cānuvattanato ti simhigahaṇassa ca vāggaha
ṇassa cānuvattanato. anantarasuttato ti kasmā na vuttan ti ce. sa
kalass’ eva suttassa anuvattanato. tasmā yattha suttekadeso
vattati, tatth’ eva asukasuttato ti niyamo kātabbo. nāññatthā
ty āvagantabbaṃ. attappakaraṇe ti attaggahaṇaṃ pakarīyati patthapīya
ti kathīyati etthā ti attappakaraṇaṃ. tasmiṃ, attaggahaṇaṭṭhāne ti
attho.
‡ 98.47. mātulapakāratte ti mātulasaddena itthiliṅga
bhāvena tulyatte sati pi. ettha hi samabhiniviṭṭho pakārasaddo
tulyabhedatthesu vattati. tesu tulyattho yeva idhādhippeto.
parassā ti nakārato pacchā bhāge ṭhitassa dīkārassā ty attho.
99. 48. uttaratrā pi vattatī ti upari dīgharehī ti suttam pi
smāvacanaṃ vattatī ty attho.
100. 49. hismim attass’ evābhāvā ti himhi pare akārā
desassa abhāvāhibhiggahaṇaṃ atthato nānuvattate ty attho.
107. 56. sabbaggahaṇaṃ. pe. viññāpanatthan tīminā idha sabba
saddassa niravasesavācakattaṃ ācariyo dasseti. tena tena
sabba. pa. saṅgaṇhātī ti vuttaṃ.
119.68. lato vo ti vutte yevā ti kāraggahaṇa-
caggahaṇāni agahetvā lato vo ti vutte evā ty attho. kasmā
pan’ iha idam adhītaṃ, nanv akata. pe. ve vo tīmassa anantaraṃ imasmiṃ vutte
tato vokārassa anuvattanato lato cā ti lahukena
suttena bhavitabban ti codanā. saccaṃ. tathā pi tattha paṭhite vokā
rass’ evānuvattanaṃ na bhaveyya. api ca kho vekārassāpyānuvattanaṃ
‡ The footnote of the edition 1275 Sakk., in Burmese, indicates that from 96.47 till the end of the Third Pariccheda, the text of Thanbyinṭīkā is missing. Therefore the editor has consulted the text of the Burmese commentary (nissaya, I guess Nyāsa-nissaya) and has reconstructed the yojanā. The edition of 1287, p. 101, says more or less the same: from sutta 98 to 183, it will rely on the nissaya.
[114]
bhaveyyā ti iha m’ idaṃ adhītaṃ. nanu lato vekārassā pi sambhavato
so pi anuvattate vā ti codanā. n’ evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ, tassa tena katattā.
nanv evaṃ sante so pi ten’ eva kato ti codanā. saccaṃ. tena pana yvā
lapanass’ ev’ eso kato, nāññesam eso kato. iminā pa
n’ aññesaṃ eso kato ti parihāro. ettha ca vekāro yvālapa
nass’ eva hoti. so ca kho akata. pe. vevo tīminā va kato.
vokāro pana sabbesaṃ ādeso hoti. tesu yvālapanassa
vokāro akata. pe. vevo tīminā vakato. aññesaṃ pana
vokāro iminā va kato ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. sesaṃ sabbattha uttānattha
m eva. paṭhamo paricchedo.
137.86. anantarasutte ti raññaṃ naṃ mhi vā ti sutte. idhā ti
imasmiṃ nāmhi raññāvā ti sutte. uttaratrā ti uparimesu suttesu.
vāggahaṇaṃ na kattabban ti purimasuttato vāggahaṇassānuvattattā i
masmiṃ sutte vāggahaṇaṃ na kattabban ty attho. kasmā na vattatī ti purima
suttato vāggahaṇe nivattatīyamāne idha vāggahaṇaṃ anuvatteyy’ e
va. atha kasmā na vattatī ty attho. idha vāggahaṇakaraṇato ti upari
yadi vatteyya, purimavāggahaṇen’ eva siddhe puna idha vāggahaṇakaraṇa
to na vattatī ty adhippāyo.
147.96. bahuvacanāniy’ eva saṅgaṇhātī ti na aṃmhī ti sutte
dutīyekavacanassa te me ‘kavacanesu cā ti sutte ca tutthichaṭṭheka
vacanānaṃ vuccamānattā bahuvacanāni yeva pārisesanyāyen’ idhasaṅgaṇhā
tī ty attho.
151. 100. nanv ihā ty ādicodanā. heṭṭhā vuttavidhānattā
ti vā tatīye cā ti sutte vuttassa temeādesassa vihitattā
ty attho. na na kattabban ty ādi parihāro. ādesaṃ vidadhātī ti vo
noādesaṃ vidahati. tadattham pī ti tassa vonoādesassa vida
hanatthāya pi. tato aññassā ti tato ekavacanato aññassa
[115]
bahuvacanassā ty attho. sesaṃ uttānattham eva. dutīyo pa
ricchedo.
164. 113. uttarasuttatthan ti uparidvandaṭṭhā vā tīmassatthāya.
nanv ā ty ādi codanā. tatthā ti sabbayonīnam ā eti suttasmiṃ. na sakkā
ty ādi parihāro. tassā ti vāggahaṇassa. bhavatv evan ty ādi co
danā. tatthā ti dvandaṭṭhā vā ti sutte. tassā ti assa paṭhamaggahaṇassa.
tadattham pī ti dvandaṭṭhākārato yo paṭhamassa tass’ ekārāde
sassatthāya pi.
165. 114. dvande ti dvandasamāse. etthā ti sabbanāmākā
re.
166. 115. idhā ti imasmiṃ dvandaṭṭhā vā ti sutte. ettan ti e
kārādesaṃ.
169.118. atthavasā ti sambandhatthavasena rājassā ti
atthāyattena vā. etañ ca visesanatthe nissakkavacanaṃ. kasmā pan’ idam i
ha vuttaṃ. nanu rājassa rañño rājino se tīmassa anantaraṃ imasmiṃ vutte
tato kārivattanato rājusunaṃhisucā ti saha casaddena kāri
yanimitteh’ eva bhavitabban ti codanā. saccaṃ. tathā pi tattha imasmiṃ
vutte kārino yevānuvattanaṃ na bhaveyya. atha kho savibhattiggaha
ṇam pi vatteyya. tasmā taṃ nivattanattham iha vuttan ti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
183. 132. nanvīhā ty ādi codanā. ādiggahaṇassābhā
vāti uccāraṇavasena ādiggahaṇassa abhāvā ty attho. na na
vattabban ty ādi parihāro. uccāraṇavasena abhāve pi adhikārava
senabhūtam evā ty atthaṃ yathāhī ty ādinā dasseti. sesaṃ uttānattha
m eva. tatīyo paricchedo. ‡ [END OF LOST SECTION]
229. 178. itaresan ti kathaṃ kathan ti vuttavacanaṃ sandhā
yāha. attha vākyavasenodāharaṇavasena ca gahitānī ti ita
[116]
resaṃ kathaṃ kathan ti saddānaṃ atthavākyavasena ca imassa suttassa udā
haraṇavasena cā ti dvidhā gahitāni. paccayo hi etasmiṃ atthe
hotī ti pakāsetuṃ atthavākyavasena gahitāni anūnatthāya u
dāharaṇavasena sarūpenā ti vibhattiggahaṇaṃ sandhāyāha. ūnatā
pasaṅgo ti payogānaṃ ūnatāpasaṅgo siyā ty attho. dvikkhattuṃ ka
thaṃ kathan ti yadi kevalaṃ udāharaṇāṇi. ko pakāro ti ekaṃ udā
haraṇaṃ, kaṃpakāran ti ekaṃ, kathan ti ekan ti evaṃ kātabbaṃ. dutīyaṃ ka
thaṃ gahaṇaṃ atthavasena paccattavasena purimena nānāttābhāvā na
vattabban ti attho. nanu ‘cc ādi codanā. pakārenā ti atthavākyo
dāharaṇasaṅkhātesu dvīsu pakāresu ekena pakārenā ty attho.
tathā ty ādi parihāro. yathā eken’ odakaghaṭena ambase
ca nagarupiṇanāni bhavanti, tathā ekam eva vākyaṃ atthavākyudāha
raṇasaṅkhātehi ubhayathā dvīhi pakārehi bhavatī ty attho. ettha
ācariyaṃ ambarukkhamūle nisīdāpetvā ekena udakaghaṭena nhāpana
kāle ācariyo piṇito hoti ambo ca siñcito. idaṃ
ambasecana garupiṇanaṃnāma. bhavatv evaṃ ty ādi codanā. sijjhati ‘cc ādi
parihāro. na tabbirahitesū ti tehi vibhattipaccayehi virahi
tesu payogesu kiṃsaddassa kadeso na hotī ty attho
tenā ti tena niyamakaraṇena, nanu ‘cc ādi codanā. sesaggahaṇe
n’ eva idhā pī ti kim ev’ idan ty ādīsu sesaggahaṇena sesasarabyañja
nesu paresu kiṃsaddassa kādesena bhavitabbaṃ nanū ti attho. atthe
vākyādiparihāro. bhavatv evan ty ādi codanā. bhavitabbānaṃ vibhatti
paccayānan ti niddhāraṇachaṭṭhī. visamo ty ādiparihāro. visamo ‘yaṃ ka
thāmaggo ti ayaṃ bhavatā ādito kathāmaggo visamo ati
visāluḷo. kasmā ti ce. vuttā va sesavācakassa  sesaggaha
ṇassa niravasesavācakatānuññātattā. tassāpi paccayattā imi
nā va sijjhanato ti sesaggahaṇassa niravasesavācakatā ho
ti. tathā pī ti kiñcā pi visamo ‘yaṃ kathāmaggo, evam apī ti attho.
tan ti taṃ kissa kavecā ti suttaṃ. idan ti idaṃ sesesu cā ti suttaṃ.
sesasaddassa sāpekkhattā ti va paccayāpekkhāya sāpekkhattā,
[117]
sesattā ti attho. aññassa cāpekkhitabbassābhāvā ti sesa
saddena apekkhitabbassa va paccayato aññassa pan’ atthassa abhāvā ti
attho. codakass’ okāsam akatvā tadadhippāyaṃ pakāsetvā pari
hāraṃ vadanto yadi pi ‘cc ādim āha. apekkhitabbā santī ti sesasadde
nāpekkhitabbā hiṃhaṃtratothapaccayā santī ti vacanaṃ yadi pi bhonto
vadeyyun ti sambandho. athā pi vadeyyuṃ, tathā pi sabbass’ etassākā
ro vā ti suttaṃ vatvā sesesu cā ti pacchā vattabbaṃ. tadā pi sesasadde
na apekkhitabbā vibhattipaccayā santi idaṃ vacanaṃ yadi pi bhonto vade
yyun ti attho. tre niccan tīmassakiṃ gahaṇam anuvattatī ti sesesu
cā ti ito kiṃ gahaṇam assa tre niccan ti suttassa anuvattatī ti
attho. na ca sakkā kiṃ gahaṇam ev’ ettha n’ atthī ti ettha sesesu
cā ti nu vattassa kiṃ gahaṇassa tadanuvattanato kuhiṃ haṃsu cā ti
ettha tumhehi adhippetassa kiṃ gahaṇassa sabbass’ etassākāro
vā ti iminā byavacchinnattā nivattitattā upari appavattanato cā ti i
mehi dvīhi kāraṇehi kiṃ gahaṇam ev’ ettha n’ atthī ti vattuṃ na sakkā,
tasmā sesesu ca kissa kātikiṃ gahaṇasahitaṃ katvā vattabban ti
attho. ihānuvattitassā ti sabbass’ etassākāro vā ti
imassānantaraṃ vutte imasmiṃ sesesu cā ti sutte anuvattitassa
kiṃ gahaṇassā ti attho. uttaratrā ti upari tre niccan ti sutte. cagga
haṇaṃ tadanukaḍḍhanatthan ti tassa kuhiṃhaṃsu cā ti sutte adhippe
tassa kiṃgahaṇassa anukaḍḍhanatthaṃ caggahaṇaṃ katan ti attho. tam pa
na maggitabban ti tam pana tumhehi maggitabbaṃ, tampana caggahaṇaṃ atthī ti vā n’ atthī
ti vā bhavatā va vicāretabban ti attho. kathaṃ pan’ idaṃ suttaṃ vattabban ti
idaṃ pana suttaṃ caggahaṇasahitaṃ katvā vuttanayena vattabbaṃ, udāhu tabbira
hitaṃ katvā aññathā ti attho. kissa kave cā ti suttassa na vattabba
tāya paṭiññātattā sesesu cātīmassa kathanappakāran ti taṃ
dassento yadi hi ‘cc ādim āha. vibhattiparassa kiṃsaddassa na siyā ti
kiṃ saddassa vibhattiparassa kādeso na siyā. visuṃ vibhattiggahaṇan ti
visuṃ katvā vibhattigahaṇan ti attho. paccayaparassa na bhaveyyā ti pacca
yaparassa kim saddassa kādeso na bhaveyya. apaccayānaṃ vibhattī
[118]
nañ ca upalabbhanato ti sambandho. imehi dvīhi ti imehi dvīhi suttehi.
vibhatti pan’ ettha pañcamyatthe daṭṭhabbā. saha dutīyena kiṃ gahaṇenā ti ku
hiṃ haṃsu cā ti ettha bhavatā adhippetena dutīyena kiṃgahanena sa
ha. kiṃsaddato. pe. kissa kave ce ti vatvā ti etthāyam adhippāyo,
kiṃsaddato parabhūtesu sabbavibhattipaccayesu vapaccayaṃ visuṃ gahetvā
kissa kave ce tīmass’ uccāraṇaṃ vapaccayāvasesesu sabbavibhatti
paccayesu paresū ti dīpanatthan ti. aññattha pī ti avapaccayapayoge pī ti
attho. idan ti idaṃ sesesu cā ti suttaṃ. sesaṃ uttānattham eva.
catuttho paricchedo.
247. 196. vattabbass’ atthavisesābhāvā ti punavibhattika
raṇena vattabbassa atthavisesassābhāvā. atabbisayattā aññā
vibhattiyo cā ti etesaṃ topaccayādyantyānaṃ payogānaṃ atta
no avisayattā aññā vibhattiyo ca na hontī ti attho. na hī
ti na hi santī ti sambandho.
261.219. tadadhiṭṭhānam apekkhitvā ti tassā karuṇāya
adhiṭṭhānaṃ puggalaṃ apekkhitvā. salacalanasaṃvaraṇesū ti sala iti
dhātucalane saṃvaraṇe nivāraṇe pavattatī ti attho. salayatī
ti calayati nivāretī ti attho. kucchitena sayatī ti kucchi
tena ākārena sayati pavattatī ti attho. kuse lunātī ti ku
saṅkhāte akusale dhamme lunāti chindatī ti attho. tanuṃkaro
tī ti antaṃ adatvā appaṭipattiṃ karotī ti attho. kuse nalā
tabban ti ñāṇena gahetabban ti attho. kuso viya lunātī ti yathā
kuso ubhayabhāgagataṃ hatthappadesaṃ lunāti, evaṃ uppannānuppannabhā
vena ubhayabhāgagataṃ saṃkilesapakkhaṃ lunātī ti attho.
267.216. vacanavipallāsalakkhaṇaṃ nāma ekavacanena niddi
sitabbe bahuvacanena niddeso vā bahuvacanena niddisitabbe ekavaca
nena niddeso vā.
269.218. bhedo pacāravasenā ti upacaraṇaṃ atthagga
[119]
haṇaṃ upacāro. bhedassa upacāro bhedopacāro. tena bhe
dopacārena. yathā silāputtakassa sarīran ty ādīsu abhedavante
padatthe bhedopacāravasena bhedanibaddhaṃ chaṭṭhiniddesaṃ katvā silā
puttakassa sarīran ty ādīni vuttāni evaṃ yavatantalanadakārānaṃ byañjanā
nī ti bhedopacāravasena bhedanibaddhaṃ chaṭṭhiyogaṃ katvā vuttan ti
attho. rāhumukhan ti ettha mukharāhu, khandharāhu, kaṭirāhū ti tayo
rāhukoṭṭhāsā. tattha gīvāto paṭṭhāya yāva sīsaṃ mukharāhu nāma.
kaṭito paṭṭhāya yāva gīvā khandharāhu nāma. pādatalato paṭṭhāya yā
va kaṭi kaṭirāhu nāma. idha pana mukharāhu adhippeto. pu pavane ti pudhā
tu pavane visodhane vattatī ti. sesaṃ uttānattham eva. pañcamo
paricchedo niṭṭhito.
naṃ saṃpyaṅṭīkāpāṭh prīḥ ī.
271.1. kārakasaññāvidhividhānam ārabhanto thero a
nadhigatakriyāsambandhā ti nipphādanakārakābhidhānassa payogābhi
dheyyakosallāsambhavato kārakasaññā vādo ārabhitabbā
ti mantāya samādapetī ty ādim āha. idāni tassādhippāyam āvikatvā
kārakasarūpaṃ vibhāventena kimattham idan ti ādinā sambandhādayo
atthapañcakā va vibhattā, na paccekaṃ kārakavibhāgo. tasmā kāraka
vibhāgo tāv’ ettha evaṃ veditabbo. tattha kārakan ti yo ko
ci padattho mukhyopacāravasena yaṃ kiñci gamanapacanādikaṃ kriyaṃ ka
roti, so taṃ karotī ti kārako ti vuccati. taṃ samāsato
chabbidhaṃ kattu kammaṃ karaṇaṃ sampadānāpādānādhikaraṇan ti. nātisaṅkhe
panābhivitthārato aṭṭhārasavidhaṃ. kathaṃ. yo parenābhisaṃsi
to vā anabhisaṃsito vā sappadhāno va kriyam abhinipphatteti,
so kattā nāma. so tividho sayaṃkattā hetukattā kamma
kattā ti. tattha yo sayam eva kriyam abhinipphatteti, vuttapakā
ro so sayaṃkattā yathā kaṭaṃ karoti devadatto ti. yo
karontaṃ vā akarontaṃ vā kammani niyojeti, so kriyo pa
[120]
jananahetuttā hetukattā, yathā devadatto gamayati deva
dattan ti. yo pan ‘aññassa kriyaṃ paṭiccakkammabhūto pi sukhābhisaṅkharaṇī
yattāsayam evā ti sijjhanto viya hoti, so kammakattā. ya
thā sayam eva pīyate pānīyan ti. yo kattubyāpārenābhigama
nīyo nipphādetabbo ca attho, so karīyatī ti kamman ti vuccati.
vijjamānass’ upasaṅgamanīyattā itarassa ca nipphādetabbattā vuttaṃ a
bhigamanīyo nipphādetabbo cā ti. taṃ pi tividhaṃ nipphattanīyaṃ vikara
ṇīyaṃ pāpanīyan ti. tattha yam anabhisambhūtaṃ kriyāyā ti sambhū
yate. sukhaṃ janayatī ti yathā. bhūtaṃ vā jātiyā pakāsīyate.
puttaṃ vijāyatī ti yathā. idaṃ nipphattanīyaṃ nāma. vikaraṇīyam pi duvidhaṃ pa
riccattakāraṇaṃ apariccattakāraṇan ti. tattha yaṃ kāraṇassa vināse
na sambhūtaṃ, taṃ pariccattakāraṇaṃ nāma. kaṭṭham aṅgāraṃ karotī ti yathā.
yattha pana kāraṇabhūte vatthumhi vijjamāne yeva guṇantaruppattiyā vo
hārabhedo sambhavati, taṃ apariccattakāraṇaṃ nāma. suvaṇṇaṃ kuṇḍalaṃ
karotī ti yathā. idaṃ vikaraṇīyaṃ nāma. yassa pana kriyā ya na koci
viseso karīyati aññatra sampattimattā, taṃ pāpanīyaṃ nāma. paṇṇasā
laṃ pavisati, ādiccaṃ namassatī ti yathā. ettha manasā pi sampattiyā kamma
saññāya sijjhanato ādiccaṃ namassatī ti vuttaṃ. yena pana kattuno paka
raṇabhūtena vatthunā abyavadhānena kriyā sambhāvīyati, taṃ kattubyā
pārābhisaṃsiddhiyā kāraṇattā karīyati anenā ti karaṇan ti vuccati.
taṃ duvidhaṃ ajjhattikaṃ bāhiran ti. taṃ yathā. dattena vīhiṃ lunāti. cakkhunā
rūpaṃ passatī ti. yassa yaṃ dātukāmo, so taṃ sammāpakārena ā
dadātī ti sampadānan ti vuccati. taṃ pi tividhaṃ anirākaraṇaṃ ārādhanaṃ abbha
nuññan ti. tattha yaṃ diyyamānaṃ na paṭikkhipati na ca sādiyati, kevalaṃ diyyati
gaṇhātī ti vohāraparikappo hoti, taṃ na nirākarotī ty anirā
karaṇan ti vuccati. rukkhassa jalaṃ dadātī ti yathā. yaṃ pan’ ajjhesitvā gaṇha
ti, taṃ ārādheti yācatī ti ārādhan ti vuccati. yācakānaṃ bho
janaṃ dadātī ti yathā. yaṃ anumatiyā diyyamānaṃ paṭiggaṇhāti, taṃ abbhanu
modanato abbhanuññan ti vuccati. nārāyanassa baliṃ dadātī ti ya
thā. sabbam idaṃ upalakkhaṇamattam eva. kattubyāpārena yam upasaṅgamīya
[121]
ti. tassā pi sampadānattā. evaṃ hi sati kammasampadānānaṃ saṅkarabhā
vo āpajjatī ti codanā. na, yaṃ kevalaṃ kattubyāpāravasenābhi
gantabbaṃ, taṃ kammaṃ nāma. yaṃ pana kriyāya paṭiggāhakarūpenādhippetaṃ, taṃ sampa
dānan ti mantabbato bhinnalakkhaṇattā ca. sabbesu hi kārakesu samā
haṭesu yattha yattha yo yo viseso labbhati, tattha tattha taṃ taṃ
gahetvā bhedavohārassa saṃvidhāyakattā. ko pan’ esimesaṃ
viseso nāma.
abhinipphatti sampatti,
kriyāsambhāvanā tathā.
dānāpagamamādhāra,
lakkhaṇesaṃ visesatā.
tathā hi visesato pan’ ettha kriyābhinipphattilakkhaṇaṃ kattukā
rakaṃ. aññesam pi tabbhāve sati sappadhānatāy’ evaṃ vuttan ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. gamanapa
canādikriyābhinipphattiyā eva hi taṃ sādhako kattā ty ābhilakkhīya
ti, tena kattubyāpārenābhigamanīyalakkhaṇaṃ kammakārakaṃ. yathā.
gacchati gāmaṃ devadatto ti. ettha gamanakriyābhinipphādakattena deva
datto kattā ti viññāyati, tāya saṃpāpuṇitabbattā gāmapadattho
kamman ti. kattubyāpārābhinipphādane visesahetutā lakkhaṇaṃ kara
ṇakāraṇaṃ, yathā, parasunā rukkhaṃ chindati devadatto ti. ettha devadattā
yattachedanakriyābhinipphādane visesahetukattena parasukara
ṇan ti viññāyati, tabbhāvabhāvattā kriyāya. ādānalakkhaṇaṃ sampa
dānaṃ. kriyāpaṭiggāhakarūpenādhippetattā. apagamanalakkhaṇaṃ apādānaṃ.
kattukammasamavetānaṃ kriyānam ādhāralakkhaṇaṃ adhikaraṇan ti evaṃ
bhinnalakkhaṇattā kārakānaṃ kriyāviseso yev’ etthakāraka
lakkhaṇaṃ, na vatthunānāttan ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. yato yaṃ nissarati jāyati ā
dadāti vā, taṃ tassa mariyādābhūtaṃ vatthu apecca ito ādadātī ty
apādānan ti vuccati. mariyādo pan’ ettha duvidho calāvadhi, niccalāvadhī ti.
tattha hatthikkhandhā otaratī ty ādi calāvadhi. rukkhato paṇṇapupphāni pa
tantī ty ādi niccalāvadhi. nissaraṇam pi duvidhaṃ kāyasaṃyogapubbakaṃ. citta
[122]
saṃyogapubbakan ti. tattha nagarāniggato rājā ty ādikāyasaṃyoga
pubbakaṃ. asaddhammāveramaṇī ty ādicittasaṃyogapubbakaṃ. taṃ pan’ etaṃ a
pādānaṃ tividhaṃ niddiṭṭhavisayaṃ, uppattivisayaṃ, anumeyyavisayan ti. tattha
yatthāpādānavisayo kriyāviseso niddiṭṭho, taṃ niddiṭṭhavisayaṃ
nāma. yathā. gāmā apenti munayo ‘cc ādi. ettha hi munipabhutīnaṃ apādāna
viseyo apāyādikriyāviseso niddiṭṭho. yattha panāpādānavi
sayo kriyāviseso uppāteyyo atthānurūpato ajjhāha
ritvā gahetabbo, taṃ uppattivisayaṃ nāma. yathā. kusulato pacati,
valāhakā vijjotatī ty ādi. ettha pacanakriyaṃ paṭiccakusulasaddassa ca
vijjotanakriyaṃ paṭicca valāhakasaddassa ca apādānasaññā yānupa
labbhanato tabbisayo āharitvā nikkhammā ti kriyāviseso
sambandhitabbo. kusulaṃ nāma dhaññakoṭṭhakaṃ. cando vijjotatī ti
sambandho. yattha panāvadhibhūtavatthuto guṇā ti sayadīpako a
pādānavisayo kriyāviseso anumeyyo, taṃ anumeyyavisayaṃ
nāma. yathā. mādhurāpāṭaliputtakehi abhirūpatarā ty ādi. ettha a
pādānavisayassa kriyāvisesassāniddiṭṭhattā mādhurāpāṭaliputta
kehi ukkaṃsiyanti kena ci guṇene ti anumeyyo. atra kriyā
viseso abhirūpataraggahaṇassā pi vuttattā uppattivisayo viya
na niyato, idam assa uppattivisayato nānākaraṇaṃ. yasmiṃ panādhāra
bhūte vatthumhi tadanurūpaṃ kriyam abhinibbatteti. taṃ vatthukattukammasama
vetānaṃ tāsaṃ kriyānaṃ ādhāraṭṭhena okāsattā okāsaṃ nā
ma. taṃ catubbidhaṃ byāpiko, opasilesiko, sāmīpiko, vesayi
ko ti. tattha yattha sakalo py ādhārabhūto attho ādheyyena
patthaṭo, so byāpiko nāma. yathā. ucchūsuraso ‘cc ādi. yattha pana
paccekasiddhānaṃ bhāvānaṃ upasileso hoti, so opasilesi
ko nāma. yathā. parisaṅgerājāse ti ‘cc ādi. yattha pana samīpe vatthumhi
sāmīpikavohāraṃ āropetvā ādhārabhāvo parikappīyati,
so sāmīpiko nāma. yathā, sāvatthiyaṃ viharati ‘cc ādi. yattha pana
aññathābhāvadesantarāvacchedavasenādhāraparikappo hoti,
so vesayiko nāma. yathā. bhūmīsu manussā ty ādi.
[123]
vidhānam evaṃ pana kārakānaṃ,
utvāna aṭṭhārasabhedavantaṃ
kriyābhisambandhapayogayogaṃ,
kareyya dhīmāyidha channam esan ti.
evam uddiṭṭhakārakā namantare paṭhamuddiṭṭhavibhatti yuttattā ca kri
yāsādhane visesato hetuttā ca kattari yevādimhi niddisi
tabbe pi kimetthāpādānaṃ niddiṭṭhan ti ce. kārakānaṃ pubbāparacintāyā
bhāvavibhāvanatthaṃ. na hi yaṃkiñci payogam ārabhanto kattukammādi
vasenārabhati, atha kho attano rucivasena vacanīyatthasambandhā
nurūpena saddappayogam ārabhatī ti tasmā na h’ ettha pubbāparavise
so ty āvagantabbaṃ. atha vā, mahāvisayattā ādimhi vuttaṃ. mahāvi
sayaṃ hi idaṃ. ten’ ev’ ettha pana pañcasaññā suttā nivattāni. apanetvā
ito ādadātī ty apādānan ti yato yaṃ apagacchati, taṃ tassa
avadhibhūtaṃ vatthuṃ ito kārakā attānaṃ apanetvā jano ā
dadātī ti apādānan ti vuccati. idha panā ty ādi codanā. saññā saññi
no ekavacanena niddiṭṭhattā ti iminā tadā yatta kriyāya pi ekavaca
nena niddiṭṭhattaṃ codeti. ten’ eva gāmā apenti munayo ty ādīnaṃ a
pādāna saññāyānupalabbhanīyataṃ paṭijānāti. keci pana saññāggaha
ṇena kriyāy’ evādhippetā ti vadanti. yasmā ti ca tan ti ca saññī, a
pādānan ti saññā ti nāmikānaṃ vavatthānaṃ. na na bhavitabbaṃ. pa. n’ adhīppetattā
ti parihāro. na h’ ettha saṅkhyā adhippetā ti ekamhi vattabbe ekavacanan ti
vuttasaṅkhyā ettha suttena na hi adhippetā. yadi saṅkhyā nādhippetā, kasmā
vibhattiyā saññāsaññino niddeso kato ti līnantaracodanā.
vibhattīhi vinā atthassāniddisitabbato ti vibhattiyo vajjetvā
saññā saññi saṅkhātassa atthassa aniddisitabbato vibhattiyā nidde
so kato ti parihāro. yadi vibhattīhi vinā atthassa niddeso
siyā, kasmā saññā saññino ekavacanena niddeso kato, na bahu
vacanenā ti līnantaracodanā. bahuvacanenā ty ādi parihāro. bahuva
canena niddisīyamāne garuto pajāyamānato ti saññāsaññino
bahuvacanena niddisīyamāne suttassa garuto pajāya mānato ti
[124]
attho. garuno bhāvo gurutā. garutāya upajāyamānaṃ garuto
pajāyamānaṃ. tato. vidhekavacanena niddeso ti vidhino ekavaca
nena saññāsaññino niddeso ti attho. nanu ‘cc ādi codanā. kattha
ci ‘cc ādi parihāro. tattha vibhattuppatti duvidhā saṅkhyāvikārikā, liṅgatthā
vikārikā ti. yatthāvibhattike payoge vatthūnaṃ ekabahubhāva
saṅkhāto saṅkhyāyattho apākaṭo, vatthum attam eva pākaṭaṃ, tattha
vibhattirahitattā apākaṭassa saṅkhyāyatthassa pākaṭakaraṇatthaṃ
vibhattuppatti karīyati, esā saṅkhyā vikārikā nāma. yattha panāvi
bhattike yeva payoge pakatiyā eva saṅkhyāyattho pākaṭo,
tassa pākaṭassa puna pākaṭakaraṇe payojanābhāvā liṅgattha
mattam apekkhitvā vibhattuppattikarīyati, esāliṅgatthāvikārikānā
ma. tāsv idha liṅgatthavikārikāvibhattuppatti adhippetā ti dassento
katthaci ‘cc ādim āha. idāni taṃ sarūpato dassento tathā hi ‘cc ādi
m āha. ekadvisaddehī ti avibhattike sandhāyāha. abhihite
pī ti kathite pi. ekavacanabahuvacanāni hontī ti liṅgatthamattaṃ a
pekkhitvā puna ekavacanabahuvacanāni hontī ti attho. aññathā ti
aññena pakārena siyā, yadi saṅkhyāvikaraṇatthaṃ ekavacanabahuvaca
nāni siyun ti attho. vuttatthattā va na siyun ti avibhattike hi eka
dvisaddehi eva ekatthassa dvatthassa vuttattā ekavacanabahuvacanāni na
siyun ti attho. puna liṅgatthe eva vibhattuppattiṃ dassento channavu
ti ‘cc ādim āha. ettha pi na vutisaddato chaṭṭhibahuvacanañ ca na siyā ti
sambandho. dasasaddassa abhinipphāditattā ti sambandho. yomhi pareti
attho. asampathan ti amaggaṃ. yaṃ kiñci ‘cc ādi codanā. yaṃ kiñci yoka
rotī ti yo padattho yaṃkiñci gamanapacanādikaṃ kriyāvisesaṃ ka
roti abhinipphattetī ti attho. gāmādīnaṃ kriyāyānupalabbhana
to cā ti idaṃ sappadhānavasena gāmādīnaṃ kriyābhinipphattakattābhāvā
vuttaṃ. gāmādīnaṃ padatthānaṃ kriyāya abhinipphattakattassa anupalabbhana
to cā ti attho. kathantekārakā nāma jātā ti te gāmāda
yo padatthā kriyābhinipphattakatte asati kārakā nāma kathaṃ jā
tā ti attho. tesam pī ty ādikaṃ sarūpāvadhāraṇam evānupadissamānaṃ
[125]
kārakatāsādhakan ti padāvasānaṃ parihāravacanaṃ. tesam pi kriyā
bhinipphattakattūpalabbhanato ti tesaṃ gāmādīnaṃ padatthānam pi apāyādi
kriyābhinipphattakattassa upalabbhanato te gāmādayo padatthā
kārakā nāma jātā ti attho. apisaddo pan’ ettha munippabhutīnam pi
kriyābhinipphattakattā gāmādīnaṃ kriyābhinipphattakattaṃ samucceti.
idāni gāmādīnaṃ kriyāsādhakattaṃ pakāsento upalabbhati ‘cc ādim āha.
gāmādimhi ca padatthe asati munippabhutīnaṃ apāyādikriyāya anupalabbha
nato sati ca tasmiṃ gāmādimhi upalabbhanato tesaṃ gāmādīnaṃ padatthānaṃ
kriyābhinipphattakatā upalabbhatī ti attho. evam anena vuttākāre
na apāyādikriyābhinipphattakattā gāmādīnaṃ padatthānaṃ kārakatā va
vatthapetabbā ti sambandho. yathā ca ettha apādānakārake upacārena
kārakatā viññūhi vavatthapetabbā, evaṃ kammakaraṇasampadānādhikara
ṇānaṃ pi kārakatā vavatthapetabbā. sarūpāvadhāraṇam eva tesaṃ
kārakatā sādhakam ity apare ti tesaṃ gāmādīnaṃ padatthānaṃ kāraka
tā sādhakaṃ nāma sarūpāvadhāraṇaṃ eva, iti vacanaṃ apare ācariyā
vadanti. ettha sarūpāvadhāraṇanti sakarūpassa avadhāraṇaṃ, sakasaka
sabhāvāvadhāraṇan ti attho. apādānassa sabhāvo nāma kriyā
ya avadhibhāvo. kammassa kriyāyābhigantabbatā. kattuno
kriyābhinipphādane sampadhānatā. karaṇassa kriyā saṃsiddhihetu
tā. sampadānassa paṭiggāhakattaṃ. adhikaraṇassa kriyādhārakattaṃ
sabhāvo. sāmino pi kārakabhāvāpajjanato taṃ tesaṃ ā
cariyānaṃ vacanaṃ sārato na paccetabbaṃ na saddahitabban ti sambandho. idaṃ
vuttaṃ hoti, sace kriyābhinipphattakattaṃ kārakatā sādhakan ti
agahetvā sarūpāvadhāraṇaṃ kārakatā sādhakan ti gahaṇaṃ bha
veyya. kriyābhinipphatti vikalassā pi sāmino kārakatā ā
pajjeyya. sabhāvasambandhāvadhāraṇalakkhaṇena na ca taṃ kadāci. tasmā na
taṃ sārato paccetabban ti. puna kārakatā sādhane sarūpāvadhāra
ṇam appamāṇaṃ katvā dassento api cā ty ādim āha. tatrāyaṃ pada
yojanā, api ca kimaññaṃ, rūpālokamanasikārānaṃ sampayoge a
bhinipphattakatā cakkhuviññāṇassa iva, deyyadāyakādāyakānaṃsa
[126]
māyoge abhinipphattakatā dānassa iva ca, gāmādīnaṃ vatthūnaṃ samā
yoge. karaṇatthe vā etaṃ sāmivacanaṃ. gāmādīhi padatthehi vā munippa
bhutīnaṃ sambandhāya samupadissamānāya apāyādikriyāya abhi
nipphattakattaṃ thapetvā anupadissamānaṃ sarūpāvadhāraṇaṃ eva tesaṃ
gāmādīnaṃ kārakatā sādhakan ti idaṃ vacanaṃ kuto saddasatthato
āyātan ti. tattha samupadissamānan ti paññāyamānaṃ, pākaṭan ti
attho. anupadissamānan ti apaññāyamānaṃ. apākaṭan ti attho.
āyātan ti ānītaṃ. rūpañ ca āloko ca manasikāro ca rūpā
lokamanasikārā. tesaṃ. karaṇatthe vā etaṃ sāmicvacanaṃ. yathā rū
pālokamanasikārehi cakkhuviññāṇassa abhinipphattakatā ho
tī ti attho. cakkhuñ ca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇan ti ca, ā
lokasannissitaṃ viññāṇan ti ca, manasikarontassa viññāṇaṃ uppajjati
no amanasikarontassā ti ca vacanato rūpālokamanasikārā
cakkhuviññāṇuppattiyā sambhārā. tesv ekassā pi abhāve cakkhu
viññāṇaṃ n’ uppajjati, paccaya sāmaggisannissitattā viññāṇassa. nanu cakkhu
pasādo pi hetu, atha kim atthaṃ na saṅgahito ti ce. no na saṅgahi
to cakkhu viññāṇaggahaṇen’ eva gahitattā. tathā hi cakkhusannissi
taṃ viññāṇaṃ cakkhuviññāṇan ti katvā so pi paccayatte n’ ev’ idha saṅgahi
to. bhinnapasādassa hi cakkhuviññāṇan ti vohāro yeva na sambha
veyya. pageva tass’ uppattiyā rūpālokamanasikārānaṃ paccayattaṃ.
na hi bhinnapasādassa rūpālokamanasikārānaṃ*sahassaṃ pi paccayo
bhavituṃ sakko ti, devasaten’ evopacchinnajīvitindriyassa puna paṭi
sandhānāya. iti rūpālokamanasikārānaṃ paccayamukhenā pi pasā
dassa paccayatā vuttā yevā ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. dātabban ti deyyaṃ. kin taṃ. saddhānuka
mpapūjānamaññataravasena dātabbā dakkhiṇā. idh’ ekacco hi attano
vā parassa vā puññaphalabhūtaṃ issariyādisampattiṃ disvā kammaphalaṃ sadda
hamānodānaṃ deti, idaṃ saddhaṃ dhuraṃ katvādinnattā saddhāya dānaṃ nāma. e
kacco pana annapānādirahite dukkhite jane disvā karuṇāya māno
dānaṃ deti, idaṃ anukampaṃ dhuraṃ katvā dinnattā anukampāya dānaṃ nāma. e
kacco pana ācariyupajjhāyādike garuṭṭhāni yevā buddharūpaṃ cetiyā
[127]
dayo vā pūjaniyaṭṭhāne pūjento dānaṃ deti, idaṃ pūjaṃ dhuraṃ katvā dinnattā pū
jāyadānaṃ nāma. dadātī ti dāyako. so tividho dānadāso, dāna
sahāyo, dānapatī ti. tattha yo paṇitaṃ deyyadhammaṃ labhitvā a
paṇītaṃ deti, eso dānadāso nāma. yo pana yathā vijjamānaṃ deti,
eso dānasahāyo nāma. yo pana paṇītāpaṇītesati apaṇī
taṃ attanā paribhuñjitvā paṇītaṃ deti. eso dānapatināma. so ti
vidho pi idhādhippeto. ādadāti gaṇhātī ti ādāyako. so
py anirākaraṇādivasena tividho hoti. taṃ heṭṭhā vuttam eva.
deyyañ ca dāyako ca ādāyako ca deyyadāyakādāyakā. te
saṃ karaṇatthe vā idaṃ sāmivacanaṃ. yathā ca deyyadāyakādāyake
hi dānassa abhinipphattakatā hotī ti attho. etesv ekassā
py abhāve dānaṃ na sampajjati, paccayasāmaggipaṭibaddhattā dānassa. evaṃ kriyā
ya pi paccayasāmaggipaṭibaddhattā kriyābhinipphattikāraṇe svekassā
py abhāve tadabhāvato gāmā apenti munayo ty ādīsu apāyā
dikriyābhinipphattakesu munigāmādikesu paccayesu ekassā
bhāvena nevāpāyādikriyābhisaṃsiddhi. tathā hi sace gāmādimhi
sati munippabhutayo na santi. munippabhutīsu vā sati gāmādayo
na santi, kuto tesaṃ apagamo sambhaveyya. atha vā, kiñ cā py apā
yādikriyāya munippabhutayo va visesakāraṇaṃ, tathāpi yady avadhi
bhūtāgāmādayo na santi, kuto te apagacchantī ti munippabhutīnaṃ
kriyābhisaṃsiddhiye va na siyā, kuto tadā yattakārakattasiddhi,
ity āpāyādikriyāya sādhakatā yeva gāmādīnaṃ kārakatā
sādhakaṃ, na sarūpāvadhāraṇan ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. tenāha gāmādīnaṃ abhinipphatta
kattaṃ thapetvā ti yathicchasi ‘cc ādi codanā. tattha yathicchasi ta
thā bhavatū ti bho tvaṃ tesaṃ gāmādīnaṃ kārakattaṃ yathā yena pa
kārena icchasi. tesaṃ gāmādīnaṃ kārakatā tathā tena pakāre
na bhavatu. api tu khalū ti kin tu saccaṃ apāyādikriyābhinipphattakattā
gāmādīnaṃ kattusaññāya bhavitabban ti sambandho. yo koci padattho
kriyam abhinipphatte ti, tassa karotī ti kattā ti kattusaññāya
bhavitabbato gāmādīnaṃ pi kriyākārakattākattusaññāya bhavi
[128]
tabban ti vuttaṃ hoti. na bhavitabbaṃ. pa. upacarīyante ti parihāro. na bhavi
tabban ti gāmādīnaṃ apāyādikriyābhinipphattakattā kattusaññāyana
bhavitabbaṃ. nippariyāyenā ti sabhāvena, attano dhammatāyā ti
attho. tesaṃ kriyābhinipphattakatābhāvato ti tesaṃ gāmā
dīnaṃ padathānaṃ apāyādi kriyābhinipphattakatāya abhāvato.
vuttattham eva upamāya pakāsento yathā hi ‘cc ādim āha. tatrā
yaṃ atthayojanā. bhavaṃ amhākaṃ upagantvā nissāya vasatu, iti ya
thā annādīnaṃ vatthūnaṃ ajjhesanicchābhāve ālapana icchāya abhāve
pi sati tadatthaṃ vasaṃ tadatthena tena annādihetunā vasanto ja
no annena annahetunā vasati, dhammena dhammahetunā vasati, iti
annādiko padattho hetu nāmā ti paṇḍitehi upacarīyate vo
harīyate, tathā evaṃ kiñcāpi gāmādayo mayaṃ idaṃ kriyaṃ nipphādemā
ti kriyābhinipphādanābhogabyāpārarahitā, tathāpi tabbhāve te
saṃ gāmādīnaṃ bhāve sati apāyādīnaṃ kriyānaṃ bhāvato upalabbhana
to tadabhāve tesaṃ gāmādīnaṃ abhāve sati apāyādīnaṃ kri
yānam abhāvato anupalabbhanato apāyādikriyābhinipphattakā
gāmādayo ti upacāravasena vidūhi upacarīyante voharīyante,
na sabhāvato. tasmā te gāmādayo kattusaññaṃ na labhantī ti
vuttaṃ hoti. bhavatv evam upacāro. pa. niratthakabhāvāpajjanato ti
codanā. tattha bhavatv evam upacāro ti evaṃ gāmādayo kriyābhi
nipphattakā ti vohāro bhavatu. tena kāno hānī ti tena upa
cārena no amhākaṃ kā nāma parihāni siyā. hi kasmā vadāmi. kama
lasaṇḍo pabuddho, vanaṃ avahasahe vikasitena pupphānanena, iti
ādīnaṃ upacaritānam pi vohāritānam pi padatthānaṃ kattusaññāya u
palabbhanato. ettha pana kiñcāpi n’ eva kamalasaṇḍassa ahaṃ pabujjhissā
mī ti kriyā ti nipphādanābhogo atthi. tathā pi tadāyattavikasi
tākāraṃ paṭiccāyaṃ loko kattuttena kamalasaṇḍo pabuddho
ti voharati. vanan ti kattuniddeso. vikasita pupphānanenā ti
karaṇaniddeso. no c’ atra kiñcā pi sabhāvato vanassa avahasanaṃ
nāma atthi tathā pi pupphānaṃ vikasitākāraṃ sandhāya avahasatī ti
[129]
voharīyati. tassāyam attho. vanaṃ vikasitena pupphānanena avi
kasitassa vanassa avahasatī ti. ekacce pana kamalasaṇḍo sa
yaṃ pabuddho vikasitapupphānanena avikasitaṃ vanaṃ avahasate ti e
kakattuniddesena atthaṃ vadanti, te pi sabhāvato kamalasaṇḍassa
avahasanā bhāvaṃ dīpentī ti na koci virodho. evaṃ katvatthaṃ
dassetvā hetvatthenā pi bhavitabban ti dassento api cā ty ādi
m āha. tatrāyaṃ atthayojanā. api ca kim aññaṃ. gāmā apenti munayo
ty ādīsu munippabhutīnaṃ padatthānaṃ kiṃ bhūtaṃ mukhyakriyābhinipphattakānaṃ
padhānavasena kriyaṃ abhinipphattentānaṃ kriyābhinipphattiyā kāraṇa
bhāvato tesaṃ gāmādīnaṃ annādīsu padatthesu vuttanayen’ eva yo
kāreti sa hetū ti iminā suttena gāmādīnaṃ hetusaññāyaka
tāya hetvatthe cā ti iminā gāmādīsu tatīyāvibhattiyācabhavi
tabbaṃ. na c’ evaṃ sakkā vattuṃ tesam upacaritahetuttā na hotī ti
tesaṃ gāmādīnaṃ padathānaṃ upacaritahetuttā vohāravasena laddha
hetuttā hetusaññā na hoti, iti evaṃ vacanaṃ vattuṃ na ca sakkā.
kasmā. bhikkhā purisaṃ vā sayati. jano annena annahetunā vasati ‘ccā
dipayogesu upacaritānaṃ hetusaññāya upalabbhanato. athā pi
vadeyyun ti dūran ti kaddhakāla. pa. thokākattūsuce ti iminā
bhuttena hetvatthe pi apādānasaññāya vihitattā gāmādīsu apādāna
saññā eva hotī ti vacanaṃ athā pi yadi pi bhonto vadeyyuṃ. tam pi nāti
tam pi vacanaṃ bhontehi vattabbaṃ na. apāyādikriyāsamāyoge sati
gāmādīnaṃ apādānasaññākaraṇatthan ti sambandho. saccaṃ. pa. dosāvika
raṇenā ti parihāro. saccan ti gāmādīsu kattuhetusaññāhi bhavi
tabban ti yaṃ vacanaṃ bhavatā vuttaṃ. taṃ saccaṃ. tathā pī ti kiñcāpi saccaṃ. deva
datto pacati. bhikkhā vā sayati. annena va sati ‘cc ādīsu caritatthānaṃ
kattusaññādīnaṃ anavakāsattā apādānasaññādayo bādhenti.
ettha devadatto ti kattā. itaradvayaṃ hetuvasena vuttaṃ. tatrāyaṃ
yojanā. devadatto pacati ‘cc ādīsu payogesu caritatthānaṃ kattu
saññādīnaṃ gāmādīsu padatthesu anavakāsattā apādānasaññāda
yo kattuhetusaññādayo bādhenti. caritatthānan ti caritā
[130]
upacaritā voharitā atthāyāsaṃ saññānan ti tā caritatthā. tā
saṃ caritatthānaṃ, asabhāvappasiddhānan ti attho. devadatto pacatī ti
ettha kathaṃ kattusaññāya*upacaritattaṃ. nanu pacanakriyābhinipphata
kattāsabhāvato va kattusaññā ti ce. na. devadatto gacchati ‘cc ā
dīsu viyana pacanasappaṭibandhaṃ. atha kho taṇḍulāyattassa pacanassa tappaṭi
bandhena aggiālimpana thālyāropanodakasecanādibyāpārena
siddhattā taṇḍulaṃ pacatī ti avatvā devadatto pacatī ti voharī
yati. tasmā siddhamatram upacāro ti. tatrāyaṃ adhippāyavibhāva
nā. devadatto pacati ‘cc ādīsu kattusaññādīnaṃ yev’ okāso. na
apādānādīnaṃ, apādānādīnaṃ visayakriyāsambandhābhāvā. gāmā a
penti munayo ty ādīsu apādānādīnaṃ yev’ okāso, na kattusaññā
dīnaṃ, munippabhutīnaṃ viya sappadhānavasena kriyābhinipphattakattābhāvā.
iti gāmādīsu laddhokāsā apādānasaññādayo na-y-idha tumhāka
m okāso atthī ti vatvā upacāramattam āgammasampattakattusaññā
dayo saññāyo bādhante. idāni gāmādīsu kattusaññādīnaṃ yevā
nupalabbhanīyataṃ dīpento api cā ty ādim āha. tattha api cā ti kimañño
nayo. abhirūpāya kaññādadeyyā ti abhirūpāya purisassa ka
ññā dātabbā ti attho. tass’ evā ti viññāyatī ti tassa abhirū
patarassa purisassa kaññā dadeyyā ti attho yathāviññāyatī ti
sambandho. kārakiyo ti kārakaviseso. kārakiṭṭhatā ti
kārakavisesatā, visiṭṭhakārakatā ti attho. alaṃ dosāvi
karaṇenā ti dosappakāsanena nippayojanan ti attho. yathicchasī
ty ādi codanā. yath’ icchasi tathā bhavatū ti bho tvaṃ gāmādīnaṃ kāra
kataṃ yathā yena pakārena icchasi, tesaṃ gāmādīnaṃ kārakatā ta
thātena pakārena bhavatu. api tu khalū ti kin tu saccaṃ. ihā ti i
masmiṃ sutte. vattamānikapaccayena niddiṭṭhattā ti vattamānikapaccayena
apādānasaññāya niddiṭṭhattā. vattamāne bhavo vattamāniko. taṃ taṃ
atthavisesaṃ paṭicca eti āgacchatī ti paccayo. vattamāniko eva
paccayo vattamānikapaccayo. tena. na tattha. pa. bhavitabban ti tattha
paccayayoge apādānasaññāya bhavitabbaṃ na. na na bhavitabban ty ādi pari
[131]
hāro. na na bhavitabban ti atītānāgatikapaccayapayoge apādāna
saññāya na bhavitabbaṃ na, bhavitabbam evā ti attho. tena so tatthayā
petī ti so mātukucchigato naro tena mātarā bhuttāhā
rena tattha mātukucchimhi yāpeti jīvati. ettha kiñcāpi so satto
atītacittakkhaṇe yāpito, anāgatacittakkhaṇe yāpessati
cā ti kālavasena pi yojanā kātabbā. tathā pi upalakkhaṇavasena
kālekadesaṃ gahetvā vattamānikapaccayayogavasen’ eva vuttaṃ
yāpetī ti. ñāṇamukhe āpāthaṃ āgacchantī ti sabbaññutaññāṇadvā
re ārammaṇabhāvaṃ āgacchanti. ettha pana sabbaññutaññāṇassa ekakkha
ṇe eva nānāsabhāvānaṃ saṅkhāravikāralakkhaṇanibbānapaññattisaṅkhātā
naṃ sabbesaṃ ñeyyadhammānaṃ sabbākārenāpāthagamanaṃ nāma n’ atthi, ekassa
cittassa ekakkhaṇe sabbārammaṇaggahaṇe asamatthattā. kin tu dūra
to cittapaṭadassanaṃ viya. sāmaññavasena atītādibhedabhinnānaṃ
ñeyyadhammānaṃ upaṭṭhānākāraṃ paṭicca evaṃ vuttaṃ. kakkhaḷaphusanādinā pana sabbā
kārena nānācittakkhaṇikassa nānākhaṇe yeva āpātham āgacchanti.
tasmā atītaṃsebuddhassa bhagavato appaṭihataṃ ñāṇaṃ. anāgataṃ
se buddhassa bhagavato appaṭihataṃ ñāṇanti vacanato āgatā ā
gamissanti ca. upalakkhaṇavasena pana kālekadesaṃ gahetvā yathā
etarahi evam atītānāgate pī ti dīpetuṃ āgacchantī ti vuttaṃ. eka
desaṃ gahetvā vuttattā ti kālekadesaṃ gahetvā apeti ā
datte ti padānaṃ vuttattā.
272-2. dhātunāmānan ti payogāpekkhā chaṭṭhī. yesū ti
yādisesu dhātunāmopasaggādīsu. aññathā ti yadi sabbān’ eva
dhātunāmopasagganipātāni gahitānī ti attho. aññesam abhā
vā ti aññesaṃ payogānaṃ abhāvā. sarūpaniddeso va niratthako si
yā ti sabbesū ti vutte yeva sijjhanato evam avatvā dhātu nām’ upa
saggā ti sarūpato dhātvādīnaṃ niddeso niratthako siyā. yasmā ca
niratthako siyā, tasmā vuttanayen’ eva attho gahetabbo ti
attho. durīyappasaṅge ti abhibhūyāpagamanatthavācakadhātu rūpaṃ
paṭiccabuddhaṃ parājentī ti dutīyappasaṅge sati apādānavisayāpagamattha
[132]
vācakaparāpubbassa dhātuno payogattā buddhasaddassa tadapavādā
apādānasaññā va hoti. parājentī ti padassa hatānubhāvā hutvā
apasakkantī ti atthasambhavato apagamatthavācakatā daṭṭhabbā. sattami
vibhattippasaṅge ti kriyādhārakattaṃ paṭicca himavati bhavanti jāyantī ti
sattamivibhattippasaṅge sati apādānavisayāpagamatthavācakapapubbassa
dhātuno payogattā himavantasaddassa tadapavādā apādānasaññā va
hoti. pabhavantī ti padassa sandantī ti atthasambhavato. urasmājā
to ti ettha kathaṃ apādānasaññā apādāna visayakriyāsambandhā
bhāvāti ce. na jāto ti dhāturūpassa kriyāvācakattā idha nikkhamanaṃ
jātī ti adhippetaṃ. tasmā ṭhānato ṭhānasaṅkan ti jātī ti gahetvā
jāto nibbatto apagato ti attho. ten’ eva opasilesi
kā dhāravisayā sattamī aniddiṭṭhā ti. api ca nāmapayogattā ho
t’ evāpādānasaññā. kin tu sabbatthāpi dhātunāmopasaggāni apādānavi
sayakriyā sambandhadīpakāni. tasmā tadanurūpavasena kriyākāraka
sambandho veditabbo. apasālāyā ti ettha dutīyapasaṅge sati
apasālaṃ āyanti sālaṃ parivajjetvā āyantī ti attho. apādā
nicchāyaṃ pana apasālāyasālasamīpato sālāya apagantvā
vā āyantī ti attho. abhividhyatthavācakassā ti anto karaṇattha
vācakassa. dutīyapasaṅge ti abhividhyatthavācakattā āsaddassa
ā brahmalokan ti dutīyappasaṅge sati brahmalokaṃ anto katvā
ti attho. tadapavādāya apādānasaññāya katāyamariyādatthavā
cakassa āsaddassa ā brahmalokā ti yāva brahmalokā ti
attho. uparipabbatā ti pabbatamatthakato pabbatassa samantato
vā. buddhasmā paticcādīsu patisaddo virahatthavācako. tasmā apā
dānasaññā katā. yadi paṭiccatthavācako siyā, dutīyappasaṅgato
paṭippayoga apādānasaññā na siyā. tasmā sabbattha dhātunāmo pa
sagganipātānaṃ atthopayogānusāravasena gahetabbo. buddhasmā
patītibuddhāpatipaccekaṃ visuṃ katvā temāsaṃ dhammadesanatthāya sāri
putto bhikkhū ālapati āmante ti. telasmā patī ti telato
visuṃ katvā. evam uttaratrā pi. pakkho kārakānaṃ majjhe hotī ti
[133]
sambandho. suttassāpavādo ‘yan ti ayaṃ ādisaddo suttassa apavā
do nivāraṇabhūto ti attho. idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti kālabhāvesu
cā t’ iminā kālavācakattāpakkhasaddassa pakkhasmin ti sattamippasaṅge sa
ti tadapavādā ādiggahaṇena pañcami vibhatti hotī ti.
273-3. rakkhanatthānam icchitaṃ. rakkhitabbāvā atthārakkha
natthā ti janehi rakkhitabbā atthā rakkhanatthā nāma. tesaṃ rakkhanatthānaṃ
antare yaṃ vatthu icchitaṃ, taṃ apādānasaññaṃ hoti. kathaṃ. kāke
rakkhan ti taṇḍulā ti ettha kākā pi rakkhitabbā. yathā taṇḍulaṃ na
otaranti. taṇḍulā pi rakkhitabbā, yathā kākānakhādan ti. evam e
tesaṃ rakkhitabbānaṃ dvinnaṃ vatthūnaṃ antare taṇḍulā va icchitā, tasmā
tatthāpādānasaññā hoti.
274-4. jetavane ti jetavanaṭṭhā ti iminā vacanena apā
dānatthe sattam ippasaṅgattaṃ dīpeti. tasmā sutte n’ ettha apādānasaññaṃ
katvā tasmiṃ pañcamippasaṅge vāggahaṇena tadapavādā sattami vibhattiṃ
katvā ādesādividhānaṃ kattabbaṃ. jetavanaṭṭhā ti jetavane ṭhito
jetavanaṭṭho. tasmā jetavanaṭṭhā janato. yasmā jetavanasaddo
katthac’ okāsavācako, jetavane viharati ‘cc ādīsu viya. idha pana
adassanicchā payogattā tatraṭṭhavācako. tasmā taṃ dassetuṃ
jetavanaṭṭhā ti āha. tam evatthaṃ sādhetuṃ yathā ty ādim āha. añña
thā ti yadi okāso adhippeto siyā ti attho. tenādassa
nicchāvanasambhaveyyā ti tena karaṇabhūtena jetavanasaddābhidhe
yyena okāsena adassane icchāvanasambhaveyyā ti attho.
yasmā hi adassanicchā nāma janaṃ paṭicca bhavati. n’ okāsaṃ. tasmā a
dassanicchā jetavanokāsaṃ paṭicca na bhavati. tāyā bhāve kathaṃ
tappaṭibaddhāvibhattuppattī ti vuttaṃ hoti. sampadāne vā karaṇavacanaṃ.
tassa jetavanassa adassanicchāvanasambhaveyyā ti attho.
275.5. dūran ti. pa. casaddaggahaṇena aññatthā pi pañcamivi
bhattiñ ca chaṭṭhidutīyātatīyāvibhattiyo ca saṅgaṇhātī ti casaddaggaha
ṇena karaṇabhūtena suttāgatapayogato aññattha payoge
pañcamivibhattiñ ca iha apādānakārake chaṭṭhidutīyātatīyāvibhatti
[134]
yoca saṅgaṇhāti. tasmā suttena apādānasaññaṃ katvā tasmiṃ
apādāne apādāne pañcamī ti pañcamippasaṅge tadapavādā caggahaṇena
chaṭṭhyādayo kātabbā. attho pan’ etāsaṃ pañcamyatthavaseneva ga
hetabbo. vibhattivipariṇāmo va bhavati. n’ atthi catthassa viparītatā
tivuttattā vibhattivipariṇāmappayoge atthavipariṇāmo n’ atthī ty ā
vagantabbaṃ. ārakādayo dūratthapariyāyā ti ārakādayo saddā
dūratthavācakā. addhānassa nimmānan ti dīgham aggassa paricchedo. avijja
mānatā ti tvāpaccayantassa saddassa avijjamānatā tvālopo nā
mā ti sambandho. disatthadīpakehi saddehī ti ettha disatthadīpakasaddo
nāma puratthimādayo. nanv evaṃ sante ty ādicodanā. evaṃ sante ti di
sāyogasaddassa disatthadīpakehi saddehi sampayogo ho
tī ti evaṃ atthe sati ito sātyādīsu eva payogesu kāra
kassa apādānasaññāya bhavitabbaṃ  nanū ti sambandho. atha kathaṃ pubba
to ty ādīsu hotī ti atha evaṃ sante pubbato ty ādīsu disā
yogarahitesu disatthavācakesu payogesu kārakassa a
pādānasaññākathaṃ hotī ti attho. sarūpekasesavasenā
ty ādi parihāro. bhajaputhakkaraṇe ti bhajadhātuputhakkaraṇe nā
nākaraṇe vattatī ty attho. avibhattivibhajanan ti avibhattissa a
nānābhūtassa ekasabhāvaṃ gatassa atthassa vibhajanaṃ nānākara
ṇaṃ avibhattivibhajanaṃ. gosū ti niddhāraṇe bhummaṃ. ekaṃ kaṇhappakāraṃ
godabban ti attho. tassam udāyato avinimuttass’ eva guṇasampa
dhāraṇan ti tato gosamudāyato avinimuttassa anapagatassa
avinābhūtassa godabbassa guṇasampadhāraṇaṃ guṇavasena nānāka
raṇaṃ guṇavisesakaraṇaṃ vā avibhattivibhajanaṃ nāmā ti sambandho.
sampannakhīratamā ti sampannaṃ paṇītaṃo javantaṃ khīraṃ yassā sā sampannakhī
rā. ayañ ca sampannakhīrā, ayañ ca sampannakhīrā, ayam imesaṃ visesena
sampannakhīrā ti sampannakhīratamā. gāvīnaṃ antare sampannakhīratamā atima
dhurakhīrā kaṇhā dhenū ti attho. dassanīyatamā ti atittikara
ṇatthena dassanaṃ arahatī ti dassanīyā. tamapaccayo vuttanayena
yojetabbo. nārīnaṃantare dassanīyatamā ativiya dassanapara
[135]
hā sāmavaṇṇakā ti attho. ekaṃ puthakkatam avayavaṃ gahetvā ti
samudāyato visuṃ kataṃ ekaṃ avayavaṃ gahetvā guṇasampadhāraṇaṃ
guṇavisesakaraṇaṃ. kva pakassā ti tu apakassa. apanetvā ti
attho. viramaṇatthasaddappayogo ti viramaṇaṃ attho yesaṃ saddānaṃ
te viramaṇatthā. saddā. tesaṃ payogo. ettha viramaṇatthasaddo nā
ma ārati virati paṭivirati veramaṇiccādayo. sukhuccāraṇatthan ti
sukhena uccāraṇatthāya vācāsaṇhatāya siliṭṭhatāya cuṇṇiyapa
desūkathā siliṭṭhatāyā ti attho. sudhasaṃsuddhimhī tīmassa ‘tthassa
vācake ti ettha sudhasaṃ suddhimhī ti dhātvatthavācakāsaddā nāma asaṃ
saṭṭhānupakuṭṭhāgarahitādayo. aññathā ti yadi saṅkhyatthavācake
saṅgaṇhatī ti attho. latvakkharattā ti appakkharattā. paṭhamatthavā
cakaṃ pubbasaddapayogam āhā ti paṭhamatthavācakassa pubbasaddassa pa
yogam āha. vācāsiliṭṭhatāy’ ettha niggahitāgamo kato. añña
thā ti yadi pubbayogaggahaṇena disatthavācakapubbayogaṃ vuttaṃ bha
veyya. visuṃ na vattabban ti disāyogaggahaṇaṃ visuṃ na vattabbaṃ bhaveyyā ti
attho. hetvatthe saṅgaṇhātī ti hetvatthavante sadde saṅgaṇha
ti. he bhuattho yesan te hetvatthā ti hi samāso. bahubbī
hi samāso ca vantumantuvīpaccayā ca assatthyatthānatikkamanato
samānatthavisayā. tathā hi lambakaṇṇo ti ettha lambānikaṇṇāni
yassā ti samāso purisassa lambakaṇṇavantataṃ va dīpeti. kin tu
so*padasamavāye aññapadatthavasena sannihito. guṇavāsa
timāmedhāvī ty ādīsu paccayasāmaggi vasenā ty āvagantabbaṃ. tattha
hi kattubuddhi sañjāyate. so ca kattā na hotī ti akattā ti
vattuṃ sakkā ti so ca hetu yasmā kattā na hoti. iti tasmā
akattā ti vattuṃ sakkā ti tattha akattariggahaṇe suttakattu
no ācariyassa buddhi sañjāyatī ti sambandho. siddhe saty ārambho
ti hetuggahaṇen’ eva asati akattariggahaṇe siddhe sati puna
akattariggahaṇassa ārambho ti attho. yatra tv anenā ti yatra
tu payoge anena akattariggahaṇena apādānasaññā hotī
ti attho.
[136]
276.6. sampajja assādadātī ti sampadānan ti yassa yaṃ dātu
kāmo. so paṭiggāhako sampajjasammāgantvā assa dāyakassa
santakaṃ ādadāti gaṇhātī ti sampadānaṃ. katthaci pana sampecca assadadā
tī ti pāṭho dissati. tassāyam attho jano sampecca sammāpakārena
upasaṅkamitvā assakārakassa dadāti. iti tasmā taṃ kārakaṃ
sampadānaṃ nāma. ubhayatthā pi paṭiggahaṇamatten’ eva sampadānatā vuttā.
upayajatī ti dadātī ti attho. dattan ti dinnadhanaṃ. tathā voharīyatī
ti dinnaṃ sādiyatī ti kathīyati. yajatī ti dadāti. yajadevapūjāsaṅga
hakaraṇadānadhammesū ti dhātuno rūpaṃ.
277.7. jighaṃsānām asaṅghaṭṭanā vināso vā. imesañ ca ta
datthavācīnam aññesañ ca payoge ti imesaṃ vuttapakārānaṃ dhātūnañ ca
payoge tesaṃ dhātūnaṃ atthavācīnaṃ aññesañ ca saddānaṃ payoge. saṃ
rādho nāma yācanā. aṅkaṃ nāmasaṅketakaraṇaṃ. su savane tīmassa
payoge ti sambnadho. pubbakattuno ca payoge ti attho. pubbassa
kammassa kattā pubbakattā. tassa pubbakattuno. siddhe saty ārambhassā
ti siddhe sati adhippetatthe puna ārambhassa punāraddhassa atthassa
atthaggahaṇassā ti attho. pihanīyā vibhūtiyo ti vibhūtiyo
sampattiyo pi hanīyāpatthetabbā. patthethā ti attho.
278.8. yo ādhāro ti yo kārakabhūto padattho
kriyāya ādhāro ti attho. okāsasaddassa ādhāravācakattaṃ
dassento yathā hī ty ādim āha. yathā hi dabbānaṃ patiṭṭhā okā
so ti vuccatī ti n’ atthi dhaññānaṃ okāso nisīdanokāsothapa
nokāso ty ādīsu tesaṃ tesaṃ vatthūnaṃ patiṭṭhā ādhārabhūtaṃ
ṭhānaṃ yathā okāso ti vuccati. tathā ayam api kārako
kattukammānaṃ paṭibandhāyakriyāya patiṭṭhattā okāso nāmā ti vucca
ti. tasmā okāso ti vacanaṃ ācariyena vuttaṃ. kaṭe nisīdati,
thāliyaṃ odanaṃ pacatī ty ādīsu yasmiṃ ādhārabhūte vatthumhi nisajjanapa
canādikaṃ kriyaṃ karoti, taṃ vatthu tesaṃ kattukammasamavetānaṃ kri
yānaṃ patiṭṭhānatthena okāso nāmā ti vuttaṃ hoti. kaṭe nisī
dati devadatto ti ettha hi kaṭo devadattaṃ dhārento taṃ samave
[137]
taṃ āsanakriyañca dhāreti. thāliyaṃ odanaṃ pacatī ti etthā pi thālī
taṇḍulaṃ dhārentī taṃ samavetaṃ pacanakriyaṃ pi dhāreti. tenāha
kattukammānaṃ kriyāya patiṭṭhattā ti. idha panā ty ādi codanā. kattu
kammānaṃ kriyāya patiṭṭhattā tesaṃ yeva okāsasaññāya bhavi
tabban ti. yathā yo yassa nissayo, so tassa patiṭṭhā nāma, evaṃ
kattukammānaṃ kriyāyā ti kriyupanipassayattena kattukammānaṃ
niddiṭṭhattā kattukammānupanissāya yā kriyā jāyatī ti tassā
tān’ eva patiṭṭhānāni honti, na jetavanādīni. jetavanādayo hi
kriyādhārabhūtānaṃ kattukammānamādhārā. iti padhānavasena kattu
kammānam eva kriyādhārasabhāvattā tesam eva kattukammānaṃ o
kāsasaññāyabhavitabban ti vuttaṃ hoti. atha kathaṃ jetavanādī
nan ti atha evaṃ kriyādhārakattā bhāve sati kriyādhārakattaṃ paṭicca
jetavanādīnaṃ padatthānaṃ okāsasaññā kathaṃ hoti. atha vā, atha
evaṃ kattukammānaṃ okāsatte sati jetavanādīnaṃ katham okāsa
saññā ti pi attho. lokikānaṃ ty ādi parihāro. tattha hi iti
kāraṇatthe nipāto. hi yasmā lokābhimatavasena saddappayo
gā sijjhanti. tasmā lokikānam abhilakkhitākāravasena jetava
nādīnaṃ okāsasaññā hotī ti sambandho. anena lokasaṅketa
siddhā saddappayogā. na paramatthasiddhā ti dasseti. tathā hi vuttaṃ vohā
ravisayo saddo. nekantaparamatthato ti. kattukammānaṃ kriyāyā
dhārakattena jetavanādīni samadhigacchanti, na pana kattukammānī ti vacanaṃ
lokikānam abhilakkhitākāradassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. tatrāyam attho,
kiñcāpi jetavanādayo kattukammānam ādhāro, na kriyāya. tathāpi
kattukammāni dhārentā taṃ samavetaṃ kriyam api dhārentī ti*katvā
paraṃ parādhāravasenā pi kriyaṃ paṭicc’ okāsasaññā jetavanādīnaṃ, na
kattukammānan ti lokābhimataṃ cetasisamādāya kattukammānaṃ
ty ādim āha. ayam ettha yojanā. kattukammānaṃ paṭibaddhāya kriyāya
jetavanādīnaṃ vatthūnaṃ ādhārakattena jetavanādīni vatthūni okāsa
saññāni hontī ti lokiyā samadhigacchanti jānanti, kriyāya
kattukammānaṃ ādhārakattena ādhārakattaṃ paṭicca kattukammāni
[138]
okāsasaññāni hontī ti na samadhigacchanti. tesañ ca tenākāre
nābhimatabhāvo ti tesañ ca lokikānaṃ tena kattukammānaṃ kri
yādhārakattasaṅkhātena ākārena okāsassa abhimatabhā
vo jetavanādīnaṃ padatthānaṃ sattami niddesakaraṇadassanato viññā
yati, tenākārena tesaṃ jetavanādīnaṃ lokikehi abhimata
bhāvo ti pi sambandho. evaṃ lokābhimatavasena jetavanādīnam o
kāsasaññā, na kattukammānan ti dassetvā puna visesavidhibalenā pi
neva kattukammānam okāsasaññā hotī ti dassento kattu
kammānaṃ vākyādim āha. vā ti atha vā. ayam añño nayo ti attho.
kattukammānaṃ kriyādhārakatte sati pi yaṃ karoti taṃ kammaṃ, yo
karoti sa kattā ti dvinnaṃ suttānaṃ vuttattā yo ‘dhāro tam okā
san ti suttena kriyādhārakattaṃ paṭicca sampattaṃ okāsasaññaṃ bādhetvā
kattukammasaññā va honti. kasmā ti ce. yasmā tā kattukamma
saññā visiṭṭhavisayā visesavisayā. tasmā ti attho. idaṃ vuttaṃ
hoti. yathā okāsasaññāyo ‘dhāro tam okāsan ti mukhyo
pacāre avicāretvā ādhāramattam āgamma vuttattā sabhāvato
kriyādhārakattaṃ paṭicca kattukammānañ ca paraṃ parāya kriyādhārakattaṃ
paṭicca jetavanādīnañ ca sādhāraṇā, na tathā kattukammasaññāvisiṭṭha
visayattā. visesavidhino ca sāmaññavidhibādhakattā kattukammasaññā
okāsasaññaṃ bādhetvā kattukammasaññā va hontī ti. yadi panā
ty ādi codanā. yadi panādhārassa okāsasaññā ti kriyāya ā
dhārapabhūtassa padatthassa yadi okāsasaññā hoti, sāsane
va sati. pa. muyhati ‘cc ādīsu payogesu sāsanādīnaṃ padatthānaṃ okā
sasaññā kathaṃ hoti. etehi sāsanādayopadatthā vā sādīnaṃ
kriyānaṃ mukhyato saccato ādhārabhūtāpatiṭṭhābhūtā na honti.
kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti. yathā gehe va sati ‘cc ādīsu purisassa catu iriyā
pathasaṅkhātāya vā sādikriyāya gehādīnam ādhārabhāvo ho
ti, evaṃ pariyattipaṭipattipaṭivedhasaṅkhātasāsanādipadatthānaṃ samaṇādi
paṭibaddhāya iriyāpathasaṅkhātavāsādikriyāya ādhārabhāvo sacca
to n’atthi. iti ādheyyādhārarahitassa padatthassa katham o-
[139]
kāsasaññā hotī ti vuttaṃ hoti. kattha ci pana kaṭe nisīdati ‘cc ādī
su paraṃparāya pi kriyādhāratā hoti. na tathā py atrā ti dassento
nāpi ‘cc ādim āha. tattha kriyāsannissayānan ti sammānissīyantī ti sanni
ssayā. kriyāya sannissayājanakattena ādhārabhūtā ti kriyā
sannissayā. tesaṃ kriyāsannissayānaṃ, samaṇādīnan tīminā tulyā
dhikaraṇaṃ. kriyādhāraṇadvārenā ti kriyāyadhāraṇa dvārenā ti
vattabbe yakāralopaṃ katvā evaṃ vuttaṃ. ādhāratayā ti ādhārā
tayā ti chedo. kriyāsannissayānaṃ samaṇādīnaṃ padatthānaṃ dhāraṇa
dvārena dhāraṇupāyena taṃ samavetāya vāsādikriyāyapi ete
sāsanādayo padatthā ādhārā ti nā pi tayā viññāyante, tasmā
sāsanādīnaṃ okāsasaññā kathaṃ viññātabbā ti sambandho. yathā
kaṭe nisīdati ‘cc ādīsu kaṭo devadattaṃ dhārento tadupanissitam pi
āsanakriyaṃ dhāreti, evam idhāpi sāsanādayo padatthā samaṇā
dayo dhārentā tadupanissitam pi vāsādikriyaṃ dhārentī ti katvā
paraṃ parādhāravasenā pi n’ eva sāsanādīnam ādhāratā sambhavati. tasmā
kriyādhārakattam āgamma kathaṃ okāsasaññā hotī ti vuttaṃ ho
ti. keci pana ādhāratayā ti ettha ādhāratāyā ti vattabbe tā
kāragatass’ ākārassa rassaṃ katvā yakāragatassa akā
rassa ca dīghaṃ katvā evaṃ vuttan ti davantī ti. tatrāyaṃ yojanā. kriyā
sannissayānaṃ kattubhūtānaṃ samaṇādīnaṃ padatthānaṃ paṭibaddhāya kriyā
ya dhāraṇadvārena sāsanādīnaṃ padatthānaṃ ādhārabhūtatāya ete sā
sanādayo padatthā okāsasaññā hontī ti nā pi viññāyante ti.
adhippāyo pan’ etthā pi vuttanayo va. saccam ev’ etan ty ādiparihā
ro. tattha saccam ev’ etan ti na h’ ete mukhyādhārabhūtā ty ādikaṃ etaṃ
vacanaṃ saccan ti attho. athā pī ti kiñcā pi sāsanādayo padatthā vā sādīnaṃ na ca mukhyādhārabhūtā na ca paraṃ parādhārabhūtā ti attho. kriyaṃ
paṭicca yo ādhāratayādhippeto ti kriyaṃ paṭicca kāraṇaṃ katvā
yokārako ādhāro ti tayā adhippeto. atha vā yo
padattho kriyaṃ paṭicca kāraṇaṃ katvā ādhāratāya ādhārabhā
vena janena adhippeto, so padattho ti pi attho. iti suttattho
[140]
ti yo ‘dhāro tam okāsan ti suttassa ayaṃ attho. kasmā pa
n’ ettha suttatthāvikaraṇaṃ katan ti ce. uparikriyādhārakassa pa
datthass’ eva okāsasaññā ti niyamanatthan ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. sācādhāratā ti
so ca kriyaṃ paṭicca ādhārabhāvo, so vā kattukammānaṃ kriyaṃ pa
ṭicca kārakassa ādhārabhāvo. lokiyapayogadassanato
ti ettha lokābhimatavasena nipphannapayogā lokiyapayogā
nāma. tatthedaṃ vuttaṃ hotī ti tattha suttatthāvikaraṇādhikāre
idaṃ vacanaṃ vuttaṃ hoti. yassa ādhārabhāvo kriyaṃ paṭicca adhippe
to, tass’ okāsasaññā ti kattukammānaṃ kriyaṃ paṭicca yassa pa
datthassa ādhārabhāvo lokiyehi adhippeto, tassa pa
datthassa okāsasaññā bhavati. sā ca ādhārabhāvena adhippeta
tā ti sā ca ādhārabhāvena okāsasaññāya adhippetatā.
tad evan ti taṃ evaṃ tena kāraṇena. etassā ti etassa kārakassa.
kriyaṃ paṭicca ādhārabhāva itī ti kattukammānaṃ kriyaṃ paṭicca ādhāra
bhāvo bhavati. ettha ādhārabhāvo ti vattabbe okārantānaṃ
akārantatā pakatī ti niruttinayena evaṃ vuttan ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. iti ettha
ke saddatthe ti evaṃ ettake okāsasaddassa atthe. katham pan’ assā
dhārabhāvo kriyaṃ paṭiccā ti pacchā yutticintāyan ti saddattha-ādhigamato
pacchā assa okāsakārakassa kriyaṃ paṭicca ādhārabhāvo kathaṃ
nu kho ṭhātabbo ti ācariyassa yutticintāyaṃ yutticāraṇakāle
etad ahosi yassa padatthassa ādhārabhāve vavatthapīyamāne
yathā yena pakārena sambhavaty ādhārabhāvo, tassa padatthassādhā
rabhāvo tathā vavatthapetabbo ti. anena kriyaṃ paṭiccādhārabhāvo
anekadhāsambhavatī ti vuttaṃ hoti. taṃ payogavasena dassento
yattha hi ‘cc ādim āha. bhiyyokhaggamhi obhāso ti khaggamhi obhāso
bhiyyo atirekataro ti ettha obhāsassa ṭhitatyāpekkhaṃ katvā
khaggassa ādhārabhāvo sabhāvato sambhavati. na paraṃparāya. tenāha
mukhyato eva kriyaṃ paṭiccādhārabhāvo sambhavatī ti. tassa tathādhāra
bhāvo viññāyate ti tassa khaggādino padatthassa tathā tena pakā
rena mukhyavasena ādhārabhāvo paṇḍitehi viññāyate. kaṭe se
[141]
tithāliyaṃ pacatī ti kaṭe devadatto seti. thāliyaṃ taṇḍulaṃ paca
tī ti. ettha hi sayanakriyābhinipphattakattā devadatto kattā. pacana
kriyāya abhigantabbato taṇḍulaṃ kammaṃ. kaṭo pan’ ettha deva
dattaṃ dhāranto tadupanissitaṃ sayanakriyañ ca dhāreti, thālītaṇḍu
laṃ dhārentī ti tadupanissitaṃ pacanakriyam pi. iti kaṭathālyādipadatthānaṃ
kattukammānaṃ dhāraṇamukheneva kriyāyādhārabhāvo paraṃparāya
sambhavatī n’etarathā ti idaṃ paraṃ parādhārakattaṃ sandhāyāha kattu
kammānaṃ. pa. sambhavatī ti. tattha tathā vavatthapīyatī ti tattha tesu pa
yogesu kaṭathālyādīnaṃ padatthānaṃ ādhārabhāvo tathā tena
pakārena paraṃparādhāravasena viññūhi vavatthapīyati. iti mukhyaparaṃpa
rāvasenādhārakattaṃ dassetvā taṃ py apadesen’ eva sāsanādīsva
palabbhamānaṃ tadupanissayādhārādim āvikaronto iha tu’cc ādim ā
ha. tattha ihā ti niddhāraṇe bhummaṃ. imesu sāsanādīsu padatthesū
ti attho. sāsane va satī ty atra yathādhārabhāvo sambhavatī
ti samaṇo sāsane vasatī ti atra payoge samaṇasambandhi tā
yavāsakriyāya sāsanassa ādhārabhāvo yathā sambhavati, ta
thā tena pakārena sāsanassa ādhārabhāvaṃ bhavaṃ vavatthāpaya
tu. kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti. yathā bhavatā bhiyyo khaggamhi obhāso ‘cc ādī
su taṃ taṃ labbhamānākāraṃ gahetvā ādhārabhāvo vavatthapito,
evam assā pi sāsanassādhārabhāvo yathā sambhavati, tathā
tassādhārabhāvaṃ bhavaṃ vavatthāpayatū ti. codakābhimatena anabhi
mataṃ saṃsandati. sāsane labbhamānaṃ tadupanissayādhāraṃ dassento
yo hi ‘cc ādim āha. tatthāyaṃ yojanā. yo hi brāhmaṇo yassa
rañño āyatto) so rājātassa brāhmaṇassa nissayo. i
ti brāhmaṇaṃ tathā rājayattaṃ loke pākaṭaṃ upalabbhamānājā
nantā janā ayaṃ brāhmaṇo rājasannissito, iti vacanaṃ vattā
ro bhavanti yathā. yo hi yassāyatto, so tassa nissayo
ti loke pākaṭan ti idaṃ atthantaranyāsassa mūlavākyan ti pi daṭṭhabbaṃ.
ten’ ev’ āha tathā hī ti. tad eva saccan ti attho. evam ihā pī ti
sāsane vasatī ti imasmiṃ payoge pi evan ti attho. samaṇassa
[142]
vāso ti catu-iriyāpathasaṅkhāto samaṇassa vāso. pariyattī
ti tepiṭakassa buddhavacanassa vā tad ekadesassa vā pariyāpuṇaṃ.
anena taduggahaṇadhāraṇaparipucchā pi saṅgahitā ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. paṭipattī ti
paṭī punappunaṃ pattijānanaṃ paṭipatti. sīle patiṭṭhitena paṭipajjitabbā samādhi
paññābhāvanā ti attho. paṭivedho ti maggaparaṃparāya paṭi punappunaṃ ve
dho jānanaṃ paṭivedho. catusaccapaṭivedho ti attho. vāsassādhā
ro va vatthapīyatī ti vāsakriyāya ādhāro ti viññūhi vavatthapīya
tī ti. rūpādīsu labbhamānaṃ tabbisayādhāraṃ dassento rūpe saññā ty ādi
m āha. yato saññādīnaṃ bhavataṃ visayabhāvaṃ paṭipajjante rūpādayo ti
rūpādayo padatthārūpādīsu ārammaṇakaraṇavasena bhavataṃ bhavantānaṃ
patiṭṭhahantānaṃ saññādīnaṃ dhammānaṃ visayabhāvaṃ ārammaṇabhāvaṃ paṭipajjante
upagacchanti yato yasmā kāraṇā, tato tasmā kāraṇā tesaṃ
saññādīnaṃ ādhārabhāvena rūpādayo padatthā vidūhi vavatthapīyanti.
satthī ti dhamme cittassa lagganaṃ. katthaci mukhyato, katthaci paraṃ parāya, kattha
ci tadupanissayato, katthaci pabbisayato ty anekadhā kriyādhāra
katā sambhavati. tenāha na tv ayaṃ niyamo. pa. kriyaṃ paṭicce ti. tatrā
yam attho. kattukammānaṃ. pa. kriyaṃ paṭicce ti ayaṃ paraṃparādhāravasena
heṭṭhā vuttanayo tu ekantena niyamo na, evam anekadhā py ādhārabhā
vassa upalabbhanato ti vuttaṃ hoti. bhavatv evan ty ādi codanā. bhava
tv evan ti evaṃ bhavatā vuttanayena sāsanādīnaṃ okāsasaññābhava
tu. tāsaṃ kammānan ti paraṃparāchaṭṭhī. tāsaṃ kriyānaṃ paṭibaddhakammānaṃ o
kāsattaṃ kathan ti attho. kattubyāpārenā ti kattuno kriyāya.
saccaṃ ty ādiparihāro. tesan ti tesaṃ sāvatthyādīnaṃ padatthānaṃ. icchā
vasena kārakuppattiṃ dassento tathāhi ‘cc ādim āha. accantam asannihi
tā ti ekantena apatiṭṭhitā anicchitā ti pi attho. abhedavase
nā ti ekato. nāpikattutāsambhāvīyatī ti valāhakassa kattu
bhāvo nā pi sambhāvīyati. kasmā pan’ ettha apādānappayoge vuttana
yena kattokāsakā na sambhāvīyatī ti ce. vatthiccāvasena niggammā
ty āpādānavisayakriyāvisesassa niddiṭṭhattā kattokāsapayo
gādīsu pi anicchitattā apādānādīni na sambhavantī ti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
[143]
279.9. karīyate anenā ti karaṇan ti anena kattuno
pakaraṇabhūtena vatthunā kriyāya anantarāyena karīyate
yasmā, iti tasmā karaṇaṃ nāmā ti attho. sabbesam pi kārakā
naṃ kriyājanakatte satī ti iminā kriyābhinipphattakattena sabbe
saṃ kārakānaṃ samānajātikattaṃ dassetvā tesv imass’ ekena
pariyāyena visesakārakattaṃ vibhāvento yenā ty ādim āha. ta
trāyam attho. sabbesam pi kārakānaṃ taṃ taṃ kāraṇopacāravase
nakriyājanakattupalabbhamānattā imassā pi karaṇan ty ānvatthasaññā
paridīpakavacane n’ eva kriyājanakattābhibyattimhi siddhe puna yena kriya
te ti visesetvā imassa karaṇasaddassa vacanaṃ visesakāra
katā vikaraṇatthaṃ. kathaṃ. yathā rājarājā ti vutte rājūnaṃ rājā
rājarājā ti ukkaṃ sagativiññāpanena visesassa rājasaddatthassa a
dhigamo hoti. evaṃ kattubyāpārābhisaṃsiddhi hetuno ukkaṃsa
gativiññāpakattā yenā ty ānena visesakārakatā vikatā ho
ti. na c’ evaṃ vacanena katvattho va gantabbo ti visesakārakatā vi
karaṇatthan ti evaṃ vacanena katvattho avagantabbo na ca. kiñcāpi attappa
dhānavasena kriyābhinipphattakattā kattā pi visesakārako. ta
thā pi tadupakaraṇaniddesattā na-y-idha so adhippeto ti vuttaṃ ho
ti. tatra kāraṇam āha yenā ty ādinā. kattuno pakaraṇabhūte
kārakasamāyoge ti niddhāraṇe bhummaṃ. kattubyāpārabhinipphattiyā
sambhārabhūtesu kammakaraṇasampadānāpādānādhikaraṇesu yaṃ
kārakaṃ sādhakatamaṃ visesena kattubyāpārasādhakaṃ. taṃ kārakaṃ
karaṇaṃ nāmā ti attho paṇḍitehi avagantabbo.
280.10. karīyatī ti kamman ti yaṃ kriyāya pāpuṇāti,
taṃ karīyati kattubyāpārena pāpuṇīyatī ti kamman ti vuccati. ke
ci pana karīyati abhinipphādīyatī ti atthaṃ bhaṇanti. na taṃ sabbatthabyāpa
kaṃ. gāmaṃ gato ‘cc ādīsu vijjamānassā pi kattubyāpārenābhigantabbattā.
tasmā kattukriyāya abhigantabbo attho kammaṃ nāmā ti gahe
tabbaṃ. evaṃ hi sati abhinipphādento pi kriyāya pāpuṇātī ti na
koci virodho. aññathāgāmādīnam pi abhinipphādanatā āpajjeyya.
[144]
rathan ti avayavasāmaggino pariniṭṭhitakattubyāpāra paridīpanaṃ. ka
rotī ti āraddhāparisamattakiccakkhaṇasamaṅgitā paridīpanaṃ. iti ka
raṇakkhaṇe rathassānupalabbhanīyato rathe ca sati karaṇakiccā
sambhavato katham atikkantāraddhakiccaparidīpakānaṃ padānaṃ sambandho ti
yuttiṃ cetasi samādāya codento idha panā ty ādim āha. tattha
idha panā ti rathaṃ karotī ti imasmiṃ payoge pana. yadā karoti, ta
dā rathan ty ābhilapituṃ na sakkā ti iminā āraddhāparisamattakiccakkha
ṇe abhinipphannavohārassa ayuttataṃ dīpeti. yadi pana siyā,
karotī ty ābhilapituṃ na sakkā ti iminā bhinipphannassa nipphādenabyā
pārasambandho ayutto ti dīpeti akatassa hī ty ādinā nipphanna
vatthunipphādanakriyā sambandhābhāvaṃ sādheti. tadā ti tasmiṃ kara
ṇakkhaṇe. yadi pana siyā ti sace ārabbhato pageva ratho bha
veyya. abhidhātun ti kathetuṃ. akatassā ti aranābhinemikubba
rāni ekato katvā ayojitassa. rathassā ti vuttappakāra
sambhāraṃ ekato katvā yojitassa karaṇakiccarahitassā ti
attho. katham idaṃ paccetabban ti rathaṃ karotī ti idaṃ vacanaṃ aññoñña
sambandhan ti kathaṃ saddahitabbaṃ*asaddahanīyam idan ti attho. nipphāde
tabbassā pī ty ādi parihāro. nipphādetabbassā pi nipphannass’ eva vo
hārasambhavāti nāyaṃ sabhāvappasiddhā saddapaṭipatti lokaparikappa
siddhattā. loko hi abhūtam pi bhūtam iva parikappetvā voharati,
tasmā āyatiṃ nipphādetabbassā pi vatthuno nipphannassa iva vohāra
sambhavā abhisaṅkharaṇakkhaṇe pi rathaṃ ty ābhilapituṃ sakkā ti attho.
vuttattham eva sarūpato dassento tathāhi ‘cc ādim āha. tathā hī ti
tad eva saccaṃ. paṭaṃ vāyati, odanaṃ pacati ‘cc ādinā vohārodissatī ti
sambandho. abhinipphādetabbassa nipphannavohārassa sambhavato eva
paṭanimittaṃ tantaṃ vāyanto paṭaṃ vāyatī ti ca odananimittaṃ taṇḍulaṃ pa
canto odanaṃ pacatī ti ca vuccati. aññathā nipphannassa puna nipphādanābhāva
to paṭādīnaṃ kammasaññā va na sambhaveyya. pageva tannimittavibhatyuppatti.
iti paṭādivohāram iva rathādivohārassā pi sambhavato yuttaṃ
rathaṃ karotī ti vattuṃ. yasmiṃ yasmiṃ yaṃ yam abhinipphādetī ti yasmiṃ yasmiṃ.
[145]
tantataṇḍulādivatthusmiṃ nimittabhūte yaṃ yaṃ anabhinipphannaṃ paṭādivatthuṃ
abhinipphādeti. taṃ taṃ buddhiyā taññ eva katvā ti tan taṃ abhinipphāde
tabbavatthumhi buddhiyā taṃ iva abhinipphannaṃ iva katvā ti attho. idaṃ pi
karīyamānan ti karīyamānaṃ idam pi rathaṃ. taṃ viyā ti taṃ abhinipphannarathaṃ
viya. idāni vuttatthasādhanamukhena saddasatthāgatanayaṃ dassento
saddasatthe panā ty ādim āha. saddasatthe pana iti vicāraṇākatā ti
sambandho. rūpaṃ passati ‘cc ādi saddasatthāgatacodanā. yena dassanā
dīnaṃ rūpādivisayatthatā bhaveyyā ti dassanādīnaṃ kriyānaṃ rūpādīnaṃ
vatthūnaṃ visayatthatā visayabhāvo yena atisayena atthavi
sesena bhaveyya, tādisassa kattubyāpārabhūtehi dassanādīhi
kayiramānassa rūpādīnaṃ visayānaṃ yassa kassaci atisayassa attha
visesassa abhāvākammasaññāya na bhavitabban ti sambandho. aya
m ettha adhippāyo, yaṃ dabbaṃ kattubyāpārenāññathattaṃ yāti, taṃ kammaṃ nā
ma. yaṃ pana kriyāya aññathattaṃ na yāti, na taṃ kammaṃ. tasmā rūpaṃ passa
ti ‘cc ādīsu rūpādayo yādisā anārammaṇabhūtā pi ārammaṇabhū
tā pi, tādisā va * dassanādikriyaṃ paṭicca n’atthi nesaṃ kiñci mattaṃ añña
thattabhāvo ti na bhavitabbaṃ nesaṃ kammasaññāyā ti. nanu cā ty ādipari
hāro. tatrāyam attho, kiṃ bhavatā atisayassābhāvā ti
vuttaṃ, pubbe avisayabhūtānaṃ rūpādīnaṃ padatthānaṃ cakkhudvārādīsu visaya
bhāvāpattikattubyāpārabhūtehi dassanādīhi sijjhati, nanu tasmā
visayabhāvāpattisaṅkhātassa atthā ti sayassa sambhavato kamma
saññāya bhavitabban ti. tan nā ty ādicodanā. tattha tan nā ti dassanādīhi
rūpādīnaṃ visayabhāvāpattisijjhatī ti taṃ vacanaṃ bhavatā na vattabbaṃ. kasmā.
yato yasmā kāraṇā esā ca visayabhāvāpatti nāma na aññā. pasā
dasaṅkhātena indriyena saddhiṃ ārammaṇasaṅkhātassa atthassa sambandhagamanaṃ
saṅghaṭṭanaṃ. taṃ ca indriyenatthassa sambandhagamanaṃ paṭhamam eva dassanādīnaṃ uppatti
to puretaram eva bhavaṅgacalanato pubbe eva upajāyate. tasmiṃ
hi indriyena atthassa sambandhagamanasmiṃ upajāte pacchā dassanādīni
vīthicitāni sañjāyanti, tasmā kāraṇādassanādīnaṃ paṭhamam eva rūpā
dīnaṃ visayabhāvāpattisijjhanato dassanādīhi rūpādīnaṃ visayabhāvā
[146]
pattisijjhatī ti vacanaṃ na vattabbaṃ. etha ca tasmiṃ hy upajāte dassanādīni
sañjāyantī ti iminā kiñcā pi pasādaghaṭṭanānantaraṃ dassanādīnaṃ uppatti
vuttā viya dissati, tathāpi bhavaṅgacalanānantaruppannāvajjanānantaraṃ uppajjantī
ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. pākaṭaki ‘cc avato dhammassa nidassanavasena evaṃ vuttattā
bhavaṅgacalanādīni tadantogadhān’ eva, iti dassanādīnaṃ uppatti yeva ta
duppattidīpitā hoti. saccam evā ty ādi parihāro. tattha saccam ev’ e
taṃ sabhāvacintāyan ti paramatthacintāyaṃ etaṃ vacanaṃ saccaṃ, visayavisayīna
mantare katamaṃ nu kho paṭhamaṃ uppajjeyyā ti paramatthato pañcadvārikadhammānaṃ
uppattikkam avicāraṇakāle paṭhamaṃ visayabhāvāpatti hoti. atha
pacchā dassanādayo uppajjantī ti mantuṃ yuttattā. tasmiṃ hy upajāte
dassanādīni sañcāyantī ti etaṃ vacanaṃ saccaṃ, tathā pi nāyaṃ paramatthacintā
ti vuttaṃ hoti. idaṃ pana anupaparikkhitvā lokābhimatan ti dassa
nādīhi rūpādīnaṃ visayabhāvāpatti sijjhatī ti idaṃ vacanaṃ paramatthaṃ anupapa
rikkhitvā anoloketvā lokābhimataṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. saddappaṭi
pattī ti dhātupaccayavibhatyādīhi saddānaṃ paṭipādanaṃ nipphādanaṃ saddappaṭipatti.
paṭhamam aviññāto visayo ti dassanādīnaṃ uppattito pubbabhāge a
pākaṭo visayo pacchā dassanādīsu cittesu samupajātesu ñā
to va pākaṭo va bhavatī ti. ato ti etasmā kāraṇā dassa
nādinimittam avicāritan ti dassanādīnaṃ nimittaṃ ārammaṇaṃ dassanādinimittaṃ.
paṭhamaṃ visayabhāvāpatti hoti. pacchā dassanādayo uppajjantī ti
dassanādīnaṃ cittānaṃ uppatti nimittabhūtassa ārammaṇassa paṭhamuppatti
kattaṃ na vicāritan ti attho. ñātattam avalambitvā ti dassanādīhi
kattubyāpārehi ārammaṇassa ñātattaṃ manodvārassa pākaṭattaṃ
avalambitvā nissāyā ti attho. visayītī ti visayo itī ti
chedo. ato siddhā kammasaññā ti rūpaṃ passatī ty ādīsu kammasaññā
ato etasmā kāraṇā siddhā. idha panā ti imasmiṃ pakaraṇe. khīṇā
savattā ti avīcito yāva bhavaggā ābhuso savanti sandanti pa
vattantī ti āsavā. khīṇākhayaṃ abhabbuppattibhāvaṃ āpāditā ā
savāyassa so khīṇāsavo. tassa bhāvo khīṇāsavattaṃ. tasmā
khīṇāsavattā parikhīṇacaturāsavattā ti attho. vihataññeyyā
[147]
varaṇattā ti ñātabbaṃ ñeyyaṃ. kin taṃ sāvakavisayaṃ. āvaratisagga
mokkhadvāraṃ pi dahati. hi tappaṭipattiṃ vā nivāretī ti āvaraṇaṃ. mo
ho. ñeyyassa āvaraṇaṃ ñeyyāvaraṇaṃ. vihataṃ ñeyyāvaraṇaṃ
yena so vihataññeyyāvaraṇo. tassa bhāvo vihataññeyyā
varaṇattaṃ. tasmā vihataññeyyāvaraṇattā. pabhinnapaṭisambhidattā ti
atthadhammaniruttipaṭibhānasaṅkhātesu atthesu paṭi paccekaṃ sammābhijja
ti pavattatī ti paṭisambhidā. atthādīsu pabhedagataṃ ñāṇaṃ. pabhinnā adhi
gatāpaṭisambhidā yena so pabhinnapaṭisambhido. tassa bhāvo pa
bhinnapaṭisambhidattaṃ. tasmā pabhinna paṭisambhidattā therassa, taṃ sabbaṃ pari
vajjetvā ti lokaparikappasiddhattā saddappaṭipattiyā saddasatthāgataṃ
taṃ sabbaṃ paramatthanayaṃ parivajjetvā. taṃ sabbaṃ aparivajjetvā ti pi paṭhanti.
tassa taṃ sabbaṃ rūpaṃ passatī ty ādikaṃ saddasatthāgataṃ vacanaṃ apari
vajjetvā, tesaṅgahetvā ti attho. atthantaravikappanatthavāggahaṇā
dhikāre ti vikappanatthasādhakavāggahaṇādhikāre.
281.11. yo karoti sa kattā ti yo yaṃkiñci kiri
yaṃ attappadhāno karoti abhinipphatteti, so kattā nāmā ti
attho. karotī tīminā kārakasattiṃ dīpeti. tasmā kārakanta
rapavattaṃ nivattetuṃ nivattaṃ vā pavattetuṃ samattho kattā nāmā ti
vuttaṃ hoti. kiriyo pan’ issayattā ti kiriyāya upanissayā
sādhakattena hetubhūtā ti kiriyopanissayā. tesaṃ bhā
vo kiriyopanissayattaṃ. tasmā kiriyopanissayattā. sabbe
sam pi kammādikārakānaṃ kammakaraṇādiggahaṇena kiriyopanissa
yattassa siddhattā ti attho. kārakatte*sati pī ti karotī ti
kattā ti vuttattā imassā pi kārakassa kattuggahanen’ eva siddhe
sati pi kiriyājanakatte. pun’ evaṃ vuttattā ti yo karotī ti evaṃ
puna kriyābhinipphatti saṃsūcakassa vacanassa vuttattā. rūparūpan ti visiṭṭha
rūpaṃ. padaṭṭhānan ti padañ ca taṃ ṭhānañ ceti padaṭṭhānaṃ. ubhayenā pi kāraṇam āha.
āsannakāraṇan ti attho. sappadhāno ti attappadhāno anāṇā
pako ti attho. so hi parapaṭibaddhakriyābhinipphattakattā sappa
dhāno nāma na hoti. itaro pana payutto pi appayutto pi attappa
[148]
dhānaṃ katvā kriyaṃabhinipphattetī ti sappadhāno ti vuccati. ihābhi
nipphannavatthu. pa. kattusaññaṃ paṭilabhatī ti codanā. tattha ihā ti imasmiṃ
kattukārakādhikāre. abhinipphannavatthukiriyābhinipphattiyā pa
vattaṃ sādhanam iti sakkā vattun ti abhivisiṭṭhehi sakasakapaccayehi
nipphannaṃ paṭiladdhasarūpaṃ abhinipphannaṃ, taṃ taṃ paccayasāmaggim upādāya nibbattaṃ, abhi
saṅkharaṇakhaṇātītan ti attho. ettha tu abhisaṅkharaṇakhaṇan ti taṃ taṃ
paccayavatodhammassa uppādakkhaṇaṃ. tasmiṃ hi khaṇe āyatiṃ bhāvino
sabhāvassa abhāvā upalabbhamānakālaṃ sandhāya abhisaṅkharaṇa
khaṇātītan ti vuttaṃ. nanu khaṇātītam upalabbhatī ti vattuṃ na sakkā ti.
no na sakkā. khaṇadvayātītassa anadhippetattā. uppādanirodhakhaṇā
tītam eva hi parikhīṇāyusantānattā vijjatī ti vattuṃ na sakkā. yaṃ pa
nuppādakkhaṇam atītaṃ nirodhakkhaṇam apattaṃ, taṃ aparikkhīṇāyusantānaṃ ki
m iti vijjatī ti vattuṃ na sakkā. tasmā uppādanirodhā na mantareyeva a
bhinipphannattā abhinipphannakkhaṇe uppajjanirujjhamānassa abhinipphannavohārā
bhāvā. uppādo nāma utusalilabījādi paccayasāmaggiyaṃaṅkurassa
viya taṃ taṃpaccayasamāyogedhammānaṃ vippakatābhinipphatti. nirodho
nāma vatti snehakkhayāpadīpassa viya paccayasattikkhayā dhammānaṃ nipphanna
bhāvappajahanaṃ. uppādanirodhaṃ hi nipphannasarūpalakkhaṇaṃ ity ūpalakkhaṇattā
uppādavayena nipphannattā bhāvā ca uppādavayavantassa abhinipphannatā vavatha
petabbā. nanu uppajjitvā nirujjhantī ti vuttattā uppāde pi abhinipphannatā yujja
tī ti uppajjamānaṃ uppajjitvā nāmā ti. na, kālabhedattā va. yady evaṃ katha
m uppāde abhinipphannatā ti. uppādassa vippakatābhinipphattikattā pacca
yassa ca tadavasesābhinipphattinipphaty ābhidhāyakattā uppajjitvā tīmi
nā uppādasamaṅgino abhinipphannatā siddhā ti mantā na vuttaṃ uppāde py abhinipphanna
tā yujjatī ti. yadi tvāpaccayo tadavasesābhinipphattivācako. ta
devayuttaṃ. nipphatti nipphatti yeva hi, abhinipphannatā na nipphatti. sā ca na kadāci
uppāde, tadavasesānaṃ bhūtattā. ity anena uppādakkhaṇam atikkammaṭhitā
naṃ abhāvassa vuttattā n’ atthuppāde abhinipphannatā. nanu vippakatābhinipphatti
uppādo. evaṃ hi sati ekadesanipphatti sabhāvānipphannekadesatā pi
labbhate va. atha kasmā vuttaṃ n’ atthuppāde abhinipphannatā ti vuccate. a
[149]
bhinipphannaṃ nāma ekadesanipphatti. ekadesanipphatti pana nipphajjamānaṃ nāma. nipphajja
mānassa ca nipphannatābhāvato n’ atthuppāde abhinipphannatā bhavatv evaṃ.
kiṃ ṭhiti nāma atthī ti āma atthi, uppādo paññāyati, vayopaññāya
ti, ṭhitassa ca aññathattaṃ paññātī ti vuttattā uppādanirodhānamanta
re dhammappavattiṭhiti nāma. yady evaṃ kasmā uppādānantaraṃ vayovutto ti.
uppādavayapīḷitānaṃ saṅkhatadhammānaṃ assādābhāvadīpanena nibbānassa
vaṇṇabhaṇanatthaṃ. āha ca tesaṃ vūpasamo sukho ti. tasmā ādyanta
dvayamhi vutte majjhe ṭhiti nāma atthī ty ānumāneyyuṃ, ubhayapassupagata
padavalañjadassanena migamaggo viya pāsāṇapiṭṭhiyaṃ. kiṃ bahunā. idha pana
kriyābhinipphattanasamatthass’ eva abhinipphannan ti adhippetattā khaṇa
bhaṅgasantati antaraṃ vihāya cutipaṭisandhinam antare saviññāṇassa a
viññāṇassa uppādato yāva apaṇṇattikabhāvaṃ na yāti, etthantare
abhiniphhannatā vavatthapetabbā. tasmā abhinipphannaṃ nāma yaṃ kiñci paccayuppannaṃ.
taṃ paccakkhānumānasiddhattā nipphannan ti vuccati. vijjamānan ti attho. abhinipphannañ ca
taṃ tassa tassābhidheyyassa vatthu ādhāraṃ patiṭṭhā ti abhinipphanna
vatthu. kriyābhinipphattiyā pavattanti gamanapacanādīnaṃ kriyānaṃ abhi
nipphādane byāvaṭaṃ. abhinipphannavatthun tīminā tulyādhikaraṇaṃ. anenā
bhinipphannasattisaṃsūcakena yady abhinipphannaṃ kiriyābhinipphādane abyāva
ṭaṃ, na taṃ sādhanaṃ. abhinipphannaṃ hutvā pi kriyābhisaṃsiddhiyā byāvaṭaṃ va sā
dhanaṃ nāmā ti dīpeti. sādhanan ti sappadhāno hutvā kriyābhisaṃsiddhiṃ
sādhetī ti sādhanaṃ. kattuno ce taṃ adhivacanaṃ. iti vattuṃ sakkā
ti kriyābhinipphattiyā pavattaṃ abhinipphannavatthusādhanan ti vattuṃ sakkā
yasmā, iti tasmā bhavatu ahinā daṭṭho naro ty ādīsu kattuno
saññā ti ajjhāhārapayogasambandho daṭṭhabbo. kriyo pajanana
samatthatā suññan ti kriyāya upajananaṃ abhinipphādanaṃ kriyopajananaṃ.
kriyopajanane samattho kriyopajananasamattho. tassa bhā
vo kriyopajananasamatthatā. tāya suññaṃ vikalaṃ kriyopajanana
samatthatāsuññaṃ. yaṃ pana vatthu avijjamānattā kriyaṃ janetuṃ na sakko
tī ti attho. kathaṃ taṃ sādhanaṃ siyā ti taṃ kriyopajananasamattha
tāsuññaṃ avijjamānavatthusādhanaṃ nāma kathaṃ siyā, sādhanaṃ nāma na si
[150]
yā ti attho. taṃ na sādhanan ti taṃ avijjamānavatthu, yañ ca sādhanaṃ na ho
ti. tenā ti tena asādhanena vatthunā. iti atthasādhyasādhana
bhāvapaṭipādanam anatthakan ti sādhetabbaṃ abhinipphādetabbaṃ sādhyaṃ. kri
yā. sādhyaṃ ca sādhanañ ca sādhyasādhanāni. sādhyasādhanānaṃ bhāvo sādhya
sādhanabhāvo. tassa paṭipādanaṃ sādhyasādhanabhāvapaṭipādanaṃ. iti a
vijjamānassa kriyābhinipphādanasamatthatābhāvasaṅkhātā etasmā kā
raṇā tattha avijjamānavatthusmiṃ ayaṃ kriyā anena kattunā abhi
nipphāditā ti ca, ayañ ca attho imissā kriyāya sādhako ti ca
kattukriyānaṃ aññamaññupanissayaṃ katvā sādhyabhāvapaṭipādanañ ca sā
dhanabhāvapaṭipādanañ ca anatthakaṃ nippayojanan ti attho. ato ti sā
dhyasādhanabhāvapaṭipādanam atthatā saṅkhātā etasmā kāraṇā. taddīpa
kavacanañ cā ti taṃ sādhyasādhanabhāvaṃ dīpetī ti taddīpakaṃ. taddīpakaṃ vacanaṃ
taddīpakavacanaṃ. casaddo pan’ ettha samuccayattho. tassa na kevalaṃ sādhya
sādhanabhāvapaṭipādanam atthakaṃ. atha kho taddīpakavacanañ ca appayogā
rahaṃ. allollasambandhārahaṃ na bhaveyyā ti attho. idāni tādisaṃ
payogaṃ dassento taṃ yathā ty ādim āha. taṃ yathā ti katamaṃ
taṃ appayogārahaṃ vacanan ti attho. saṃyogojāyatī ti ettha
saṃyogo nāma nānāṭhānagatānaṃ paccekasiddhibhāvānaṃ saṅgati. jāya
ti nāma sarūpapaṭilābho. sā ca nāññassa kassaci, saṃyogasse
va. saṃyogasambandhāya ca jātiyā vattamānikapaccayaniddiṭṭhattā saṃ
yogassidāni sarūpapaṭilābho siddho ti siddhāvassa avijjamāna
tā. tasmā yadā jāyati, tadā uttarakālabhāviniyājāyatikri
yāya katturūpena saṃyogo ty ābhilapiuṃ na sakkā. anipphannassa saṃ
yogavohārābhāvā. yadi nipphanno saṃyogo siyā. jāyatī
ty ābhidhātuṃ na sakkā. nipphannassa puna nipphādanābhāvā ca jāto va jāya
ti. nipphannañ ca abhinipphajjatī ti āpajjanato ca. evam ubhinnaṃ padānaṃ aññoñña
sambandharahitattā sādhyasādhanamukhena saṃyogo jāyatī ti vattuṃ
ayuttan ti imam atthaṃ sarūpato dassento yato ty ādim āha. tattha
yato. pa. paṭiladdhasarūpattā tīminā jāyatī ti dhāturūpaṃ paṭicca saṃ
yogassa abhāvaṃ dīpeti. tatrāyaṃ yojanā. jāyate ti saddassa
[151]
sarūpaṃ paṭilabhatī ti ayam attho yato yasmā kāraṇā sambhava
ti, tasmā kāraṇā sato saṃvijjamānassa abhinipphannassa saṃyo
gassa anabhinipphannena paṭilabhitabbo sarūpapaṭilābho na ca yujjati
n’ eva yujjati. kasmā. pageva jāyati kriyāya paṭhamam eva tassa saṃ
yogassa paṭiladdhasarūpattā ti. ettha sarūpapaṭilābho nāma santati
pariyāpannadhammasabhāvassa avekallatā. yathākalalādito pa
ṭhāya nippajjamānahatthapādādisarīrāvayavanipphatti saṅkhātasarūpapaṭilā
bho jāyamānass’ eva yujjati, na jātassa. jāto hi paṭiladdhasarū
po nāma, evam abhisaṃyujjamānasaṅgati saṅkhātasarūpa[pa]ṭilābho pacce
kaṭṭhānasannissitāññām aññābhimukhassa atthadvayass’ eva yujjati, na
saṅgatassa. saṅgato hi paṭiladdhasarūpo nā. ten’ āha pageva tassa
paṭiladdhasarūpattā ti. tad evan ti tasmā kāraṇā sato sarūpapaṭi
lābhassa ayuttattā ti attho. yassā ti saṃyogassa, yenā
ti pi attho. sarūpan ti attano sabhāvaṃ. jāyatī ti vattamānavase
na niddiṭṭhattā āha idānī ti. kiriyāyā ti uttarakālabhāviniyā
jāyati kiriyāya. kattusaññaṃ paṭilabhatī ti saṃyogasaddo
kattusaññaṃ kathaṃ paṭilabhatī ti attho. evaṃ codakena sarūpapaṭi
lābhamāgammasaṃyogassānupalabbhanīyabhāve sādhite parihāra
vādī attano abhimataṃ lokasaṅketasiddhiṃ anāvikatvā paramattha
nissiten’ eva aññācariyavādena saṃyogass’ upalabbhanīyataṃ dī
pento idha pana apare. pa. tad eva jāyate itī ti āha. tattha i
dha panā ti saṃyogo jāyatī ti imasmiṃ payoge pana. apare ti
ekacce paṇḍitā. evaṃ vaṇṇayantī ti jāyatī ti atthaṃ evaṃ kathenti. evaṃ
saddo pan’ ettha vuccamānāpekkho bhidaṭṭhabbo. sattirūpe ti apākaṭa
sabhāve. sañjatī ti satti. sañjātaṭṭhāne allīyitvā sāligabbhadadhi
snehādayo viya na ppakāsatī ti attho. rūpayati attano sabhā
van ti rūpaṃ. satti eva rūpaṃ sattirūpaṃ. tasmiṃ sattirūpe. ṭhitassā ti patiṭṭhi
tassa vijjamānassa saty āvatthāyaṃ upalabbhamānassa saṃyogassā
ti attho. kiñcāp’ ettha sattirūpe ṭhitassā ti bhedanibandhanavibhattinidde
so kato, tathā pi paṭhamavase ṭhitassā ty ādīsu viya sattirūpa
[152]
samaṅgino va adhippetattā abhedavasena attho gahetabbo.
evaṃ hi sati sattirūpato anaññattaṃ byattirūpassa āpajjati. byattirūpa
gamanan ti byañjatī ti byatti. sālisīsanavanītādayo viya avatthantaramā
gammapakāsatī ti attho. rūpayati pakāseti attano sabhāvan ti
rūpaṃ byatti eva rūpaṃ byattirūpaṃ byattirūpavasena gamanaṃ pavattanaṃ byattirūpagamanaṃ.
byattirūpassa vā gamanaṃ upasaṅkamanaṃ byattirūpagamanaṃ pakāsattupagamanaṃ
jātināmā ti attho. jātinām’ idha avijjamānassa sarūpapaṭilā
bho vijjamānass’ eva, apākaṭasarūpassa pākaṭabhāvūpasaṅkamanan ti
vuttaṃ hoti. sattibyattī ty ayaṃ hi abhinipphannassa avatthābhedānurūpa
vohāro, na vatthunanatā, gobhāvass’ eva vacchadammādivohā
ro. tasmā khīrānugataṃ snehaṃ tadavatthāyaṃ apākaṭasarūpattā satti
rūpaṃ nāma. tad eva dadhitakkādyavatthāyaṃ pākaṭasarūpattā battirūpaṃ nāma.
tathā indhanānugato pi aggisattirūpaṃ, araṇimathanādyapanīto byattirū
pan ti evaṃ taṃ taṃ ṭhānaṃ nānupagataṃ hutvā abyattasarūpaṃ abhinipphannaṃ sattirūpaṃ.
tadapagamapākaṭasarūpaṃ byattirūpan ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. evaṃ saṃyogassa pi añño
ññābhimukhatā atthadvayassa abyattasarūpattā sattirūpaṃ. tad eva a
ññoññābhimukhānaṃ dvinnaṃ saṅgatiyā pākaṭattā byattirūpaṃ. iti satyā
vatthāyaṃ vijjamānass’ eva saṃyogassa byattibhāvūpasaṅkamanaṃ jāti nā
ma. tato ti yato satti rūpe ṭhitassa byattirūpagamanaṃ jāti nāma, ta
to bhasmākāraṇā. tad eva jāyate itī ti taṃ taṃ saty āvatthā
yaṃ vijjamānam eva saṃyogattaṃ jāyati, byattibhāvūpasaṅkamanena pāka
ṭaṃ hoti. iti tasmā kāraṇā vijjamānass’ eva jātī ti bhavaty atra
sādhyasādhanatā paṭipādanan ti parihāro. yaṃ idāni codako kaṇṭa
kena kaṇṭakamuddharanto viya aññācariyavāden’ eva abhedavasena
vuttānaṃ sattibyattīnaṃ bhedaṃ dassetvā saṃyogajātīnam asambandhattaṃ vi
bhavento tesaṃ pi. pa. evaṃ hoti samāgamo ti * ādī ty āha.
tattha tesaṃ pī ti ye ācariyāsattirūpe ṭhitassa byattirūpagamanaṃ jā
tī ti sattibyattīnaṃ abhedaṃ katvā vadanti. tesam pi ācariyānaṃ vāde.
apisaddo pan’ ettha samuccayattho. tena na kevalaṃ amhākaṃ vāde ye
va saṃyogo jāyatī ti padadvayassa asambandhaṃ, atha kho tesaṃ pi
[153]
ācariyānaṃ vāde saṃyogojāyatī ti padadvayassa asambandhan ti
dasseti. sattirūpe ṭhitassā ti hi vadantā sattirūpaṃ atthī ti vadanti
nāma. tenāha yadatthi sattirūpan ti. tassāyam attho yaṃ sattirūpaṃ
atthi upalabhatī ti vuttaṃ, taṃ sattirūpaṃ. na jāyatī ti na pakāsati.
kasmā ti ce. tassa sattirūpattā yeva. yaṃ pan’ upalabbhamānaṃ hutvā na ppa
kāsati tejo viya sukhodake, tad eva sattirūpaṃ, netaraṃ, iti ta
davatthāyaṃ asambandhattā jāti yā vattamānikapaccayasaṃyogaṃ katvā
sattirūpaṃ jāyatī ti mantum pi na sakkā. evam anena yad atthi sattirūpaṃ na taṃ
jāyatī ti vacanena sattirūpassa jātiyā asambandhattaṃ dassetvā
byattirūpassā pi asambandhajātikattaṃ dassento yañ ca jāyate byattirūpaṃ,
taṃ n’ atthe vasatyāvatthāyan ti āha. byattirūpagamanaṃ jātī ti hi vadantā
byattirūpaṃ jāyatī ti vadanti nāma. tenāha yañ ca jāyate byattirūpan ti.
idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti. byattināmanasatti. kin ti ce. avatthantarūpapannaṃ dhammajātaṃ
kiñcāpi santānabandhato ekaṃ avatthantaramāgammaguṇavisesuppattito
atthe va nānatā. yathā. santānato ekatte pi paduddhadadhikattānaṃ katta
khīran ti vuccati. na ca khīraraso takkāvatthāyaṃ, takkaraso vā khīrāvatthā
yaṃ. paramatthato pi na saty āvatthāyaṃ pavattarūpārūpadhammābyattirūpāvatthā
yaṃ pāpuṇanti. kin tu tasmiṃ tasmiṃ eva hi bhijjitvā apaṇṇikabhāvaṃ
gacchanti. santānabandhato pana ekaṃ viya khāyanti. tathā pi aññam eva. evaṃ
avatthantarūpapannaṃ pi byattirūpaṃ santānabandhattā na sattirūpan ti vuccati. na ca satti
rūpāvatthāyaṃ byattirūpasabhāveneva upalabbhati byattirūpaṃ. evaṃ tadavatthā
yam anupalabbhamānaṃ kathaṃ vijjatī ti vattuṃ sakkā. iti avijjamānassa byatti
rūpassa jāti pākaṭabhāvo kathaṃ yujjatī ti attho. yasmā na yujja
ti. tasmā avijjamānassa byattirūpassa sarūpapaṭilābho yeva jā
tī ti. evaṃ sattibyattīnaṃ asambandhajāti kattaṃ dassetvā puna tad eva te
sam adhippāyappakasanamukhena dassento yadi pan’ evan ty ādim āha. tattha
sattirūpāvibhāgen’ eva paricchijjatī ti vibhajanaṃ puthakkaraṇaṃ vibhāgo. na
vibhāgo avibhāgo. sattirūpassa avibhāgo sattirūpāvibhāgo.
tena sattirūpāvibhāgena jāyamānaṃ byattirūpaṃ attano abhibyattikkha
ṇe satti rūpan ti vibhāgaṃ akatvā byattirūpasabhāgen’ eva paricchijjatī
[154]
ti vipariṇāmadhammattā purimaṃ saty āvatthaṃ pajahitvā byattirūpam eva ho
tī ti attho. evam abhibyattiyaṃ ubhinnam abhedattaṃ dassetvā tam eva
sādhento na cāvibhāgena gahitaṃ ty ādim āha. tattha na cāvibhāgenā
ti na ca avibhāgena sattirūpan ti vibhāgaṃ akatvā abhedavasena yadā
byattirūpaṃ gahitaṃ na bhaveyya. tadā ghaṭamhā añño paṭo viya sattirūpa
to byattirūpaṃ aññaṃ siyā bhaveyya. yathā na kadāci pi ghaṭapaṭānam e
kattam upalabbhati. evaṃ santānabaddhaṃ byattirūpaṃ sattirūpato aññattam āpajje
yyā ti vuttaṃ hoti. evaṃ hi sati aññatte byattirūpassa sattirūpato
byattirūpam atthantarabhūtam eva jāyate. yadi hi sattirūpato byattirūpa
m atthantarabhūtaṃ jāyate, atthanānattavantam eva hutvā jāyati. tadā
sattirūpavilakkhaṇañ ca byattirūpaṃ bhaveyya. visuṃ lakkhaṇaṃ sabhāvo
yassa byattirūpassā ti taṃ vilakkhaṇaṃ. sattirūpato vilakkhaṇaṃ sattirū
pavilakkhaṇaṃ. sattirūpato aññajātikaṃ byattirūpaṃ siyā ti attho.
casaddo pan’ ettha samuccayattho. tena byattirūpavilakkhaṇañ ca sattirūpaṃ bha
veyyā ti dīpeti. ity ubhayathā pi aññoññavirodhalakkhaṇattaṃ sa
mubbhāvayati. na c’ evan ti evaṃ sattirūpavilakkhaṇaṃ byattirūpaṃ na ca, abhinnajā
tikattā ekalakkhaṇam eva golakkhaṇaṃ viya vacchadammādyavatthāsu.
tasmā avatthābhedo yeva tesaṃ samupalabbhati, na lakkhaṇabhe
do ti vuttaṃ hoti. ato ti yato ekalakkhaṇā ete dhammā, a
to etasmā kāraṇā. sattirūpāvibhāgena byattirūpassa sambhava
to ti byattirūpassa sattirūpan ti vibhāgaṃ akatvā uppajjanato, dammattaṃ
viya vaccharūpaṃ. paricchedato anaññatte ti lakkhaṇaṃ paricchedato
sattibyattīnaṃ anaññatte ekatte. kevalassā ti sakalassasattirū
passa. pageva ṭhitisambhavā ti paṭhamam eva vijjamānattā. vijjamāno va jā
yatī ti vijjamāno va byattirūpasaṅkhāto saṃyogo jāyati, pāka
ṭo hotī ti evaṃ tesaṃ aññesaṃ ācariyānaṃ adhippāyo yadi si
yā, taṃ gahaṇaṃ tesaṃ ācariyānaṃ matimattam eva. na sabbesaṃ sādhā
raṇaṃ. tasmā na taṃ pamāṇan ti vuttaṃ hoti. evam api avibhāgavādīnaṃ a
dhippāyapakāsanamukhena sattibyattīnaṃ avibhāgattañ ca tassa attano ma
tibhavena appamāṇattañ ca vibhāvetvā puna vibhāgavādīnaṃ vādena
[155]
tatr’ eva dosāvikaraṇaṃ katvā vibhāgavādassa ca dosaṃ dassetvā
attanovādaṃ patiṭṭhāpento tatthā ty ādim āha. ettha sattirūpe ṭhi
tassa. pa. jāyati iti vadantā avibhāgavādino nāma. taduttaraṃ va
dantena anuyogavādinā ādītaṃ yad atthi sattirūpaṃ. pa. ty āvatthāyaṃ
ty ādivacanaṃ vadantā vibhāgavādino nāma. paravādena sakavādam upatthambha
natthāya ācariyena avibhāgavādam ābhataṃ paravāden’ eva. tatra do
sāropanatthāya codakena vibhāgavādam ābhatan ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. tatthā
ti tesaṃ vibhāgavādīnaṃ vāde bhavatam apy anivāritam etan ti satyā
vatthāyam avijjamānam eva byattirūpam uttarakālam upajāyatī ti etaṃ vi
bhāgattaparidīpakaṃ vacanaṃ bhavatā pi anivāritaṃ appaṭisiddhaṃ sampaṭicchitan ti
attho. bhavatam apī ti bhavatā apī ti chedaṃ katvā makārāgamañ ca
tannimittarassattañ ca katvā parakkharaṃ netvā evaṃ vuttan ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. nanv idam e
v’ ettha avuttaṃ. atha katham imassa appaṭisiddhatā paṭiññātā ti. heṭṭhā
yañ ca jāyate byattirūpaṃ, taṃ n’ atth’ eva satyāvatthāyan ti vuttassa vibhā
gavādekadesassa anivāritattātaṃ mukhena tadavasesam aniddiṭṭham api
appasiddham evā ti katvā vuttattā. ettāvatā cā ti sattibyattīnaṃ vi
bhāgavādassa appaṭisiddhen’ eva amhākaṃ payojanaṃ. kasmā ti ce. vibhā
ge sati satyāvatthāyam anupalabbhamānattā byattirūpassābhāvasambha
vato sati cāvibhāge jātiyā sarūpapaṭilābhass’ eva a
yuttattā. satyāvatthāyam avijjamānam eva byattirūpam uttarakālam upa
jāyatī tīminā sattirūpavibhāgena byattirūpassa sambhavo vutto.
tenāha tassa tu byattirūpassa sattirūpavibhāgena nibbattiyā ti.
tassa tu satyāvatthāyaṃ avijjamānassa byattirūpassa sattirūpato
visuṃ nibbattiyā satī ti attho. katham idam upayujjatī ti idaṃ sattirūpa
to byattirūpassa anaññattaṃ kathaṃ upayujjati. yasmā na upayujjati,
tasmā paricchedato anaññatte viññāteti vacanaṃ na vattabban ti vuttaṃ
hoti. anaññan ti na sakkā paṭiññaṃ kātun ti ekantaṃ sampaṭicchituṃ na
sakkā. vuttattham eva sādhento kathaṃ hi nāmā ty ādim āha. kathaṃ hi
nāmā ti kathaṃ hi nāma aññaṃ na bhaveyyā ti sambandho. paccayantarato
ti paccekahetuto. tato ti sattirūpato. yathā araṇima-
[156]
thanādi abhinipphajjamānass’ eva aggino hetu, no kaṭṭhagatassa. i
ti paccekahetusiddhattā bhavati hetusamuppannassā pi nānatā ti
āha paccayantarato jāyamānaṃ ty ādi. evaṃ vibhāgavādena avibhā
gavādam uddharitvā puna vibbhāgavādīnaṃ dosaṃ dassento api cā ty ādi
m āha. tattha sattirūpe ṭhite ti sattirūpe vijjamāne sati. byattirūpam u
pajāyatī ti pacchā byattirūpaṃ upajāyati. anena saty āvatthāyam a
vijjamānassa byattirūpass’ eva jātisambandho vutto hoti. ayam e
va tesaṃ doso ti tesaṃ vibhāgavādīnaṃ ācariyānaṃ doso nā
ma ayam eva. evaṃ saty āvatthāyam avijjamānaṃ byattirūpaṃ sambandhaṃ katvā jā
tiyā kathanam eva. kasmā. asato sarūpapaṭilābhassa jātittā
katham avijjamānassa jātī ti vuttadosā na ti vattanato. tad evan ti
tasmā kāraṇā. yasmā asato sarūpapaṭilābhassa jātittā
avijjamāno saṃyogo jātiyā kattā na hoti, tasmā a
vijjamānasa saṃyogassa jātiyā kattubhāvānupapattito ho
tī ti sambandho. evaṃ hoti samāgamo ti ādī ti samāgamo ho
ti. iti ādivacanaṃ evam asambandhaṃ siyā. vuccate. pa. kattusaññā ti pari
hāro. tattha vuccate ti saṃyogo jāyate ti padatthassa sambandhattaṃ
vuccate. paramatthavasenā ti paramo attho paramattho. anussa
vādīhi anadhigantabbo attapaccakkhasiddhisabhāvo ti attho. para
matthassa vaso paramatthavaso. tena. saddappayogo ti saddānaṃ pa
yogo. * aññoññasambandhato saddappayogo. lokasaṅketa
siddho ti lokena saṅketaṃ * dabbasañjānanakaraṇaṃ lokasaṅke
taṃ. lokasaṅketena siddho abhinipphanno lokasaṅketasiddho.
idam imassābhidhānan ti lokena gahitasaṅketānusārena siddho
ti attho. vattā ti vadatī ti vattā. loko ti iminā tulyādhi
karaṇaṃ. pathamam evā ti saṃyogo jāyatī ti saṃyogo ‘cc āra
ṇato pubbabhāge eva. aññoññābhimukhamatthadvayam upalabbhatī ti
aññoññābhimukhaṃ atthadvayaṃ upalabbhati vijānāti. saṃyujjantānaṃ dvinnaṃ
vatthūnaṃ aññoññābhimukhataṃ manasā vavatthapetī ti attho. ettā
vatā ti ettakena aññoññābhimukha atthadvayupalabbhanamattena.
[157]
assā ti lokassa. saṃyogabuddhī ti saṃyogo iti buddhi saṃ
yogabuddhi. saṃyogo atthī ti pavattābuddhī ti attho. tassā ti
saṃyogassa. kattubhāvam āgammā tīminā sambandho. buddhiyaṃ patiṭṭhi
tassā ti buddhimhi patiṭṭhitassa. vijjamānass’ eva gahitassā ti vijjamānaṃ
viya katvā gahitassa. kattubhāvam āgammā ti jātikiriyāyasaṃ
yogassa kattubhāvaṃ āgamma, āgametvā pāpetvā ti attho.
jāyamānassā ti abhinipphajjamānassa saṃyogassa. paṭhamāvatthā
mattadassanato ti ettha saṃyogassa paṭhamāvatthā nāma saṃyujjantā
naṃ dvinnaṃ vatthūnaṃ aññoññābhimukhatā. bhavatv evan ty ādi codanā. bhava
tv evan ti evaṃ bhavatā vuttānusārena saṃyogo jāyatī ty ādīsu
kattusaññā bhavatu. asato ti kālattaye pi anupalabbhamā
nassa abhāvassa. sādhanabhāvo ti kattubhāvo. lokābhi
matavasena. pa. vacanantaran ti parihāro. lokābhimatavasenā ti
asato sādhanaṃ lokābhimatavasena hotī ti sambandho.
vijjamānaṃ viya maññatī ti migataṇhikaṃ viya migo paramatthato vijjamā
navatthu viya katvā maññati. aññathā ti yadi evaṃ na maññeyya, paramattha
to maññeyyā ti attho. yadi hi siyā ti sace nāmarūpadhammānaṃ ṭhā
nanisajjādikiriyā paramatthato bhaveyya. nibyāpāratādhammānan ti
nāmarūpadhammānaṃ kiriyā virahattaṃ. api tu khalū ti saccato pana. tathā
tathā pavatte dhamme ti tena tena ṭhāne nisajjādinā ākārena pa
vatte nāmarūpadhamme. vohārasaṃsiddhī ti ahaṃ gacchāmī ty ādinā vo
hārassa nipphatti. kim iva. kaṇhavattanisikhāgacchatī ti yathā. ettha
kaṇhavattanisikhā ti aggisikhā. kiñcāpi n’ atth’ aggino gamanādikiriyā,
tathā pi tathā pavattākāraṃ paṭicca kaṇhavattanisikhā gacchatī ti vucca
tī ti attho. lokasammutisiddhattā ti lokasammutiyā ki
riyā kārakasambandhassa siddhattā. lokasammutisiddham avijjamā
naṃ saddābhidheyyaṃ dassento sasavisāṇodumbarapupphaṃ ty ādim āha. khaṃ
pucchanti khassa pupphaṃ khaṃ pupphaṃ. ākāsapupphan ti attho. abhāvo ti suññattha
vācī pāṭipadiko. tathā vikappanato ti vijjamānaṃ viya katvā gaṇhana
to. kim iti sādhanatā na bhaveyyā ti abhāvo hotī ti ettha
[158]
sādhanatā kim iti na bhaveyya. aññathā ti yadi avijjamānaṃ sasavi
sāṇādiṃ sammutivasena vijjamānaṃ viya katvāna gaṇhāti. kā kathe
tarāsan ti itarāsaṃ vibhattīnaṃ kā kathā. ten’ evā ti sammutivase
n’ eva tarūnaṃ. pa. purā ti ādi sijjhati, no paramatthavasenā ti attho.
vividhā ca sā rucirā ceti vividharucirā. dehato niggatāpabhādehappa
bhā. vividharucirācasādehappabhā ceti vividharuciradehappabhā. vividharuci
radehappabhāhi samujjalāsirīrūpakāyasampatti yassa tathāga
tassa so ‘yaṃ vividharuciradehappabhāsamujjalasirī, tena. vijjujālā
hi jalitā indacāpā vijjujālajalitindacāpā. tehi avanaddho pari
veṭhito ti vijjujālajalindacāpāvanaddho. tena. yenā ti bhaga
vatā. niccussavayogo viya ti niccaṃ ussave yojito viya.
satataṃ acchariyabbhuto viyā ti satataṃ accharāyayoggaṃ accha
riyaṃ. aṅguliphoṭanārahan ti attho. abhūtapubbaṃ bhūtan ti abbhutaṃ.
acchariyañ ca taṃ abbhutañ cā ti acchariyabbhutaṃ. acchariyabbhutaṃ pāpi
to ti acchariyabbhuto. loko satataṃ acchariyabbhutaṃ pāpi
to viyā ti attho. purā ti sattamyatthavācī nipāto, pubbe ti
attho. tatrāyaṃ yojanā, kāsāvadhārināvividha. pa. sirinā
lokamhi caratā yena bhagavatā sañcyā. pa. naddhena sañcārinā hemā
calena viya loko. pa. āsipurā ti. paramatthato ti tathato,
aṅgavinimuttā ca aṅgikā ti hatthissa rathapattisaṅkhātehi catūhi
aṅgehi vinimuttā senā ca sammādiṭṭhi ādīh’ aṅgehi vinimutto maggo
ca n’ atthi. tathā pi caturaṅginī aṭṭhaṅgiko ti bhedanibandhanapaccayuppattika
tā ti vuttaṃ hoti. nā pi āsipurā ti sambandho. vacanato vacananta
ran ti paramatthavacanato sammuti vacanavisesaṃ tasmiṃ hemācale
otaratī ti attho. yadi sabhāvato. pa. yuttattā ti codanā.
tādiso ti yadi vuttappakāro caranto hemācalo sabhāva
to na sambhavatī ti sambandho. kathaṃ vasso pammāsiddhī ti tassa ca bha
vato adhippāyena anupalabbhamānassa hemācalassa opammāsiddhi
upamābhāvanipphattikathaṃ āsi. yato sabbatthe vopamānam eva
mattham upayujjatī ti yato yasmā kāraṇā sabbattha eva kāsāva
[159]
dhārinā dipayogesu saṃjhānurāgādyupamānaṃ evaṃ atthaṃ kāsāva
dhārinādyupameyyatthena saddhiṃ yujjati. tasmā sambhavate va tādiso
hemācalo ti attho. hemācalassa labbhamānattam eva sā
dhento kathaṃ nāmā ty ādim āha. hemācale asati upameyyassa
bhagavato sarūpakriyāguṇā ti sayatā kathaṃ nāma vivaṭā hutvā
āvibhavatī ti attho. evaṃ upamano pameyya saṃsandanātulyatā
ya ca upameyya guṇā ti sayappakāsanasamatthattā c’ opamassa para
matthato pi hemācalena bhavitabban ti dassetvā puna sammutiyā pi
tādisassānupalabbhanīyataṃ dassento yathā gavayo ty ādim āha.
suviditan ti supākaṭaṃ. aviññātasarūpassā ti adiṭṭhapubbattā janena
aviditasarūpassa. rūpā ti sayappakāsane ti rūpavisesappakāsa
ne yathā samattho hotī ti sambandho. hemācalo sambhavatī ti
yathāgavajassa rūpā ti sayappakāsanasamatthā gavādipadatthāpara
matthato anupalabbhamānāpi sammutiyā viditasarūpattā upalabbhanti,
evaṃ bhavato adhippāyena iha loke upameyyassa bhagava
to kāsāvadhāraṇādirūpā ti sayasaṃpādako viditasarūpo
hemācalo sammutiyā pi na ca sambhavati, gavādayo viya tādisassa
adiṭṭhapubbattā ti vuttaṃ hoti. sampatī ti idāni. tassā ti hemāca
lassa. kattutā na sambhavatī tīminā sambandho. taṃ sadisattā ti te
na bhagavatā sadisattā hemācalassa. samuppatatī ti otarati
patiṭṭhahatī ti attho. tulyādhikaraṇatā sambhavato ti kā
sāvadhāriyādisaddehi saddhiṃ saṃjhānurāgādīnaṃ tulyādhikaraṇatā
sambhavato ti attho. kāsāvadhāriyādisaddehi kattutā sambha
vatī ti kāsāvadhāriyādisaddehi saddhiṃ sañcyānurāgādīnaṃ kattu
tā sambhavatī ti evaṃ vattuṃ na sakkā ti sambandho. tatra kāraṇaṃ
dassento nīluppaladalam ivā ty ādim āha. payuttattā ti hemacala
saddehi payojitattā. vuccate ty ādi parihāro. kiñcāpettha u
pamāno iva saddo dissatī ti ettha kāsāvadhāriyādipayoge
upamāvācako bhedanibandhana-ivasaddo kiñcāpi dissati, tathā pi i
ha payoge kavino upamānopameyyatādhippāyo na. atha
[160]
kin ti ce ti evaṃ sati ko ettha kavino adhippāyo iti ce vade
yyā ti samupekkhā ti ettha kavino adhippāyo nāma samupekkhā
ti attho. samupekkhā ca nāma samupekkhanaṃ samānarūpānaṃ vatthūnaṃ ekami
vo paṭṭhanaṃ. taṃ dassento yattha vattā ty ādim āha. tatrāyaṃ yo
janā, kassaci*asadisavatthuno kenaci vatthunā asadisavatthu ī
disaṃ nāma, idaṃ vatthuvuttanayena bhinnamapivibbhantabuddhino pacurajanassa e
kam eva upaṭṭhā ti, atisayābhāvādvinnaṃ vatthūnan ti evaṃ yattha payo
ge atthaṃ vattā jano dasseti. ayaṃ samupekkhā nāmā ti attho.
ihā ti imasmiṃ payoge. tato ‘yan ti tato ayaṃ. coda
kass’ okāsam akatvā sayam eva codetvā parihāraṃ vadento
bhavatv evan ty ādim āha. tattha bhavatv evan ti evaṃ hemācalenā
ty ādinā kattupayogo bhavatu. payogo ti iva saddapayo
go. iva saddo ‘yan ti iva saddo ayaṃ. tad evan ti yasmā loka
sammutivasena tarūnaṃ vanan ty ādayo sijjhanti, tad evaṃ tasmā kāra
ṇā ti attho ti.
282.12. nanv etthā ty ādi codanā. etthā ti puriso ti e
tasmiṃ payoge. iminā ti hetukattusaññāvidhāyakena anena
suttena bhavitabbaṃ nanū ti sambandho. na tatthā ty ādi parihāro. tatī
yā vibhattiyā na bhavitabban ti sambandho. tatthā ti puriso ti payo
ge. abhihitattā ti kathitattā. abhihitassa ca puna vacane ti
ti paccayenābhihitassa katvatthassa puna tatīyāvibhattiyā katha
ne ti attho. yathā na hotī ti sambandho. tatthā pī ti tasmiṃ kammattha
katvatthābhihitapayoge pi. atthavisesassā ti atthanā
nattassa. vuttanayenā ti liṅgatthamattam panāpekkhitvā ti vuttanayena ta
thā paṭhamā va hotī ti attho. nanu cā ty ādi codanā. tathā idhāpi
bhavitabban ti idha bhujjate ty ādīsu pi kammaniyapaccayo viya dutīyā
tatīyāvibhattīhi bhavitabban ti attho. na tatthāpī ty ādi parihā
ro. na bhavitabban ti sambandho. tatthāpī ti bhujjate ti pade pi kammava
canicchayayapaccayassa abhāvato ti yojanā. abhāvato ti
abhūtattā yapaccayassa visayaparidīpanatthaṃ bhāvakammaggahaṇaṃ katan ti
[161]
sambandho. tena kim āyātan ti tena yapaccayena kiṃ nāma payojanaṃ
āyātan ti attho. nanv idhā pī ty ādi codanā. idhā pī ti bhutto ty ā
dīsu payogesu pi. kammakattuvisaye ti kammavisaye ca kattuvisa
ye ca dutīyātatīyāvibhattīhi bhavitabban ti attho. na heṭṭhā ty ā
di parihāro. heṭṭhā viyā ti heṭṭhābhāge bhujjate ti payo
ge viya. visuṃ vattabbassā ti abhihitatthato visuṃ vattabbassa. taṃ puri
san tī ty ādi codanā. payojakabyāpāran ti payojeti kammani yo
jetī ti payojako. hetukattā. payojakassa byapāraṃ ā
ṇāpana kriyāpayojakabyāpāraṃ. sabyāpāran ti attano byāpāraṃ
karaṇakriyāsabyāpāraṃ. balavatarattā ty ādi parihāro. balava
tarattā ti payojakabyāpārassa balavatarattā. itaro ti kattu
bhāvo. upasajjanibhūto ti upasajjati dabbaṃ upanissāya pavattatī ti
upasajjanaṃ. upasajjanabhūto ti vattabbe bhakāre pare ikārāgamaṃ
katvā evaṃ vuttan ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. guṇabhūto appadhānabhūto ti tass’ attho.
tesū ti guṇappadhānesu. niddhāraṇe bhummaṃ. padhāno parodho ti padhā
nassa atthassa uparodho virodho bādhanaṃ padhāno parodho. sanibandha
nan ti attano sannissitaṃ padhāno parodho nāma ayaṃ na guṇānaṃ paka
tī ti yojanā. guṇattam evā ti tadupanissitattam eva. tattha cā ti
purisan ti payoge ca. sati hi siddhe tadattham assa vacanan ti kammatthe
dutīyā ti dutīyāvibhattimhi siddhe sati assa suttassa vacanaṃ tadatthaṃ
vikappanatthaṃ ten’ evā ti ten’ eva kāraṇena, vikappanatthaṃ adhītattā
assa suttassa kammatthe yeva vikappavidhinā taṃ purisan ti pi tena puri
senā ti pi bhavati. na guṇassa byāpāraṃ sandhāya kattusaññāti adhippā
yo. codako guṇappadhānesu padhānasannissitena vidhinā bhavitabban ti
ācariyādhippāyam ārabbha codento bhavatv evaṃ ty ādim āha. bhavatv e
van ti evaṃ purisan ti payoge padhānabhūtapayojakabyāpāranibandhanā
kammatā bhavatu. kathaṃ kammatā sambhavatī ti kusāvatippabhutīnaṃ saddānaṃ
kammatākathaṃ sambhavati, na sambhavatī ti attho. tattha ti kusāvatippa
bhutīsu payogesu. gamanādīni tadaṅgattā guṇabhūtānī ti gantvā ty ā
dīni pubbakālakriyāni tāsaṃ kāressaṃ ty ādīnaṃ aparakālakriyānaṃ
[162]
aṅgattāvayavattā guṇabhūtāni, aparakriyūpanissāya pavattattā
pubbakriyānaṃ guṇabhūtatāvavatthapetabbā. tathā hi pubbakālakri
yā aparakālakriyāya avayavā tadupanissāya pavattā, vippaka
tapaccattaṃ viya. tenāha tadaṅgattāti. itarānī ti kāressaṃ ty ādīni
aparakālakriyāni. tabbisesattā ti tāhi pubbakālakriyāhi
visesitattā. tesū ti guṇappadhānesu. padhānasannissitena vidhinā
bhavitabban ti bhoto adhippāyena padhānasannissitena vidhinā bhavi
tabban ti katvā kusāvatippabhutīnaṃ saddānaṃ kusāvatiyaṃ kāressaṃ,
saṅgāme sīhanādaṃ nadi, sāvatthiyaṃ carati, gāme ṭhito, sāvatthito
āgacchatī ti okasāpādānatā sambhavati. guṇabhūtapubbakāla
kriyaṃ nissāya kusāvatī ty ādīnaṃ kammatā na sambhavatī ti attho.
tvālope kammādhikaraṇe ti na vattabbaṃ ty ādīsu ayam attho, yadi
padhānasannissitena vidhinā bhavitabbaṃ, na guṇasambandhena kammādhikaraṇagga
haṇaṃ vattabbaṃ. kasmā. pāsādāpekkhatī ty ādīsu payogesu pāsādaṃ
abhiruhitvā pāsāde ṭhatvāpekkhatī ti vutte sabbadāpāsādaṃ pāsā
deti tuṇabhūtapubbakālakriyaṃ nissāya kammādhikaraṇabhāvassa
sambhavā. evañ ca sambhave sati ārohanādīnaṃ pubbakālakriyānaṃ appa
dhānattāpekkhanādīnaṃ aparakālakriyānaṃ padhānattā ca tena padhāna
nibandhanena vidhinā bhavitabban ti katvā kammādhikaraṇaggahaṇaṃ na vattabban ti.
vuccate ty ādi parihāro. pubbakālabhāvinan ti pubbakālabhāviṃ kiri
yāsāmaññan ti attho. buddhiyaṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā ti manasikatvā kiriyā
dvayam eva apekkhitvā ti adhippāyo. tadāyaṃ nyāyo samosaratī
ti tadā ubhayakiriyāpekkhitakāle ayaṃ nyayo tatthapayo
ge samosarati. etthā ti etasmiṃ ubhayāpekkhapayoge. padhāna
nibandhanan ti padhānanissitaṃ. itaranibandhanan ti guṇasannissitaṃ. ayam ettha
yojanā, ettha ubhayāpekkhapayoge padhānanibandhanaṃ kāriyaṃ bhavati
kiṃ, atha udāhu appadhānanibandhanaṃ kāriyan ti yutticintāyaṃ ācariyassa
ubhayāpekkhatte sati padhānanibandhanena vidhinā bhavitabban ti ayaṃ na yo
ubhayapekkhapayoge otarati. ko doso kammatāpādane
ti kusāvatippabhutīnaṃ saddānaṃ kammatā saṃpadane pāpane vā ko do
[163]
so, na doso ti attho. dutīyatthe sati kammatā ya apādane ti
chedo. pacchāpi uttarakālabhāvikiriyāhi sambandhasambhavato ti
kusāvatiṃ gantvā, kusāvatiyaṃ kāressaṃ ty ādinā uttarakāla
bhāvikiriyābhisahakusavatippabhutīnaṃ saddānaṃ sambandhassa pacchā pi
sambhavato padhānasannissitena okāsāpādānavidhinābhavitabban ti
yadi codanā siyā ti sambandho. tan nā ti taṃ vacanaṃ bhavatāna vattabbaṃ. pubba
pavattābhisaṅkhārassā ti pubbabhāge pavattassa abhisaṅkhārassa, pubba
kālakiriyājanakassa cittasantānassā ti attho. na hi uppannaṃ cittaṃ
buddhasatenā pi mā uppajjāhī ti nisedhetuṃ sakkā. tenāha paṭisedhana
samatthassa yassa kassaci abhāvā ti. jīvitanusandhāpanan ti upacchinna
jīvitassa puna pākatikaraṇaṃ. hetukattuvisayesu guṇapaṭibandha
vidhinā bhavitabban ti nā pi sakkā vattun ti sambandho. guṇappadhānabyāpārā
naṃ ekapadaparicchinnattā ti kāretī ty ekena padena guṇabhūtasabyā
pārassa ca padhānabhūtapayojakabyapārassa ca paricchinnattā. bhinnapada
paricchinnesū ti dvīhi pubbāparakālakiriyāhi paricchinnesu. ubhayā
dhippāyasambhavato tidvinnaṃ sāmaññavisesādhippāyānaṃ sambhavato. iti
ceti idaṃ vacanaṃ yadi codako vadeyya, taṃ vacanaṃ na vattabban ti attho.
payogavicakkhaṇā ti kriyākārakasambandhe chekā. taṃ guṇa
samavetan ti tena nīlādiguṇena samavetaṃ patiṭṭhitan ti attho.
aññatra sāmaññādhippāyo ti nikkhaṃ gīvan te karessaṃ ty ādīsu aññe
su payogesu sāmaññādhippāyo manasikātabbo ti attho.
283.13. yassa vā pariggaho taṃ sāmī ti pariggayhatī ti
pariggaho ti laddhanāmaṃ dhanaṃ yassa purisassa santakaṃ, taṃ purisasaṅkhā
taṃ dabbaṃ attanā pariggahitassa dhanassa sāmibhāvena sāmī ti vuccati.
yo attho yassa pariggaho tena āyatto sambandhī, so attho
sāmī nāmā ti attho. sāmibhāvo hi kriyākārakabhāvassa
phalarūpena tajjabhavena ca avayavavikārasamīpādibhāvena ca gahi
to. tenāha kriyābhisambandhā abhāvā n’eha kārakatā sambhava
tī ti. gamanapacanādikriyābhisambandhābhāvā iha sāmyatthe kāra
katā na sambhavatī ti attho. etthā ti etasmiṃ sutte. saṃ saddā bhi
[164]
dheyyo ti abhidhātabbo abhilapitabbo ti abhidheyyo.
santi saddena abhidheyyo saṃsaddābhidheyyo. pariggayhatī ti ta
ṇhāvatthukassa dhanassa samantato sabbathā vā taṇhāya gayhati.
saṃ iti dhanassa nāmaṃ.
(ga) channaṃ kārakānan ti niddhāraṇe chaṭṭhī. ubhayamhi sampatte ti dve
dve kārake sampatte ti attho. yaṃ paran ti ettha pubbāparatā suttā
nukkamavasena gahetabbā. apāyakriyāya sambhavato ti khīrāpa
gamanaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. parattā ti apādānato parattā kammakāra
kassa. tathā hī ti icchāto hi kārakāni bhavantī ti tad eva
taṃ vacanaṃ saccaṃ. accantamasannihitā ti ekantena appatiṭṭhitā. idaṃ nidassa
nan ti idaṃ udāharaṇaṃ. gavādīsū ti gāvaṃ dohatī ti ādīsu. yattha ce
kotiyasmiṃ ca payoge eko evavattā. byākaraṇamatavākya
sarūpaṃ dassento na c’ eso purimapāṭho ti āha.
284. 14. liṅgatthābhidhāne ti liṅgatthassa abhidhānaṃ katha
naṃ udīraṇaṃ liṅgatthābhidhānaṃ. tasmiṃ liṅgatthābhidhāne. liṅgattho a
bhidhīyati kathīyati etenā ti vā liṅgatthābhidhānaṃ. tasmiṃ liṅgatthā
bhidhāne sadde. ettha liṅgattho ti yo saddo uccāraṇānantaram eva
uppannasotaviññāṇavīthiyā niruddhāya tadanurūpena manoviññāṇe
na ayamanenā ti lapito ti gayhati lokasaṅketato, so i
dha liṅgattho nāma, ity anena liṅgattho ti nāmupādāpaññattī ti vuttaṃ ho
ti. so hi kadāci kammādikārakasaṃsaṭṭho abhidhiyati, kadāci a
saṃsaṭṭho. tattha kammādīsu dutīyādīnaṃ vidhīyamānattā suddho kammādi
saṃsaggarahito saddattho v’ īhaliṅgattho ti adhippeto. paṭhamaṃ thape
tabbarūpan ti avibhatyantapurisādisaddaṃ sandhāyāha. apākaṭattā ti
kammādekattādivasena apākaṭattā. avayavattā ti nipphannarūpe
kadesattā. taddhitasamāsakitakākhyātavibhatyantānan ti taddhi
tantasamāsantakitakantā-akhyātavibhatyantanām avibhatyantānaṃ aliṅga
tā tena liṅgan ti vacanena viññāyatī ti yojanā. vuttattham eva sa
rūpato dassento na hī ty ādim āha. icchitā nicchitasaṅgahavivajja
nan ti vibhattinipphattiyā liṅgasaññāvasena icchitānaṃ taddhitasamāsaki
[165]
takantānaṃ saṅgahañ ca, anicchitānaṃ tu natvānādipaccayantānaṃ vivajjanañ ca.
liṅganāmapāṭipadikasaddānaṃ samānatthattā liṅgasaddassa ca namasaddassa
ca pāṭipadikasaddassa ca samānatthattā. atha vā. liṅgassa ca nāmassa ca pā
ṭipadikassa ca saddassa cā ti imesaṃ catunnaṃ ekatthattā ti attho.
aññatthasaddasatthe eva matippapañcitan ti sambandho. paṭipadikābhidhe
yyāsattā ti pāṭipadikena kathetabbo vijjamānākāro. sā
pana visun ti sāsattā liṅgaparimāṇavacanamatte hi visuṃ labbhatī ti
sambandho. tatthā ti tesu atthisakkātyādīsu vacanesu. vatthuno
visadāvisado bhayarahitākārotīdaṃ saviññāṇaka aviññā
ṇakānaṃ sāmaññato liṅgatthavavatthāpanaṃ. tattha visadākāroti
paṭusabhāvo. avisadākāro ti apaṭusabhāvo. ubhayarahi
tā kāroti dvīhi visadāvisadehi vinimuttasabhāvo. līnassāti
paṭicchannassa. gamanto ti viññāpanato. liṅganato ti pakāsana
to. keci pana saviññāṇakassa vatthuno thanakesādayo pi
liṅgan ti vadanti. taṃ dassento thanake savatī ti gātham āha. tattha
ca thanake savatī ti thanāni ca kesā ca thanakesā. tad assā
atthī ti thanakesavatī. kiñcāpi itaresam pi atthi thanakesā, ma
kulaṃ bandhitvā thapitakesakalāpo ca thaññādhārabhūtāni uramajjhe
visesena pākaṭabhūtathūlathanāni ca yassā santi, sā eva idha thana
kesavatī ti vuccati padhānavasena. thanakesavatī itthī siyā ti
sambandho. massuvā ti massu ass’ atthi tasmiṃ vā vijjati iti massuvā.
ubhinnam antaraṃ etan ti ubhinnaṃ itthipurisānaṃ etaṃ thanakesavantattañ ca massu
vantattañ ca antaraṃ nānatā. itaro ti napuṃsako. ubhayamuttako ti dvī
hi itthipurisabhāvehi muttako ubhayamuttako. itaro napuṃsa
ko siyā ti sambandho. vuttāthanakesādayo pi liṅgan ti vuccatī
ti sambandho. vuttanayenā ti idaṃ visadāvisado bhayarahitākāraṃ
sandhāya vuttaṃ. sattāvinimutto vuttākāroti vijjamānākāravini
mutto bhavitabbākāravinimutto vā visadāvisado bhayarahitā
kāroti attho. paṭhaman ti avibhatyantakāle. sattābhidhāya
kotiliṅgādirahitaṃ sattaṃ vijjamānattaṃ abhidhāti kathetī ti
[166]
sattābhidhāyako. tato ti pacchā. taṃ mukhenātitaṃ dvārena. sattā
bhidhāyakattaṃ paṭiccā ti attho. tassa liṅgena vā vacanena vā yogo
ti itthipumādiliṅgena vā ekavacanabahuvacanena vā saddhiṃ tassa sattā
bhidhāyakassa saddassa yogo ti. tato vā ti tasmā kāra
ṇā eva. tato visuṃ vuttānī ti tato pāṭipadikatthato visuṃ
katvā vuttāni. tattha na sijjhatī ti tasmiṃ pāṭipadikatthe vā liṅge
vā doṇo ty ādikaṃ vacanaṃ na sijjhati. atippapañcitan ti ativitthāri
taṃ. nippañcenā ti rāgādipapañcarahitena. tabbinimuttassa cā ti ta
to visadāvisadobhayarahitākārato vimuttassa ca. hatti
padaṃ viya padajātasaṅgāhakan ti sabbesaṃ jagati carajaṅgalānaṃ pāṇā
naṃ padajātasaṅgāhakaṃ hatthipadaṃ viyā ti paṭhasesena sambandho. pada
m eva padajātaṃ. padajātaṃ saṅgaṇhāti, saṅgahaṃ vā gacchati etthā ti pada
jātasaṅgāhakaṃ. jānānaṃ gatipatiṭṭhā ti jagati. pathavī. jagatiyaṃ ca
rantī ti jagaticarā. jagāya ulanti gacchantī ti jaṅgalā. jagaticarā ca
tejaṅgalā ceti jagati carajaṅgalā. tesaṃ jagaticarajaṅgalānaṃ. pā
ṇo jīvitam etesam atthī ti pāṇā. tesaṃ pāṇānaṃ. pathaviyaṃ vica
raṇasabbasattānan ti attho. bhagavato varapādapaṅkajasamabhini
viṭṭhacakalakkhaṇaṃ viyā ti paṅke jāyatī ti paṅkajaṃ varapādapaṅka
jaṃ. varapādapaṅkaje sammā abhivisesena niviṭṭhaṃ patiṭṭhitan ti varapāda
paṅkajasamabhiniviṭṭhaṃ. lakkhīyatī ti lakkhaṇaṃ. cakkam eva lakkhaṇaṃ cakka
lakkhaṇaṃ. varapādapaṇkasasamabhiniviṭṭhañ ca taṃ cakkalakkhaṇañ ca ti vara. pa.
cakkalakkhaṇaṃ. vividhalakkhaṇasaṅgāhakan tīminā tulyādhikaraṇaṃ vivi
dhāni nānāppakārāni tomaraṅkusasirivacchādīni maṅgalalakkhaṇāni
saṅgaṇhāti, saṅgahaṃ vā gacchanti etthā ti vividhalakkhaṇasaṅgāhakaṃ.
vuttappakāratthasaṅgāhakan ti pāṭipadikattaliṅgaparimāṇavacanamatta
aṅkhātassa vuttappakārassa atthassa saṅgāhakaṃ. nāññavisayato
visayo ti kattari ca kammatth edutīyā ty ādīnaṃ vibhattividhāyakānaṃ
aññesaṃ suttānaṃ avisayato assa suttassa visayo. atabbi
sayato visayo ti tesaṃ tatīyādutīyādivibhattividhāya
[167]
kānaṃ kattari cā ty ādīnaṃ avisayato assa suttassa visayo. ta
thā ti vuttanayena paṭhamāvibhatti hotī ti attho. abhihitaṭṭhā
ne pī ti ākhyātādīhi abhihitappayoge pi. bhavatū ti ce ti vi
bhattuppatti bhavatu, iti vacanaṃ ce bhavaṃ vadeyya. no ti taṃ vacanaṃ na vattabbaṃ.
bālise ti bālo isi bālisi. bho bālisi. yehī ti yehi
janehi. te ti tesaṃ janānaṃ. sabbe buddhā balappattā ti balappattānaṃ
sabbesaṃ buddhānaṃ balaṃ, tena balena rakkhaṃ bandhāmī ti sambandho. attano va
se cittassa pavattāpanato āha cittam issaro ti. na ppamajjeyyā
ti assadavasena pamadaṃ na āpajjeyya. padumaṃ viyā ti loke
alaggabhāvena udakā accuggamma vikasamānaṃ padumaṃ viya sobhati. a
bhikkantan ti atīṭṭhaṃ atimanāpan ti attho. vīrā ti bho asithi
laparakkama. vijitasaṅgāmā ti vijito pañcavidhamārasaṅgāmo yena
so vijitasaṅgāmo. bho vijitasaṅgāma. satthe vahati pavattetī
ti satthavāho. satthavahasadisattā atthavāho. bho sattha
vāha. vicarā ti vicarāhi. liṅgatthattā nātivattanato ti liṅgatthabhā
vassa anativattanato.
285. 15. abhimukhaṃ katvālapanan ti attano abhimukhaṃ katvā
kathanaṃ. abhimukhakaraṇatthāya kathanan ti attho. atha vā. ālapa
nan ti bho yaññadattā ty ādīsu yaṃ atthaṃ ālapati, saddenābhimukhaṃ ka
roti, taṃ ālapīyatī ti ālapanan ti vuccatī ti. ālapanañ ca nāma pa
gevābhinipphannasarūpassa abhimukhīkaraṇaṃ. katābhimukho tu pacchā
kiriyābhipayojīyati gacchabhuñjahare tiṭṭhāti. ālapana sama
ye kriyābhipayogābhāven’ etaṃ na kārakavohāraṃ paṭilabha
ti. yaṃ pan’ idāny ābhidhātabbaṃ, na tatthālapanavohāro, kathaṃ hi nāmā
vijjamāna māmantīyatī ti. tattha payojanaṃ vuttam evā ti tasmiṃ cānu
kaḍḍhane payojanaṃ cānukaḍḍhitaṃ uttaratranānuvattate iti heṭṭhā
vuttam eva.
(gha) pakaraṇakattunā therena avuttabhāvaṃ dīpento na ce
taṃ porāṇakasuttan ty āha. saṅkhepopajanitavibbhantabuddhīhī ti saṅkhe
pena upajanitā saṅkhepopajanitā. vibbhantā buddhi vibbhantabuddhi. saṅkhepopaja
[168]
nitāvibbhantabuddhi yesaṃ te saṅkhepopajanitavibbhantabuddhī. tehi saṅkhepa
m idaṃ pakaraṇan ti uppannāya paññāya samannāgatehī ti attho. mandehī
ti mandaṃ vuccati moho. tāya samannāgatā ti mandā. bālā ti attho.
tehi. ūnamidan ti maññamānehī ti idaṃ pakaraṇaṃ ūnaṃ aparipuṇṇasaddalakkha
ṇaṃ, tasmā atthi upanetabban ti maññamānehi. sudattakisivanirutti-ma
hāniruttī ti nikāyantaravāsīnaṃ byākaraṇavisesāni.
286.16. piyehī ti piyabhāvakaraṇehi. manāpehī ti
manaṃ āpentī ti manāpā. tehi. * āsun ti sīghaṃ. sakhilo ti mudu
vāco. tass’ upādānan ti tassa caggahaṇassa upādānaṃ gahaṇaṃ.
281.21. yena byādhinā ti yena akkhi ādinā. vikaty añña
thābhāvo ti vikatisaṅkhāto aññathābhāvo. aṅgyate hattha
pādādīnaṃ samohattena ṭhāyate ti aṅgaṃ. yathā naṅgo ti na aṅgo
ti yathā.
299. 29. tass’ eva tatīyatthassā ti tatīyo attho
yassa so ti tatīyattho. tassa tatīyatthassa. ekadesanidde
so. tatīyatthe vattamānassa tass’ eva anusaddassā ti attho.
tass’ eva hīnatthavācakassa kammappavacanīyasaññā vuttā ti hīnattha
vācakassa tass’ eva anusaddassa kammappavacanīyasaññā vuttā.
301. 31. aññattha pana atippapañcitā ti sambandho. vitthara
to pana etissā eva visayuttara ekadesaṃ dassento āhasaṃsā
mi ādike. saṃyoge ti saṃvuccati dhanaṃ. tena yogo saṃyogo.
tasmiṃ saṃyoge. dhanasambandhe ti attho.
pahūtaṃ me dhanaṃ sakka, balaṃ koso ca n’ appako ||
andhassa me sato dāni, maraṇam eva ruccatī ti || ||
ettha koso ti koṭṭhāgāraṃ h’ atthi kosādi vā. sāmiyo
ge ti sāmisambandhe. indasāmissarādhipatyādayo ekatthā. tenā
ha devānam indo ti. samīpe ti samīpasambandhe. samīpāsannāvidūrādayo
py ekatthā. ten’āha avidūre ti. samūhe ti samūhasambandhe. saṅgha
gaṇarāsi samūha nikāyādayo samānatthā. ten’āha rāsi
[169]
suvaṇṇassā ti. idañ ca me jātarūpaṃ pahūtaṃ, rāsisuvaṇṇassa ca tāla
mattā ti pāṭhaseso. tassa suvaṇṇassa tālamattā rāsi samū
hoti attho. avayave ti avayavasambandhe.
manussass’ eva te sīsaṃ, hatthapādā ca vānara ||
atha kena nu vaṇṇena, agāran te na vijjatī ti || ||
ettha manussass’ evā ti bho vānara te sīsaṃ manussassa sīsaṃ iva.
te hatthapādā ca manussass’ eva. atha kena nu vaṇṇenā ti kena nu kā
raṇena. vikāre ti vikārasambandhe. dhaññavikatī ti sattunāmaṃ. te
nāha bhaṭṭhadhaññānaṃ sattū ti. bhaṭṭhan ti bhajjitaṃ. ṭhāne ti ṭhānasambandhe.
sambandheti puttādisambandhe.
puttā pi tassa bahavo, ekanāmā ti me sutaṃ ||
asīti dasa eko ca, indanāmā mahabbalā || ||
vese ti sarīramaṇḍanaṃ. āgatiyoge ti pakatisambandhe. te
saṃ vaṇṇo ti tesaṃ paracakkavāḷavāsīnaṃ janānaṃ pakati. mayhaṃ vaṇṇo
ti tatra dhammadesanatthāya gatassa mayhaṃ pakati. byādhimhī ti byādhi
sambandhe. tatīye māse ti tiṇṇaṃ pūraṇo tatīyo. tasmiṃ tatī
ye. paṭuttan ti paññāya guṇo. tenāha paññāya paṭubhāvo ti.
saṅkhātun ti kathetuṃ gaṇetuṃ vā. ottappan ti avatapanto bhā
yanto vā. abyayayoge ti avikārapaccayasambandhe. tuṃtunatvā
natvādayo sabbavibhattikārakasamāyoge ekākārena pa
vattanato abyayā ti vuccanti. viññāṇan ti paṭisandhiviññāṇaṃ bhavassa
bījajananaṭṭhena bījasadisaṃ. sippikānaṃ sataṃ n’ atthi, kuto kaṃsasatā
duve ti pāṭhaseso. tattha kaṃsasatā duve ti duve kahāpaṇasa
tāni. rohaṇe ti vaddhane. n’ atthi nāsāya rūhanā ti vajjuṃ vātena vā
vajjuṃ, n’atthi nāsāya rūhanā ti pāṭhaseso. vajjuṃ vāte ti evaṃ ruhatu
nāsā ti vadeyyuṃ vā. na vā vajjun ti na vā vadeyyuṃ. n’ atthi nāsāya rū
hanā ti chinnāya nāsāya puna anabhiruhanato tava nāsāya ruha
nāvaḍḍhanā n’ atthī ti attho. bījānaṃ abhisaṅkhāro ti bījānaṃ saṅkhāro
[170]
tassa atthasādhako. tattha abhisaṅkhāro ti madhusakkarādīhi
ambabījādīnaṃ abhisaṅkharaṇaṃ. upaladdhiyoge ti paṭilābhasambandhe.
upalabbhanaṃ paṭilābho upaladdhi. tassa yogo ti upaladdhiyogo.
tasmiṃ upaladdhiyoge. saṅghāte ti vatthuno ekaghanatāya. visi
lese ti vimocane. bhogabyasanaṃ sampajjatī ti bhogānaṃ byasanaṃ
sampajjati. abhinipāto ti abhinipatanaṃ abhinipāto. andhabhā
vassa lakkhaṇaṃ nāma patanaṃ. tenāha kāṇassābhinipāto ti.
anto ti lāmako. saṃsagge ti paññādiguṇasambandhe. sammā passatī
ti sammā jānātī ti attho. sambhāre ti sammā bharanti posenti
paripācentī ti sambhārā. sambharīyantī ti vā sambhārā. upakaraṇabhūtā
ti attho. veyyākaraṇassā ti niggāthakasuttassa. padan ti pa
tiṭṭhā. sasuro ti sasuraputto, sasurabaddho ti attho. sapattī
te pure ti ahaṃ mattātuvantissā, sapattī te pure ahun ti pāṭha
seso. ahaṃ pubbe tesapattī ahosiṃ. na me sutaṃ vādiṭṭhaṃ. bhā
santiṃ mānusiṃ migin ti ettha mayānusutan ti attho. kammassa kattāro
ti kammaṃ kattāro.
302. 32. khīre jalaṃ tile telaṃ tīminā abhibyāpikā
dhāro dassito. abhibyāpī nāma pattharitvā pavattanaṃ. vejayantesu
jaṃpatī tīminā opasilesikādhāro niddiṭṭho. opasilesikaṃ nā
ma upagantvā allīyanaṃ. gaṅgāyaṃ mādhurā vutthā tīminā sāmīpikādhāro
vutto. sāmīpikaṃ nāma samīpe pavattanaṃ ākāse ḍenti pakkhino tī
minā vesayikādhāro vutto. vesayikaṃ nāma visaye pavattanaṃ.
sāmissarādiyoge ti sāmīssara-adhipatidāyādasakkhipati
bhūpasutakusalam icc etesaṃ saddānaṃ sambandhe. muddhanī ti muddhaṃ. bāhāsū
ti bahuṃ gahetvā. bhikkhūsū ti bhikkhū. hatthesū ti hatthehi. mattha
ke ti matthakena, saṃghe ti saṃghassa. cetiye ti cetiyassa. ka
dalīsū ti kadalīhi. sīlasmin ti sīlaṃ. upādhiyoge adhikissara
vacane ti adhikissaravacane vattamānānaṃ upādhīnaṃ sambandhe sati sattamī
hotī ti attho. upakhāriyaṃ doṇo ti khāriyaṃ doṇo adhi
ko ti attho. caturāḷhakaṃ doṇo nāma. upanikkhekahāpaṇan ti
[171]
nikkhekahāpaṇaṃ adhikaṃ. adhinacce gotamī ti nacce gotamī issarā.
maṇḍitasaddo pasannatthavācako. tenāha ṭhāṇasmiṃ pasīdito ti.
306.36. kvaci dutīyā chaṭṭhīnam atthe ti ettha bahuvacanaggaha
ṇaṃ saṃsāmyādivasena anekavidhattā chaṭṭhiyā bahuttam apekkhitvā
kataṃ.
314. 44. brahmadattissarā ti brahmadatto issaro yesaṃ
te brahmadattissarā. ettha brahmadattassa issarattā tasmiṃ sattamī
hoti. adhinacce gotamī ty ādīsu kiñcāpi gotami ādīkā issa
rā, tathāpi issaravantassā pi adhippetattā nacce devesū ti sattamī
hoti. saccan ti taṃ vacanaṃ saccaṃ. idha pan’ ekasesaniddeso ti imasmiṃ
sutte pana issaravacanissaravacane ti vattabbe ekasesaniddeso
ācariyena kato, bhinnasattisamaveto vā idha ācariyena
kato ti sambandho. bhinnā satti bhinnasatti. bhinnadabban ti attho. saṃ eka
to avetanaṃ pavattanaṃ samaveto. bhinnasattiyā samaveto bhinna
sattisamaveto. bhinnavatthūnaṃ ekasaddābhidhāya katā ti attho.
atha vā. sattiyā guṇena saṃekato aveto pavattanaṃ satti sama
veto. bhinnānaṃ vatthūnaṃ sattisamaveto bhinnasattisamaveto. idaṃ
vuttaṃ hoti. yathā seto dhāvatī ti vutte setasaddena tādi
so goṇo pi asso pi manusso pi vuccati bhinnavatthusāmaññaguṇa
sahacaritattā, evaṃ issaravacanasaddena issaro ca issaravanto
cā ti atthadvayaṃ pavuccati ubhinnam pi issarattam anatikkantattā ti. ana
pekkhitapavattinimittaṃ sarūpamattam eva vā paṭicca niddeso ti ayaṃ issa
ravacananiddeso anapekkhitapavattinimittaṃ sarūpamattaṃ eva vā paṭicca ā
cariyena kato. saddappavattiyā nimittaṃ dabbaṃ pavattinimittaṃ. anapekkhitaṃ
pavattinimittaṃ anapekkhitapavattinimittaṃ. idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti, issaravaca
nappavattiyā hetubhūtaṃ tappurisaññapada samāsābhihitaṃ atthaṃ
anapekkhitvā issaratthasāmaññaṃ paṭicca issaravacanan ti niddeso ka
to. tasmā sāmaññaniddesassa vatticchānusārena pavattanato
bhavaty ubhayathā pi saddanipphattī ti. padīpanyāyo vā sannissito ti
issaravacanan ti vadantena ācariyena padīpanyāyo vā sannissito.
[172]
ṭhāpakan ti liṅgavibhattikārakavasena payogasarūpajānanaṃ taṃ hi
atthaṃ ṭhāpetī ti ṭhāpakan ti vuccati. saddaṃ sutvā hi ayaṃ saddo purisādi
liṅgantarayutto ti vā ekattādiyutto ti vā ṭhāyati. tasmā pa
yogasarūpadassanam apisadden’ eva hotī ti āha ṭhāpakan ti. ṭhāpi
tan ti payogatthaṃ taṃ hisaddena ṭhāpīyatī ti ṭhāpitan ti vuccati. tabbi
sayan ti tassa payogassa visayaṃ. idha pana eko yev’ issaravacana
saddo issaravacanan ti vuttaṃ saddatthañ ca issaravacanasaddassa visayabhūtaṃ
aññapadatthañ ca dīpeti.
315. 45. sehatthavācako ti sa īhatthavācako, sa
vīriyotyatthavācako.
(ja) abhisaṅkhāro ti abhisaṅkharaṇaṃ. sattaphalan ti khaggatharu.
sesaṃ uttānattham evā ti. chaṭṭho paricchedo.
kārakasaṃpyaṅṭīkāpāṭh. prīḥ *
316.1 kārakānantaraṃ anadhigatānekanām ekattupaga
manalakkhaṇānaṃ samāsasaññāvidhividhānam āvikaronten’ ārambhassa
samāsakappass’ atthavaṇṇanaṃ karonto tesaṃ nāmānaṃ payujjamā
napadatthānan ty ādim āha. tattha payujjamānapadatthānan ti padānaṃ atthā pa
datthā. payujjamānāpadatthā yesaṃ te payujjamānapadatthā. tesaṃ pa
yujjamānapadatthānaṃ. nāmānan tī iminā tulyādhikaraṇaṃ. yuttattho ti
yuttho attho yuttattho. samāsasañño hotī ti ettha samā
so ti vibhatyādilopaṃ katvā nānāpadānaṃ samāsanaṃ saṃkhipanaṃ ekapa
datthupagamanaṃ. samāso padasaṅkhepo ti attho. atha vā. samāsīya
tī ti samāso. nānāvibhattilopaṃ katvā ekapadattham upadīyatī ti
attho. so duvidho luttāluttavasena. tattha luttasamāso ya
thā godhano ty evam ādi. aluttasamāso yathā urasilo
mo gavampatī ty evam ādi. urasilomāni yassa brāhmaṇassa so
yaṃ urasilomo ti. samāso chabbidho dvandābyayībhāvakammadhāra
[173]
yadigutappurisabahubbīhivasena. tattha dvinnaṃ abvayabhāvo dvando. nā
mānaṃ ekavibhattikānaṃ samuccayo dvando1 ti vuttattā ekassa ca padassa
dvandabhāvo heṭṭhimaparicchedena dvinnaṃ padānaṃ ekapadattupagamanaṃ dvando
nāmā ti attho. dve dve padāni ekato samodhānam ettha gacchantī ti
vā dvando. byayaṃ na yantī ti abyayā. liṅgattayasattavibhattivacanadvaye
su aññatthattaṃ agantvā tatheva tiṭṭhantī ti attho. ke te. nipā
topasaggā. abyayānam atthaṃ vibhāvetī ti abyayībhāvo. bhāva
saddo pan’ ettha vibhāvanatthavācako. anekatthattā dhātūnaṃ. abyaya
bhāvo ti  vattabbe īkārāgamaṃ katvā evaṃ vuttan ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. kammam iva dvayaṃ
dhārayatī ti kammadhārayo. yathā ca kammaṃ kiriyañ ca payojanañ cā ti
dvayaṃ dhārayati. kamme sati kriyāpayojanasambhavato. evam ayaṃ sa
māso pi ekassatthassa dve nāmāni dhārayati. asmiṃ samāse sati
ekatthajotakassa nāmadvayassa sambhavato. narasīho ti yathā.
ettha hi sīhasaddo sadisatthavācakattā saddantarasanniṭṭhānattā ca sa
katthaṃ pahāya purisasaddatthe vattati. ity ubhinnaṃ narasīhasaddānaṃ ekā
dhārakattā naro eva sīho narasīho ty evarūpo samāso
vuttanayena kammadhārayo ti vuccati. dvīhi lakkhaṇehi gato avaga
to ñāto ti digu. diguṇo hi dve lakkhaṇāni saṅkhyāpubbatā napuṃsa
kekavacanatā ti. atha vā. dve gāvo digu. digusadisattā ayaṃ pi sa
māso digū ti vuccati. yathā digusaddo saṅkhyam anatikkamma pavattati. eva
m ayam pi samāso lakkhaṇadvayam anatikkamma pavattati. tassa puriso ti
tappuriso. tappurisasadisattā ayam pi samāso tappuriso ti
vuccati. yakkhasadisassa yakkho ti vohāro viya. yathā tappuri
sasaddo guṇam ativattati. evaṃ sakalobyāyaṃ samāso guṇam ati
vatto. rājapuriso ti yathā. ettha hi rājasaddattho guṇabhū
to hutvā purisatthaṃ viseseti aññehi sāmīhi rañño yevā
yaṃ puriso. nāññassā ti. tasmā rājapurisam ānehī ti vutte tadupa
lakkhitassa purisatthass’ evānayanaṃ bhavati. na rājatthassa itaratthassa
vā. iti sakale pi tappurisasamāse pubbapadattho guṇabhūto
hutvā uttarapadatthaṃ visesetī ti daṭṭhabbo. bahavo vīhayo
[174]
assā ti bahubbīhi. bahubbīhisadisattā ayaṃ pi samāso bahubbī
hi ti vuccati. yathā bahubbīhisaddo guṇe va sanniruḷho. evaṃ sakalo
py ayaṃ samāso guṇe patiṭṭhato. ettha ca samuccayapadhānādvandasaññā.
nāmānaṃ samuccayo dvando ti vuttattā. upasagganipātappadhānā ca abyayī
bhāvasaññā. upasagganipātapubbako abyayībhāvo ti vuttattā.
tulyādhikaraṇapadappadhānā kammadhārayasaññā. dvipade tulyādhikara
ṇe kammadhārayo [Kacc 326] ti vuttattā. saṅkhyāpadhānā digusaññā. saṅkhyāpubbo
digū [Kacc 327] ti vuttattā. vibhattipadhānā tappurisasaññā. amādayo parapade
bhī2 [Kacc 329] ti vuttattā. aññapadatthapadhānā bahubbīhisaññā. aññapadatthesu
bahubbīhī [Kacc 330] ti vuttattā. api ca ubhayapadatthapadhāno dvando dvandaṭṭhānaṃ pa
dānaṃ sakasakatthavācakattā. rāmajjunā ti yathā. pubbapadatthapadhāno
abyayībhāvo abyayībhāvaṭṭhānaṃ uttarapadānaṃ pubbapadatthaniyamarūpe
na pavattattā. ten’ eva upanagaraṃ gato ti vutte nagarasamipaṃ gato ti
viññāyati. na nagaran ti. pubbapadatthapadhāno kammadhārayo. pubbapadatthena
uttarapadatthassa niyamitattā nīluppalan ti yathā. ettha hi nīlattho
uppalasāmaññato uppalatthaṃ niyameti na-y-idaṃ setādisv aññataraṃ nī
lattā ti . uttarapadatthapadhāno vā uttarapadatthassa pubbapadatthā ti
sayappakāsanato. purisasīho ti yathā. pubbapadatthapadhāno digu.
saṅkhyāparicchinnattā uttarapadatthassa. tilokan ti yathā. uttarapadattha
padhāno tappuriso. pubbapadatthupalakkhitattā. rājaputto ti yathā.
aññapadatthapadhāno bahubbīhi. chinnahattho ti yathā. ettha tu kammadhā
rayo visesanapubbapado. upamānapubbapado. upamānuttarapado. sambhā
vanāpubbapado. avadhāraṇapubbapado ti pañcavidho. tattha visesanapubba
pado yathā nīluppalaṃ. upamānapubbapado yathā saṅkham iva paṇḍaraṃ saṅkha
paṇḍaraṃ. upamānuttarapado yathā nayanam idaṃ uppalaṃ viyā ti nayanuppalaṃ. na
ro ’yaṃ sīho viyā ti narasīho. sambhāvanāpubbapado yathā gu
ṇo iti buddhi guṇabuddhi. avadhāraṇapubbapado yathā guṇo eva dhanaṃ gu
ṇadhanaṃ. tappuriso dutīyātappuriso. tatīyā. catutthī. pañcamī. chaṭṭhī.
sattamī. ubhayatappuriso ti sattamvidho. tattha dutīyātappuriso
yathā bhūmigato ty evam ādi. tatiyā tappuriso yathā salla
[175]
viddho ty evam ādi. catutthītappuriso yathā āgantukabhattaṃ ty eva
175.2 m ādi. pañcamītappuriso yathā. corabhayaṃ ty evaṃ ādi. chaṭṭhī tappuri
175.3 so yathā. rājaputto ty evam ādi. sattamītappuriso yathā saṃ
175.4 sāradukkhaṃ ty evam ādi. ubhayatappuriso duvidho kammadhārayadiguva
175.5 sena. nakārasaṃyoge sati ubho pi samāsā tappurisasaññā
175.6 honti. tattha kammadhārayatappuriso yathābrāhmaṇo (read yathā abrāhmaṇo) ty ādi. di
175.7 gutappuriso yathā apañcavassaṃ ty ādi. bahubbīhi tagguṇātaggu
175.8 ṇasaṃviññāṇavasena duvidho. so sandhivaṇṇanāyaṃ vuttanayen’ eva
175.9 veditabbo. puna dvipado bahuppado ti duvidho. tattha dvipado dutīyā
175.10 di vibhattivasena chabbidho. tattha dutīyābahubbīhi yathā. ā
175.11 gatasamaṇo ty evam ādi. tatīyābahubbīhi yathā jitamāro
175.12 ty evam ādi. catutthībahubbīhi yathā. dvinnasuṅko ty evam ādi. pañcamī
175.13 bahubbīhi yathā. niggatajano ty evam ādi. chaṭṭhībahubbīhi yathā chinna
175.14 hattho ty evam ādi. sattamībahubbīhi yathā sampannasasso ty e
175.15 vam ādi. bahuppade pana padabāhullamattam eva viseso.
175.16 evaṃ duvidhalakkhaṇayuttaṃ āha samāsavidhiṃ idha thero ||
175.17 taṃ matimā manasikaritvā sādhuṃ kareyya payogavidhānaṃ || ||
175.18 suttāgatapadānukkamavasena atthaṃ avatvā saddantarikādyantapa
175.19 dasambandhaṃ katvā nāmānaṃ yuttattho ti vuttattā codento nanu ca bho
175.20 ty ādim āha. codanā. tattha saddakkamānurūpenā ti saddānaṃ kamo pa
175.21 ṭipāṭi saddakkamo. saddakkamassa anurūpo saddakkamānurūpo. tena
175.22 saddakkamānurūpena. atthenā tīminā tulyādhikaraṇaṃ. gaṅgāyo
175.23 dakan ti gaṅgāya udakaṃ. nodakassa gaṅgan ti saddakkamaṃ pahāya uda
175.24 kassa gaṅgaṃ ānehī ti attho no sambhavati. ihā pī ti imasmiṃ
175.25  pi sutte. iti atthena bhavitabban ti iti suttatthena bhavitabbaṃ. tan nā
175.26 ty ādi parihāro. tattha tan nā ti saddakkamavasena nāmānaṃ samāso
175.27 yuttattho ti atthena bhavitabban ti taṃ vacanaṃ bhavatā na vattabbaṃ. kasmā
175.28 ti ce. saddakkamavasena suttatthe gahite samāsasaññā vidhāya
175.29 kena aññena suttena bhavitabbaṃ. tādisassa samāsasaññā ñāpa
[176]
176.1 kassa aññassa yogassa abhāvato. yuttatthaggahaṇenanta
176.2 rikenā pī ti dūraṭṭhenāpi yuttatthaggahaṇena antarikena siddhin ti
176.3 attho. antaritānan ti antaraṃ atikkamma itāgatā ti antaritā.
176.4 tesaṃ antaritānaṃ dūraṭṭhānaṃ padānan ti attho. ayaṃ h’ etth’ attho ti.
176.5 ayaṃ uparivuccamāno ettha vacane nicchito attho. vuttaṃ pi ce
176.6 tan ti etaṃ pi vacanaṃ niruttācariyehi vuttaṃ. yena yassa hi sambandho ti
176.7 yena padena saddhiṃ yassa padassa sambandho ghaṭano samodhanabhā
176.8 vo hoti. dūraṭṭhaṃ pi ca tassa tan ti yassā ti niddiṭṭhaṃ taṃ padaṃ dūraṭṭhaṃ pi ca ye
176.9 nā ti niddiṭṭhassa tassa padassa santakaṃ. nāññassa asambandhapadassa ā
176.10 sannaṭṭhassāpi. atthato hy asamānānan ti atthato hi asamānānaṃ.
176.11 ettha hi iti kāraṇatthe nipāto. tasmā ti attho. sambhāva
176.12 nattho vā. asamānānan ti asadisānaṃ. anantariyam akāraṇan ti na
176.13 antaraṃ anantaraṃ. samīpan ti attho. anantare bhavaṃ anantariyaṃ. samīpaṭṭhitaṃ
176.14 aññamañña-asambandhattā akāraṇan ti attho. atthānukkamānurū
176.15 pavasena vā vacanan ti atthānukkamassanurūpavasena nāmānaṃ yuttattho
176.16 samāso ti suttassa avacanañ cā ti attho. casaddo pan’ ettha samucca
176.17 yattho. tena saddakkamānurūpavasena atthassa vacanañ ca samāsa
176.18 saññāviññāpanatthaṃ. atthānukkamānurūpavasena suttassāvacanañ ca yo
176.19 gavibhāgatthan ti atthadvayaṃ samucceti. vibhajanaṃ vibhāgo. puthakkaraṇan ti
176.20 attho. vipubbassa bhaja puthakkaraṇe ti dhātuno rūpaṃ. yogassa
176.21 vibhāgo yogavibhāgo. yogavibhāgassa attho kāraṇaṃ
176.22 yogavibhāgattho. taṃ yogavibhāgatthaṃ. suttassa dvidhākaraṇan ti
176.23 attho. tena kiṃ sijjhatī ti ce ti tena yogavibhāgabhūtena nā
176.24 mānaṃ samāso ti suttena kiṃ payojanaṃ sijjhati. ko attho nipphajja
176.25 tī ti ce vadeyyāsī ti attho. ayuttatthānam pi ti apunageyyā
176.26 gāthā–pa–bhojī ti ādīsu ayuttatthānam pi nāmānaṃ samāsasaññā
176.27 hotī ti sambandho. na puna geyyā apunageyyā ti. evaṃ sabbattha sa
176.28 māso kātabbo. tattha geyyā ti kathetabbā. candaṃ ullo
176.29 kentī ti candamullokikāni. vibhattilopaṃ katvā candaulloki
176.30 kānī ti vattabbe makārāgamaṃ katvā evaṃ vuttan ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. acandamullo
[177]
177.1 kikāni puravadhūnaṃ mukhānī ti attho. saddhaṃ vuccati matakabhattaṃ. taṃ bhuñja
177.2 tī ti saddhabhoji. ettha ca pana uttarapadatthassa pubbapadatthena nisedhi
177.3 tattā vā saddantarikattā vā ayuttatthatā veditabbā. iṭṭhappasiddhito
177.4 ti icchitatthanipphattito. sutaṃ devadattena bandho yaññadatto ti
177.5 ettha devadattena bandho devadattabandho ti samāso na bhavati.
177.6 kasmā. aññamaññānapekkhitattā. devadattena sutaṃ raññā bandho
177.7 yaññadatto ti sambandho. aniyamapasaṅgo ti aniyamatthappavatti. a
177.8 niyamena samāsasaññā hotī ti attho. codako saddantari
177.9 kavādeparājayaṃ patvā nāmaggahaṇam ālamba puna codetukāmo
177.10 nanū ty ādim āha. codanā. visesābhidhāyakan ti visesaṃ atthaṃ a
177.11 bhidhābhikathetī ti visesābhidhāyakaṃ. visesatthavācakaṃ nāmagga
177.12 haṇaṃ akatvā nāmopasagganipātānan ti vattabban ti attho. tan na
177.13 –pa–pamāṇan ti pariharo. tattha tan nā ti taṃ nāmaggahaṇaṃ visesābhi
177.14 dhāyakaṃ na. kasmā ti ce. tena nāmaggahanena tesaṃ nipātopasaggā
177.15 naṃ gahaṇato sabbe pi hi te ti te sabbe pi nāma nipātopasaggā.
177.16 atthānaṃ namanato ti attano abhimukhaṃ katvā atthe nāmanato.
177.17 attho hi sadde sati atthāvabodhasambhavato saddābhimukhaṃ namanto
177.18 viya hoti. atha vā. atthānan ti bhummatthe sāmivacanaṃ. atthānukūlaṃ
177.19 saddappavattito atthesu namanato pavattanato ti attho. anena
177.20 namati. nāmayatī ti nāman ti vuttanāmatthasaṅgahaṇaṃ kataṃ hoti. nāma
177.21 saddābhidheyyabhāvan ti nāmasaddena abhidheyyaṃ nāmasaddābhidheyyaṃ. nā
177.22 masaddābhidheyyaṃ eva bhāvo nāmasaddābhidheyyabhāvo. taṃ nāmasaddā
177.23 bhidheyyabhāvaṃ. nāmasaddavācitaṃ atthan ti attho. anubhavantī ti paṭi
177.24 labhanti. nāman ti sāmaññaguṇakittimopapātikavasena catubbidham pi
177.25 etaṃ nāmam eva hoti. nāmakamman ti nāmakaraṇaṃ. karīyatī ti kamma
177.26 idaṃ imass’ ev’ atthassa adhivacanan ti evaṃ nikkhipīyatī ti attho. nā
177.27 mam eva kammaṃ nāmakammaṃ. nāmadheyyan ti nāmatthapanaṃ. dhiyyati thapiyyatī
177.28 ti dheyyaṃ. nāmam eva dheyyaṃ nāmadheyyaṃ. etthā ti etasmiṃ saddavevacana
177.29 hāre. sabbam pi ti nāmopasaggādivasena sabbam pi catubbidhaṃ padaṃ. avise
177.30 sena gahitattā ti saddavevacanahārena nāmagahaṇassa avise
[178]
178.1 sena sabbasaṅgāhakavasena gahitattā. ākhyātassāpi gahaṇaṃ
178.2 siyā ti imasmiṃ sutte nāmaggahaṇena upasagganipātānaṃ gahaṇaṃ viya
178.3 ākhyātassāpi gahaṇaṃ siyā ti evaṃ mantuṃ na sakkā. samāsādhikā
178.4 rattā ti nāmaggahaṇassa samāsādhikāre vuttattā. dassanañ ca no
178.5 pamāṇan ti ākhyātesu chabbidhassa samāsassa dassanañ ca no amhākaṃ
178.6 pamāṇaṃ na saddavevacanahāre. nāmaggahaṇena ākhyātassagahaṇaṃ.
178.7 nāmaṃ viya nāmehi saddhiṃ samāsanato ti yathā nāmehi saddhiṃ samassa
178.8 ti sambandhīyati. ekapadattham upagacchati. evaṃ samāsanato ca nāmaṃ viya
178.9 nāmass’ atthassa jotanato ca nāmaṃ viya nāmavibhattivihitattā cā
178.10 ti imehi tīhi kāraṇehi nāmasadisattā upāsagganipātānam
178.11 vohāram anubhavantī ti sambandho. sīho ‘yaṃ māṇavo ti ettha a
178.12 chambhitasūrasabhāvattā sīhasadiso sīho ti vuccati. liṅganāma
178.13 pāṭipadikasaddānaṃ samānatthattā ty ādīsu ayaṃ yojanā. liṅgatthe
178.14 paṭhamā [Kacc 286] ti ettha sutte liṅgaggahaṇena tesaṃ upasagganipātānaṃ gaha
178.15 ṇato liṅganāmapāṭipadikasaddānaṃ samānatthattā liṅgaggahaṇena samā
178.16 natthena nāmaggahaṇena tesam pi upasagganipātānaṃ gahaṇaṃ katan ti
178.17 mantuṃ sakkā nanu. ayaṃ pan’ etthādhippāyo. yadi liṅganāmapāṭipadikasaddā
178.18 m ity [extra i hanging in space] a(?)me asamānatthā bhāveyyuṃ. liṅgatthe pathamā [Kacc 286] ti sutte liṅgaggaha
178.19 ṇena upasagganipātānaṃ gahaṇe sati pi nāmaggahaṇenupasagganipā
178.20 tānaṃ gahaṇaṃ na siyā. samānatthatte sati pi tesaṃ yadi liṅgatthe patha
178.21 mā [Kacc 286] ti ettha liṅgaggahaṇena upasagganipātānaṃ gahaṇaṃ na kataṃ siyā.
178.22 iha nāmaggahaṇenā pi upasagganipātānaṃ gahaṇaṃ na siyā. atha c’ idāni
178.23 liṅgādisaddānaṃ samānatthattā ca liṅgatthe pathamā [Kacc 286] ti sutte liṅgaggahaṇe
178.24 nupasagganipātānaṃ saṅgahitattā cā ti kāraṇadvayaṃ āgamma iminā
178.25 nāmaggahaṇen’ upasagganipātānaṃ gahaṇaṃ katan ti mantuṃ sakkā ti. iti
178.26 nānāppakāren’ upasagganipātānaṃ saṅgahesādhi[mi?] te codanāy’ okā
178.27 sam alabhantassa codakass’ okāsaṃ kurumāno chaṭṭhiyā tatīyā
178.28 ṭhāne sambhūtattā ty ādikaṃ parihāranayaṃ cetasi nidhāya, bhavatu vā nā
178.29 maggahaṇena pakatināmānam eva gahaṇan ti āha. laddhokāsattā
178.30 codento nanv avocumhā ty ādim āha. codanā. saccan ty ādi parihā
[179]
179.1 ro. tathā pi na doso ti nāmaggahaṇena pakatināmānaṃ gahaṇe
179.2 sati pi na doso ti attho. saṅgatatthā ti yuttatthā saṃsaṭṭhatthā vā
179.3 nāmanipātopasaggā pubbuttarehi nāmehi saddhiṃ samāsasaññā hontī
179.4 ti yojanā. tattha pubbuttarehī ti pubbāparehi. pubbapade nāmaṃ ho
179.5 ti. parapade nāmopasagganipātesv aññataraṃ. parapade nāmaṃ hoti. pubba
179.6 pade nāmādīsv aññataraṃ hoti. tenāha pubbuttarehī ti visesa
179.7 kassa kassa ci abhāvato ti saṅgatatthagahaṇavisesakassa
179.8 aññassa kassaci padassa abhāvato. aññehi pī ti yehi nāme
179.9 hi saddhiṃ samāsasaññaṃ paṭilabhanti. tato aññehi pi nāmehi saṅga
179.10 tatthā nāmanipātopasaggānāmehi saddhiṃ samāsasaññā hontī ti
179.11 vattuṃ na ca sakkā. kasmā. sutahāniyā c’ eva asutaparikappassa ca
179.12 iha anadhippetattā. ettha sutahāni nāma vijjamānajahanaṃ. asuta
179.13 parikappo nāma avijjamānass’ uppādānaṃ. taṃ dhamman ti viññāyatī ti yasmā paṭi
179.14 mānakiriyāya kammapadassābhāvā vijjamānaṃ desanā kriyā yāya kammabhū
179.15 taṃ dhammaṃ pahāya aññaṃ paṭimānayiṃsū ti attho na yujjati. tasmā taṃ dhammaṃ
179.16 paṭimānayiṃsū ti attho viññāyati. saññisabhāvaparidīpanatthan ti sa
179.17 ññino yuttatthaggahaṇassa sabhāvaparidīpanatthaṃ. samāsīyatī ti saṃkhi
179.18 pīyati. ekapadattupagamanaṃ nīyatī ti attho. assā ti yuttatthassa.
179.19 nānāvibhattikānaṃ saddānaṃ ekapadattupagamanaṃ saddasamāsanaṃ nāma. asambandhā
179.20 naṃ atthānaṃ padasambandhavasen’ ekasambandhupagamanaṃ atthasamāsanaṃ nāma. atha
179.21 yuttattho ty ādi codanā. ubhayathā pi dosābhāvaṃ dassento
179.22 kiṃ tenā ti āha. tena samāsānuyogena kiṃ payojanaṃ u
179.23 bhayathā pi na doso. aññaṃ tāva pucchassū ti attho. parihāro
179.24 yaṃ. kammadhārayasamāse dosāvikaraṇaṃ karonto yadi yutto
179.25 attho ty ādim āha. codanā. tato kim āyātan ti ce ti tena
179.26 atthassa samāsasaññākaraṇena kiṃ nāmadosavidhānaṃ ābhatan ti
179.27 yadi vadeyyāsi. evaṃ mā vada. ayam ettha doso ti attho. evaṃ pi na
179.28 doso ty ādi parihāro. evaṃ pi na doso ti kiñcā p’ evaṃ vuttavidhānaṃ
179.29 atthe yeva hoti. tathā pi na doso ti attho. vuttavidhānam atthe
179.30 asambhavato sadde yeva hotī ti sambandho. aggissa juho
[180]
180.1 tī ti ettha juhasaṅkhātā pūjānāggisadde hoti. aggipadatthapaṭibandhattā
180.2 pana aggimhi hoti. aggiss’ inī ti ettha aggissa inī ti niddiṭṭhattā inī-āde
180.3 so nāggipadatthe hoti. saddapaṭibandhattā pana aggisadde yeva ho
180.4 ti. evaṃ kammadhārayasamāse dosābhāvaṃ dassetvā bahubbīhisa
180.5 māse payojanaṃ dassento atha vā hotū ty ādim āha. tenā
180.6 ti tena bahubbīhisamāsena. passa vāsiṭṭha–pa–hatā vātenā ti
180.7 ādīsu payogesu gāmaṃ gato gāmagato. devadattena bandho
180.8 devadattabandho. samaṇassa sukhaṃ samaṇasukhaṃ. yakkhehi bhayaṃ yakkha
180.9 bhayaṃ. rañño puriso rājapuriso. rukkhe sākhā rukkhasākhā ti sa
180.10 māsasaññā na hoti. kasmā. ayuttatthattā gāmādīsaddānaṃ. ko
180.11 pan’ ettha ayuttattho ti. aññoññānapekkhatā. yadi gāmādayo ga
180.12 tādisaddāpekkhakā honti. gatādayo pi gāmādisadde bhavatīha
180.13 vuttanayena samāso. kasmā. yuttatthattā gāmādīnaṃ. atha c’ idāni gāmā
180.14 dayo pi gatādike. gatādayo pi gāmādike anapekkhitvā passa
180.15 sāvatthy ādayo apekkhitvā ṭhitā ity anapekkhitattā aññamaññe
180.16 saṃ nātra samāsasaññā. bakassa setāni pattānī ti ādīsu sā
180.17 pekkhesu payogesu setāni pattāni setapattānī ti tathā
180.18 aññoññānapekkhesu viya samāsasaññā na hoti. sāpekkhattā
180.19 pattasaddassa. pattasaddo hi saddantarikabakasaddāpekkhako. ten’ e
180.20 va chaṭṭhiniddeso kato. yady evaṃ kim iti bakapattānī ti samāso
180.21 na bhavatī ti ce. saddantarikattā sati pi aññoññāpekkhattena samā
180.22 so. yattha pana gamakan ti yesu pana sāpekkhesu payogesu sā
180.23 pekkhapadaṃ attanāpekkhitatthassa gamakaṃ hoti. tattha bhavati gama
180.24 kattā samāso ti tattha payogesu attanā apekkhitatthassa gama
180.25 kattā sāpekkhassa padassa aññena padena saddhiṃ samāso bhavati.
180.26 devadattassa garukulan ti ettha pana garuno kulan ti asamāse ṭhito
180.27 garusaddo’ yam attanāpekkhitaṃ devadattassa padatthaṃ ñāpeti. tad eva garu
180.28 kulan ti samāse ṭhito pi viññāpeti. iti sāpekkhatte sati pi garu
180.29 saddassa gamakattā garuno kulaṃ garukulan ti bhavati samāso. te
180.30 san ti nāmānaṃ. abyavadhānan ti asaddantarikatā. yatheccham aññatarenā
[181]
181.1 nabhisambandho ti yāyā icchā (icchava?) yathecchaṃ. icchānurūpan ti attho. ya
181.2 thecchaṃ aññatarena saddhiṃ anabhisambandho yatheccham aññatarenānabhi
181.3 sambandho. asaṅkhyāviseso ti ekattabahuttasaṅkhātāya saṅkhyāya
181.4 viseso saṅkhyāviseso. na saṅkhyāviseso asaṅkhyāvise
181.5 so. vibhattilopādīnaṃ yebhuyyena payojanabhāvaṃ dassetvā
181.6 samāse sati pi kvaci avibhattilopādayo santī ti dassento
181.7 yebhuyyena cetānī ty ādim āha. tāni vibhattilopādīni ye
181.8 bhuyyena tesaṃ yuttatthatāya payojanānī ti attho. apunage
181.9 yyā ti ettha punasaddo byavadhānaṃ hoti. āhitaggī ti āhito
181.10 pūjito aggi yena so ‘yaṃ āhitaggi. aggāhito ti aggi āhi
181.11 to yena so ‘yaṃ aggāhito. kiṃ pan’ imesan ty ādi codanā. tattha
181.12 atthābhidhānan ti atthassa abhidhānaṃ kathanaṃ atthābhidhānaṃ. vācani
181.13 kan ti vacanena viggahavākyavasena nipphannaṃ vācanikaṃ. sabhavappasiddhan ti vigga
181.14 havākyaṃ pahāya sabhāvato eva pasiddhaṃ nipphannan ti sabhāvappasiddhaṃ. aya
181.15 m ihādhippāyo codakassa. chinnahattho ty ādi aññapadatthavisaye
181.16 su yuttatthabhāvam āgacchantā chinnahatthādisaddā yadā ekapadattaṃ anā
181.17 gatā. tadā sakasakattham eva kathenti nāññapadatthaṃ. yadā pana
181.18 chinnā hatthā yassa so chinnahattho ty ādinā ekapadakkamāgatā.
181.19 tadā sadatthanimitta aññapadattham eva kathenti. iti chinnahatthādisaddā
181.20 naṃ atthabhūto purisādyattho yassā ti viggahavākyavacanavasenāga
181.21 to kiṃ. udāhu pakatiyā va nipphanno ti vuccati. sabhāvappasiddhaṃ ty ā
181.22 di parihāro. atthānādesato ti chinnahatthādyabhinipphannasamāsapa
181.23 de asaṃvijjamānassa atthassa aññena viggahavākyavacanena anādesa
181.24 to akathanato yuttatthabhāvam āgacchantānaṃ atthābhidhānaṃ sabhā
181.25 vappasiddhan ti attho. yadi atthe ādiseyyun ti nipphannasamāsapade
181.26 sv alambhamāne atthe yadi viggahavākyavacanāni ādiseyyuṃ kathe
181.27 yyuṃ. anavaṭṭhānappasaṅgo siyā ti saddatthānaṃ anavaṭṭhā na doso bhave
181.28 yya. kim uccate ty ādi codanā. aññapadatthesu bahubbīhī [Kacc 330] ti samāsa
181.29 padato aññesaṃ padānaṃ atthe nimittabhūte bahubbīhi samāso ya
181.30 to vutto. apaccasaṃsaṭṭhādike atthe nimittabhūte ṇaṇikāda
[182]
182.1 yo paccayā yato vuttā. tasmā evaṃ vācanikaṃ atthābhidhānaṃ sa
182.2 bhāvappasiddhan ti kiṃ kena kāraṇena bhavatā vuccate. chinnahatthavā
182.3 siṭṭhatelikādīnaṃ attho yadi sabhāvappasiddho. aññapadatthādike
182.4 nimittaṃ katvā bahubbīhiādayo na vattabbā. yasmā ca te vuttā. te
182.5 na ñāyati vācanikam atthābhidhānan ti adhippāyo. na te ty ādi pari
182.6 hāro. te ti bahubbīhiṇaṇikādayo paccayā. atha kho ti sacca
182.7 to pana. tesaṃ saddānan ti tesu aññapadatthādikesu samabhiniviṭṭhānaṃ
182.8 tesaṃ chinnahatthādinipphannasaddānan ti attho. nipphannasaddānurūpaṃ katvā
182.9 kathanaṃ hi anvākhyānaṃ nāma. chinnahatthādikassa idāni nipphādīyamānass’ e
182.10 taṃ adhivacanaṃ. pakatipaccayādivibhāgaṃ dassetvā ti pakatiādi
182.11 vibhāgaṃ dassetvā nippādīyamānaṃ yad idaṃ samāsapadaṃ. paccayādivibhāgaṃ
182.12 dassetvā nipphādīyamānaṃ yad idaṃ taddhitādipadaṃ etaṃ sabbaṃ tappatirūpakaṃ
182.13 tena nipphannarūpena sadisaṃ paṭhamābhinipphannaṃ hi chinnahatthavāsiṭṭhādirūpaṃ
182.14 disvā tappatirūpaṃ nipphādento pakatipaccayādivibhāgaṃ dassetvā chinna
182.15 hatthavāsiṭṭhādayo abhinipphādesi. yathā raṅga rajite hatthassāda
182.16 yo disvā tadanurūpakaraṇena tappatirūpaṃ kāni rūpāni samuṭṭhāpeti.
182.17 na ca tāni hatthassādayo. tappatirūpakāni nāma. evaṃ sampadam idaṃ. cittasa
182.18 muṭṭhitassā ti cittajassa. anena sabhāvappasiddhataṃ sādhetī ti pari
182.19 hāro. yadī ty ādi codanā. sabbesam atthādhigamo ti sabbesaṃ nāmā
182.20 naṃ atthassa adhigamo. paccayantaravekallattā ty ādi parihāro.
182.21 tattha paccayantaravekallattā ti saṃketakaraṇasaṅkhātassa paccaya
182.22 visesassa vekallattā sabbesam atthādhigamo na hotī ti
182.23 sambandho. paropadesan ti upadisanaṃ upadeso. parassa parato
182.24 vā upadeso paropadeso. taṃ. ghaṭapaṭatissa phussadattādi
182.25 atthābhidhānaṃ saṃsūcakavacanan ti attho. idañ c’assābhidhānan ti assa
182.26 atthassa idaṃ abhidhānaṃ nāmaṃ. ettha tu saddatthādhigamo saṅketakara
182.27 ṇena hoti. saṅketakaraṇam pi paropadesavasena hotī ti
182.28 daṭṭhabbaṃ. tathā hi kiñci ajānantābāladārakāmātāpitūnaṃ aggiṃ ā
182.29 nehi. uppalaṃ ānehī ty ādikaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā idam imassa nāman ti mañña
182.30 mānā taṃ tam ānenti. taṃ saṅketakaraṇaṃ. puratthimato ty ādīsu a
[183]
183.1 yam adhippāyo. ācariyassa yadi saṅketābhidhānaṃ vinā saddatthādhiga
183.2 mo siyā. sūriyuggamanatthaṅgamanamadhurakaṭukatthānaṃ saṅketabhūtaṃ
183.3 puratthimapacchimaguḷasiṅgiveran ti nāmaṃ abhivadantena kiṃ nāmavacanaṃ vuttaṃ
183.4 siyā. ayuttamassa vacanan ti attho. atha ca pana na ayuttaṃ. atthā
183.5 dhigamāya vuttattā yuttam eva. kathaṃ. sūriyo ugacchati. atthaṃ gaccha
183.6 ti. madhuro kaṭukan ti vutte kuto kena ko kiṃ kaṭukan ti
183.7 sammoho yeva jāyati asanniṭṭhāpitatthesu. puratthimato ty ā
183.8 dimhi pana vutte saṅketavacanena sanniṭṭhāpitattā atthānaṃ asammohā
183.9 dhigamo yeva hoti. ity atthādhigamasambhavato yuttaṃ saṅketa
183.10 karaṇam atthādhigamāyā ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. tasmā ti yasmā paropadesaṃ. la.
183.11 hetu. tasmā kāraṇā. paramattham anabhidhāvitvā ti paramatthavasena
183.12 agantvā. vuttanayen’ atthādhigamo ti sabbesaṃ atthādhigamo saṅketa
183.13 karaṇena hotī ti veditabbo. aññathā ti yadi lokasaṅke
183.14 tam atikkamma atthādhigamo siyā. māgadhikassā ti magadhe jātassa
183.15 uppannassa vā. sabhāvaniruttitā va na sambhaveyyā ti abyabhicāri vo
183.16 hāro va na sambhaveyya. damiḷandhakirātādivacanaṃ hi sabbadā ekākāre
183.17 na aṭṭhatvā parivattanato asabhāvanirutti nāma. māgadhikam pana tathā a
183.18 hutvā sabbadā ekākārena pavattanato sabhāvanirutti nāma. purima
183.19 paññattī ti atītakappe candasūriyasamuddapathavipabbatādivohāro.
183.20 pacchimapaññatti yaññeva anupatatī ti etarahi pi candasūriyasamuddapatha
183.21 vipabbatādi vohāraṃ anugacchati. yadi lokasaṅketam atikkamma
183.22 atthādhigamo siyā atītakappe pi etarahi pi candādipadatthācandā
183.23 divohāraṃ na labheyyuṃ. vācanikassa parivattanato. atha ca pan’ e
183.24 tarahi pi laddhaṃ. tena ñāyati lokasaṅketam anatikkamitvā
183.25 atthādhigamo hotī ti. yasmā c’ evaṃ atthādhigamo hoti.
183.26 tasmā aṭṭhakathā vacanaṃ na viruddhaṃ hotī ti adhippāyo. te ti
183.27 te vācanikam atthābhidhānan ti vādino ācariyā. samadhigantabba
183.28 to atthassā ti sambandho. tappakāsanam atthānan ti tehi nibbacana
183.29 saddehi pakāsetabbānaṃ atthānaṃ. atha vā. tehi akkhinikocanapa
183.30 ṇivikārehi pakāsetabbānaṃ atthānaṃ. kin tesan ty ādi codanā.
[184]
184.1 tattha tesaṃ te yuttatthabhāvam upagacchantā ti tesaṃ pubbuttarānaṃ nā
184.2 mānaṃ antare uttarehi nāmehi yuttatthabhāvam upagacchantāpubbanāmā
184.3 ti attho. ubhayathā pi dosābhāvaṃ dassento siddhantavādī kiṃ
184.4 tenā ti āha. tena attano atthe pajahitvā vā apajahitvā
184.5 vā yutatthabhāvūpagamanena kiṃ ko doso. na koci doso ti
184.6 attho. atha vā. aparisamatthattā codanāya avasiṭṭhaṃ kathā
184.7 pento pi evam āha. tatrāyam attho. tena aparisamatthānuyoge
184.8 na kiṃ payojanaṃ. avasiṭṭhaṃ tāva kathehī ti. avasiṭṭhaṃ kathento ya
184.9 di pajahitvā ty ādim āha. codanā. tattha purisamattassā ti yassa
184.10 kassa ci purisassa. kim ettha sādheyyun ti ettha etesu dvīsu yuttatthu
184.11 pagamanesu katamaṃ yuttatthupagamanaṃ sādheyyaṃ. sakatthaṃ jahitvā yutta
184.12 tthupagamanaṃ sādheyyaṃ kiṃ. udāhu appajahitvā yuttatthupagamanan ti a
184.13 ttho. yadi panīme ty ādi parihāro. daḷhayuttan ti atirekatarayuttaṃ.
184.14 evaṃ yuttan ti purisatthe vattamānassa rājasaddassa apaccatthe vattamā
184.15 nassa vasiṭṭhasaddassa ca sakatthajahanaṃ. evaṃ rajakakamme vattamānassa ta
184.16 cchakassa tacchakakammajahanaṃ viya yuttan ti attho. sakatthaṃ jahitvā
184.17 yuttatthabhāvagamane attanā heṭṭhā āropitadosaṃ punāharitvā
184.18 dassento nanv avocumhā ty ādim āha. codanā. vuttan ty ādi parihāro.
184.19 so ti so rājasaddo. nāccantaṃ pajahatī ti sabbaso na pajahati. pa
184.20 ratthavirodhī ti purisatthassa virodhi. sakattho ti sambandhatthāpagato
184.21 rājasaddattho. na cāyam attho paratthavirodhivisesanaṃ nāmā ti ayaṃ
184.22 visesanaṃ nāmarājasaddattho paratthassa purisatthassa virodhina. ettha
184.23 visesanan ti sambandhatthaṃ sandhāyāha. yadi rājasaddo jahanto visakatthaṃ
184.24 accantaṃ eva evaṃ jahātu. tathāpi na doso ti dassento atha vā
184.25 ty ādim āha. anvayato visesanaṃ bhavatī ti yasmā jahite pi sa
184.26 katthe purimapaden’ uttarapadassa visesanaṃ anvayato sakatthakā
184.27 le anugatapubbavohāravasena bhavati. tasmā accantaṃ sakatthaṃ ja
184.28 hanto rājasaddo paṭiladdhapubbavohāravasena purisatthassa visesa
184.29 naṃ hutvā rājapuriso ti vuccati. siddhantavādinā nītateladadhighaṭo
184.30 pamāya dosāvikaraṇaṃ karonto visamam idan ty ādim āha. codanā.
[185]
185.1 tattha visamam idaṃ nidassanan ti idaṃ nidassanaṃ ayaṃ upamāvisamaṃ visamā. upa
185.2 meyyena na sametī ti attho. bhavati hi tattha saddapavattinimittaṃ
185.3 kiñcī ti yato yena saddapavattinimittena telādivatthumattena ghaṭā
185.4 divisesanaṃ sambhavati. taṃ telādisaddapavattinimittaṃ kiñci vatthumattaṃ
185.5 tattha ghaṭe sambhavati. na tathā purisatthe rājasaddappāttinimittaṃ
185.6 kiñci sambhavati accantaṃ jahitattā sakatthassā ti vuttaṃ hoti.
185.7 evaṃ telaṃ dadhighaṭopamāyaṃ dosāvikaraṇe kate aññehi
185.8 pubbacaṅkoṭakopamādīhi vuttattham eva sādhento siddhantavādī a
185.9 tha yathā ty ādim āha. parihāro. tattha athā tīmassa evam pi satī
185.10 ti attho. kiñcāpi teladadhighaṭādīsu visesanaṃ na sambhavati. puppha
185.11 caṅkoṭakādīsu pana sambhavatī ti adhippāyo. tehī ti pupphacaṅkoṭa
185.12 kādīhi. evam ihā pi na doso ti ihā pi rājapurisādīsu payo
185.13 gesu evaṃ anvayato visesanaṃ bhavati yasmā. iti tasmā nāmānaṃ
185.14 attano attano atthaṃ jahitvā yuttatthabhāvūpagamane na koci do
185.15 so ti attho. evam upamāvasena sakatthaṃ jahitvā yuttatthabhāvū
185.16 pagamane dosābhāvaṃ dassetvā puna saṃsāmivasenā pi dassento
185.17 atha vā ty ādim āha. sabbaṃ saṃsampajjatī ti rañño ti chaṭṭhyantavasena
185.18 niddisitvā tadāyattassa sarūpato aniddiṭṭhe sati rañño dhanaṃ gāvo
185.19 assā hatthī ty ādinā aniyamato sabbaṃ dhanaṃ tadāyattarūpena payo
185.20 gārahataṃ āpajjatī ti attho. sabbo sāmī ti puriso ti niddisitvā
185.21 tadissarassa sarūpato aniddiṭṭhe sati brāhmaṇassa puriso. gaha
185.22 patissa puriso ty ādinā aniyamato sabbo sāmī tadissara
185.23 rūpena payogārahataṃ āpajjatī ti attho. rañño purisam āne
185.24 hī ti vutte ti rañño purisan ti saṃsāmisambandhaṃ katvā vutte satī ti
185.25 attho. rājāpurisaṃ nivatteti aññehi sāmīhī timam evāyaṃ puri
185.26 so. na brāhmaṇādīnan ti aññehi sāmīhi purisasaddaṃ rājasaddo ni
185.27 vatteti rañño purisan ti saddabyapadesena saddatthassā pi gahitattā
185.28 āha aññehi sāmīhī ti. puriso rājānaṃ nivatteti aññehi
185.29 sehī ti aham evimassa santako. nāññan ti aññehi janehi purisa
185.30 saddo rājasaddaṃ nivatteti. etasmin ti rañño puriso ti etasmiṃ pada
[186]
186.1 dvaye. ubhayato byavacchinne ti dvīhi sambandhīhi aññamaññaṃ paricchinne sa
186.2 ti. yadi jahātī ti sace rājasaddo sakatthaṃ jahāti. sāvane saṃ
186.3 yuttatthatā ti samānatthena rājapurisassānayanaṃ bhaveyya. nāññassa.
186.4 sā eva nesaṃ dvinnaṃ rājapurisasaddānaṃ yuttatthatā ti attho. tāpaccaya
186.5 m evāpekkhitvā pan’ ettha sā ti ‘tthiliṅgena niddeso ti daṭṭhabbo. idāni
186.6 sakattham appahāya* yuttatthattūpagamanam pi yuttarūpam evā ti dassento
186.7 atha vā ty ādim āha. na pubbaṃ jahātī ti paṭhamaṃ laddhaṃ bhikkhaṃ na jahāti. sa
186.8 kattham appakāya yuttatthabhāvūpagamane heṭṭhā attanā āropita
186.9 dosam evāvikaronto nanv avocumhā ty ādim āha. codanā. tathā pi
186.10 tatra dosābhāvaṃ dassento vuttan ty ādim āha. parihāro. tattha
186.11 tathā pi na doso ti ubhinnamatthadvayassa vijjamānatte pi sati ekavaca
186.12 nakaraṇedoso n’ atthī ti attho. na hi rājā paṭhamāsamattho ti
186.13 rājapuriso ti sambandhapayoge rājasaddo paṭhamāya vibhattiyā
186.14 bhavituṃ na yutto ti attho. yadi rājasaddo purisasaddo viya paṭhamā
186.15 yayutto bhaveyya. bhaveyyarājācapuriso ca rājapurisā ti bahu
186.16 vacanaṃ. sambandhapayoge pana sambandhassa paṭhamāya ayuttattā nātthadvayā
186.17 pekkhaṃ bahuvacanaṃ siyā. atha kho samāse kattamupādāyekavacana
186.18 m evā ti vuttaṃ hoti. na hi puriso chaṭṭhisamattho ti purisasaddo pi a
186.19 sāmikattā purisatthassachaṭṭhiyā bhavituṃ na yutto. tasmā chaṭṭhibahu
186.20 vacanañ ca na pāpuṇātī ti attho. yadi purisasaddo rājasaddo viya chaṭṭhi
186.21 yā yutto bhaveyya. bhaveyya rañño ca purisassa ca rājapurisānan ti
186.22 bahuvacanaṃ. sambandhino chaṭṭhiyā panāyuttattā atthadvayāpekkhaṃ bahuvacanaṃ
186.23 liṅgatthassa ca chaṭṭhyatthābhāvātadekavacanañ ca ahutvā vuttayuttiyā
186.24 liṅgatthe paṭhamekavacanam eva hotī ti vuttaṃ hoti. nanū ty ādi co
186.25 danā. tattha so abhihito attho ti so chaṭṭhyantena rājasadde
186.26 na abhihito sāmyattho. antogadhapāṭipadikattho jāto ti
186.27 vibhattilopādimhi kate rājapurisasaddanto gadhapāṭipadikattho jā
186.28 to ti attho. sabbesam pi saddānaṃ liṅgatthabhāvo ti sambandho. kammā
186.29 dibhāvato vinimutto kammādīnaṃ kārakānaṃ pumitthādibhāvo viyā
186.30 ti yojanā. sannihito ti patiṭṭhito. ayam etthānuyogavādi
[187]
187.1 no adhippāyo. rañño puriso ti samāsaṃ katvā vibhattilopañ ca
187.2 pakati bhāvena puna rājasaddamhi ānīte sāmyatthavinimutto liṅgattho
187.3 ca puna santiṭṭhati. sāmyattho ca pāṭipadikattharūpen’ eva santiṭṭhati. iti rā
187.4 ja purisasaddānaṃ liṅgatthadvayassa sambhavā paṭhamābahuvacanena bhavitabban ti.
187.5 puna bahuvacanānupapattiṃ sādhento tan nā ty ādim āha. parihāro.
187.6 tattha tan nā ti taṃ paṭhamābahuvacanena bhavitabban ti vacanaṃ bhavatā na vattabbaṃ.
187.7 saṃghāṭass’ ekattam attho ti vibhattilopaṃ katvā aññoññasaṃ
187.8 ghaṭitassa samāsapadassa attho nāma ekatthaṃ. avayavavasena a
187.9 ṭṭhatvā ekattūpagamanan ti attho. avayavassa saṅkhyā avayavasaṅkhyā.
187.10 taṃ āvikarotī ti avayavasaṅkhyāvikāritā. vibhatyuppattī ti paṭha
187.11 mābahuvacanaṃ sandhāy’ āha. bhinnatthānan ti bhinno attho yesan te ti
187.12 bhinnatthā. tesaṃ bhinnatthānaṃ nāmānaṃ. ekatthībhāvo ti ekatthabhāvo
187.13 ti vattabbe bhāvasaddāparattā īkārantaṃ katvā evaṃ vuttan ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. nī
187.14 luppalavādena bhinnatthānam ekattābhāvaṃ dassento bhinnatthānan ty ādi
187.15 m āha. codanā. tattha nīluppalādīsu kathan ti nīluppalādīsu bhinnatthavā
187.16 cakesu saddesu ekatthībhāvo kathamupalabbhatī ti attho. guṇagu
187.17 ṇīnaṃ yeva pakāsakattā ti nīlasaddassa guṇam eva pakāsakattā uppa
187.18 lasaddassa ca guṇino yeva. nīluppalādīnaṃ hi saddānaṃ tulyādhikaraṇa
187.19 tā va na sambhavatī ti attho. yesam ādhāram ekaṃ. te va tulyādhikara
187.20 ṇā ti mantabbato guṇaguṇīsv eva sanniruḷhānaṃ nīluppalādisaddānañ ca tada
187.21bhāvāsamānādhikaraṇatā va na sambhavatī ti vuttaṃ hoti. tappaṭibaddhasa
187.22 māsasaññā ti tāya yuttatthatāya paṭibaddhasamāsasaññātappaṭibaddhasa
187.23 māsasaññā. kuto sambhavati. guṇinan ti aṃvibhattiyānam ādeso.
187.24 bhedanibandhanachaṭṭhiyo gato ti bhedaṃ paṭivattanato bhedassa vatthu
187.25 nānāttassa nibandhanāpaṭibaddhātibhedanibandhanā. bhedanibandhanā chaṭṭhī bhedani
187.26 bandhachaṭṭhī. tassā yogo bhedanibandhanachaṭṭhiyogo. tato uppa
187.27 lasaddassa bhedāyattā ya chaṭṭhiyā yuttattā ti attho. vinā pi vaca
187.28 nenā ti guṇaguṇīnaṃ yeva pakāsakattā ti vacanena vinā pi. sambhavatī
187.29 ti ettha iti saddo kāraṇatthavācako. tassa yasmā nīlan ti vutte
187.30 guṇino samadhigamo na sambhavati. iti tasmā ti attho. guṇaṃ vadatī
[188]
188.1 ti guṇavācako tassa bhāvo guṇavācakatā. tadabyabhicaraṇa
188.2 to cā ti abhivisesato caraṇaṃ pavattanaṃ abhicaraṇaṃ. api nā
188.3 abhicaraṇaṃ abyabhicaraṇaṃ. tena guṇinā abyabhicaraṇaṃ tadabyabhicara
188.4 ṇaṃ. tato. samadhigate guṇe guṇino pi samadhigamo hotī ti
188.5 ayam anumānaggāho. ten’ āha dhūme samadhigate aggino samadhigamo
188.6 viyā ti.kiñcācp’ etth’ upamupameyye guṇādhigamen’ eva dabbādhigamo
188.7 viya dhūmādhigamen’ eva abyādhigamo viya ca vutto. tathā pi aññoñña
188.8 sambandhādhigamen’ eva tadadhigamo hotī ti daṭṭhabbo. yathā dhūmato
188.9 aggi anumānena kevalena dhūmen’ eva aggi ñāyati. atha kho dhū
188.10 massa pana agginā avinābhāvasaṅkhāto sambandho viññāyamāno dhū
188.11 mena aggiviññāyati. evaṃ guṇena dabbavijānanena kevalena gaṇen’ eva
188.12 dabbādhigamo hoti. atha kho taṃ taṃ guṇassa tena tena dabbena avi
188.13 nābhāvasaṅkhāto sambandho viññāyamāno tena tena dabbupalakkhaṇa
188.14 bhūtena guṇena guṇādhāraṃ dabbaṃ viññāyatī ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. aññathā aviññā
188.15 tasambandhenā pi guṇādhigamamattena dabbādhigamo viññeyyo siyā.
188.16 ekakkhaṇe yeva guṇaguṇino samadhigamo hoti na tathā dhūmaggi
188.17 no ti paccekam apy atthasarūpābhedo pacārattā guṇaguṇino samadhi
188.18 gamo ekakkhaṇe yeva hoti. tadabhāvādhūmaggino samadhigamo
188.19 tathā ekakkhaṇe na hoti. iti vacanaṃ vattuṃ nā pi sakkā. dhūmaggino vi
188.20 ya asati pi guṇaguṇīnaṃ gahaṇakkam abyattimhi guṇabhūtassa nīlādivaṇṇa
188.21 rūpassa cakkhuviññeyyattā tappatiṭṭhitadabbassa tadanusārena mano
188.22 viññeyyattā udakupalakkhaṇen’ udakaṃ viya guṇaguṇīnam pi gahaṇakkama
188.23 sambhavato ti āha. ettha tu gahaṇakkamo nāma pathamaṃ cakkhunā nī
188.24 lādivaṇṇarūpaṃ disvā pacchā idam imasmiṃ patiṭṭhitan ti mano viññāṇena
188.25 tappatiṭṭhitadabbassa samadhigamo hoti. ekass’ evā ti ekassa pa
188.26 datthass’ eva. anekatthassā ti guṇaguṇīnaṃ vasena bhinnassa padatthassa.
188.27 bhinnārammaṇaggahaṇe ti lakkhaṇarasādinā bhinnānaṃ ārammaṇānaṃ ga
188.28 haṇe. sati cā ti ekass’ eva viññāṇassa bhinnārammaṇaggahaṇasa
188.29 matthatte sati ca. idaṃ hi vacanaṃ sabbaññutaññāṇassa samatthavibhā
188.30 vananayopacāravasena vuttaṃ. bhinnasabhāvattā ti ārammaṇānaṃ
[189]
189.1 aññoññavisabhāgalakkhaṇattā ekakkhaṇe gahaṇaṃ na yuttan ti
189.2 attho. sace vatthuvasena bhinnārammaṇānaṃ lakkhaṇam ekaṃ siyā.
189.3 siyā lakkhaṇapaṭivedhānusārena ekakkhaṇe yuttaṃ bhinnārammaṇagga
189.4 haṇaṃ. atha ca pana vilakkhaṇattā dhammānaṃ nevānekānam ekakkhaṇe ga
189.5 haṇaṃ yuttan ti adhippāyo. anantare vuttam ev’ upatthambhento keci.
189.6 pa. siyā ti āha. keci vaṇṇentī ti sambandho. ekacce sakiṃ
189.7 sabbaññuvādino ācariyā evaṃ kathentī ti attho. ekakkhaṇe ti
189.8 ekacittakkhaṇe. sabbe dhammā ti anavasesā ñeyyadhammā. sabbākā
189.9 renā ti anavasesena salakkhaṇādinā pabhedena. āpāthan ti
189.10 āvibhāvaṃ ārammaṇabhāvan ti attho. ayam ete samabhimatā
189.11 kāro. yady ekenākārena dhammānaṃ ñāṇamukhe āpāthagamanaṃ si
189.12 yā. anantattā ñeyyadhammassa jānanakālāsambhavato na sambhave
189.13 yya sabbadhammāvabodhattaṃ. tasmā sabbesam ekakkhaṇāpāthagamanā
189.14 sabbaññutappattī ti. saccato pana yathā dūrato cittapaṭam olo
189.15 kento vaṇṇasāmaññamattam eva passati. na rūpāvayavaṃ. evam ekakkha
189.16 ṇe sabbadhammasāmaññamattādhigamattaṃ hoti. na paccekadhammādhigamattaṃ
189.17 hoti. nānākhaṇiko hi paccekadhammādhigamo. tassādhigame
189.18 n’ eva sabbaññutappatti. na dhammasāmaññamattassa. iti nānākhaṇikapacce
189.19 kadhammā dvayādhigamato sabbaññutappattī ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. sabbadhammāvabo
189.20 dhanasattiñāṇam pi sabbaññutā vā ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. samannāhāra paṭibandhattā
189.21 ti vacanato. tesan ti sakiṃ sabbaññuvādīnaṃ tesaṃ ācariyānaṃ vā
189.22 de. te ti sabbe te ñeyyadhammā. attaniyan ti sasantakaṃ. attano
189.23 idan ti attaniyaṃ. sabhāvabhedan ti lakkhaṇanānattaṃ. na so bhagavā
189.24 sabbaññu siyā ti lakkhaṇanānatten’ eva hi dhammanānattaṃ. yadi te dhammā
189.25 pajaheyyuṃ dhammānam ekattam āpajjeyya. evam abhedato dhammādhiga
189.26 tattā so bhagavāsabbadhammajānanako nāma na bhaveyya. ekaññū nāma
189.27 bhaveyyā ti attho. anena sakiṃ sabbaññuvādaṃ paṭikkhipitvā nānāsa
189.28 bhāvadhammānaṃ anekakkhaṇādhigamena sabbaññutaṃ nidasseti. nanv ane
189.29 kakkhaṇe adhigame sati jānanakālāsambhavato asabbaññutāva
189.30 siyā ti. na. sabbādhigamabyattisattivato dhammanvayato siddhattā. saṅkhā
[190]
190.1 rādīsuhi ñeyyadhammesu ekekalakkhaṇādivasena ñatvā tadanvaye
190.2 nāvasesassa diṭṭhattā siddhāvākasirena sabbañutā ti. evam avippaccakkha
190.3 to ñeyyekadesādhigamo va siyā, itarassānumānenā ti
190.4 ayuttaṃ paccakkhavedikāya sabbaññutāyānumānaggāhaṃ. nāyam anumā
190.5 naggāhaṃ vihataññeyyāvaraṇassa. pageva dūrato cittapaṭadassanaṃ
190.6 viya ekakkhaṇe sabbadhammasāmaññamattam adhigamena paccekasiddhabhāvā
190.7 nam anadhigatattā aviditatthesv anumānaggāhassa siddhattā ca. nanv āyaṃ
190.8 sakiṃ sabbaññuvādo. na. sabbākāraggahaṇassa anicchitattā. sabba
190.9 dhammānaṃ hi sabbākārenādhigamā va sabbaññutā. na dhammasāmaññamattādhiga
190.10 mā. nānākhaṇiko hi samadhigamo. kakkhaḷaphusanādivasena aññoñña
190.11 bhinnasabhāvānaṃ anārammaṇattā ekacittassa. dhammasāmaññamattādhi
190.12 gamo pana ekadesādhigamaṭṭhāneṭṭhassati. paccekam abyattasarūpāvaya
190.13 vādigamattā. avayavādhigamo hi lakkhaṇavasena. tathā hi rūpe
190.14 kadesaṃ pathavidhātuṃ pariggaṇhanto kakkhaḷattaṃ pariggaṇhā ti. nāmeka
190.15 desaṃ phassañ ca pariggaṇhanto phusanamattaṃ. sāmaññato pariggaṇhanto
190.16 ruppanattaṃ namanattañ ca pariggaṇhā ti. na ca anena te vibhāvanto dhammā vidi
190.17 tā honti. iti ekadesaṃ jānanto na sabbajānā ti. sāmaññamattaṃ
190.18 jānanto ca na dhammavibhāgan ti sāmaññādhigamaṃ ekadesādhigamaṭṭhāne
190.19 thapetvā sabbathā sabbādhigamen’ evā ti anekakkhaṇe dhammanvayato
190.20 sabbaññutā vavatthapetabbā ti. vuccate ty ādi parihāro. tattha vucca
190.21 te ti nīluppālādisaddānaṃ tulyādhikaraṇatā kathīyatī ti attho.
190.22 ihā ti imasmiṃ nīluppalādipayoge. saddo ti nīlādisaddo. te
190.23 na samavetan ti tena attano atthena saha pavattaṃ atthañ ca. saddhiṃ ave
190.24 taṃ pavattan ti samavetaṃ. suttan ti tena lākhārattena samavetaṃ
190.25 suttaṃ. taṃ samavetā ti tena suttena samavetāphalikātaṃ sama
190.26 vetā. nīlādisaddo pī ti etthādiggahaṇena sotādiguṇasaddā
190.27 vasaṅgahitā. nīlādisāmaññan ti guṇajātiṃ sandhāy’ āha. samānā
190.28 naṃ bhāvo sāmaññaṃ. nīlādīnaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ sāmaññaṃ nīlādisāmaññaṃ. nī
190.29 lasāmaññādin ti attho. sabbanīlādānavasena pavattaṃ nīlasāmaññaṃ
190.30 nāma. tadadhiṭṭhānaguṇan ti tassa nīlasāmaññassa adhiṭṭhānaguṇo ta
[191]
191.1 dadhiṭṭhānaguṇo. taṃ. tabbati ṭhitadabban ti tena guṇena patiṭṭhitaṃ dabbaṃ tappa
191.2 tiṭṭhitadabbaṃ. uppalādī ti etthādiggahaṇena dabbasaddābhidhīyante.
191.3 uppalādisāmaññan ti uppalasāmaññādin ti attho. sabbuppalapariggaha
191.4 rūpena pavattaṃ uppalasāmaññaṃ nāma. jāti dabbapadatthikānam pī ti jāti
191.5 padehi ca dabbapadehi ca atthikānaṃ ācariyānaṃ vāde. idaṃ vuttaṃ ho
191.6 ti sace nīlasaddo guṇamattavācako. na jāti dabbāni. bhavaty ubhinna
191.7 m asamānatthattā jātidabbapadatthikānaṃ vāde virodho. atha ca pana go
191.8 saddo va jāti vācako ca dabbavācako ca. tasmā jātiyā abhinna
191.9 sabhāve kattamāgammajātipadatthikānam pi na koci virodho. ubha
191.10 yābhiyitassa ca dabbassābhinnasabhāvekattam āgammadabbapadatthikānam pi
191.11 na koci virodho. evam avirodhatte sati bhavatv eva nīluppalādi
191.12 saddānaṃ yuttatthatam āgammasamāsasaññā ti. nanv iha ubhinnaṃ nīluppalajā
191.13 tīnaṃ guṇadabbasannissitattā bhedo. atha kiṃ jātiyā abhinnasa
191.14 bhāve kattamāgammā ti vuttan ti ce. abhinnasabhāvattā va. na hi sa
191.15 bhāvato abhinnākārasamavetabuddhivisayāya jātiyābhedo
191.16 sambhavati. kin tu taṃ taṃ ṭhānopacāravasena nīlaguṇabyabhicaritattā
191.17 nīlajātī ti ca uppaladabbabyabhicaritattā uppalajātī ti ca bhedabyapa
191.18 deso kato. ten’ ev’ ubhinnaṃ samānatthatā paṭiññātā. ettha tu
191.19 yuttatthājātisaddena jātyābhilāpassa yuttam uppalasaddassa jāti
191.20 vācakattaṃ. atha kim ettha guṇasaddassa jāti vācakatā paṭiññātā
191.21 ti ce. guṇa saddassa pi jāti vācakattā. yady evaṃ kathamassa guṇavā
191.22 ca katā ti ce. tadanugatattā. imam attham evācariyānam anumatiyā
191.23 dassento kecī ty ādim āha. keci samācikkhantī ti sambandho. go
191.24 viṇḍesū ti godabbesu. piṇḍassā py anekattā bahuvacanena niddeso
191.25 kato. yāya jātiyā ekākārasamavetā buddhisañcāyatī ti
191.26 sambandho. eko abhinno ākāro ekākāro. saha ave
191.27 tāpavattā ti samavetā. ekākārena samavetā ekākā
191.28 ra samavetā. sā ti sājāti. jātiyā pavattākāravasena nāma
191.29 nānattaṃ vibhāvento tañ cā ty ādim āha. tadupanissayaṃ dabbaṃ pahā
191.30 ya dhuvaṃ phusitumassako ṇeyyattādhuvamasaṃphusaniyānāma. anavase
[192]
192.1 sadabbapariggāhakarūpena pavattattā sāmaññanāma. saṅkhatavikāro
192.2 ākatikā nāma. dhammena avijahitākāro pakati nāma. añña
192.3 thā bhāvīsukhandhasanthānesu pavattattā tadupacārena vipariṇāmadhammo
192.4 ti vuccati. khandhānam anupaccheduppattiṃ sandhāyāhatathāpavatta khandhasanthā
192.5 noti. mettādivisaya sattapaṇṇattiviya abhinnākārasamaveta
192.6 buddhivisayo ti sabbathalajalajaṅgalesv abhinnasarūpattā sattapaññatti
192.7 abhinnākāro nāma. evam abhinnākāra sattapaññattiyaṃ pavattattā
192.8 mettādayo abhinnākārasamavetā nāma. tasmā yathā abhinnā
192.9 kārasamavetānaṃ mettādibrahmavihārānaṃ visayāsattapaññatti jā
192.10 ti nāma. evam abhinnākārasamavetabuddhiyā visayo ekopaṇṇatti vi
192.11 seso jāti nāmā ti attho. tatthā ti niddhāraṇe bhummaṃ. tesu
192.12 sattavidhesv ācariyesū ti attho. iti atthaṃ vaṇṇentānaṃ tesaṃ
192.13 purimavādīnaṃ vāde tadanugatassāvacanato jātimattass’ evānaya
192.14 nappasaṅgo siyā ti yojanā. pavattinimittan ti gavādisaddappavattiyā ni
192.15 mittaṃ kāraṇabhūtaṃ gamanādyatthaṃ. tadanugatattā ti tassājātiyā
192.16 anugatattā godabbassa. cittagatan ti cittagatikaṃ. abhilāpādiviññatti
192.17 yā yathecchāpavattirahitassa taṅkhaṇapasutassā atibāla
192.18 ko mārakass’ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. tadanugatassā vacanato ti te
192.19 na attano atthena anugatassa avacanato. tena kenā ti jāti
192.20 saddādinātena tena saddena. itare tū ti dabbāvasesā jātiguṇa
192.21 kriyā. tabbisesakā ti taṃ taṃ dabbaṃ visesenti paricchindantī ti tabbi
192.22 sesakā. rasoguḷadabbaṃ visesetī ti sambandho. keci amaññitthā
192.23 ti yojanā. aññathā ti yadi jātyādīnāsaddena jātyādayo ye
192.24 vābhidhīyanti. na tadanugatādī ti attho. eko yeva pāṇo na
192.25 hantabbo siyā ti ekavacanantena pāṇo na hantabbo ti niddiṭṭhattā e
192.26 kavacanassa tthabhūto eko yeva pāṇo na hantabbo bhaveyyā ti
192.27 attho. tesam pi na koci virodho siyā ti sambandho. nīluppalādi
192.28 saddānaṃ sakatthasamavetatthavācakatte sati pi tulyādhikaraṇattā
192.29 bhāve visesanavisesitabbabhāvābhāvena saddhiṃ dassento nanu ca
192.30 bho ty ādim āha. codanā. tattha upaparikkhīyamāno ti paññāy’ upa
[193]
193.1 gantvā parisamantato sabbathāvā ikkhī yamāno olokīyamā
193.2 noti attho. nanijjhānakkhamo ti nijjhāyitvā paññāyarocetvā
193.3 gahaṇakkhamo na. kato bhaveyyā ti nīlasaddena guṇajātiyā ca
193.4 pariggaho. uppalasaddena dabbajātiyā ca pariggaho kato bhaveyyā
193.5 ti yojanā. jātiyā anīlattā ti nīlasaddābhihitāya guṇa
193.6 jātiyā anīlattā. anena jātiyā vaṇṇasambhedadasseti. yadi
193.7 nīlo siyā. visesanavisesitabbo pi bhaveyyā ti attho. dvinnaṃ
193.8 jātīnaṃ guṇadabbānaṃ adhikaraṇattā ti guṇajātiyā guṇassadabbajā
193.9 tiyā dabbassa cādhikaraṇattā tulyādhikaraṇatā nāpibhaveyyā
193.10 ti yojanā. etthādhikaraṇasaddenādhāro kathīyati. tulyasadde
193.11 na samānattho. tasmā dvinaṃ samānādhāram etaṃ tulyādhikaraṇaṃ nāma.
193.12 tabbantāvisaddā aññapadatthasādhanena tulyādhikaraṇatā vuccati. itī
193.13 ha dvinnaṃ jātīnaṃ paccekādhārattā tulyādhikaraṇatā na sambhavatī ti
193.14 vuttaṃ hoti. guṇaguṇino visesanavisesitabbabhāvūpagamanato
193.15 ti iminā guṇajātiyā aguṇataṃ ṭhānopacāravasena dabbassa ca a
193.16 dabbataṃ dīpeti. ubhinnan ti dvinnaṃ guṇadabbajātīnaṃ. dabbabhedaṃ paṭicca pavattanato
193.17 ti yadi guṇo dabbajātiyaṃ vatteyya. bhaveyya guṇajātīnaṃ visesa
193.18 na visesitabbabhāvo guṇassa nissayattā jātiyā. atha ca pana
193.19 guṇajātiyodabbaṃ paṭicca vattanti. tasmā attano nissayaṃ dabbaṃ pahā
193.20 yaguṇajātīnaṃ visesanavisesitabbabhāvo na yutto ti vuttaṃ
193.21 hoti. paropakārāyasaṃvattanato ti parassa dabbassa upakā
193.22 rāyasaṃvattanato. anena guṇajātīnaṃ samānagatikattapakāsa
193.23 kena visesanavisesitabbabhāvābhāvaṃ dīpeti. atha pī ti yadi pi.
193.24 nīlasaddassa pi dabbavācakattā nīlasaddābhihitaṃ uppalatthaṃ sandhāyāha
193.25 nīladabbassāti. na dabbassa nīlattā. ekass’ eva dabbassa padadvayābhihi
193.26 tattā bhedavantaṃ viya katvā dvinnaṃ dabbānan ti āha. na sabhāvato
193.27 dabbassa bhinnattā. tabbinimuttassa aññassādhikaraṇassābhāvato
193.28 ti tato dabbato vinimuttassa aññassa adhikaraṇassa abhā
193.29 vato. tass’ eva dabbassādhikaraṇattā ti attho. atthakato
193.30 ti atthena kato atthakato. atthahetu ācariyena ka
[194]
194.1 to ti attho. nāttakatho ti na attanā sadden’ eva kato. sa
194.2 ko ti attanā. atha kho ti saccato pana. vattamāno saddo ti
194.3 sambandho. atthadvārikan ti attho dvāraṃ hetu etassā ti atthadvā
194.4 rikaṃ. anubhavitvā ti paṭilabhitvā. athā ti evaṃ sati. saddassatthadvā
194.5 rikavasena visesanavisesitabbabhāve satī ti attho. kim atthaṃ
194.6 bhavatā parikappito ti sambandho. guṇadabbābhidheyyassā ti guṇa
194.7 bhidheyyassa nīlasaddassa ca dabbābhidheyyassa uppalasaddassa ca parigga
194.8 ho yadi tāva kato bhaveyyā ti attho. guṇe vattatī ti guṇa
194.9 vatti. tassa. chaṭṭhisambhāvato paṭissanīlan ti yathā ti paṭassanīlan ti
194.10 payoge yathābhedanibandhanachaṭṭhī sambhavati. tathā uppalassanīlan ti
194.11 kadāci bhedanibandhanāyachaṭṭhiyā sambhavato ekavibhattitā ca n’ atthī
194.12 ti attho. jātiguṇābhidhāyakassā ti jātivācakass’ uppala
194.13 saddassa ca guṇavācakassa nīlasaddassa ca pariggaho atha kato bha
194.14 veyyā ti attho. vuttanayenā ti n’atthi guṇavattino dabbavattino ca
194.15 tulyādhikaraṇatā ti heṭṭhā vuttanayena n’eva bhinnādhikaraṇatā ca
194.16 sambhavati. guṇavācakassa nīlasaddassa guṇādhikaraṇattā jāti vā
194.17 cakass’ uppalasaddassa ca jātyādhikaraṇattā. dvinnaṃ saddānaṃ bhinnādhikara
194.18 ṇatā va sambhavatī ti vuttaṃ hoti. evam anuyogavādinā mahatā
194.19 ussāhena nīluppalasaddānaṃ bhinnādhikaraṇatādimhi sādhite tada
194.20 dhippāyavediṃ paravādiṃ pahāya sāmukkaṃ sikaparihāraṃ ārabhantena
194.21 ācariyena papañcitākāraparihāranayena nesaṃ dvinnaṃ padānaṃ tulyādhika
194.22 raṇabhādiṃ dassento tathevam ubhinnan ty ādim āha. parihāro. tattha
194.23 tatthā ti tesu nīluppalādīsu payogesu. evan ti vuccamānatthappakā
194.24 ranidassane nipāto. evam ekesaṃ vaṇṇentī ti sambandho. sabbuppala
194.25 pariggaharūpena pana pavattatī ti sabbāni uppalāni sabbuppalāni. sabbuppa
194.26 lānaṃ pariggaho saṅgaho niravasesupādānasabbuppalapariggaho.
194.27 sabbuppalapariggahassa rūpaṃ sabhāvo sabbuppalupariggaharūpaṃ. tena. dabbe
194.28 pavattamāno uppalasaddo niyamen’ uppalekadese va appavattitvā
194.29 aniyamato nīlādivaṇṇabyatirekenabhinne sabbuppaladabbe pavatta
194.30 tī ti attho. visiṭṭhattā va pariggaharūpena taṃ paricchindatī ti nīla
[195]
195.1 guṇayogattāvisiṭṭho attho visiṭṭhattho. visiṭṭhatthassa avapa
195.2 riggahaṇaṃ visiṭṭhatthā va pariggaho. visiṭṭhatthā va pariggahassa rūpaṃ sabhā
195.3 vo ti visiṭṭhatthā va pariggaharūpaṃ. tena. nīlasaddo pan’ uppaladabbe vattamā
195.4 no aniyamato appavattitvā nīlaguṇavisesituppaladabbamattasaṃgā
195.5 hakattena. tam uttarapadena saṅgahitam uppaladabbaṃ uppalasāmaññato pa
195.6 ricchindati niyameti. na yidaṃ setādīsvaññataraṃ nīlattā ti. tena dhammenā
195.7 ti tena kāraṇena. nīlasaddena uppalasāmaññato uppalatthassa niya
195.8 mitattā ti attho. ekasmiṃ c’ atthe vattantī ti tulyādhikaraṇatā
195.9 saddānan ti visiṭṭhatthasāmaññatthesu vattamānāvinīluppalasaddā ekasmiṃ
195.10 uppalatthe vattanti yasmā. tasmā dvinnaṃ nīluppalasaddānaṃ tulyādhikaraṇa
195.11 tā va sambhavatī ti attho. chaṭṭhiparihāratthaṃ ubho pi dabbe ti nīla
195.12 saddassa guṇavācakatte sati kadāc’ uppalassanīlan ti bhedanibandhanachaṭṭhippa
195.13 saṅgato guṇadabbavuttīnaṃ tulyādhikaraṇekavibhattitā va na sambhave
195.14 yyā ti ubho pi nīluppalasadda. guṇajātīsu appavattitvā bhedanibandha
195.15 nachaṭṭhiyā pariharaṇatthaṃ dabbe vattantī ti attho. ubhinnaṃ dabbavuttīnam a
195.16 vutte pi tulyādhikaraṇatte pasiddhattā pahāya taṃsādhakavacanapathaṃ
195.17 visesanavisesitabbataṃ sādhento yaṃ rūpan ty ādim āha. yaṃ rūpan ti yaṃ
195.18 nīlarūpaṃ. upasajjanībhūtan ti upeccadabbaṃ lajjati pakāsetiparicchindatī ti
195.19 upasajjanaṃ. upasajjanabhūtan ti vattabbe bhakāraparattā īkārantavasena
195.20 vuttaṃ. dabbe pavattaṃ patiṭṭhitanti dabbapavattaṃ. idaṃ purimassa vevacanarūpena
195.21 vuttaṃ. ekasmiṃ atthe visuṃ vacanaṃ vivacanaṃ. vivacanam eva vevacanaṃ. tad eva vi
195.22 sesanabhāvena nīlasaddo saṅgaṇhātī ti dabbe vattamāno pi nīlasaddo
195.23 ahaṃ dabbavattī ti vatvā taṃ nīlarūpaṃ na jahāti. atha kho visesattena
195.24 saṅgaṇhate va. tasmā visesanatānīlasaddassa hotī ti attho. a
195.25 nena dabbavuttino pi nīlasaddassa visesanatā va paṭiññātā hoti.
195.26 yady evaṃ kathaṃ dabbavuttino visesanatā siyā dabbassa guṇabyatire
195.27 kattā ti  anuyogokāsam akatvā dabbavuttino pi visesanataṃ
195.28 sodāharaṇakathāyasādhento yathā sukko ty ādim āha. ettha
195.29 sukkakaṇhasaddā dabbasāmaññaṃ pahāya guṇabyabhicaritadabbābhidhāya
195.30 kattāguṇasaddānāma. tenāhaguṇamukhena dabbavacanato ti. upasaṅkanta
[196]
196.1 dabbo ti upasaṅkantaṃ dabbaṃ yena sambhavatī ti upasaṅkantadabbo. dabbavutti
196.2 ko pi nīlasaddo evaṃ guṇamukhenadabbavacanato visesanan ti vuccatī ti
196.3 attho. atthadvāriko ti atthahetuko. saddānaṃ visesanavise
196.4 sitabbabhāvo atthahetuko. visesanavisesanīye samabhini
196.5 viṭṭhattā ti attho. ubhayaguṇadabbe kiñci yeva tthabhāgaṃ saddo gaṇha
196.6 tī ti vaṇṇarūpaṃ dabbajāti cā ti ubhayāni guṇāni asmin ti ubhayaguṇaṃ.
196.7 jāti pi hi dabbasannissitattā guṇan ty ūpacaritā. ubhayaguṇañ ca taṃdabbañ cā
196.8 ti ubhayaguṇadabbaṃ. tasmiṃ kiñci yeva tthabhāgan ti kiñcidabbekadesaṃ
196.9 guṇajātiyo gamattaṃ sandhāy’ etaṃ vuttaṃ. ubhayaguṇadabbe vattamāno
196.10 nīluppalādiko saddo guṇajātiyo gamattasaṅkhātaṃ kiñci dabbekade
196.11 saṃ saṅgaṇhātī ti attho. imam attham eva payogantarena sādhento
196.12 yathā ty ādim āha. ayam ettha yojanā. goṇo me samadhigato
196.13 ñāto. api ca pana sukko ti vā kaṇho ti vā na tu jānāmi. iti vaca
196.14 naṃ dūraṭṭhe dabbamatte samadhigate vattamāno bhavatī ti. ettha ekasmiṃ
196.15 godabbevaṇṇarūpaṃ gojāti cā ti guṇadvayam upalabbhatī ti ekasmiṃ u
196.16 bhayaguṇe godabbe vattamāno gosaddo sakajāti yogamatta
196.17 m upādāya vattati. sukkādiguṇasaddo pi sakaguṇayogamattam upā
196.18 dāya. tasmā samadhigato me goṇo ti vadatā jātiyo ga
196.19 mattassādhigamo dīpito hoti. na guṇayogassa. tenāha na tu
196.20 jānāmi sukko kaṇho ceti. na tu jānāmi sukko kaṇho ce ti
196.21 vadatā pi guṇayogamattassānadhigamo dīpito hoti. na jāti
196.22 yogassa. ten’ āha samadhigato me goṇo ti. nanv ettha jātigu
196.23 ṇayoge vattamāne hi pi jātiguṇasaddehi sakaladabbasaṅgaho
196.24 kato viya dissati. atha kim atthaṃ kiñci yevatthabhāgan ti vuttan ti
196.25 līnantaracodanā. evaṃ sante pī ti kiñcā pi sakaladabbasaṅgaho kato
196.26 viya dissati. tathā pī ti attho. dabbassaguṇayoge ti guṇe
196.27 na saddhiṃ dabbassa yoge ti attho. guṇena yogo guṇayogo.
196.28 tasmiṃ guṇayoge. samadhigato me goṇo ty ādiṃ vadato dabbe
196.29 kadesapariggāhikābuddhidabbassaguṇayoge sañcāyati. tasmā ga
196.30 vādisaddājātiguṇayoge dabbekadese vattan ti vatticchāvase
[197]
197.1 nā ti attho. evan ti yathā gavādisaddājātiguṇayogamattam upā
197.2 dāyavattan ti. evaṃ nīluppalādisaddāpī ti attho. nīlayogamattan ti nī
197.3 laguṇena saddhiṃ uppalatthassa yogamattaṃ. na tv anen’ uppalādayo gahi
197.4 thā ti nīlayogamattassa anuppalattā anena nīlādiguṇasaddena
197.5 uppalādayo atthānatugahitā. upalatthaṃ pahāya nīlayoga
197.6 mattassāsambhavato nāpi pariccattā. na nīlādayo gaṇhātī ti jāti
197.7 yo gamattassa anīlattā nīlādayo atthena gaṇhāti. tad avinā
197.8 bhāvittājātiyogassa nā pi pariccajati. tatth’ evaṃ bhinnāni attharū
197.9 pānī ti evaṃ guṇayogajātiyogavasena saddabhedato bhinnāni
197.10 attharūpāni rūpasuññeva samūhe saṃsile samāpajjantā samūhino
197.11 avayavāviya idam iti sabbanāmena parāmasīyamāne tattha guṇajā
197.12 ti rūpato suññe uppalatthe idaṃ dabbaṃ nīlañ ca nīlaguṇena ca yuttaṃ. uppa
197.13 lañ ca uppalajātiyā yuttañ cā ti evaṃ saṃsilesaṃ lagganaṃ āpajjantī ti
197.14 yojanā. tadā ti yadā saṃsilesam āpajjanti. tadā ti attho. bhe
197.15 dābhedanibandhanattā visesanavisesitabbabhāvassa āha saddate
197.16 dato bhinnam ekaṃ dabbaṃ visesanavisesitabbañ ca hotī ti. adhika
197.17 raṇañ cā ti dvinnaṃ guṇajātīnaṃ ādhārattā adhikaraṇañ ca hoti. kiṃ pa
197.18 n’ idaṃ dabban ti vākyattho nīluppalasaddass’ attho nāma siyā ti codanā
197.19 yokāsam akatvā vākyattho pi samāsapadattho nāma siyā ti
197.20 dassento yathā ty ādim āha. ḍetī ti saddassa vehāyagamanavāca
197.21 kattā āhavehāsena gacchatī ty ādi. eso idaṃ dabban ti vākyattho
197.22 samāse santho upalabbhamāno nīluppalasaddassa attho bhavatī ti
197.23 sambandho. atthabhedābhāve pi saddabhedato nīluppalasaddānaṃ vise
197.24 sanavisesitabbabhāvaṃ ānandācariyassābhimatā karena sā
197.25 dhento abhidhammaṭīkākārako pītyādimāha. tattha abhidhammaṭī
197.26 kākārako ti abhidhammassa mūlaṭīkākārako ānandācari
197.27 yo pi kusalattikatthavaṇṇanaṃ vibhajanto āhā ti sambandho. imam e
197.28 vatthan ti saddabhedato bhinnam ekaṃ dabbaṃ visesanaṃ visesitabbañ ca
197.29 hotī ti imaṃ eva atthaṃ. visesatthasāmaññatthapariggahenabhedā
197.30 bhedayutte samāne atthe visesanavisesitabbabhāvato nī
[198]
198.1 luppalādisaddānaṃ pavattisaddasatthavidūhi anumatā yasmā. iti tasmā
198.2 tāyānumatiyā tadanurūpaṃ va siddho eso vohāro ti yoja
198.3 nā. visesatthasāmaññatthapariggahenā ti guṇajātiyogavantānaṃ
198.4 visesatthasāmaññatthānaṃ pariggahena. samāne atthe ti ekasmiṃ uppa
198.5 latthe. bhedābhedayutte ti visesasāmaññavante. nīlasaddo
198.6 hi uppalasadda samāyoge rattuppalasetuppalādiuppalajā
198.7 ti sāmaññato vinivattetvā nīlaguṇayuttam eva uppalajāti
198.8 visesaṃ joteti. uppalasaddo pi nīlasadda samāyutte bha
198.9 maraṅgārakākako kilādigata nīlaguṇasāmaññato ā
198.10 vacchinditvā uppalavatthugatam eva nīlaguṇaṃ pakāsetī ti vise
198.11 sasāmaññavantatāpadadvayassa daṭṭhabbā. tadanurūpan ti tassa bhe
198.12 dābheda yuttassa atthassa anurūpaṃ. eso vohāroti e
198.13 so nīluppalan ti vohāro siddho. itivacanaṃ āhātisambandho.
198.14 ubhayarūpe ti nīluppalarūpavasena ubhayānirūpāniasmin ti ubhaya
198.15 rūpaṃ. tasmiṃ. attanī ti vibhattilopādiṃ katvā nipphāditaṃ nīluppalasaddaṃ
198.16 sandhāyāha. taṃhi rūpadvayavantatāya ubhayarūpan ti vuccati. atthāti
198.17 nīlañcuppalañ cā ti padacchedasamaye saddabhedato bhinnaṃ atthadvayaṃ sandhā
198.18 ya bahuvacananiddeso ti ñātabbaṃ. sannivisantī ti patiṭṭhahanti. ubha
198.19 yavante nīluppalasadde atthadvayass’ upalabbhamānākāraṃ dasssento nī
198.20 lañ c’ uppalañ cedaṃ nīluppalam iti āha. tass’ āyam attho. idaṃ dabbaṃ nīlañ ca nī
198.21 laguṇayuttañ ca uppalañ ca uppalajātiyuttañ ca yasmā. tasmā nīluppalaṃ nā
198.22 ma. guṇadvayayuttattā nīluppalaṃ nāmā ti attho. imam attham eva payo
198.23 gantarena sādhento yathā. pa. sabalo ti āha. yasmā ayaṃ migo
198.24 sukko ca kaṇho cā ti tasmā sabalo ti vuccati. anena dvinnaṃ atthā
198.25 naṃ sabalasaddasmiṃ sanniveso sabalasaddassa ca rūpadvaya vantatā
198.26 āpīkatā hoti. dabbassa dvinnaṃ guṇajātīnaṃ ādhārattaṃ dassento
198.27 yasmiṃ tu bhayaguṇe ty ādim āha. atthe ti guṇadvayarahite
198.28 suddhuppalatthe. guṇajātīnaṃ dabbupanissitattaṃ dassetuṃ ubhaya
198.29 guṇe ti āha. apibhāgam āpajjamānā atthā ti khīrodaka
198.30 m iva vibhāgaṃ anāpajjamānā guṇuppalajāti saṅkhātā saddatthā ti
[199]
199.1 attho. samucchitā viyā ti appitā viya. tan ti taṃ suddhuppaladabbaṃ.
199.2 tesan ti tesaṃ guṇajātisaṅkhātānaṃ dvinnaṃ atthānaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ. bhe
199.3 dādhiṭṭhāno vohāro ti yathā silāputtakassa sarīran ti a
199.4 bhinne pi vatthumhi saddattham ev’ opanissāya bhedādhiṭṭhāno vohāro
199.5 sampavattati. evam abhinne uppalatthe saddatthe me vopanissāya nīlañ c’ uppa
199.6 lañ cedan ti bhedādhiṭṭhāno vohāro sambhavatī ti attho. etthā ti
199.7 etasmiṃ nīluppalādipayoge. uppalatthe vattatī ti uppalavutti. nīlatthe
199.8 vattatī ti nīlavutti. nīlādayo c’ uppalādayo cāti etthādisaddo
199.9 pakāratthavācako. pakārattho ti ca sadisattho yev’ehādhippe
199.10 to. na bhedattho. ye c’ ettha visesasaddā ti ettha saddesu ye ca vise
199.11 sasaddāvisesavasena pavattāsaddā. sati pi visesasaddatte ti gaccha
199.12 tī ty ādīnaṃ sāmaññasaddānaṃ visesasaddatte sati pi. paṭipattātipaṭipajja
199.13 ti payogānurūpaṃ atthaṃ jānātī ti paṭipattā. saddatthavidū ācariyo
199.14 ti attho. sutisāmaññato ti saddasāmaññato. sadisabyañjanato
199.15 ti attho. idam uttarassa hetu paridīpakan ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. atthapakaraṇa
199.16 saddantarābhisambandhena vinā tabbisayaṃ buddhiṃ n’ upphādetī ti sambandho. so
199.17 visesasaddo visayo etissā ti tabbisayā. buddhī timinā tulyā
199.18 dhikaraṇaṃ. taṃ tabbisayaṃ buddhiṃ atthobhisambandhena pakaraṇābhisambandhe
199.19 na saddantarābhisambandhena vinā ti yojanā. tattha yakkho yaṃ puriso
199.20 ty ādīsu yakkhasadisatthavācakattā sāmaññatthavuttino yakkhasaddassa
199.21 atthasambandhena visesasaddatā hoti. ettha kakkhalabhāvo yeva
199.22 atthasambandho nāma. dānasālāyaṃ asse ānehī ty ādīsu turaṅga
199.23 niddhanajanavācakassa assasaddassa pakaraṇasambandhena visesasadda
199.24 tā hoti. tassa tassānurūpokāso hi pakaraṇaṃ nāma. rāmajju
199.25 nā ty ādīsu kakudharāmasahāyavācakassa ajjunasaddassa saddanta
199.26 rābhisambandhena visesasaddatā hoti. gacchato ti gacchantassa
199.27 mahājanassa majjhe. evam ihā pī ti yathā gacchatī ty ādīsu sutisā
199.28 maññato paṭipattā na paṭipajjati visesanaṃ. ihā pi nīluppalan ti payoge
199.29 evan ti attho. tatthā ti nīlasadde. so panā ti so pana nīlasaddo ti
199.30 sambandho. āvāpanaṃ pavattanaṃ. patiṭṭhānaṃ vā āvāpo. adhike visiṭṭhatthe
[200]
200.1 āvāpo ajjhāvāpo. thaṃ. anupalakkhaṇaṃ vādo anuvādo. punappunaṃ
200.2 kathan ti attho. visiṭṭhatthavuttino ti visiṭṭhe atthe vattatī ti vi
200.3 siṭṭhatthavutti. tassa visiṭṭhatthavuttino uppalasaddassa. upādānato ti
200.4 gahaṇato ti attho nūnāmikabhāvamanapakkhamānan ti etthanakā
200.5 ro āgamavasenāgato. ūnādhikabhāvan ti vuttaṃ hoti. nīla
200.6 guṇassa hi nīlajātiūnānāma. uppalattho adhiko nāma. taṃ dvayaṃ a
200.7 napekkhitvā guṇe eva vattanato āha ūnādhikabhāvamanapekkhamā
200.8 nan ti. nīlasaddappavattiyā nīlanimittabhūtassa guṇassa niyamenekasmiṃ
200.9 yeva appavattitvā sāmaññato sabbatthe vabhavaraṅgārakākako
200.10 kilādīsu pavattanato āha pavattinimittasāmaññato sabbatthe
200.11 va pavattanasamatthan ti. sabbe sve va nīlaguṇayo gadabbesu nīlayo
200.12 gasāmaññamattamupādāya aniyamato pavattakanīlasaddassa visa
200.13 yo tadanantarāsanniviṭṭhena uppalasaddena niyamito hoti nīlaṃ nā
200.14 mana aññaṃ uppalanti. evam anena niyamitavatthusmiṃ yeva guṇayogamupā
200.15 dāyapavattanato āha vacanantarena visiṭṭhe visaye sannivisatī ti.
200.16 vacanantarenā ti nīlasaddānantare sanniviṭṭhattā evaṃ laddhanāmena uppalasadde
200.17 na. nīlanimittan ti nīlajātiyā guṇasannissitattā nīlaguṇaṃ nimittaṃ
200.18 nissayo etassā ti nīlanimittaṃ. nīlattantīminātulyādhikaraṇaṃ.
200.19 guṇasaddassūbhayaliṅgattā napuṃsakattena niddeso kato. nī
200.20 lattan ti nīlajāti. tassa nīlattassa nīssayā ādhārabhūtā dabba
200.21 guṇā tannissayanīlajātisannissayassa guṇassanissayadabbaṃ pi ta
200.22 dupanissayattena tannissayan ti vuccati. tassa nīlattassa rūpaṃ sabhā
200.23 vo taṃ rūpaṃ. taṃ rūpam āpannā ti taṃ rūpāpannā jāti yogam āpannānaṃ guṇa
200.24 dabbānaṃ jātipakatikattā evaṃ vuttan ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. jātiṃ viyā ti atta
200.25 no dabbajātiṃ viya. guṇam pi tannissayaṃ pakāsetī ti guṇam pi pakā
200.26 seti. tassa guṇassa nissayaṃ dabbam pi pakāsetī ti attho. te panā
200.27 tite nīluppalasaddā pana. aññamaññaṃ paricchindantī ti nīlasaddo uppalasadda
200.28 samāyoge uppalasāmaññato uppalattaṃ paricchindati. na yidaṃ se
200.29 tuppalādīsvaññataraṃ nīlattā ti. uppalasaddo pi nīlasaddānantare sanni
200.30 viṭṭho bhamaraṅgārakāka kokilādigata nīlasāmaññato nī
[201]
201.1 lattaṃ paricchindati nīlaṃ nāma uppalaṃ na aññanti. ity ubhayasaddā saddanta
201.2 rasanniṭṭhānato aññamaññaṃ paricchindantī ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. bhavatv evan ty ādi co
201.3 danā. tattha bhavatv evan ti evaṃ bhavatā vuttanayena nīluppalādisaddānaṃ
201.4 yuttatthatā ca tappaṭibaddhāsamāsasaññā ca bhavatu. yato ti yāya
201.5 yuttatthatāya ye abrāhmaṇādayo saddāpaṭiladdhasamāsasaññā
201.6 bhaveyyuṃ. tesaṃ abrāhmaṇādīnaṃ sā yuttatthatākathaṃ bhavatī ti
201.7 yojanā. abrāhmaṇādīnaṃayuttatthatañ ca pakāsento abrāhma
201.8 ṇo ty ādim āha. tattha viruddhattā ti bhāvābhāvavācakānaṃ nāmanipā
201.9 tānaṃ aññamaññaṃ viruddhattā. kuto yuttatthatā ti evam asambandhasaddā
201.10 naṃ yuttatthatā kuto sambhavatī ti attho. tappaṭibaddhasamāsasaññā
201.11 vā ti evam ayuttatthatte sati tāyayuttatthatāya paṭibaddhasamāsa
201.12 saññā vā kuto sambhavatī ti attho. vuttattham eva sarūpato
201.13 dassento tathā hī ty ādim āha. brāhmaṇādipadena abhidhānaṃ ho
201.14 tī ti sambandho. deso ca kālo ca desakālā. desakālā
201.15 naṃ bhedo desakālabhedo. tena desakālabhedena ana
201.16 vacchinno desakālabhedā na vacchinno. tassa. ekasmiṃ dese
201.17 ṭhito brāhmaṇo hoti. punāparasmiṃ dese ṭhito abrāhma
201.18 ṇo ti desabhedena vā. ekasmiṃ kāle brāhmaṇo hoti.
201.19 punāparasmiṃ kāle abrāhmaṇo ti kālabhedena vā abhinnassa
201.20 brāhmaṇādino padatthassa kathanaṃ brāhmaṇādipadena hotī ti
201.21 attho. sāmaññenā ti sāmaññatthavācakena nipātapadena. atha
201.22 vā. avibhāgena desakālavibhāgaṃ akatvā ti attho. yadi ko
201.23 ci desakālādibhedena bhinno brāhmaṇādipadattho ti vadeyya.
201.24 tassamicchāvāditaṃ vibhāvento na hi brāhmaṇo ty ādim āha. a
201.25 brāhmaṇādīsu payogesu brāhmaṇādisaddo brāhmaṇādipadatthaṃ
201.26 na vadatī ti tumhākaṃ adhippāyo athā pi siyā sace pi bhaveyyā ti
201.27 sambandho. anena brāhmaṇasaddassa nipāten’ ekatthataṃ vibhāvitaṃ
201.28 nāma hoti. tenāha asato paṭisedhavidhānamayuttan ti. asa
201.29 to ti anupalabbhamānassa brāhmaṇādipadatthassa. paṭisedhenā ti
201.30 paṭisedhatthavācakena na kārena saddhin ti attho. asati yuttatthabhā
[202]
202.1 veti tesaṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇādisaddānaṃ yuttatthabhāve asati. a
202.2 brāhmaṇādisaddānaṃ parādhippāyena yuttatthataṃsādhento parihāravā
202.3 dītatthe ke ty ādim āha. tatthā ti abrāhmaṇādīsu payogesu
202.4 atthaṃ eke ācariyā iti saṃvaṇṇayanti. parapaṭipādanatthaṃ sabbadā
202.5 saddappayogo ti parassamicchā ñāṇikassa paṭipādanatthaṃ brāhmaṇā
202.6 disaddena sadhiṃ nipātassa payogo sabbandho sabbadā ācariyenaka
202.7 to ti attho. imam ev’ atthaṃ sarūpato dassento yadi parassā
202.8 ty ādim āha. micchāñāṇan ti ayathāvabodhasaññā. taṃ sadisattan ti
202.9 tena brāhmaṇenatassa abrāhmaṇassa sadisattaṃ. kiriyā guṇa
202.10 saṇṭhānādīhi kāraṇehi taṃ sadisattaṃ āgamma ayaṃ jano brāhma
202.11 ṇo ti parassamicchāñāṇikassa janassa micchāugaṇaṃ abrāhmaṇe pi
202.12 janekadāci upajātaṃ bhaveyyā ti yojanā. paṭisedhan ti ayaṃ jano
202.13 brāhmaṇo na. iti na kārena brāhmaṇatthassa paṭisedhaṃ vattāvidadhā
202.14 ti karotī ti yojanā. aññadā ti micchā ñāṇassa anuppannakā
202.15 le brāhmaṇatthassa paṭisedhaṃ na vidadhāti. tato ti yasmā paṭi
202.16 sedho vidhīyati. tasmā ti attho. paṭisedhavākyesū ti paṭise
202.17 dhanīyapayogesu. paṭisedhānuvādenā ti paṭisedhitabbassa atthassa
202.18 anvākhyānavasenayojano tayā brāhmaṇo ti gahito. so
202.19 jano tath’ eva brāhmaṇo na. iti parassa micchā ñāṇam ācikkhituṃ
202.20 brāhmaṇatthassa paṭisedho nipāto vidhīyatī ti yojanā. evañ ca
202.21 katvā ti parassa micchāñāṇam ācikkhanatthaṃ evaṃ hi paṭisedhavidhānaṃ katvā
202.22 ti attho. abrāhmaṇatte ti parena brāhmaṇo ti gahitassa pa
202.23 datthassa abrāhmaṇatte viññāte pi. tasmiṃ brāhmaṇasutippayogo
202.24 ti micchāñāṇabalena brāhmaṇo yam iti parena gahite tasmiṃ a
202.25 brāhmaṇatthe brāhmaṇasaddappayogo vattuno uppajjatī ti attho.
202.26 yadi abrāhmaṇe pi brāhmaṇasutippayogo. kim iti paṭisedho vidhī
202.27 yatī ti līnantaracodanā. tadanuvādo ca ta[ṃ?] tassa abrāhmaṇatthe
202.28 vattamānassa brāhmaṇasaddassa anuvādabhūto nipāto ca vattu
202.29 nā paṭisedhavidhānāya karīyatī ti yojanā. tad evan ti yasmā a
202.30 brāhmaṇo ti padattho parena brāhmaṇo ti gahito. tasmā ti
[203]
203.1 attho. tasmin ti tasmiṃ abrāhmaṇatthe. paṭisedhaṃ vidadhātī ti brāhma
203.2 ṇo na. iti paṭisedhanakāraṃ vidadhātī ti attho. iti ato ti
203.3 yasmā paṭisedhavidadhāti. tasmā ti attho. paṭisedhitabbapaṭisedha
203.4 vācīnan ti paṭisedhitabbavācakassa brāhmaṇassa ca paṭisedhavācakassa
203.5 nipātassa cā ti dvinnaṃ padānan ti attho. yato ti yāya yuttatthatā
203.6 ya. yadi panā ty ādi codanā. itarenā ti ācariyena. tass’ atthe ti
203.7 brāhmaṇatthe vattamānassa brāhmaṇasaddassatthe paṭisiddhe sati
203.8 brāhmaṇa saddassa abrāhmaṇatthavācakattañ ca nipātappayogañ cā ti
203.9 rakhyopacāravasena abrahmaṇasadde labbhamānapaṭisedhadvayaṃ sandhāya
203.10 abrāhmaṇo pi jano brāhmaṇo yeva bhaveyyā ti vuttaṃ hoti.
203.11 evam anuyogavādināparādhippāyena dosāvikaraṇasmiṃ kate sa
203.12 kādhippāyena abrāhmaṇādīnaṃ yuttatthataṃ sādhento atha ca panā ty ā
203.13 dim āha. parihāro. tattha atha va panā ti kiñcāpi parena abrāhmaṇe
203.14 pi brāhmaṇasuti payuttā. tathā pi abrāhmaṇo ti ayaṃ saddo
203.15 brāhmaṇa sadisādike yeva niruḷho ti yojanā. anena brāhmaṇa
203.16 saddassa ca nipātassa ca samānatthataṃ vibhāveti. ten’ eva brāhmaṇo
203.17 ti avatvā abrāhmaṇo ti brāhmaṇasadisādike yeva niruḷho ti
203.18 vuttaṃ. keci pan’ ettha atha ca pana abrāhmaṇo tīmass’ānuyogasambandhaṃ
203.19 katvā kiṃ pana brāhmaṇo abrāhmaṇo bhaveyyā ti atthaṃ gaṇhanti.
203.20 taṃ yadi panā ty ādinā parihāre dosāropanahetuvidhānena a
203.21 samentaṃ viya dissati. tattha paṭisedhadvayassādhippetattā idha c’e
203.22 tassa parihāravacanapathānusambandhatte sati katham abrāhmaṇo ti
203.23 vutte sadisādīnamaññatarassa samadhigamo hotī ti vacanato
203.24 yuttataraṃ viyakhāyati. tathāpi pubbāparakusalena upaparikkhitvā
203.25 gahetabbaṃ. abrāhmaṇapayoge brāhmaṇasaddassa sadisādyatthavā
203.26 cakattaṃ tāva dassetvā puna nipātassa pi tadatthavācakattaṃ codā
203.27 petvā dassento ayam etthā ty ādim āha. etthā ti abrāhmaṇappa
203.28 yoge. na vācanikan ti niviggahavākyavasena nipphannan ti attho. nanv āyaṃ
203.29 brāhmaṇasaddo brāhmaṇakāraṇadhammasamudāye pavattati. atha
203.30 kim assa tad ekadesabhūtasadisādyatthavācakatā paṭiññātā ti
[204]
204.1 līnantaracodanā. samudāyavācako pi kadāci avayavavācako
204.2 hotī ti dassento samudāye ty ādim āha. tapo ti brahmacariya
204.3 aggijuhādi tapacariyā. sutī tivedassa vacanaṃ. yonī ti ubha
204.4 to sujāto asambhinnabrāhmaṇakulappasuti. yasmiṃ cete ta
204.5 yodhammāsaṃvijjanti. sve va brāhmaṇo. yatth’ etesv ekaṃ dvayaṃ vā upa
204.6 labbhati. so brāhmaṇasaṃdiso nāma. dhammasamudāyamattaṃ brāhmaṇabhā
204.7 vo nāma. yatth’ eko pi sambhavatī ti yasmiṃ puggale tīsv eko pi sambha
204.8 vati tadabhāvatabbirahādīsu cā ti tesaṃ brāhmaṇakāraṇānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ
204.9 dhammānam ekassāvipakatiyā abhāvo tadabhāvo. tesaṃ te
204.10 hi vā dhammehi virahotabbiraho. ettha pakatiyā va vuttappakāradhamma
204.11 rahitesu vessasuddayakkhādīsu pavatto brāhmaṇavohāro ta
204.12 dabhāve pavatto nāma. yassa pana santāne pavattamānābrāhmaṇassa
204.13 kāraṇadhammā surāpānagoghātadussīlyādinākāraṇenanaṭṭhā. ta
204.14 dā tasmiṃ pavattavohāro tabbirahepavatto nāma. kathaṃ brāhmaṇa
204.15 saddo pavattinimittābhāve pavattatī ti līnantaracodanā. pavatti ni
204.16 mittābhāve pi sati taṃ taṃ kāraṇam āgamma atthe saddapavatti hotī
204.17 ti dassento anekavidhan ty ādim āha. tapphalattā ti tassa hetu
204.18 no phalattā. tabbohāran ti tassa hetuno vohāraṃ koci
204.19 phaladhammo labhatī ti yojanā. pathavikasiṇan ti tādisassa ā
204.20 rammaṇassa nāmaṃ. tadārammaṇaṃ katvā uppannaṃ jhānam pi asati pi pathavikasi
204.21 ṇatte tassa phalattā pathavikasiṇan ti vuccati. semhoguḷo ti
204.22 semhaṃ bhavati etasmā ti semho. iti phalavohāravasena guḷo
204.23 pi semho ti vuccati. mañcā ti mañcaṭṭhā janā. ghosantī ti ugghosanti.
204.24 sīhasadiso sīho ti vuccati. taddhammavasenā ti tassa visāṇā
204.25 bhāvasaṅkhātassa visāṇadhammassa vasena. dhammo ti sabhāvo. sasa
204.26 visāṇassa sabhāvo nāma abhāvo. tasmā sasasambandhavisāṇā
204.27 bhāvasaṅkhātena taṃ sabhāvavasenā ti attho. assā ti brāhmaṇa
204.28 saddassa. tadatthaparidīpanan ti tesaṃ sadisāditadabhāvādīnaṃ atthānaṃ pa
204.29 ridīpanaṃ. brāhmaṇasadde nipātappayogo brāhmaṇasadisādyatthā vika
204.30 raṇattham eva. yaditaṃ vinā pi tadattho sijjheyya. nipātappayogo ni
[205]
205.1 ratthako siyā ti dassento sabhāvappasiddhan ti ce. pa. anatthako
205.2 ti āha. codanā. nipātappayogassa sātthakataṃ vibhāvento
205.3 tan nā ty ādim āha. parihāro. tattha tan nā ti tena nipātena tesaṃ
205.4 brāhmaṇasadisādyatthānaṃ upalabbhanato taṃ nipātappayogo yevā
205.5 natthako ti vacanaṃ na vattabban ti attho. tadatthādhigamo ti tesaṃ
205.6 brāhmaṇasaddābhidheyyānaṃ sadisādyatthānaṃ adhigamo. adhippetassā
205.7 ti brāhmaṇasadde upalabbhamānassa apākaṭassa sadisādyatthassā ti
205.8 attho. sabbasaṅgaho ti brāhmaṇasaddassa sadisādyatthe svapāka
205.9 ṭattā sabbesaṃ sadisādyatthānaṃ brāhmaṇasadde saṅgaho na ca hoti.
205.10 brāhmaṇasadde sabbasaṅgahābhāvam evā pi karonto brāhmaṇasaddo
205.11 hi kevalo ty ādim āha. aññena sambandhe sati itaresaṃ visuṃ vacana
205.12 samatthatā na kevalassā ti advabhiyādipayoge sati bhūsaddassa
205.13 anubhavanā bhibhavanādīnaṃ atthānaṃ vacanasamatthatā iva aññena nipā
205.14 tena sambandhe yeva satibrāhmaṇasaddassa itaresaṃ sadisādyatthā
205.15 naṃ vacanasamatthatā hoti. na visuṃ kevalassa brāhmaṇasaddassā ti
205.16 yojanā. brāhmaṇasaddassa c’evā ty ādi codanā. abrāhmaṇa
205.17 saddassa vuttayuttiyā sabbasaṅgāhakattena sāmaññasaddattā āha
205.18 sadisādīnamaññatarassa samadhigamo ti. sāmaññasaddānaṃ atthādhiga
205.19 mopakaraṇādivasena hotī ti dīpento pakaraṇādivasena ty ā
205.20 dim āha. parihāro. pakaraṇādivasena sadisādīnamaññatarassasama
205.21 dhigamo hotī ti yojanā. paṭipajjanaṃ jānanaṃ paṭipatti. atthavise
205.22 sassa paṭipatti atthe visesapaṭipatti. n’ atthi saṃ etesan ti assā.
205.23 te asse. daliddo ti viññāyatī ti dalidde ānehī ti attho
205.24 viññāyati. vaḷavā ti vaḷavā nāma assatarī. tassāvijāyanakāle
205.25 udaraṃ phāletvā assa potakaṃ gahetvā posenti. yonimaggassa
205.26 sambādhattā vijāyituṃ na sakko ti. tasmā sā ekagabbhen’ eva marati.
205.27 tenassāputtena saṃyogavisaṃyogatā na labbhati. idha jīvam ā
205.28 nānaṃ vippayogo adhippeto namaraṇena. ayamevācariyassā
205.29 dhippā dhippāo ti abrāhmaṇo ti vutte sadisādīnamaññatarassasama
205.30 dhigamo sīho gāyatī ti ettha viya atthavasena hotī ti aya
[206]
206.1 m eva ācariyassa adhippāyo. na añño ti attho. ācariyādhippā
206.2 yam eva vibhāvento ubhetappurisātī .pa. dassetī ti āha.
206.3 evaṃ dassitattāviññāyati ubho saddā yuttatthā ti. kathaṃ. yady a
206.4 yuttatthā. ubhetappurisā tīmassa visayaṃ katvāna vadeyya. atha ca
206.5 pana sadisatthavācīnam ubhinnaṃ tabbisayattā sambandho hoti. sati ca
206.6 sambandhe yuttatthatā hoti. sati ca tāya tappaṭibaddhā samāsasaññā
206.7 siyā ti siddho vā brāhmaṇappayogo ti. idāni sambandhasaddatthānaṃ sa
206.8 māsasaññā tāva bhavatu. asambandhasaddatthānaṃ kathaṃ samāsasaññā
206.9 ti dassento sasavisāṇan ty ādim āha. codanā. te ti sasa
206.10 visāṇādayo te saddā. vibhatyuppatti yeva na sambhavatī ti sa
206.11 sassa visāṇan ti sambandhasambandhivibhāvitā chaṭṭhivibhattuppatti yeva na
206.12 sambhavati. asati ca sambandhamatthe vibhattuppattimhi tappaṭibaddhāsamāsacintā
206.13 kuto sambhavatī ti attho. atha vā. visāṇasaddato vibhttuppatti
206.14 yeva na sambhavati. tasmiṃ asati visāṇasaddasambandhā samāsacintā
206.15 kuto sambhavatī ti pi attho. sasassa sambandhavisāṇassā
206.16 bhāvā āhanahi visāṇādīnamattho sambhavatī ti. tan nā ty ādi pari
206.17 hāro. tan nā ti na hi visāṇādīnam attho sambhavatī ty ādikaṃ taṃ vaca
206.18 naṃbhavatānavattabbaṃ. samūhe aññamaññaṃ sambandharahitāni pi padāni avaya
206.19 vagatena sakasakatthena sātthakān’ eva honti. tasmā sasā
206.20 dīhi visāṇādīnaṃ sambandhābhāvato visāṇādisaddāniratthakānāma
206.21 na honti. evaṃ sātthakattāliṅgatthādim apekkhitvā vibhattuppatti si
206.22 yā ti dassetuṃ kusalā. pa. samadhigantabbato ti āha. sasā
206.23 dyattham anapekkhitvā pavattavisāṇādisaddābhidheyyass’ atthassa paccakkhaṃ
206.24 samadhigantabbato liṅgatthādim apekkhitvā vibhatyuppattiyā sati pi sasā
206.25 dīnaṃ padatthānaṃ visāṇādīhi padatthehi sambandhābhāvato yuttattha
206.26 paṭibaddhasamāsasaññā va na sambhavatī ti dassento evaṃ vibhattuppatti. pa.
206.27 na sambhavatī ti āha. codanā. parādhippāyena yuttatthatāpaṭibaddhasa
206.28 māsasaññā hotī ti dassento taṃ pi na nijjhānakkhaman ty ādim āha. pari
206.29 hāro. tan nidassetun ti taṃ micchāñāṇaṃ nidassetuṃ. n’ atthī ti paṭi
206.30 sedhavidhānāyavattuno sasavisāṇan ti payogo saphalo bha
[207]
207.1 veyyā ti yojanā. saphalo ti sātthako. nāññathā ti paṭisedha
207.2 vidhānaṃ pahāya aññathāsaphalo na bhaveyyā ti attho. evaṃ parā
207.3 dhippāyena sasassa visāṇam atthī ti aññamaññasambandho yadā ca ho
207.4 ti. tadā tad eva sambandhaṃ ārabbha vadatā ācariyena n’ atthī ti paṭise
207.5 dho pi dhīyati yasmā. iti tasmā parādhippāyena sasassa visāṇam i
207.6 ti sambandho kathaṃ na bhaveyyā ti yojanā. yassa ca kappanā ti
207.7 sambandho. kappanā ti ayathāvagāho. tadadhippāyenā ti tassa pa
207.8 rassa adhippāyena. vadato payujjatī ti vadatā upayujjati. bhavatv e
207.9 van ty ādi codanā. tattha bhavatv evan ti evaṃ bhavatā vuttanayena paṭise
207.10 dhasaṃyogesu sasavisāṇasaddānaṃ yuttatthatā bhavatu. yadā tu
207.11 sasavisāṇasadisam etan ti payogo ti etaṃ vatthusasavisāṇe
207.12 na sadisan ti payogo yadā tu hoti. tadā avijjamānassa visāṇapa
207.13 datthassa yuttatthatā kathaṃ hotī ti. anupalabbhamānapadatthe pi saddappa
207.14 vattito na koci doso ti dassento tadā pī ty ādim āha. pari
207.15 hāro. visāṇasutippavattanato ti visāṇasaddappavattanato
207.16 etaṃ avijjamānaṃ vatthusasavisāṇasadisan ti vutte tadabhāvasādhi
207.17 tattā koci virodho na. visāṇadhammattā ti visāṇasabhāvattā.
207.18 sasavisāṇasabhāvo nāma abhāvo eva. tasmā visāṇadhammo
207.19 ti vutto. sambandhopalabbhanato ti sambandhassa upalabbhanato. tena
207.20 cā ti tāya yuttatthatāya ca. yatra pan’ eko yeva padattho padhā
207.21 no. netaro. tatra bhavatu yuttatthatā. ekappadhānattā tatraṭṭhānaṃ pa
207.22 dānaṃ. ubhayatthapadhāne pana dvande katham ekatthatā hotī ti dvandasamā
207.23 samārabbha codento bhavatv evan ty ādim āha. codanā. dvandasamāse
207.24 kathan ti dvandasamāse padānaṃ ekatthībhāvo kathan ti pucchati. pucchi
207.25 tattham eva pākaṭaṃ karonto aññattha hī ty ādim āha. aññatthā ti dvanda
207.26 vijjatesu aññesu pañcavidhesu samāsesu. pubbuttaraññapadatthassā
207.27 ti uttarapadatthena visesitabbassa pubbapadatthassa ca pubbapadatthena vi
207.28 sesitabbassa uttarapadatthassa ca pubbapadatthena visesitabbassa añña
207.29 padatthassa cā ti attho. ettha ca uttarapadatthavisesito aññapa
207.30 dattho nāma n’atthi. visesanavisesitabbabhāvābhāvato ā
[208]
208.1 ha ubhayappadhāne ti. ubhayapadatthapadhāne ti attho. dvandaṭṭhānaṃ padā
208.2 naṃ ekatthībhāvaṃ vibhāvento ekakkhaṇe yevā ty ādim āha. parihā
208.3 ro. tattha ekakkhaṇe yevā ti sati pi dvandaṭṭhānaṃ visesanavisesi
208.4 tabbābhāve avayavabhedaṃ pahāya samāsavasen’ ekattam upaga
208.5 tassa samāsapadatthassa ekasmiṃ eva khaṇe ādhārabhāvato. u
208.6 bhayatthapadhāne dvande anekesaṃpadānaṃ ekatthībhāvo hotī ti
208.7 attho. anenādhārakkhaṇavasen’ eva bhinnatthānam ekatthībhāvo vi
208.8 bhāvito hoti. imam ev’ atthaṃ sopamāya kathāy’ āvikaronto
208.9 yathā ty ādim āha. tattha itī ti kāraṇatthe nipāto. yasmā ā
208.10 dhārabhāvam upayanti. tasmā ekatthābhavantī ti attho. paṭādisadde
208.11 su avayave niratthakānaṃ paṭādyakkharānaṃ samudāye sātthakattā
208.12 yutto va nesam ekatthavuttīnam ekakkhaṇe yevatthasādhārabhā
208.13 vo. avayave pi sātthakānaṃ paccekakkhaṇikānaṃ bhinnatthavuttipadānaṃ
208.14 katham ekakkhaṇe yev’ atthassādhārabhāvo ti ce. dvandavisayattā.
208.15 dvandavisayā hi tesam ekakkhaṇe yev’ atthass’ ādhāratā. brāhmaṇa
208.16 gahapatikā ti ettha hi brāhmaṇā cā ti vuttakkhaṇe eva sanipāto
208.17 brāhmaṇasaddo na kevalaṃ brāhmaṇā ca gahapatikā cā ti dutīyattham a
208.18 py āvikaroti. tathā gahapatisaddo pi. casaddo pan’ ettha aññamaññatthā
208.19 vikaraṇaṃ vibhāveti. iti dvandaṭṭhānam ekakkhaṇe atthassādhārabhā
208.20 vo dvandavisayo vā ti daṭṭhabbo. nanv evaṃ sati ubhinnaṃ atthacatukkatā
208.21 āpajjatī ti ce. na. sakatthānatikkamanato. yady evaṃ ekatthattā
208.22 kammadhārayasaññā siyā ti ce. na dvandavisayattā sakatthavācakadvā
208.23 rena paratthābhidhānattā ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. gavassakan ti ādīsu viya aññamaññā
208.24 viruddhānaṃ dvandaṭṭhānaṃ tāva bhavatv ekakkhaṇe yev’ atthassā dhārabhā
208.25 vo. evaṃ sante ekantaviruddhānaṃ sukhadukkhādīnaṃ ekakkhaṇe yev’ atthassā
208.26 dhārabhāvena aññamaññatthādhāratā siyā ti codento ekakkha
208.27 ṇe ty ādim āha. codanā. tattha evam itaresam pī ti itaresaṃ pi sukha
208.28 dukkhānaṃ dukkhasaddassa ādhārabhāvo evaṃ bhaveyyā ti attho. ta
208.29 thā saddhāpaññan ti ādīsūti yathā brāhmaṇakaññā ti ādīsu ubhinnaṃ
208.30 tulyādhikaraṇattam āgamma brāhmaṇasaddassa kammadhārayasaññe cā
[209]
209.1 tīminā suttena pumabyapadeso pāpuṇāti. tathā dvandaṭṭhānam pi añña
209.2 maññatthavācakadvārena tulyādhikaraṇattam āgamma saddhāpaññanti ādī
209.3 su payogesu saddhā ca paññā ca saddhāpaññātisaddhādīnaṃ pumabyapadeso pā
209.4 puṇātī ti vuttaṃ hoti. ity anena dvandaṭṭhānam pi kammadhārayavidhipaṭijā
209.5 nanena dvandavidhinirākaraṇadosāvikaraṇaṃ kataṃ hoti. ity anu
209.6 yogavādinā dvandaṭṭhānaṃ atthadvayassādhārabhāvasmiṃ dosāvikaraṇe
209.7 kate kaṇṭakena kaṇṭakamuddharanto viya tassānumatiyā eva tatra
209.8 dosābhāvaṃ vibhāvento kiṃ bhoto .pa. tulyādhikaraṇatā na
209.9 sambhavatī ti āha. parihāro. tattha kiṃ bhavato anurodho
209.10 pākaṭo ti sambandho. anurodho ti atthadvayassādhārabhāve
209.11 virodho. abhiṇhamasanato ti nirantaraṃ khādanato. pavattinimittan ti
209.12 gavādisaddappavattiyākāraṇabhūtaṃ gamanābhiṇhamasanādikiriyaṃ. gama
209.13 nassa c’ assa dabbe ti assa dabbe gamanassa ca abhiṇhamasanassa ca sambhava
209.14 to ti attho. abhiṇhamasanassa ca godabbe ti godabbe abhiṇha
209.15 masanassa ca gamanassa ca sambhavato ti attho. tesan ti gavassakā
209.16 disaddānaṃ. atthadvayassā ti dvinnaṃ atthānan ti attho. na koci viro
209.17 dho ti ceti koci virodho n’ atthi. iti vacanaṃ ce vadeyyāsī ti. evaṃ
209.18 codakābhimatākāraṃ dassetvā tadanurūpavasena sukhadukkhādīna
209.19 matthadvayassa dhārabhāve dosābhāvaṃ dassento sukhapa. pa. nako
209.20 ci virodho ti āha. sukhadukkhādisaddānam pi pavattattā ti sambandho.
209.21 suṭṭhukhanatī tīminā sukhasaddappavattinimittaṃ dasseti. tassa sammā dukkhaṃ nā
209.22 setī ti attho. kucchitaṃ khamī tīminā dukkhasaddappavattinimittaṃ dasse
209.23 ti. dukkhasaddo hi atthadvaye pavattati kucchitatthañ ca suññatthañ ca. tenā
209.24 ha kucchitaṃ khamī ti. du iti ayam upasaggo kucchite dissati ku
209.25 putto ty ādīsu viya. khasaddo tucche dissati. tucchaṃ hi ākāsaṃ khaṃ
209.26 ti vuccati. idañ ca kucchitaṃ anekupaddavato. tucchaṃ bālajanaparikappi
209.27 tadhuvasubhasukhattabhāvarahitattā. tasmā kucchitattā bhucchattā
209.28 ca dukkhan ti vuccati. sukhe dukkhatthassa dukkhe ca sukhatthass’ upalabbhanākāraṃ
209.29 dassento sukhassa cā ty ādim āha. sukhassa cā ti saṅkhāradukkhato
209.30 c’ eva vipariṇāmadukkhato ca sukhatthassa. kucchitabhāvassa ca atta
[210]
210.1 suññato khaṃ bhāvassa ca sukhe sukhasadde sambhavato ti yojanā.
210.2 uppādavayapīḷitattā saṅkhāradukkhatā. ṭhitisukhāvipariṇāmādukkhā ti
210.3 vacanato vipariṇāmadukkhatā sukhassa vavatthapetabbā. attā ti gā
210.4 hassa sukhe anupalabbhanato sukhassa attasuññatā ca veditabbā.
210.5 tesam pī ti tesam pi sukhadukkhādisaddānaṃ. dvinnam atthānan ti dvinnaṃ atthānaṃ eka
210.6 desaniddeso yaṃ. iti sukhadukkhānamatthadvayassādhāravirodhe nirā
210.7 karaṇaṃ katvā saddhāpaññan ty ādīsu pumabyapadesassānupalabbhanīyataṃ
210.8 sādhento saddhāpaññanti ādīsū ty ādim āha. yaṃ nadisaddo vīṇāsaddo
210.9 ti ādīsu viyāti yathānadisaddo vīṇāsaddo ti ādīsu payoge
210.10 su tulyādhikaraṇattam āgamma pumabyapadeso na hoti. tathā saddhā
210.11 paññanti ādīsu yasmā vuttapumabyapadeso va na hoti. iti tasmā
210.12 na koci virodho ti attho. puna codakassādhippāyaṃ pakāsetvā
210.13 pumabyapadesābhāvaṃ pakāsento dvipadesatī ty ādim āha. kammadhāra
210.14 yasaññāhi kāraṇadvayaṃ paṭiccavattati dvipadattañ ca tulyādhikaraṇattañ cā
210.15 ti. tasmā na disaddo ti etthanadī ti ca saddo ti ca vuttānaṃ dvinnaṃ dvipadattesa
210.16 ti pi tesaṃ dvinnaṃ ādhārabhūtass’ ekassatthādhikaraṇassā sambhava
210.17 to puriso gacchatī ty ādīsu viya tulyādhikaraṇatā na sambhavati.
210.18 tenāha tulyādhikaraṇatābhāvato ti. iti ce ti iti vuttappa
210.19 kāravacanaṃ yadi bhavaṃ vadeyyā ti attho. tatthā pī ti na kevalaṃ nadi
210.20 saddo ti ādīsu yeva dvipadatte tulyādhikaraṇatā na sambhavati.
210.21 atha kho tatthāpi saddhāpaññan ti ādīsu pi payogesu visesanavi
210.22 sesitabbābhāvato sati pi dvipadatte tulyādhikaraṇatā na sambha
210.23 vatī ti attho. sati pi gavassakādisaddānaṃ atthadvayassādhārabhā
210.24 ve ekakkhaṇādhārabhāvāsambhavato dvandaṭṭhānam ekatthībhāvo na
210.25 sambhavatī ti dassento evam apī ty ādim āha. codanā. tattha evam apī
210.26 ti kiñcā pi tesaṃ gavassakādi saddānam atthadvayassādhārabhāvena
210.27 koci virodho. tathā pī ti attho. sadda pubbāpariyatoti
210.28 pubbassa aparabhāvo pubbāpariyaṃ. saddānaṃ pubbāpariyaṃ saddapubbāpariyaṃ.
210.29 tato. pubbapadassa paccekavibhattisaṃyogaṃ pahāya dutīyapade
210.30 n’ ekattūpagamanaṃ saddapubbāpariyaṃ nāma. pubbapadatthassa aparapadatthabhā
[211]
211.1 vo atthapubbāpariyaṃ nāma. taṃ pana ‘tthapubbāpariyaṃ saddapubbāpariyato
211.2 hotī ti dassento topaccayantaniddesam akāsi. kiñcā py aniya
211.3 mato saddatthapubbāpariyatā vuttā. tathāpi samānattha saddasamā
211.4 sesv eva labbhatī ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. keci pan’ ettha saddānaṃ pubbāparabhāvato
211.5 atthānaṃ pubbāparabhāvo siyā ti atthaṃ gaṇhanti. taṃ te same
211.6 katthattā ti vacanena asamentaṃ viya khāyati. gosaddassa vibhatyantava
211.7 sena aṭṭhatvā assasadde nipatanaṃ sandhāyāha gavassakan ti ettha sadda
211.8 pubbāpariyaṃ sambhavatī ti. gavatthassa assasaddābhidheyyataṃ sandhāyā
211.9 ha evam atthapubbāpariyam pi siyā ti. tato kin ti ce ti ten’ atthapubbā
211.10 pariyena kiṃ sijjhatī ti ce vadeyyāsī ti attho. dvinnaṃ gavassasaddānaṃ
211.11 ekass’ evatthassavācakattā āha bahuvacanānupapattī ti. imam e
211.12 v’ atthaṃ sarūpato dassento gavassakan ti .pa. nānupapattī ti āha.
211.13 assasaddo vūpatiṭṭhatī ti anenāssa saddassāpi gāvatthavācakattaṃ
211.14 nidasseti. gosaddasmiṃ hi sakattham assasadde āvikatvā nivatti
211.15 te tasmiṃ yeva gavatthe assasaddo va upagantvā tiṭṭhatī ti assa
211.16 saddena gavatthass’ āvikathanato ti attho. evaṃ tesam ekatthattā
211.17 ti evaṃ tesaṃ dvinnaṃ gavassasaddānaṃ ekasmiṃ yeva gavatthe vattanato ba
211.18 hvatthā vikārikā bahuvacanānupapatti hotī ti attho. eko
211.19 attho yesaṃ te ekatthā. ekatthānaṃ gavassasaddānaṃ bhāvo
211.20 ekatthattaṃ. tasmā ekatthattā. ekassatthādhikaraṇasse kakkhaṇe
211.21 yevādhārabhāvo pi na sambhavatī ti anena nānākhaṇikānaṃ hi saddāna
211.22 m atthābhidhānatā ti dasseti. yathā nekārammaṇikam pi cittaṃ e
211.23 kasmiññ eva khaṇe nālamārammaṇadvayaggāho. evam anekatthavāca
211.24 ko pi saddo ekasmiṃ yeva khaṇe nālamatthadvayam āvikātun ti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
211.25 sadden’ ev’ atthabodhasambhavā atthassa adhikaraṇan ti atthādhikaraṇaṃ.
211.26 atthasmiṃ saddasannivesato attho adhikaraṇaṃ etassā ti pi
211.27 atthādhikaraṇaṃ. tassa ubhayatthā pi saddo yevādhippeto. tasmā
211.28 ekassa saddassa ekakkhaṇe yeva dvinnaṃ atthānaṃ ādhārabhāvopi na
211.29 sambhavati. asamatthattā tadādhārena bhavitun ti attho. yathā vā
211.30 ty ādi parihāro. tattha samāse samudāyato ti samāsassa sa
[212]
212.1 mudāyattā. padasamudāyassa samāsapadattā hot’ eva bahuvaca
212.2 nan ti attho. padasamudāyatā samāsapade atthabahutā hoti.
212.3 tasmā hot’ eva bahuvacanan ti pi vuttaṃ hoti. tassa padassā ti pada
212.4 samudāyabhūtassa tassa samāsapadassa. samudāyato ty ādi
212.5 codanā. tattha samudāyato siddham iti ce ti samudāyato bahu
212.6 vacanaṃ siddhaṃ iti vacanaṃ ce vadeyyāsī ti attho. tan nā ty ādi parihā
212.7 ro. tan nā ti samudāyass’ ekatthattā ti taṃ vacanaṃ bhavatā na vattabban ti
212.8 attho. tesam ekass’ evā ti tesaṃ gavassasaddānaṃ antare eke
212.9 kass’ eva saddassā ti attho. tathā assasaddo ti assasaddo ta
212.10 thā assagavatthe dīpetī ti attho. eko yevā ty ādi codanā.
212.11 tan nā ty ādi parihāro. tan nā ti taṃ catunnaṃ yevānayanaṃ siyā ti vaca
212.12 naṃ na vattabbaṃ. gosaddo hi yaṃ gamanābhiṇhamasanasaṅkhātam atthadvayaṃ vāca
212.13 ko. tad evatthadvayaṃ assasaddo abhivadati. na aññaṃ. tenāha
212.14 ten’ ev’ atthadvayenā ty ādi. evam apī ty ādi codanā. evam apī ti kiñcā
212.15 py ubhosaddā ekass’ ev’ atthassābhidhāyino. tathā pī ti attho.
212.16 gavassasaddānaṃ aññamaññatthavācakattaṃ sandhāyāha aññavācakena
212.17 aññassavacanaṃ siyā ti. anen’ ekakkhaṇe atthadvayassādhārabhā
212.18 vābhāvaṃ dīpeti. yathā hi gosaddo assatthe vattamāno sakatthaṃ
212.19 jahāti. sakatthe vattamāno vā assatthaṃ. evam itaro pi kasmā ti
212.20 ce. viruddhabhāvānam ekakkhaṇe gahaṇassā sambhavato ti adhippā
212.21 yo. gavassasaddānaṃ aññamaññatthavācakataṃ nisedhetvā sakatthavā
212.22 cakataṃ dassento tan nā ty ādim āha. parihāro. tan nā ti aññavāca
212.23 kena aññassa vacanaṃ siyā ti taṃ vacanaṃ na vattabbaṃ. tulyādhikaraṇattā
212.24 sakatthābhidhānan ti tulyādhikaraṇattā dvinnaṃ saddānaṃ dvīhi saddehi saka
212.25 sakatthābhidhānaṃ hotī ti attho. godabbasmiṃ hi gamanaṃ abhiṇhamasa
212.26 nañcā ti atthadvayam upalabbhati. evam assadabbe pi. gavassatthesu vattamā
212.27 no hi gosaddo asanapahāya sakatthabhūtaṃ gamanam āgamma vattati.
212.28 assasaddo pi assagavassatthesu vattamāno gamanaṃ pahāya sa
212.29 katthabhūtamasanam āgamma vattati. iti dvīsu dabbesūpalabbhamānagamanadvaya
212.30 vācakattā sakatthābhidhānaṃ gosaddassa. tathā itaravācakattā sa
[213]
213.1 katthābhidhānamassa saddassa. ekasmiṃ c’ atthe vattantī ti tulyādhikaraṇa
213.2 tā sambhavati. tañ cāhayathāhi gopiṇḍe ty ādinā. tathā assa
213.3 dabbe pī ti assadabbe pi gamanapavattikāraṇam āgamma tathā gosaddo pa
213.4 vattatī ti attho. tathā gopiṇḍepī ti gopiṇḍe pi abhiṇhamasana
213.5 m āgamma assasaddo pavattatī ti attho. ity ubhinnam ekasmim c’ atthe
213.6 vattanato tulyādhikaraṇatā ca sakatthavācakatā ca dīpitā ho
213.7 ti. yadi gamanam āgamma assadabbe gosaddo. asanam āgamma godabbe
213.8 assasaddo ca pavattati. sabbe pi sattāgamavassatthamanatikkameyyuṃ ga
213.9 manāsanassa sambhavato ti ayuttamatthe svavibhāgakārikiriya
213.10 m āgamma saddasanniveso ti yuttiṃ cetasi samādhāya codento
213.11 kāraṇañ c’ āgamma atthe saddasanniveso ti āha. codanā. kāraṇa
213.12 saddo pan’ ettha kiriyāvācako. kiriyākaraṇaṃ. karaṇam eva kā
213.13 raṇaṃ. katthaci karaṇan ti pi likhitaṃ. gosaddassassatthe gavatthe c’ assa
213.14 saddassa sanniveso pavattikiriyañ c’ āgamma hoti kin ti attho. na
213.15 kevalam assādidabbe gamanādikiriyam āgammagavādisaddappavatti. atha ca
213.16 kiṃ dvandadassanañ c’ āgamma hotī ti dassento na kevalaṃ bho. pa. dassa
213.17 nam pī ti āha. parihāro. bho kevelaṃ assādyatthe upalabbhamānā
213.18 gamanādikiriyā tasmiṃ gavādisaddappavattiyā hetuna. atha kho ki
213.19 maññaṃ dassanam pi. dvandavisaye tesaṃ saddānaṃ dassanam pi hetū ti attho.
213.20 assagavatthesu vattamānā gavassasaddāgamanāsanakiriyañ ca dvanda
213.21 visayañ cā ti hetu dvayam āgamma vattanti. na kiriyāmattam evā ti
213.22 vuttaṃ hoti. dassanasāmaññavasena codento dassanaṃ karaṇa
213.23 m iti ce ty ādim āha. codanā. kāraṇan ti gavādyatthe assādi
213.24 saddappavattiyā hetu. na c’ evaṃ loke samadhigamo ti loke ja
213.25 nānaṃ assadabbe gosaddassa godabbe assasaddassa samadhigamo na
213.26 hoti. vuttattham eva sarūpato dassento na hi loke. pa. ga
213.27 vassā ti āha. katthaci pana na ca saddo na dissati. tattha loke sama
213.28 dhigamo ty ādiparihāro. lokesamadhigamo tīminā dvandavisayā
213.29 bhāvānaṃ ubhinnaṃ gavassa saddānaṃ assagavatthe sannivesābhāvaṃ dīpeti.
213.30 taddīpanena ca tattha tesaṃ sanniveso ca vibhāvito hoti. tasmā
[214]
214.1 evam ettha yojanā daṭṭhabbā. loke gopiṇḍe assasaddassa
214.2 assadabbe ca gosaddassa nivāretā. nāñño gavassadabbānaṃ samadhi
214.3 gamo yeva. tañ c’ āhā na hi loke .pa. gavassā ti. bho purisa
214.4 tvaṃ gāvaṃ ānehī ti vutte āṇattena janena go nām’ eso ti
214.5 utvā assassānayanaṃ loke na hi bhavati anassattā gavassā
214.6 ti attho. evam advandabhāvānaṃ gavassasaddānaṃ assagavatthesv appavattiṃ
214.7 dassetvā dvandabhāvānaṃ tadatthavācakattaṃ dassento tabbisayaṃ c’ etaṃ
214.8 ty ādim āha. etaṃ gosaddassagavassatthassa paridīpanañ ca assasaddassa
214.9 assagavatthassa paridīpanañ ca dvandavisayam evā ti attho. dvandasmiṃ hi yeva
214.10 tesam atthadvayavācakatā sambhavato. so dvandavisayo hetu e
214.11 tass atthadvayaparidīpanassā ti taṃ visayaṃ. thalajalānilānalādiyo
214.12 ge ti pathavāpatejavāyādipaccayasāmaggiyaṃ. yadi gosadde ty ādi
214.13 codanā. appayogo ti lopam āha. avuttattā ty ādi parihāro.
214.14 tathepītaroti tathā assasaddena gavatthassa avuttattā ita
214.15 ro gosaddo payujjatī ti attho. nanv idānī ty ādi codanā. saccaṃ ty ādi
214.16 parihāro. idhā pī ti gavassakan ti imasmiṃ pi payoge. taṃ sadise
214.17 cā ti tena attano atthe nu godabbena sadiseassadabbe ca vattati.
214.18 saddantarapayogo ti assasaddappayogo. tappasaṅgo ti ce ti tassa
214.19 kammadhāraya samāsassapasaṅgo sampatti siyā. iti vacanaṃ ce bhavaṃ
214.20 vadeyyāsī ti attho. itarenā ti uttarapadena. tassa pī ti tassa
214.21 pi uttarapadassa. kenā ti ten’ uttarapadena. vināpi pakāsakaṃ pakā
214.22 sīyamānassa pakāsane payojanābhāvā ti gavatthassa pakā
214.23 sakaṃ gosaddaṃ vinā pi gosaddena pakāsīyamānassa gavatthassa assa
214.24 saddena pakāsane payojanābhāvā ti attho. nanu cā ty ādi coda
214.25 nā. vuttattham eva sādhento na hī ty ādim āha. na hi samattho ti
214.26 sambandho. saccan ty ādi parihāro. idha pan’ ekasesaniddeso ti i
214.27 dha ppayoge ekasesaniddeso ācariyena kato. sakatthasadi
214.28 satthavācakānaṃ dvinnaṃ go assasaddānaṃ antare ekassa lopaṃ katvā
214.29 niddiṭṭhasaddenītaratthassā py abhidhāyakattā pubbapadenattano atthassa
214.30 c’ eva taṃ sadisassa ca gahitattā ti vacanaṃ no na yuttan ti vuttaṃ hoti.
[215]
215.1 akate py ekasesaniddese ekass’ eva gosaddassa sakattha
215.2 sadisatthavācakattaṃ yuttayāsādhento bhinnasattī ty ādim āha. a
215.3 vetanaṃ dabbe saddassa pavattanaṃ aveto. saddhiṃ aveto samave
215.4 to. sattiyā guṇena samaveto sattisamaveto. bhinnānaṃ dabbānaṃ
215.5 sattisamaveto bhinnasattisamaveto. gavassakan ti vadatā
215.6 ācariyena sannissito ti padāvasesasambandho. seto dhāva
215.7 tī ti ettha seto tīminā tādiso goṇo pi asso pi vucca
215.8 ti guṇasāmaññattā. yathā hi guṇen’ eva bhinnavatthūnam ekatthasa
215.9 modhānaṃ. netarathā. evam etthā pi gosaddo gatisāmaññavasena
215.10 sadisattham apy abhidhāyī ti vuttaṃ hoti. anapekkhitapavattinimittan ti
215.11 saddappavattiyā nimittaṃ pavattinimittaṃ. anapekkhitaṃ pavattinimittaṃ yasmin ti a
215.12 napekkhitapavattinimittaṃ. sarūpamattan tīminā tulyādhikaraṇaṃ. saharūpe
215.13 nā ti sarūpaṃ. sarūpassa mattaṃ. sarūpe va vāmattan ti sarūpamattaṃ. atha vā.
215.14 anapekkhitaṃ pavattinimittaṃ anapekkhitapavattinimittaṃ. saddappavattiyāni
215.15 mittabhūtaṃ gamanam anapekkhitvā sarūpamattam eva paṭicca go ti niddeso
215.16 kato ti attho. anena sarūpamattam āgamma niddeso pi sakattha
215.17 sadisattha vacanasamattho hotī ti dasseti. padīpanyāyo vā
215.18 sannissito ti gavassakan ti ettha go ti davatā padīpanyāyo
215.19 sannissito. tasmā gosaddo atthadvayāpikaraṇe samattho ti
215.20 attho. alaṃ saddantaraggahaṇenā ti assasaddaggahaṇena nippayo
215.21 janan ti attho. sandehāpagamatthan ti pahāy’ uttarapadasaṃyogaṃ go
215.22 ti vutte tulyavaṇṇasaṇṭhānādim āgamma kim ime gāvo yeva. atha ga
215.23 vassakā ti uppajjamānasandehāpagamatthan ti attho.
215.24 (317-2) saññāpadhānattā lopassa paṭiladdhasaññānaṃ lopa
215.25 vidhividhānam ārabhātā saññānantaraṃ tesaṃ vibhattiyo lopā ce ti
215.26 vuttaṃ. tathā hi saññāpadhāno va lopo tappaṭibaddhattā. lopapadhā
215.27 no ca samāso lopena padasaṅkhepato. katthacīdam eva lopan ti
215.28 avibhāvitasarūpattā lopasarūpaṃ tāva codento atha ko
215.29 so lopo ti āha. codanā. taṃ sarūpaṃ dassento adassa
215.30 nan ti āha. parihāro. adassanamattasāmaññavasena codento
[216]
adassanaṃ lopo ti ce ty ādim āha. codanā. tattha bho devā ti de
vasaddato akārasmiṃ hi apanīte tassa pubbāparabhāge sarānam a
dassanasambhavā dīghan ti vā pubbacā ti vā dīghaṃ bhaveyya. tenāha pubba
sarā ty ādi. yakkhā tī sv apy es’ eva nayo. na kho mayan ty ādi parihāro.
sato adassanan ti sato adassanaṃ vijjamānassa vinā so lopo
nāmā ti attho. na ca tattha sato adassanan ti tattha bho devā ty ā
dīsu payogesu devādisaddato apanītākārassa pubbāparabhā
ge pakatiyā vijjamānassa sarassādassanaṃ na ca sambhavatī ti attho.
sato adassanaṃ lopo ti ce ty ādi codanā. atha pi ce siyā
ti sace py evaṃ bhoto adhippāyo bhaveyya. viddhaṃsanadhammattā ti
sabbasaṅkhārānaṃ bhijjamānasabhāvattā sato saddassa siyā vā dassa
nan ti sambandho. sabbesaṃ pī ti api na kevalaṃ lopetabbānaṃ eva, atha
kho sabbesam alopanīyānaṃ saddānañ ca lopasambhāvā ti attho.
tassa cā hetukattā ti tassālopanīyalopassa ca ahe
tukattā saddanipphattiyā ti attho. vuccate ty ādi parihāro. bhava
ti ca tena tesaṃ buddhī ti tena pupphādisakkārena tesaṃ sakkāra
kārakānaṃ janānaṃ buddhi bhavati ca. tan ti gilitaṃ guḷaṃ. avetī ti saddaha
ti. tan ti taṃ kiriyaṃ. saddapaṭirūpakan ti nipphannasaddasadisaṃ. tenā ti vi
bhattilopena. tesan ti tesaṃ ācariyānaṃ. atthapaṭipattī ti paṭipajja
naṃ jānanaṃ paṭipatti. atthassa paṭipatti atthapaṭipatti. saddatthapaṭivedho ti
attho. lokapasiddho ti lokasaṅketena pasiddho nipphanno ti
lokappasiddho. tasmiṃ lokappasiddhe. paramatthato ti yathā sabhā
vato. katthaci idha vuttavidhānanivattanan ti idha sutte vuttassa lopavi
dhānassa katthaci payoge nivattanaṃ avadhāraṇaṃ nāmā ti attho.
318. 3. katavibhattilopānaṃ pakatividhividhānam ārabhanto
pakatī c’ assa sarantassā ti āha. katavibhattilopassa byañjananta
padassa vibhattilopakaraṇato pubbabhāge sarantataṃ sandhāy’ āha
assasarantassa pakatirūpāni hontī ti. aññathā pakatividhi yeva
na sambhaveyya. luttavibhattikassā pi sarantattā. lakkhyānusārī hi lakkha
ṇappavattī ti. saro anto yassa so yaṃ saranto. tassa. so tā
[217]
ti rūpappasaṅge ti so ta iti byañjanantavasena rūpe sampatte ti attho.
byañjanantataṃ sandhāy’ āha. tadanurūpe sampatte ti tassa vibhattilo
passa anurūpaṃ tadanurūpaṃ. tasmiṃ tadanurūpe. vibhattilopānurūpaṃ nāma
byañjanantatā yeva. rājaputto ty ādīsu luttavibhattikānaṃ pakatiyā
vibhattilopen’ eva siddhattā alam assa vacanenā ti codento na
nv asati pī ty ādim āha. codanā. tattha vinā va yogenā t’ īdaṃ asa
ti p’ īmasmin t’ īmassa anvākhyānavasen’ āraddhaṃ. tasmā evam ettha yojanā.
luttavibhattikanaṃ sampajjamāno nemittikassa lopādino abhā
vo matiruhābhāve chāyābhāvo viya tannimitte vibhattimhi
lutte asati p’ īmasmiṃ yoge sayam eva sampajjati yasmā, tasmā vi
nā va yogenābhāvo sampajjatī ti tayā idaṃ suttaṃ na vattabbam eva
nanū ti, yathā chāyo pan’ issayassa mahiruhassābhāve sati ta
dupanissitāya chāyāyābhāvo, tabbhāvabhāvino tadabhāvasa
bhavattā vinā pi aññena sādhakena sayam eva sampajjati, tathā sa
ralopo mādesapaccayādimhi saralope tu pakatī ti siddhassa vi
bhattinimittassa pubbalopassa abhāvo tesaṃ vibhattiyo lo
pā ce t’ īminā vibhattimhi lutte vinānena yogena sayam eva sampajjati.
tasmā alam imassa vacanaṃ nanū ti vuttaṃ hoti. tassa lopassa ni
mittaṃ kāraṇan ti taṃ nimittaṃ. tasmiṃ taṃ nimitte. vibhattimhī t’ īminā tulyā
dhikaraṇaṃ. nemittakassa lopādino abhāvo nāma pakatibhā
vo yeva. ādiggahaṇenādesaṃ saṅgaṇhāti. tasmā pakatibhā
vo nāma lopādesābhavo ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. tan nā ty ādi parihāro.
tasmā tadapagamattham assa vacanan ti yasmā evaṃ saṅkāsiyā, tasmā ne
mittakassa lopādino abhāvo bhaveyya na ce ti pavattāya
saṅkāya apagamatthaṃ assa suttassa vacanan ti attho. tadattham pī ty ā
di codanā. tadattham pī ti tassa saṅkāyāpagamattham pī ti attho. ni
yamo bhavissatī ti nemittakābhāve niyamo sanniṭṭhānakaraṇaṃ
payogavasena bhavissatī ti attho. ubhinnam pi hi sambhave satī ti
nimittābhāve nemittakabhāvassa ca nemittakā bhāvassā cā ti
ubhinnam pi kāraṇānaṃ sambhave satī ti attho. samudāyavayavavākya
[218]
nipphattisambhave pī ti samudāyavākyanipphattisambhave pi avayavavākya
nipphattisambhave pī ti yojanā. samudāyaṃ katvā rāsiṃ katvā vākyaṃ va
canaṃ samudāyavākyaṃ. tad eva nipphatti samudāyavākyanipphatti. samudāyaṃ
katvā vā vākyassa saddassa nipphatti samudāyavākyanipphatti. avayavaṃ
katvā visuṃ visuṃ katvā vākyaṃ vacanaṃ avayavavākyaṃ. tad eva nipphatti ava
yavavākyanipphatti. avayavaṃ katvā vā vākyassa saddassa nipphatti avayava
vākyanipphatti. idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti. yathā samudāyāvayavavākyanipphatti
sambhave pi sati vināvayavakkare saññāṭhāpakena yogena avayava
sannissitānaṃ ākāro ty ādīnaṃ payogānaṃ siddhattā avayave
akkharasaññākatā, na samudāye ti ca, yathā vinā va samudāye sa
māsaññāvidhāyakena yogena samudāyasannissitānaṃ kathina
dussan ty ādīnaṃ siddhattā samudāye samāsasaññākatā, nāvayave ti ca
viññāyati, evaṃ nimittābhāve nemittakābhāvassa niyamo vināvā
nenayogena puriso ty ādīnaṃ payogānaṃ*siddhattā viññāyatī ti
niyamakaraṇattham api na vattabbam evīdan ti. saccan ty ādi parihāro. tathā
pī ti evaṃ payogavasena nemittakābhāvassa niyame viññāyamāne
pīti attho. ihā ti imasmiṃ samāsādhikare. puna ṭhāpane payo
janaṃ dassento kvīpaccayantādisaṃ siddhī ti āha. tassāyam attho,
payogavasen’ evādhippetatthe siddhe pi tadatthassa punānena yo
gena ṭhāpane payojanaṃ nāma ih’ eva samāsādhikāre yeva ni
mittābhāve nemittakābhāvassa niyamitattā aññatthanimittā
bhāve nemittakatā vo pi niyamito ti katvā kvipaccayantādīnaṃ
saṃsiddhi hotī ti. vuttattham eva rūpaṃ sarūpenāvikaronto bhujago
ty ādim āha. bhujago ti ādīsu hi nemittakassa lopassābhā
vo bhaveyyā ti sambandho. sace nimittābhāve nemittakābhāvo
tikāraṇabyavahatiyuttisāmaññam āgamma idam anadhītaṃ bhaveyya, tadā
asukasmiṃ yevādhikāre nimittābhāve nemittakābhāvo ho
tī ti niyamābhāvato bhujago ty ādīsu bhujasaddūpapadassa gamu
sappa gatimhī tīmassa laddhadhātusaññādissa ante kvipaccayaṃ katvā
tasmiṃ kvimhi nimitte dhatvantassa lopo kvimhī t’ īminā yogena dhā
[219]
tvantam akārasmiṃ lutte puna kvilopo ce t’ īminā dhātvantalopa
nimittamhi kvimhi lutte nemittakassa dhātvantalopassa abhāvā ma
kārantatāva bhaveyya, evañ ca sati bhujagamo ti rūpapasaṅgato idha
niyamakaraṇarūpena aññatra tadabhāvaniyamattham idam adhītan ti vuttaṃ
hoti. ādesābhāvo siyā t’ īminā puna satthusaddam eva dīpeti.
evan tu viññāyamāne ti nimittābhāve pi nemittakass’ abhāve evaṃ
vuttanayena viññāyamāne ti attho. tadatthan ti nemittakabhāvatthaṃ.
nābhāvappasaṅgo ti samāsādhikāreye va nemittakābhāvaniyama
karaṇalesena aññatthanemittakābhāvasādhanatthaṃ vuttassa
suttassa abhāvappasaṅgo na hoti. tasmā kvipaccayantādīnaṃ saṃ
siddhatthaṃ idam adhīyitabban ti attho. tadattham apī ty ādi codanā. tadattha
m apī ti bhujago ty ādīsu tassa dhātvantalopādino nemittakabhā
vassa ṭhāpanattham apī ti attho. tena viññāyati nābhāvo ho
tī ti nimittābhāve pi nemittakassa dhātvantalopādino a
bhāvo na hotī ti ayam attho vinā vānena suttavacanena kvi
lopādikedisvā pi dhātvantalopādikaraṇen’ eva viññāyati.
tasmā na vattabban ti aññathā ti aññena pakārena yadi bhaveyya, sa
ce kvilopādimhi kate dhātvantānaṃ pakatibhāvo bhaveyyā ti
attho. tādisass’ eva payogassābhāvato ti kvilopā
di vinimuttassa bhujagakvītyādikassa payogassa bhāvato
dhātvantalopādivacanam eva niratthakaṃ bhaveyyā ti attho. kin te
na ṭhāpakenā ti yasmā kvilopādike disvā pi dhātvantalopā
dividhānen’ eva nemittakassa dhātvantalopādino nābhāvo ho
tī ti viññāyati. iti tasmā kāraṇā vinā vā ‘nena suttavacanena
adhippetatthassa lopādino abhāvass’ eva siddhattā tena dhātvanta
lopādi ṭhāpakena suttena kiṃ payojanaṃ. appayojanattā a
laṃ suttavacanenā ti vuttaṃ. bhujago ty ādīsu kvilopādike
passatā dhātvantalopādividhim āraddhattā va nimittābhāve nemittaka
bhāvo sabhāvappasiddho ti katvā kiñcāpi tam anajjhayitabbaṃ tathā pi
kārakādipayogasaṃ siddhiṭhāpakattham idam adhīyitabbam evā ti ṭhāpaka
[120]
payojanaṃ dassento kārakādisaṃ siddhī ty ādim āha. parihāro.
tattha kitakattānām attūpagate dhātuttam āgamma pavattassa ṇvupacca
yass’ ābhāvo bhāveyyā ti samāsādhikāre nemittakābhāva
niyamakaraṇadvārena aññatranemittakabhāvasādhakam idaṃ nimittābhā
ve nemittakābhāvo ti vuttayuttibyāpakaṃ sandhāya avuttaṃ bhave
yya. tadākarakaraṇe t’ īmassa laddhadhātusaññassa dhātuss’ anto
lopo nekasarasse ti dhātvantalopaṃ katvā tato sabbato
ṇvutvāvīvātiṇvupaccayaṃ katvā tassa anakāyuṇvūnan ti akā
desaṃ katvā aññesu cā ti ādisarassa vuddhiṃ katvā taddhitasamā
sakitakānāmaṃ vā tavetunādīsu ce tīmina kitakattā payo
gassa nāmattūpagate dhātumhi paṭhamaṃ dhātuttam āgamma pavattassa ṇvupaccayassa
bhāvo bhaveyya. evañ ca sati karako ti payogasaṃsiddhi
yeva ca na saṃbhaveyya. tathā pabbatāyatī ti ettha pabbatasaddato
āyanāmato kattūpamanādācāre tīminā nāmattam āgamma pa
vattassāyapaccayassa dhātupaccayehi vibhattiyo tīminā ti pacca
yasmiṃ kate dhātuttam āgamma abhāvo siyā. tasmā tadabhāva
nirākaraṇena kārakādīnaṃ saṃsiddhiṭhāpakattham idam adhītan ti vuttaṃ ho
ti. tena viññāyati nābhāvo hotī ti nemittakassa ṇvupacca
yādino abhāvo na hotī ti ayam attho nāmattādike ni
mittābhāvepassatā ṇvupaccayādikaraṇen’ eva viññāyatī ti evaṃ
vattuṃ na ca sakkā. kasmā ti ce. nāmattādisaṃ siddhiyā tadārambho ti
mantuṃ sakuṇeyyattā. tesaṃ ṇvādipaccayānaṃ ārambho tadārambho.
idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti. yadi ṇvupaccayo dhātuttasaṃsiddhiyā āyapacca
yo ca nāmattasaṃsiddhiyā kato bhaveyya, bhaveyy’ evaṃ vattuṃ
tappaṭibaddhattā paccayārambhassa. atha ca pana ṇvupaccayo dhātussa
nāma saṃsiddhiyā dhātumhā kato, āyapaccayo ca nām’ assa dhātu
saṃsiddhiyā nāmamhā kato, evaṃ nāmadhātuttasādhakassa ṇvādipacca
yassa dhātunāmamhā katattā puna nāmadhātuttupagate dhātunāmamhi
attano nimittabhūtassa dhātunāmattassa abhāvā nāmadhātutta
sādhakassa ṇvādipaccayassābhāvo bhaveyya. tasmā tappakati
[121]
bhāvaṭhāpakassa aññassābhāvā imassa nābhāvappasaṅgo ti a
dhippāyo. akādesādivacanam anatthakan ti ce ti yadi nāmadhātutta
m āgamma ṇvupaccayādīnam abhāvo siyā, asato ādesādividhā
nānamayuttattā anakāyuṇvūnantyādinā vihitākādesādividhā
nam anatthakaṃ siyā, iti vacanaṃ cebhavaṃ vadeyyāsī ti attho. ādiggaha
ṇen’ ettha dhātupaccayehi vibhattiyo t’ īminā vihitavibhattividhānaṃ
saṅgaṇhā ti. akādesādivacanassa sātthakataṃ dassento na ā
yādīsvakādisambhavato ty ādim āha. āyādīsū ti nimittatthe
bhummaṃ. āyādīsu paresū ti attho. kārakasaddato ti kāra
kāyatī ti ettha paṭiladdhanāmasaññāto kārakasaddato nāmassa
punadhātubhāvasādhanatthaṃ āyapaccaye kate ti attho. kiñcāpi
nāmattam agamma ṇvupaccayādīnam abhāvo ti karadhātuto paresaṃ ṇvu
paccayādīnaṃ abhāvo kiñcāpi nāmattam āgamma hotī ti attho. dhā
tuttesaṃ jāte ti pubbe laddhanāmasaññassa kārakasaddassa dhātupacca
yehi vibhattiyo t’ īmina puna dhātutte saṃjāte ti attho. dhātu
paccayehi vibhattiyo t’ īminā vibhattividhānadvārena dhātusaññapika
tā ti daṭṭhabbā. ṇvupaccayādisaṃsiddhī ti sanimittaṃ dhātusaññaṃ puna labhitvā
nemittakānaṃ ṇvupaccayādīnaṃ pakatibhāvo hotī ti attho. etthā
diggahaṇena vuddhi vidhānam āha. kārakīyasaddato ty ādīsu aya
m attho, kārakasaddato īyūpamāṇā ce ti īyapaccayaṃ katvā
kārakīyasaddaṃ abhinipphādetvā tassa dhātupaccayehi vibhattiyo
ti dhātusaññaṃ katvā tato sabbato ṇvutvāvīvātitamhā ṇvu
paccayaṃ katvā tassa anakāyuṇvūnan ti akādesaṃ katvā kita
kattānāmam iva katvā tato sivibhattiṃ katvā tass’ okārā
desañ ca saralopapakatibhāvañ ca katvā kārakīyakotinipphādi
te pubbe paṭiladdhanāmasaññāto kārakasaddato nāmassa dhātu
bhāvatthaṃ katassa īyapaccayassa ca kārakīyasaddāvasāne nā
mattaṃ paṭiccakātabbasivibhattiyāca dhātupaccayehi vibhattiyoti
katadhātusaññaṃ paṭicca kiñcāpyabhāvo siyā, tathā pi kārakīy
asaddassa puna nāmatte saṃjāte nāmato katass’ īyapaccayassa ca
[222]
kārakīyasaddato vihitanāmavibhattiyā puna saṃsiddhi hoti.
dhātuvihitappaccayavibhattinan ti dhātuttaṃ paṭiccanāmato vihito īya
paccayodhātuvihitappaccayo. dhātuvihitappaccayo ca nāma vibhatti ca
dhātuvihitappaccayavibhattiyo. tāsaṃ dhātuvihitappaccayavibhattīnaṃ.
dhātupaccayatabbihitavibhattisaṃsiddhī ti dhātuttaṃ paṭiccavihito īya
paccayodhātupaccayo. nāmatte sati tato nāmato vihitākā
tabbāvibhattitabbihitavibhatti. dhātupaccayo ca tabbihitavibhatti ca dhā
tupaccayatabbihitavibhattiyo. tāsaṃ saṃsiddhidhātupaccayatabbihitavi
bhattisaṃsiddhi. evam akādesādivacanassa sātthakataṃ dassetvā kā
rako ty ādīsu sutten’ eva nimittābhāve pi nemittakabhavo ho
tī ti dassento tatth’ evaṃ ty ādim āha. tattha tatth’ evaṃ viññāyamāne ti
tesu kārako ty ādīsu payogesudhātunām attam āgamma pavattānaṃ
ṇvādipaccayānaṃ nāmadhātuttam āgammābhāvasambhavato nimittābhāve
pi nemittakabhāve evaṃ viññāyamāne ti attho. tadatthan ti nemittaka
bhāvatthaṃ. tadattham pī ty ādi codanā. tattha tadattham pi ti tesaṃ ṇvādīpacca
yānaṃ pakatibhāvattham pi. dhātunā mattam āgamma vihitappaccayānaṃ tabbhāvā
natikkamato nāmadhātuttam āgamma nābhāvappasiddhī ti yuttiṃ cetasisa
mādhāyāpyāhanahiyehi yesam uppatti tesaṃ tabbhāvahānī ti. ye
saṃ ṇvādipaccayānaṃ uppattiyehi dhātunāmehi hoti, tesaṃ ṇvādi
paccayānaṃ tabbhāvato taṃ sabhāvattā tesaṃ dhātunām asaññāsabhā
vānam anatikkantattā nāmadhātuttam āgamma hānibhāvo na hi hotī ti
attho. idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti, uppannaṃ hoti pathavikasiṇan ti ādīsu viya
kāraṇuppannassā pi kāraṇūpacārena tabbohārasambhavato dhātu
nāmattam āgamma vihitapaccayānam pi tabbhāvamanatikkantattā sakalo pi
sapaccayo saddo dhātunāmattam anubhavati. evam abhedāpannesupayo
gesu dhātunāmasaññānaṃ nimittabhāvo ca paccayānaṃ nemittakabhāvo ca na
sambhaveyya. evañ ca sati nāmadhātuttam āgamma nimittābhāve nemittakā
bhāvo ti katvāṇvādipaccayānaṃ pakatibhāvattham idam adhītan ti na vattabbaṃ.
sappaccayassa dhātunāmassa nāmadhātuttā ti vuttaṃ hoti. idāni
sayam eva parādhippāyaṃ dīpento aṭodaḍḍho ty ādim āha. yathā samu
[223]
dāye pavatto paṭādivohāro tad ekadese pavatti. evaṃ sappacca
yekārakādisadde pavatto dhātunāmavohāro tadekadesa
bhūtekarapabbatādisadde pavattati. tasmā dhātunāmassa nāmadhā
tutte sañjāte nimittābhāvam āgamma nemittakābhāve sampatte
tadapagamatthamassa vacanan ti ce bhavaṃ vadeyya. na evaṃ vattabban ti attho. upa
caritam etan ti etaṃ samudāye pavattassa dhātunāmavohārassa ta
dekadesabhūte karapabbatādismiṃ pavattanaṃ upacaritaṃ, na sabhāvappa
siddhan ti attho. sabhāvato pana sappaccayo eva tabbohāram anu
bhavati. tasmā abhedavadatā nimittanemittakabhāvaṃ parikappetvā
nimittābhāve nemittakabhavasādhanatthaṃ pi idaṃ anajjhanīyan ti attho.
puna pi parādhippāyaṃ vibhāvento upacarita .pa. sambhavo ti ce ti ā
ha. tattha bhikkhāvāsetī ti vutte vāsakiriyābhinipphattakattam ā
gamma mukhyavasena purisass’ eva kattubhāvo siddho. tathā pi yo
bhikkhatthāya vasati, tappaṭibaddhavāsakiriyābhinipphattiyā kāraṇattā
bhikkhāya bhikkhāti kattusaññākatā. padīpo sajjhāyatī ti etthā pi
sajjhāyanakiriyābhinipphattakattam āgamma mukhyavasena sajjhāyakass’ e
va kattubhāvo hoti. tathā pi yo padīpanimittaṃ sajjhāyati, tappaṭi
baddhasajjhāyanakiriyabhinipphattiyā kāraṇattā padīpassa padīpo ti
kattusaññā katā. evam upacāravasena pi kattusaññāya katā
ya tappaṭibaddhakāriyasambhavo hoti. evam appaccayānaṃ karapabbatādi
saddānaṃ dhātunā mattāpagamane na koci virodho ti ce bhavaṃ vade
yya. na tathā vattabban ti adhippāyo. taṃ itarattha pi samānan ti taṃ dhatu
nāmattaṃ na kevalaṃ appaccayesu karapabbatādisaddesv eva labbhati
upacārattena, atha kho itarattha pi ṇvādipaccayesu pi samānaṃ labbha
t’ eva. tasmā sakalasseva dhātunā mattā na ṇvādīnaṃ abhāvo
hotī ti adhippāyo. vuttattham eva sarūpato dassento yathā
ty ādim āha. tattha balākāyamukhatuṇḍapādamaṃ salohitādi
kiñcā pi na setaṃ, tathā pi balākāvayavabhūbhassa pattasamūhassa
setattā balākāsetā ti sakalam eva setaṃ viya katvāya
thāvuccati, goṇassā pi siṅgakhuracammamaṃsādi kiñcāpi na kaṇhaṃ, tathā pi
[224]
avayavabhūtalomānaṃ kaṇhatāya goṇo kaṇho ti yathā
upacarīyati, tathā ihā pi kārakādipayogesu kiñcā pi paccayānaṃ
dhātunāmattaṃ n’ atthi. tathā pi karapabbatasaṅkhātassa avayavassa dhātu
nāmattā sabbāni pi sappaccayasaddāni dhātunāmādī ti upacarīyante.
tasmā kāraṇā tesaṃ dhātunāmānaṃ paṭibaddhapaccayassa abhāvo na
hoti. avayavassa dhātunāmattā sabbesam pi dhātunāmatte sati
kārakāya pabbatāyasaddehi nāmadhātupaṭibaddhāvibhattuppattinasambhava
ti. evaṃ nāmadhātubhāvassa bhāvāvibhattīnam abhāve sampatte tadapa
gamattham assavacanan ti dassento evañ ce ty ādim āha. parihāro. tattha
evañ ce tena kā no hānī ti yadi evaṃ avayavassa dhātunāmattā
sabbāni pi dhātunāmānī ty upacarīyanty etena sabbesam pi dhātunā
mattupagamanena amhākaṃ na kāci hānī ti attho. tan nā ty ādi coda
nā. tan nā ti nāmadhātupaṭibaddhabibhattiyā ‘bhāvappasaṅgo hotī ti taṃ
vacanaṃ vākyaṃ bhavatā na vattabban ti attho. nesan ti kārakādisaddānaṃ.
na tappaṭibaddhā bhāvo ti evaṃ kārakādisaddānaṃ paṭiladdhanāma dhātu
saññattā tassa nāmadhātussa paṭibaddhānaṃ nāmākhyātavibhattīnaṃ abha
vo na. tasmā nemittakābhāvassāpagamattham pi na suttārambho kā
tabbo ti adhippāyo. evañ ce ty ādi parihāro. tatha tena pī ti
kārakādisaddānaṃ nāmadhātubhāvagamane na pī ti attho. dhātunā
mānaṃ vuttanayena nāmadhātutte sañjāte dhātunāmattam āgamma pavattā
naṃ ṇvupaccayādīnaṃ abhāvappasaṅgato nimittābhāve nemittakā
bhāvūpagamatthamass ārambho ti dassento dhātunāmapaṭibaddhānañ c’ evā
ty ādim āha. yehi yesam uppattityādivuttattham eva. yehi tesa
m uppattī ti pi pāṭho. ubhayatthā pi paccayattho yev’ ehābhimato.
suttaṃ vinā ty ādi codanā. kathaṃ ty ādi parihāro. tattha āpaccayā
bhāvo bhaveyyā ti dīghajaṅghasaddehi itthiliṅganimittaṃ katvā itthi
yamato āpaccayo tīminā katassa āpaccayassābhāvo ya
dibhaveyyā ti attho. heṭṭhā vinā suttavacanen’ eha nimittābhāve
nemittakābhāvo hotī ti vuttavacane dosāropanaṃ karonto
nanu ca bho ty ādim āha. samāsādhikāre nimittābhāve nemittakā
[225]
bhāvasādhanattham adhīte sati pi itthiyaṃ bhāsitapumitthī pumā va ce
ti yogena heṭṭhā suttaṃ vinā n’ ehā ti vuttavacanaṃ viruddhan ti vuttaṃ ho
ti. atthī ty ādi parihāro. na tu tena tadabhāvābhidhānan ti tena
pumabyapadesābhidhāyakena suttena assa āpaccayassa abhāvā
bhidhānaṃ na tu hotī ti attho. tad eva bhavissatī ti tad eva ā
paccayassa abhāvābhidhānaṃ bhavissatī ti attho. pumā va ce t’ īdaṃ vuttaṃ
hotī ti pumā va ce tīminā vacanena idaṃ vuttaṃ hotī ti attho.
evam ayam pī ti ayaṃ pi paṭiladdhapumasañño dīghājaṅghādipayogo evaṃ
itthivācakassa āpaccayassa abhāgī ti vuttaṃ hoti. nanu yathā
ty ādi codanā. kāriyam evā ti dissatī ti rassattasaṅkhātaṃ kā
riyaṃ eva atidissati paññāyatī ti attho. evam ihā pi kāriyāti
desena bhavitabban ti evaṃ ihā pi dīghajaṅghādipayoge ākārassa
rassattasaṅkhātena kāriyātidesena bhavitabban ti attho. kāri
yāti desenā ti kāriyavisesena. tan nā ty ādi parihāro.
tan nā ti tena kāriyātidesena bhavitabbaṃ na. tathāvidhass’ evā ti na
puṃsakatthapaṭibaddhakāriyassa viya. ihā ti dīghajaṅghādipayoge. ni
rāsatthan ti apanayanatthan ti attho. tassā ti luttavibhattikassasa
māsapadassa. tatthā ti tesu dvīsu rūpesu. aññathā ti yadi sarantagga
haṇaṃ nakataṃ bhaveyya. idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti, yadi sarantaggahaṇaṃ na kataṃ,
luttāsuvibhattīsu byañjanantassapakatibhāvovutto ti saṅkāsi
yā. tasmā tadapagamatthaṃ sarantaggahaṇaṃ katan ti. yadi byañjanantassa paka
tibhāvo na hoti, kiṃ samudāyo ty ādīsu pakatibhāvo na bhave
yya. evam api kato ca tattha pakatibhāvo. tena ṭhāyatibyañjanantassa pi
pakatibhāvo ti codento na byañjanantassātyādim āha. codanā. sa
rantassa pakatibhāve satī ti attho. kiṃ saddassa niggahitantattā
āha tassa byañjanantattā ti. tan nā ty ādi parihāro. tan na tassa sa
rantattā ti assa kisaddassa sarantattā taṃ byañjanantattā ti vacanaṃ bhava
tā na vattabbaṃ kissa kave ce ti ettha kiṃ saddassa aniggahitantattā
āha viññāyati hi tassa sarantatā ti. niggahitassa upaṭhitattā
ti sambandho. na taṃ viññāyatīti taṃ pakatiyā niggahitantaṃ na viññā
[226]
yatī ti attho. visayavisayīnam aññoññabyavahati siyā ti
sutto dāharaṇānaṃ aññoññanisedho siyā ti attho. sutte
na sarantassa pakati bhāvassa vuttattā kiṃ samudayo ti payogassa
ca byañjanantattā suttaṃ payoge pakatibhāvaṃ nisedheti, kiṃsaddassa
ca byañjanantattā payogañ ca sarantapakatibhāvavidhāyakaṃ suttaṃ nise
dhetī ti vuttaṃ hoti.
319.4. upecca atthaṃ sajjantī ty upasaggā ti āgato ā
gacchatī ty ādīsu nāmākhyāte upecca tesaṃ atthaṃ sajjanti pakāsentī
ty upasaggā. padānan ti nāmākhyātapadānaṃ. tattha vuttaṃ rūpadvayan ti tesu
suttadvayesu amādesavibhattilopānaṃ vasena adhicittaṃ adhitthī ty ādi
nā vuttaṃ rūpadvayan ti attho. rūpantaran ti aññarūpanānāttaṃ. byayī bhavantī ti
vibhatyantādesavasena visadisā nānāpakārā bhavantī ti attho.
ayaṃ hi samāso vattabbo ti sambandho. pubbako ti vuttattā upasagga
nipātānaṃ padhānattaṃ pahāya pubbamattam eva tadattho ti mantvā abrāhma
ṇādīsu payogesu abyayībhāvasaññāyabhavitabban ti codento
upasagganipātapubbako ty ādim āha. katham abrāhmaṇādīsū ti tappuri
savisesv abrāhmaṇādīsu payogesu abyayībhāvasaññā kathaṃ
hotī ti attho. yattha upasagganipātāpadhānā ca pubbakā ca, tatth’ e
vābyayībhāvasaññā hoti, n’ etaratrā ti dassento ihā ty ādi
m āha. tattha ihā ti imasmiṃ samāsādhikare. nipātopasagga
pubbakānan t’ īminā nipātopasaggānaṃ padhānapubbaṅgamadvayasampattiyā va
abyayībhāvasaññā, n’ etaratrā ti vuttaṃ hoti. pubbaṅgamatāya
satī ti yojanā. samāsattho bhaveyyā ti padhānattho bhaveyya.
upasajjanibhūto ti appadhāṇabhūto bhaveyyā ti attho. te
san ti abrāhmaṇādipayogānaṃ yuttatthavaṇṇanāyā ti ādisuttassa
yuttatthaggahaṇassa vaṇṇanāya. ten’ ev’ āhā ti abrāhmaṇādīnaṃ utta
rapadatthapadhānatāya eva abyayībhāvasamāsavisayaṃ amādesādi
kāriyaṃ pahāya tappurisavisayaṃ kāriyaṃ dassento attan nassa tappu
rise ti āhā ti attho. samāsaniyame tanniyamanatthan ti samā
saniyame sati tassa attassa niyamanatthaṃ sutte tappurisaggahaṇaṃ
[227]
kataṃ. na uttarapadatthappadhānatāya niyamanatthan ti ce vadeyyāsī ti
attho. asamāsapaṭikkhepanatthaṃ tappurisaggahaṇan ti sambandho. a
samāse attassa paṭikkhepanatthan ti attho. vacanenā ti anena e
kena saddenā ti attho. viññāyatī ti kathaṃ atthadvayaṃ viññāyatī ti
sambandho. pakārassa kakārādesaṃ sandhāyāha kulupako ti
ādiviyā ti. aññattha pan’ ābyayībhāvasamāso vutto ti sambandho.
aññatthā ti saddasatthe.
320.5. liṅgātidese adhipaññan ti ādīsu adhiñāṇan ti
dīpenti. napuṃsakaliṅgo t’ īmassa kāriyātidesattaṃ pahāya liṅgā
tidese sati adhipaññanti ādīsu payogesu liṅgātidesena
adhipaññādisaddānaṃ adhiñāṇan ti ādi napuṃsakaliṅgarūpaṃ bhaveyyā ti
vuttaṃ hoti.
328. 13. sāpekkhatte sati pi gamakattā samāso ti
vāsitasaddassa sāpekkhatte sati pi attanā apekkhitatthassa gama
kattā vāsitāsānūvāsitasānu ti samāso bhavatī ti attho.
idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti, vāsitasaddo pan’ ettha pupphasaddāpekkhitvā ṭhito,
tasmā attanāpekkhitaṃ pahāya anapekkhitena sānusaddena saha
samaso kiñcā pi hoti, tathā pi asamāse viya samāse pi niṭṭhi
te sāpekkhitatthassa ñāpakattā sānusaddena saha vāsitasaddassa
samāso bhavati. yattha pana paraṃ sāpekkhaṃ hoti, na gamakaṃ, na tattha
bhavati samāso. yattha ca sāpekkhañ ca gamakañ ca, tattha anapekkhitvā
sāpekkhattaṃ gamakattam āgamma bhavati samāso, padhānattā gama
katthassa.
337. 22. devarājasaddato sivacanaṃ katvā tassa ākā
rādesassa akatattā codento nanū ty ādim āha. yadi kvacisamā
santagatānamakāranto t’ īminā akārādeso devarājasaddato
parassa sivacanassa siyā yuttaṃ, sy ā ce t’ īdaṃ pahāya so t’ īminā
puna sivibhattiṃ katvā ādesakaraṇaṃ evam akatvā samāsantasarassa
vihitattā akārādesassa sy ā ce t’ īminā sissākārādese
na bhavitabban ti vuttaṃ hoti. codanā. anuyoganirākaraṇaṃ ka
[228]
ronto na bhavitabban ty ādim āha. taṃ nimittavidhino ti tassa samāsanta
kāranimittassa ākārādesasaṅkhātassa vidhino ti attho. pari
hāro. sy ā ce t’ īminā sissākārādese kate pan’ imass’ uccā
raṇam anatthakan ti dassento sy ā ce ty ādim āha. vidhino abhāvā ti
paṭhamaṃ ākārādesasmiṃ hi kate puna samāsantagatākāranimittaṃ
katvā kātabbassa ākārādesasaṅkhātassa vidhino abhāvā ti
attho. devarājasaddato sivibhattiṃ katvā ākārādesato
paṭhamam eva sissokārādesaṃ katvā pacchā samāsantassa anena
akārādesasmiṃ kate samāsantanimittākārādesavidhino
samāso kuto bhaveyyā ti vuttaṃ hoti. atthantaraṃ dassento
nanv iminā vibhattādesassā pi bhavitabbam evā ti āha. vibhattāde
sassā pi ākārassa iminā akārādesena bhavitabbaṃ nanū ti
yojanā. codanā. na bhavitabban ty ādi parihāro. sesaṃ uttānattha
m eva. sattam oparicchedo.
samāsasaṃpyaṅṭīkāpāṭhprīḥ*
344.1. samāsānantaraṃ uddiṭṭhassa taddhitakappassatthavaṇṇa
naṃ karonto vāṇapaccekimatthamidyan ty ādim āha. tattha taddhitan ti pacca
yā yattattāsaddatthādhigamassa tesaṃ apaccatthādīnaṃ hitan ti taddhitaṃ.
gottādīhi bhavitabbattā vā tesaṃ gottādīnaṃ saddagaṇānaṃ hitan ti
taddhitaṃ. atthādhigamāya paṭipannānaṃ tadatthasādhakattā vā tesaṃ savanā
bhiyuttānaṃ sissānaṃ hitan ti taddhitaṃ. paccayāyattasādhanattā vā te
saṃ buddhādisādhananaṃ channaṃ kārakānaṃ hitan ti taddhitaṃ. taṃ hitan ti vattabbe
hakārassa dhakāraṃ katvā taddhitan ti vuttaṃ. taṃ pan’ etaṃ tividhaṃ sā
maññābyayabhāvavasena. tattha hi pañcadasavidhaṃ sāmaññataddhitaṃ gottā
di. taratyādi, rāgādi, jātyādi, samūha, ṭhāna, upamā, nissita, tabbahū
la, seṭṭha, pakati, pūraṇa, vibhāga, tad ass’ atthi, saṅkhyātaddhitan ti. tattha
tividhaṃ gottaṃ ukkaṭṭhamajjhimahīnavasena. tatrukkaṭṭho yathā. vā
[229]
siṭṭho. gotamo ty evam ādi. majjhimo yathā. vāsudevo. vaccho
ty evam ādi. hīno yathā. bhāradvājo, kaṇhāyano ty evam ādi. a
paccatthesamabhiniviṭṭhā dvādasapaccayā. taṃ yathā. ṇa, ṇāyana, ṇāna,
ṇeyya, ṇi, ṇika, ṇiya, ṇya, bya, u , ṇava, ṇeram iti, ettha ṇikāda
yo pañcapaccayā ato ṇivāti ettha vāggahaṇena niddiṭṭhā. ṇo
yathā. vāsiṭṭho ty evam ādi. ṇāyano yathā. kaṇhāyano ty e
vam ādi. ṇāno yathā. kaccāno ty evam ādi. ṇeyyo yathā. ve
neteyyo ty evam ādi. ṇiyathā. dakkhi, veṇityevam ādi. ṇikaṇi
yapaccayā gottatthe ca tadassatthatthe ca daṭṭhabbā. gottatthe yathā.
sakyaputtiko, sakyaputtiyo ty evam ādi. tadassatthatthe yathā.
puttiko, puttiyo ty evam ādi. ṇyo yathā. aditiyā putto
ādicco ty evam ādi. byo yathā. maṇḍabyo ty evam ādi. ño yathā.
rājañño, koṇḍañño ty evam ādi. ṇavo yathā. paṇḍuvo ty e
vam ādi. ṇero yathā. vedhavero ty evam ādi.
vāsiṭṭho gotamo c’ eva, kaccāno aggivessano ||
moggalāno ca gotteso, ukkaṭṭho gottataddhite || ||
vāsudevo ca vaccho ca, sakaṭo nādaro pi ca ||
gotte so majjhimo nāma, hīno kaṇhādigottako || ||
gottaṃ taddhitaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
taratyādimhi eko vaṇikapaccayo. saṃsaṭṭhatthe yathā. tilena
saṃsaṭṭho teliko ty evam ādi. taraṇatthe yathā. nāvāya ta
ratī ti nāviko ty evam ādi. caraṇatthe yathā. turaṅgena caratī ti
toraṅgiko ty evam ādi. vahaṇatthe yathā. aṃsena vahatī ti a
siko ty evam ādi. amītatthe yathā. vinayam adhīte venayiko
ty evam ādi. katatthe yathā. kāyena kataṃ kammaṃ kāyikaṃ ty eva
m ādi. sannidhānatthe yathā. sarīre sannidhānāvedanā sārīrikā ty eva
m ādi. niyuttatthe yathā. dvāre niyutto dovāriko ty evam ādi.
sippatthe yathā. vīṇā assa sippan ti veṇiko ty evam ādi.
bhaṇḍatthe yathā. suvaṇṇam assa bhaṇḍaṃ ti sovaṇṇiko ty evam ādi.
[230]
jīvitatthe yathā. sakuṇe hantvā jīvatī ti sākuṇiṇo ty eva
m ādi. hatatthe yathā. jālena hato jāliko ty evam ādi.
bandhatthe yathā. puttena bandho puttiko ty evam ādi. āyudhatthe ya
thā. dhanum assa āvudhan ti dhānviko ty evam ādi. ābādhatthe yathā. vā
to assa ābādho vātiko ty evam ādi, kītatthe yathā. raja
tena kīto rajakito ty evam ādi. samūhatthe yathā. kumbhassa sa
mūho kumbhiko ty evam ādi. dibbatthe yathā. pāpena dibbatī ti pāpi
ko ty evam ādi. taraty ādi taddhitaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. rāgāditaddhite pe
ko vaṇapaccayo rattatthe ca aññatthe ca hoti. tattha rattatthe ya
thā. paṭaṅgena ratto pāṭaṅgo ty evam ādi. * aññattho pan’ ettha bahu
dhā papañcito asseda, avidūravāsa, jāta, niyutta, samūha, assa
devatā, dhīta, taṃ nivāsādivasena. tattha assedatthe yathā. sūka
rassa idaṃ maṃsaṃ so karan ty evam ādi. avidūravāsatthe yathā. udumba
rassa avidūre va satī ti odumbarā ty evam ādi. jātatthe yathā. ma
dhurāya jāto madhuro ty evam ādi. niyuttatthe yathā. magasirena
niyutto māgasiro ty evam ādi. samūhatthe yathā. kusalānaṃ samū
ho kosalo ty evam ādi. assa devatatthe yathā. kumaro
assa devatā komāro ty evam ādi. adhītatthe yathā. byākara
ṇam adhīte veyyākaraṇo ty evam ādi. tannivāsatthe yathā. saka
lam assa nivāso sākalo ty evam ādi. rāgāditaddhitaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
jātāditaddhite cattāro paccayā. taṃ yathā. ima, iya, ika, kiyā
ti. tattha ima iyājātaniyutta assatthādike honti. jātatthe
yathā. pacchimo, assa jātiyo ty evam ādi. niyuttatthe yathā.
antimo, antiyo ty evam ādi. assatthatthe yathā. puttimo, putti
yo ty evam ādi. ikapaccayo niyuttatadass’ atthe hoti. tattha
niyuttatthe yathā. antiko ty evam ādi. tadassatthatthe yathā. putti
ko ty evam ādi. kiyapaccayo niyuttatthe hoti. yathā. jāti
kiyo ty evam ādi. jātāditaddhitaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. samūhataddhite
tayo paccayā. taṃ yathā. kaṇ, ṇa, tā ti. tattha kaṇpaccayo
yathā. rājaputtako ty evam ādi. ṇapaccayo yathā. rājaputto
[231]
ty evam ādi. tāpaccayo yathā. gāmatā ty evam ādi. samūhataddhi
taṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. ṭhānataddhite eko yeva iyapaccayo. sohitā
dyatthe pi hoti. yathā. madaniyan ty evam ādi. hitādyatthe yathā. upā
dāniyan ty evam ādi. ṭhānataddhitaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. upamātaddhite eko va
āyitattapaccayo. taṃ yathā. dhūmāyitattan ty evam ādi. upamā
taddhitaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. nissibhataddhite eko valapaccayo. taṃ yathā.
duṭṭhullan ty evam ādi. nissitataddhitaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. bahulataddhite
eko va ālupaccayo. sobahulatthe ca pakaty atthe ca dissati.
etenāha abhijjhā assa pakati, abhijjhā assabahulāvā a
bhijjhāpaccayā. taṃ yathā. tara. tama. isika. iya, iṭṭham iti. tattha tarapacca
yo yathā. bālataro ty evam ādi. tamapaccayo yathā. bālata
mo ty evam ādi. isikapaccayo yathā. bālisiko ty evam ādi. i
yapaccayo yathā. bāliyo ty evam ādi. iṭṭhapaccayo yathā. bā
liṭṭho ty evam ādi. seṭṭhataddhitaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. pakatitaddhite eko va
mayapaccayo. yathā. suvaṇṇamayaṃ, rajatamayaṃ ty evam ādi. pakati
taddhitaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. pūraṇataddhite pañcapaccayā. taṃ yathā. ma. ī. tha. ṭha.
tīyā ti. tattha mo yathā. pañcamo ty evam ādi. ī yathā. ekārasī
ty evam ādi. tho yathā. catuttho ty evam ādi. ṭho yathā. chaṭṭho
ty evam ādi. tīyo yathā. dutīyo ty evam ādi. pūraṇataddhitaṃ
niṭṭhitaṃ. vibhāgataddhite dve paccayā. taṃ yaṭhā. dhā. so iti. tattha
dhā yathā. ekadhā ty evam ādi. so yathā. suttaso ty evam ādi.
vibhāgataddhitaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. tad ass’ atthi taddhitena va paccayā. taṃ yathā.
vī. so. sī. ika. ī, ra, vantu, mantu, ṇam iti. tattha vī yathā. modhāvī
ty evam ādi. so yathā. sumedhaso ty evam ādi. sī yathā. yasassī
ty evam ādi. iko yathā. daṇḍiko ty evam ādi. īyathā. daṇḍī
ty evam ādi. ro yathā. madhuro ty evam ādi. vantu yathā. guṇavā
ty evam ādi. mantu yathā. satimā ty evam ādi. ṇo yathā. saddho
ty evam ādi. tad ass’ atthi taddhitaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ. saṅkhyātaddhite eko va
kapaccayo. taṃ yathā. dvikantikan ty evam ādi.
[232]
lopādesāgamābuddhi, saṅkhyānaṃ pakatī ti ca ||
ñeyyo suttānusārena, aññatra pi sudhīmatā || ||
saṅkhyātaddhitaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
iti pannarasappabhedaṃ sāmaññataddhitaṃ samattaṃ. abyayataddhite
*aṭṭhavīsapaccayā. taṃ yathā. thā. tatthā. vidhaṃ. tthaṃ. to. tra. ttha. dhi. ca.
hiṃ. haṃ. hiñcanaṃ. hañcanaṃ. hiñci, ha dha dā dāni dāci dācanaṃ ci canaṃ rahāci ra
hācanaṃ, rahi, dhunā, jja jjumiti, tatram idaṃ payogamukhaṃ. tathā. tatatthā,
tividhaṃ, itthaṃ, kuto, kutra, kattha, sabbadhi, kvaca, kuhiṃ, kuhaṃ, kuhiñca
naṃ, kuhañcanaṃ, kuhiñci, iha, idha, kadā, idāni, kadāci, kudācanaṃ, kvaci, kva
canaṃ, karahāci, karahācanaṃ, etarahi, adhunā, ajja, ajju.
tatthathātatthāvidhatthaṃ, pakāratthesu paccayā ||
pañcamyatthesuto sesā, sattamyatthesu kevalā || ||
sadisaṃ tīsuliṅgesu, sabbāsu ca vibhattīsu ||
vacanesu ca sabbesu, yan na byeti tad abyayaṃ || ||
aṭṭhavīsatividhā ete, idha vuttā va paccayā ||
abyayanāmena vuttattā, samāsavidhiyaṃ pana ||
viññūhi lapitā yeva, ime padābyayan ti pi || ||
abyayataddhitaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.
bhāvataddhite ekārasapaccayā, taṃ yathā. ṇya, tta, tā, ttana, ttaṃ,
tvaṃ, ṇika, ṇiya, ṇila, ṇa, kaṇ iti. tattha ṇyo yathā. ārogyaṃ
ty evam ādi. tto yathā. arogattaṃ ty evam ādi. tā yathā. aroga
tā ty evam ādi. ttanaṃ yathā. puthujjanattanaṃ ty evam ādi. ttaṃ yathā. puthujja
nattaṃ ty evam ādi. tvaṃ yathā. puthujjanatvaṃ ty evam ādi. ṇiko yathā. pu
thujjaniko ty evam ādi. ṇiyo yathā. puthujjaniyo ty evam ādi. ṇi
lo yathā. puthujjanilan ty evam ādi. ṇo yathā. vesaman ty evam ā
di. kaṇ yathā. rāmaṇīyakan ty evam ādi. bhāvataddhitaṃ niddhitaṃ.
kattukammakaraṇa sampadānāpādānasāmyādhikaraṇavasena sattavi
[233]
dhañ ca. tattha katvatthe yathā. * dāsena kataṃ kammaṃ dāsikan ty evam ādi.
kammatthe yathā. abhidhammam adhīte ābhidhammiko ty evam ādi. kara
ṇatthe yathā. nāvāya taratī ti nāviko ty evam ādi. sampadānatthe
yathā. saggāya kataṃ kammaṃ sovaggikaṃ ty evam ādi. apādānatthe ya
thā. pabbatā ubbhataṃ pabbateyyakaṃ ty evam ādi. sāmyatthe yathā. saṃ
ghassa santakaṃ saṃghikaṃ ty evam ādi. adhikaraṇatthe yathā. sarī
re sannidhānāvedanā sārīrikā ty evam ādi. ettha tu ṇyapaccayo
gottatthe ca bhāvatthe ca āgato. gottatthe yathā. ādicco
ty evam ādi. bhāvatthe yathā. ārogyaṃ ty evam ādi. ima, ikapaccayā
niyattatthe ca tadassatthatthe c’ āgatā. niyuttatthe yathā. antimo,
antiko ty evam ādi. tadassatthatthe yathā. puttimo. puttiko
ty evam ādi. kaṇ, bhāvapaccayāsamūhatthe ca bhāvatthe c’ āgatā. samū
hatte yathā. māyūrako, gāmatā ty evam ādi. bhāvatthe yathā.
rāmaṇīyakaṃ. arogatā ty evam ādi. so paccayo tadassatthatthe
ca vibhāgatte c’ āgato. bhadassatthatthe yathā. sumedhaso ty eva
m ādi. vibhāgatthe yathā. padaso. dhammaso ty evam ādi. ime cha pacca
yādviṭṭhānikā nāma. iyapaccayo niyuttatthe ṭhānatthe tadassatthe
c’ āgato. niyuttatthe yathā. antiyo ty evam ādi. ṭhānatthe ya
thā. madaniyaṃ ty evam ādi. tadassatthatthe yathā. puttiyo ty evamā
di. ayam ev’ eko tiṭṭhāniko nāma. ṇika, ṇiyapaccayāgottatthe
taraty ādyatthe ajjhāyanādyatthe bhāvatthe c’ āgatā. gottatthe ya
thā. sakyaputtiko, sakyaputtiyo ty evam ādi. taraty ādyatthe ya
thā. nāviko, nāviyo ty evam ādi. ajjhāya nādyatthe yathā.
suttan ti ko, suttantiyo ty evam ādi. bhāvatthe yathā. ekikaṃ e
kiyaṃ ty evam ādi. ime dve paccayā catuṭṭhānikā nāma. ṇapaccayo
gotta, samūha, rāga, bhāva, tadassatthatthe svāgato. gottatthe
yathā. vāsiṭṭho ty evam ādi. samūhatthe yathā. māyūro tye
vam ādi. rāgatthe yathā. pāṭaṅgo ty evam ādi. bhāvatthe yathā.
vesaman ty evam ādi. tadassatthatthe yathā. saddho ty evam ādi. aya
m eko pañcaṭṭhaniko nāma. sesā ekekaṭṭhānikā honti. kiñcā
[234]
py evaṃ ṭhānabhedo vutto. tathā pi paccayānam anekattha visayattā
aññatrā pi paccayāgamo daṭṭhabbo.
paccayabhedam idaṃ suvibhattaṃ |
yo matimā manasi sukaroti ||
tassa niruttigatāparamatthā |
pāṇitalāmalakā viya honti || ||
vasiṭṭhasaddato ṇapaccayaṃ katvā ti sambandho. apacca padamappayo
gaṃ katvā ti apaccapadalopaṃ katvābhi attho. kasmā pana tassa lo
pavidhāna * m adhītan ti ce. apaccatthe ṇapaccayassa samabhiniviṭṭhattā. yady e
vaṃ ayuttam etassa lopavidhānan ti. na, sandhividhānāyakattabbattā. byañja
nena hi sarasmiṃ paṭicchanne sandhi na sijjhati. tasmā ṇakāralopaṃ katvā
ṇānubandhena saddhiṃ sandhividhānasmiṃ kate siddho vicchitattho ti niṭṭham etthā
vagantabbaṃ. ṇakarapaccayanimittāvuddhi vuttā. atha kasmā vibhattilopā
nantaraṃ vuddhividhānam adassetvā lopavidhānaṃ dassitan ti. nimittābhāve
nemittakāpagamadassanatthaṃ. evaṃ hi sativuddhiyā animittakataṃ ā
pajjeyyā ti na, ṇapaccaye lutte pi sarabhūtassa ṇānubandhass’ upalabbha
mānattā, tadekadeso pi hi tabbohāram anubhavati. ten’ etaṃ
lopavidhānaṃ dassetvā tadanantaraṃ vuddhividhānaṃ niddiṭṭhan ti. liṅgattaye ṇapacca
yassa sambhavaṃ vibhāvento vāsiṭṭho, vāsiṭṭhī, vāsiṭṭhanti āha. ete
nupāyena sabbe pi taddhitapaccayā yathānurūpato liṅgattaye yoje
tabbā.
345. 2. saddagaṇato ti gottavācakasaddagaṇato.
351. 8. yathā hatabandhāvudhābādhatthe, tathā ādiggaha
ṇena ṇikapaccayo hontī ti attho.
388. 45. sarūpāsakiṃ gahaṇānaṃ ekatthattā codento
sarūpānan ti vacanamattenā ty ādim āha. tattha asakiṃ gahaṇan ti sarūpā
nan ti padena visesatthaṃ asakiṃ gahaṇan ti attho. tappākaṭīkara
ṇatthan ti tassa sarūpattassa pākaṭīkaraṇatthaṃ sati pi sarūpaggahaṇe
asakiṃ gahaṇaṃ katan ti attho. vuttattham eva payogabyapadese
[235]
na sādhento yathā loke ty ādim āha. yathā loke, tathā
satthe pī ti loke yathā paṭipajjanti, satthe pi tathā paṇḍitehi pa
ṭipajjitabban ti attho. anena lokasaṅketānusiddhā saddapaṭipattī
ti dīpitā hoti. amahidharasmin ti mahiyaṃ dharatī ti mahidharo. na
mahidharo amahidharo. tasmiṃ amahidharasmiṃ. anaddimhī ti addivuccati
pabbato. na addi anaddi. tasmiṃ anaddimhi. taṃ sabhāvapākaṭīkaraṇattham e
vā ti tesaṃ merukelāsadhammānaṃ sabhāvassa pakaṭīkaraṇatthame
vā ti attho. saddasatthavidūnan ti saddasatthaṃ liṅgavibhattikārakapaccayā
nurūpaṃ saṃvidahanti nipphādentī ti saddasatthavidū. tesaṃ saddasatthavidūnaṃ.
niddhāraṇe chaṭṭhī. atthabhedābhāvā ti nibbānasaddassa atthanānāttā
bhāvā. nibbānaṃ hi atthato abhinnaṃ. kasmā. * sabbasaṅkhatanirodhassa
nibbānattā santilakkhaṇattā ca. kriyāya py abhinnattā ti pacanādikri
yāya py abhinnattā, pacanādikriyāya pi pākādyatthena ekatthattā ti
attho. etthā ti pacantī ty ādīsu payogesu. ekasesavādino
hi kriyāya ekasesavādino ācariyā. bhinnākriyā ekakkha
ṇe viruddhavatthumhi py upalakkhaṇato paṭādayo viyā ti pacanādikri
yāya ekakkhaṇe aññoññaviruddhavatthusmim pi janehi upalakkhitabba
to paṭādayo padatthā viya abhinnā ti yojanā. ettha kriyā ti
kālattayābhisambandhataṃ sandhāy’ āha. ten’ āha kriyāya pi. pa. kā
lattayābhisambandho dissatī ti. anena kalabhedena kriyābhe
do ti dīpito hoti. kena kālattayassa aññoññavirodha
tā ti ce. visayavasena. aññaññavisayaṃ hi etaṃ kasmā. ekakkha
ṇasmiṃ uppādaṭṭhitibhaṅgass’ ānupalabbhanato. uppādasamaṅgikālo ṭhi
tisamaṅgikālassa viruddho, tadabhivatthattā. tathā ṭhitisamaṅgikā
lobhaṅgasamaṅgikālassa. atha vā viruddhavisayo āraddhāparisa
mattavisayassa viruddho. tabbisayattā. tathā āraddhā parisamatta
visayo āyatiṃ samārabhitabbavisayassa. evaṃ visayavase
na aññoññaviruddhatā kālattayassa daṭṭhabbā. katham ekāya kri
yāya viruddhavatthumhi yev’ ekakkhaṇatā ti ce. apaccayadhātu rū
pena. apaci. pacati. pacissatī ty ādīsu apaccayo hi pacādisaddo
[236]
ekakkhaṇe kālattayupalakkhaṇaṃ hutvā tiṭṭhati, tekālikattā
dhātussa. ten’ eva dhātumhā kālattayābhihitapaccayuppattivihi
tā. tyādayo pan’ ettha paccekakālikā ti daṭṭhabbo. viniruddhatthavisaya
bhūtenā ti visesena niruddhā atikkantā abhinipphādanakiccā ti vini
ruddhā. viniruddhānaṃ padatthānaṃ visayo viniruddhatthavisayo. viniruddhatthavisayo
hutvā bhavatī ti viniruddhatthavisayabhūto. tena. iti kālabhedena
kriyābhedaṃ dassetvā paccayavisosato pi kriyābhedo bhiyā
ti dassento ayam apī ty ādim āha. tattha visesābhibyattihetu
paccayuppattinimittattā ti atirekābyattiabhibyatti, visesato nā
nāttato atthassa abhibyatti visesābhibyatti, visesābhibyatti
yāhetuvisesābhibyattihetu. visesābhibyattihetu ca so
paccayo cā ti visesābhibyattihetupaccayo. tassa uppattivisesā
bhibyattihetu paccayuppatti. tassānimittaṃ visesābhibyattihetupacca
yuppattinimittaṃ. tassa bhāvo visesābhibyattihetupaccayuppattini
mittattaṃ. tasmā visesābhibyattihetupaccayuppattinimittattā. nīlādi
guṇam iva byatireke ti nimittatthe bhummaṃ. yathā byatirekanimittaṃ vaṇṇa
visesahetu nīlādiguṇaṃ visesā bhibyatti hetupaccayuppattini
mittattābhinnā. evaṃ pacanādikiriyā pi visesābhibyattihetupacca
yuppattinimittattābhinnā, nibbānaṃ iva na ca abhinnā ti attho. evaṃ pacca
yassa visesato kriyābhedaṃ dassetvā disābhedato pi
kriyā bhedo siyā ti dassento ayam apī ty ādim āha. tattha di
sābhedepī ti disābhedayuttesamāne pī ti attho. taṃ taṃ disā
nugataṃ hiṭṭhānaṃ tāya tāya disāya yuttattā disābhedayuttaṃ nāma.
ekenāvadhārīyamānattā ti ekena janena avadhārīyamānattā kri
yābhinnātiyojanā. etthāvadhāraṇaṃ nāma nānādisānugatāyakri
yāy’ ekakkhaṇe vavatthapanaṃ ten’ eva kriyābhedo nāññathā ti
daṭṭhabbaṃ. katham ekakkhaṇe kriyāyāvadhāraṇaṃ hotī ti ce. nā
nāṭhānesu disāvidisāvantesu samānakālattā ekakkhaṇenā nā
disāsu upalabbhamānākriyā ekena na yopacārantarena vavatthapī
yati. avadhāraṇaṃ nāma ekakkhaṇe nānādisāsu upalabbhamānaṃ
[237]
katvā kriyāya sādhanaṃ. dabbam iva byatirekenā ti kriyābyatireka
nimittaṃ dabbam iva abhinnā na hotī ti attho. etthā ti idaṃ nānādhika
raṇaṭṭhāne t’ īminā tulyādhikaraṇaṃ. disābhede ti disāya bhe
do disābhedo. tasmiṃ disābhede. disābhedayutte ti attho.
nānādhikaraṇaṭṭhāne ti vatthūnaṃ adhikaraṇabhūte nānāṭhāne ti
attho. anena disābhedenasarūpavibhāgaṃ kataṃ hoti. evaṃ disā
bhedena kiriyābhedaṃ dassetvā vidhānato pi kiriyābhedo si
yā ti dassento ayam apī ty ādim āha. tattha yathābhippasiddhinā
nāttan ti kriyāyanānāttaṃ nāma yathābhippasiddhi. yathābhippasiddhī ti ca
yo yo abhippasiddhi yathābhippasiddhi, taṃ bhedānurūpavidhānasiddhī ti
attho. iti bhedasannissitavidhānappasiddhiyā kriyābhedo ti
vuttaṃ hoti. vuttattham eva payogasattiyā sādhento bhottu
m icchatī ty ādim āha tatr’ ayam attho. icchati bhuñjatī ti hi vutte a
sati pi samānadhātutte paccayuppattividhānabhedābhāvā abhinnākri
yā. bhottum icchatī ty ādisu tupaccayādibhedasannissitavidhānāya
kiriyāyabhujapālanabyavaharaṇesu, isuicchākantīsu, pacapāke
ti samānagaṇikadhātumhi dissanato bhedo samupalabbhati. ettha
tu kāriyabhede sannissibhatā daṭṭhabbā. tādisupalabbhamānaṃ vidhā
nanti tādise samāna dhātumhi upalabbhamānaṃ tuṃ paccayādīvidhānan ti
attho. esitum icchatī ti ettha isuicchā kantīsū ti ayam attho
dhātuvidhānabhedato dvidhā vutto. ten’ āha ekasmiṃ yeva dhātumhī
ti. evaṃ kāriyātisayena kriyābhedaṃ dassetvā pubbakālakri
yāsaṃ sūcakapaccayuppatti nimittenā pi kriyābhedo siyā ti
dassento ayam apī ty ādim āha. tattha pacino ti pacanakriyā ti
attho. akārantadhātūnaṃ ikārantavasenāpi niddeso hotī
ti daṭṭhabbo. pubbakālābhibyattihetukapaccayuppattinimittattā ti pubba
kālavasena abhibyatti, pubbakālavasena vā uttarakriyāya abhi
byattipubbakālābhibyatti, hetu yeva hetuko. pubbakālābhi
byattiyāhetuko pubbakālābhibyattihetuko. pubbakālābhi
byattihetuko ca so paccayo cā ti pubbakālābhibyatti hetu
[238]
kapaccayo. tassa uppatti pubbakālābhibyatti hetukapaccayuppatti.
tassānimittaṃ pubba. la. paccayuppattinimittaṃ. tassa bhāvo pubba. la. ni
mittattaṃ. tasmā pubbakālābhibyattihetukapaccayuppattinimittattā.
vajino ti vajakiriyāya. bhujam ivā ti bhuñjanakriyāya iva. yathā
bhutvā va jatī ti ettha payoge va jino pubbakālābhibyattihetuka
paccayuppattinimittattā bhuñjanakriyā bhinnā. evaṃ odanaṃ pacitvā yāguṃ piva
tī ti ettha payoge pacino pubbakālābhibyattihetukapaccayuppatti
nimittattā kriyābhinnā ti yojanā. ettha tu pacati vajatī ti niddiṭṭhāya
kriyāyāparisamattakattuppayogabyāpārahetukattā pubbakā
le pi nidassitatvā paccayuppattiyā nimittan ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. aññathā nimitta ne
mittabhedābhāve kriyāya kataṃ siyā. tasmā kāladvayagahita
paccayuppattivisesato kriyābhedo samadhigato. evaṃ pubbāpara
kiriyānaṃ pacanavajanavasena kiriyābhedaṃ dassetvā lakkhaṇalakkhya
to pi kiriyābhedo siyā ti dassento ayam apī ty ādim āha.
tattha gosuduyhamānāsumahiṃsaṃ duddhī ti ettha payoge goduhanaṃ
mahiṃ saduhanass’ upalakkhaṇaṃ. tattha lakkhīyati anenā ti lakkha
ṇaṃ. kin taṃ. goduhanaṃ. tena lakkhaṇena goduhanakriyāyā ti
attho. lakkhīyatī ti lakkhyaṃ. kin taṃ. mahiṃsaduhanaṃ. lakkhaṇassa
bhāvo lakkaṇabhāvo. lakkhaṇabhāvassa dissanaṃ lakkhaṇabhāva
dissanaṃ. tasmā lakkhaṇabhāvadissanato. goduhanena mahiṃsadu
hanassa viññāyamānattā kriyāyabhedo. nāññathā duhanass’ e
kattā goduhanaṃ mahiṃ saduhanūpalakkhaṇaṃ. na bhaveyya na ca taṃ kadā
ci. tena ñāyatibhinnā kiriyāti. duhino duham ivā ti uttaraduha
nass’ upalakkhaṇabhūtā pubbaduhanā viya. gosuduyhamānā sugato,
duddhasv āgato ti ettha hi gamanass’ upalakkhaṇabhūtā duhanakriyā ā
gamanass’ upalakkhaṇabhūtā duhanikriyāti kriyūpalakkhaṇāduvidhā.
tena paraṃ parūpalakkhaṇen’ eva duhanikriyabhedo ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. katthaci
potthake gamino duham ivā ti pāṭho dissati. tassa gamanakriyā
ya upalakkhaṇabhūtāduhanakriyā viya bhinnā kriyā ti attho. kri
yābhedavādīnan ti kriyābhedaṃ vadantī ti kriyābhedavādino. te
[239]
saṃ kriyābhedavādīnaṃ. katvatthe sāmivacanam etaṃ. kriyābhedavā
dīhī ti attho. taṃ tesaṃ mahimattam evā ti taṃ kriyābhinnā ti vacanaṃ
tesaṃ ācariyānaṃ abhimatākāravacanaṃ. na sabbesaṃ sādhāraṇavaca
nan ti attho. nissayanissitopaladdhinimittabhedenā ti nissayo
ca nissito ca upaladdhinimittañ ca nissayanissitopaladdhinimittāni.
tesaṃ bhedo nissayanissitopaladdhinimittabhedo. tena nissa
yabhedena nissitabhedena upaladdhinimittabhedena ca ekassā pi pa
datthassa bhedasambhavato taṃ tesaṃ matimattam evā ti yojanā.
vuttattham eva sarūpato dassento yathā hi vīhiyavādisaddānan ty ā
dim āha. tattha jātivācakattābhedo dissatī ti jātivācakattā
vīhiyavādisaddānaṃ tabbhāsitāyajātiyā pabhedo dissatī ti
attho. vīhisaddo hi vīhi sāmaññaṃ vadati. na kāḷāse tādivīhivi
sesaṃ tathā yavādi saddo pi. tasmā vīhi yavādi saddābhidheyyāya
jātiyā ekattaṃ dissatī ti vuttaṃ hoti. dabbadhammattā ti dabbagati
kattā dabbanissayattā jātiyā ti attho. anena dabbabheden’ eva
jātibhedassa vibhāvanaṃ kataṃ hoti. sampannattavinaṭṭhattānapavatti
tāyā ti sampannassa bhāvo sampannattaṃ. vinaṭṭhassa bhāvo vinaṭṭhattaṃ.
sampannattañ ca vinaṭṭhattañ ca sampannatta vinaṭṭhattāni. tesaṃ sampannattavinaṭṭhattānaṃ.
buddhāna dhammakāmā ty ādīsu viya niggahitalopaṃ katvā sampannattavi
naṭṭhattanapavattitāyā ti vuttaṃ. jātiyā sampannattavinaṭṭhattānaṃ avise
sākārapavattitāya asati pi tassa sampannattavinaṭṭhatte nissa
yadabbassabhedena sampanno vīhi, vinaṭṭho yavotijatiyā bhedo
dissatī ti attho. sampannavinaṭṭhasabhāvānaṃ pavatti jāti nāma, na sampannatta
vinaṭṭhattaṃ. tasmā asati pi jātiyā bhede dabbassa bhedo dissatī ti
vuttaṃ hoti. atha vā. sampannattavinaṭṭhattānan ti karaṇatthe sāmivacanaṃ.
tasmā sampannabhāvena ca vinaṭṭhabhāvena ca asati pi jātiyā pavatti
bhāve nissayabhedena sampanno vīhi, vinaṭṭho yavo ti jātiyā
vabhedo dissati. kasmā. dabbadhammattā ti yojanā. imasmiṃ pan’ atthavi
kappena jāti nāma sampannavinaṭṭhākārena pavatti. atha kho dabbasāmañña
bhūtaggahitākāra viseso pi. ten’ eva jātiyā dabbabhedena
[240]
bhedo vutto hoti. jātinissitakiriyābhedenā ti jāti
nissitāya kriyāya bhedena. udakapattādāsatalādi upaladdhini
mittabhedenā ti udakapūrito patto udakapatto. udakapatto
ca ādāsatalañ ca udakapattādāsatalāni. udakapattādāsatalā
ni ādi yassa taṃ udakapattādāsatalādi. upalabbhanaṃ visuṃ visuṃ nānāṭhā
nesu paññāyamānaṃ upaladdhi. upaladdhiyā nimittaṃ upaladdhinimittaṃ. udaka
pattādāsatalādicataṃ upaladdhinimittañ cā ti udaka. la. upaladdhinimittaṃ.
tassa bhedo udaka. la. upaladdhinimittabhedo. tena udakapattādā
satalādi upaladdhinimittabhedena. sādhanabhedenā ti kattusādhana
bhedena. tannissita kiriyāyā ti tannissitāya pacanakriyā
yā ti attho. kattubhedena bhedo dissatī ti kattuno bhede
na pacanādikriyāya bhedo dissatī ti attho. jātim iva byatire
kena dabbabhedam ivā ti kriyāvicchāvacana nimittābhāvā jātim iva e
kā. byatirekanimittaṃ dabbabhedam iva bhinnā nānādabbasannissitaguṇa
visesaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ byatirekanimittan ti. vicchāvacano padeso ti
upadisanaṃ kathanaṃ upadeso. vicchavacanassa upadeso vicchāvaca
nopadeso. kārakantarāsaṃ hitāyā ti kārakantarehi a
saṃhitāya katā, kārakavisesehi avimissāyā ti attho.
kārakabhedā saṃhitā nāma dhātvatthabhūtākriyā ti dassento
kevalaṃ dhātvatthabhūtāye ti āha. tatr’ āyaṃ yojanā. adhyate
devadattene ty ādīsu payogesu kārakantarā saṃhitāyake
valaṃ dhātvatthabhūtāy’ eva assākriyāya ekavacananten’ eva sadde
na upadesassa sambhavato kriyā ekā ti. adhyate ti devadattena
gantho adhīyate ti attho. ādhyate ti pi paṭhan ti. so ye
v’ attho. idhā pī ti pacantī ty ādīsu payogesu. kārakabhedena bhe
dam apekkhitvā ti dhātvatthavasena kattupagatāya kriyāya bhedaṃ
kārakabhedena apekkhitvā ti attho. iti yatthekameva kri
yaṃ bahavo kattāro abhinipphādayan ti. tattha anekakattupa
sannissitetāya kriyāya kattubheden’ eva bhedam apekkhitvā ba
huvacanuppatti hoti, na ekasesalakkhaṇenā ti vuttaṃ hoti.
[241]
400. 57. sabyañjanan ti byañjanena saha vattatī ti sabyañjano. taṃ
sabyañjanaṃ. saraṃ. aṭṭhamo paricchedo.
taddhitasaṃpyaṅṭīkāpāṭh prīḥ*
406. 1. taddhitānantaram uddiṭṭhassa kālakārakapurisaparidī
panassa kriyālakkhaṇāliṅgikākhyātass atthasaṃvaṇṇanaṃ karonto
atha pubbāni vibhattīnaṃ chaparassa padāni kimattham idam uccate ty ādim ā
ha. tatra kālam iti atītānāgatapaccuppannāṇattiparikappa
kālā ti pattiyo ime chakālā. tattha paccuppannabhāvaṃ atikka
mitvā gato ti atīto. atipubbassa i gatimhī t’ īmassa rūpaṃ. na
āgato anāgato. na tāva sampatto, āyatiṃ uppajjanako ti
attho. paṭiccauppanno ti paccuppanno. taṃ taṃ kāraṇaṃ paṭicca vattamānabhāve
ṭhito ti attho. āṇāpanaṃ āṇatti. ehi yāhī ty eva māṇā
pavattan ti attho. parikappanaṃ parikappo. vikappavasena sallakkhaṇan ti
attho. parikappo ti c’ ettha aniṭṭhāgatacintā. atikkamitvā patanaṃ pa
vattanaṃ atipatti, kālassa atipatti kālā ti patti. atthassa
anipphajjanakaṃ hutvā kālassātikkamanan ti attho. so agacchissā
yānam alabhissā ti. tattha hi tassa agatabhāven’ eva yānassa
alabhanaṃ anipphannaṃ. tassa yānalābhasaṅkhātassa anipphajjanakaṃ hutvā
labhitabbakālassa atikkamanan ti vuttaṃ hoti. ākhyātikassa i
mesu chasu kālesu sambhavattā kalaparidīpanatā c’ assa vavatthape
tabbā. kārakam iti kammabhāvakattukārakavasena tayo
yeva labbhanti. vibhattipaccayānaṃ tesv eva niddiṭṭhattā. ākhyātikañ hi i
mesu yeva tīsu kārakesu sampajjati. samādapeti samuttejetī
ty ādīsu hi kāritasamāyoge hetukārake pi sampajjati. tam pa
na kattukārakeye va aṅgabhāvato visuṃ na gahitaṃ. tattha pacīya
ti paṭhīyati karīyatī ty evam ādīni kammakārakasmiṃ sijjhanti. kammasmiṃ
yeva paccayuppattisambhavato. supinaṃ passīyati supinapassīyate
[242]
ty evam ādīni bhāvakārakasmiṃ nipphajjanti, supinapassa nādikriyāmattasmiṃ
yeva paccayānaṃ samabhiniviṭṭhattā, gacchati pacati bhuñjatī ty evam ādīni
kattukārake nipphajjanti katvatthamatte yeva sanniviṭṭhattā paccayānaṃ.
kārakattaya vinimuttākhyātassā sambhavato kārakaparidīpana
tā c’ assa veditabbā. purisā ti paṭhamamajjhimuttamapurisā. te
tumhavacanatthe majjhimo. amhavacanatthe uttamo. aññavacanatthe
paṭhamo ti vuttattā teyoga, meyoga, aññayogavasena ṭhitā.
chasv ekekekasmiṃ kāle upalabbhanti. vinicchayo pan’ etesaṃ
payogānaṃ vinicchaye vuttanayen’ eva veditabbo. ty ādīnaṃ paṭhamādi
purisasaññāya vihitattā ty ādīnam ākhyātānaṃ purisaparidīpanatā
daṭṭhabbā. kriyālakkhaṇan ti kriyāya lakkhīyatī ti kriyā
lakkhaṇaṃ. gacchati pacati bhuñjati carati viharatī ty ādikāya kri
yāya ñāyatī ti attho. gacchatī ty ādikriyapadaṃ disvā hi ida
m ākhyātikapadan ti viññāyatī ti vuttaṃ hoti. kriyālakkhaṇa
m etassā ti vā kriyā lakkhaṇaṃ. yathānāmikānaṃ satvābhidhāna
m upalakkhaṇaṃ, evam ākhyātikassā py upalakkhaṇaṃ kriyābhidhānan ti
attho. aliṅgikan ti liṅgabhedarahitaṃ. kasmā. kriyālakkha
ṇattā ākhyātikassa kriyācanāma liṅgavasena aparivattittvā a
visesena tiṇṇaṃ liṅgānaṃ sādhāraṇā. tasmā tiṇṇaṃ pi purisakaññā
cittānaṃ liṅge gacchatī ty ādi padānaṃ bhedābhāvāpuriso gacchati kaññā
gacchati cittaṃ gacchatī ti payogo vidhīyate. ity ākhyātikapadaṃ
kālakārakapurisaparidīpakañ ca kriyālakkhanam aliṅgikañ ca iti
daṭṭhabbaṃ. ākhyātapayoge asammohatthaṃ saññāpaccayādesa
lopo āgamanimittavuddhivasen’ atthavinicchayo daṭṭhabbo. tattha dhātu
saññā vibhattisaññā sabbadhātukasaññā asabbadhātukasaññā pa
rassa padasaññā attano padasaññā paṭhamapurisasaññā majjhimapurisa
saññā uttamapurisasaññā ti navavidhā saññā. tattha vividhatthadhāra
ṇatthena dhātu iti saññā dhātusaññā. bhūvādayo dhātavo ti
dhātusaññā vihitā. vibhajati attatthaparatthādayo ti vibhatti
kammādayo vā kārake ekavacanabhuvacanavasena vibhajatī ti
[243]
vibhatti, vibhatti iti saññā vibhattisaññā. dhātupaccayehi vibhatti
yo ty ādīhi vibhattisaññā vihitā. tā pana sarūpato sutte
sv eva niddiṭṭhā. tasmā sarūpaniddesaṃ pahāya payogasaṅgaho evaṃ
veditabbo. tā vibhattiyo vattamānā pañcamīsattamīparokkhāhi
yyattanīajjatanībhavissantikālātipattī ti aṭṭhavidhā honti.
tāsu vattamānā pañcamīsattamī tīmātisso paccuppannakālikā.
parokkhāhiyyattanī ajjatanī kālā ti pattītīmā ca tasso a
tītakālikā. bhavissanti yev’ ekā anāgatakālikā.
tattha so bhavati, te bhavanti, tvaṃ bhavasi, tumhe bhavathe, ahaṃ bhavā
mi, mayaṃ bhavāma, so bhavate, te bhavante, tvaṃ bhavase, tumhe bhavavhe,
ahaṃ bhave, mayaṃ bhavaṃhe ty ādīni vattamānānaṃ visayāni. so bhava
tu, te bhavantu, tvaṃ bhavāhi, tumhe bhavathe, ahaṃ bhavāmi, mayaṃ bhavāma,
so bhavataṃ , te bhavantaṃ tvaṃ bhavassu tumhe bhavavho ahaṃ bhave, mayaṃ
bhavāmase ty ādīni pañcamīnaṃ visayāni. so bhaveyya, te bhaveyyuṃ,
tvaṃ bhaveyyāsi, tumhe bhaveyyātha, ahaṃ bhaveyyāmi, mayaṃ bhave
yyāma, so bhavetha, te bhaveraṃ, tvaṃ bhavetho, tumhe bhaveyyā
vho, ahaṃ bhaveyyaṃ, mayaṃ bhaveyyāmhe ty ādīni sattamīnaṃ visayāni.
so babhūva, te babhūvu, tuvaṃ babhūve, tumhe bavhūvittha, ahaṃ babhūva, mayaṃ
babhūvimha, so babhūvittha, te babhūvire, tvaṃ babhūvittho, tumhe babhūvivho.
ahaṃ babhūvi, mayaṃ babhūvimhe ty ādīni parokkhānaṃ visayāni. so aga
mā, te agamū, tvaṃ agamo, tumhe āgamattha, ahaṃ agamaṃ, mayaṃ aga
mamhā, so agamattha, te agamatthuṃ tvaṃ agamase, tumhe agamavhaṃ, ahaṃ
agamiṃ, mayaṃ agamamhase ty ādīni hiyyattanīnaṃ visayāni. so a
bhavi, te abhavuṃ tvaṃ abhavo, tumhe bhavittha, ahaṃ abhaviṃ, mayaṃ abha
vimhā, so abhavā, te abhavū, tvaṃ abhavise, tumhe abhavivhaṃ, ahaṃ
abhavaṃ, mayaṃ abhavimhe ty ādīni ajjatanīnaṃ visayāni. so karissa
ti. te karissanti, tvaṃ karissasi, tumhe karissatha, ahaṃ karissāmi,
mayaṃ karissāma, so karissate, te karissante, tvaṃ karissase,
tumhe karissavhe, ahaṃ karissaṃ mayaṃ karissāmhe ty ādīni bhavissantī
naṃ visayāni. so ce yujjhissā alabhissā, te ce yujjhissaṃ su
[244]
alabhissaṃsu, tvaṃ ce yujjhisse, tumhe ce yujjhissatha, ahaṃ ce
yujjhissaṃ, mayaṃ ce yujjhissāmhā, so ce yujjhissatha, te ce yujjhissi
su, tvaṃ ce yujjhissase, tumhe ce yujjhissavhe, ahaṃ ce yujjhissiṃ, mayaṃ
ce yujjhissāmhase ty ādīni kālātipattīnaṃ visayāni. evaṃ sabbattha a
saṃmuyhante na payoganayo netabbo.
sattamīpañcamīvattamānāsampati honti mā ||
tissonāgatakāle va, bhavissanti vibhatti tu || ||
catasso ‘tītakālasmiṃ, honti evaṃ sarūpato ||
tekālikattaṃ ty ādīnaṃ, utvā yojeyya buddhimā || ||
sabbadhātukasaññā kattari kammani bhāve cā ti sabbesu sādhanesu
paviṭṭhā. asabbadhātukasaññā kadāci na ppaviṭṭhā. hiyyattanī sattamī pañcamī
vattamān’ imā catasso sabbadhātukasaññā nāma honti. vuttaṃ hi
hiyyattanīsattamīpañcamīvattamānā sabbadhātukan ti. itarā ca tasso
asabbadhātukasaññā nāma honti. ten’ āha.
pañcamīsattamī c’ eva | vattamānāhiyyattanī ||
catasso vibhattiyo ñeyyo | sabbadhātukanāmikā || ||
parokkhajjatanī c’ eva | bhavissanty ātipatti ti ||
catasso vibhattiyo ñeyyā | asabbadhātukanāmikā ti || ||
attano kammaṃ pahāyaparaṃ kattāraṃ niddisatī ti parassapadaṃ. parassa
padan ti saññā parassapadasaññā. atha pubbāni vibhattīnaṃ chaparassapadā
nī ti vihitā. paraṃ pahāya attano kammaṃ niddisatī ti attano padaṃ.
attano padanti saññā attanopadasaññā. parāny attano padānī ti
vihitā.
hitvā na sakammaṃ yasmā, paraṃ kattāramādise ||
parassa padam icc eva, vuttaṃ tena padaññunā || ||
kattāraṃ pajahitvāna, attano kammamādise ||
attano padam icc eva, vuttaṃ tasmā padaññunā || ||
[245]
dve dve paṭhamamajjhimuttamapurisā ti paṭhamādipurisasaññā vihitā.
taṃ taṃ atthavisesaṃ paṭicca enti ayantī ti paccayā. patīyati attho
kathīyati etehī ti vā paccayā. te pan’ idha niddiṭṭhā agahitaggaha
ṇena bāvīsati honti. taṃ yathā. kha, cha, sa, āya, īya, ṇe, ṇaya,
ṇāpe, ṇāpaya, ya, a, i, ī, e, o, ṇu, ṇā, ñaṇā, nā, ppa, ṇhā, yira, i
ty ime bāvīsati paccayā ākhyātappayogikā ti daṭṭhabbā. tattha
khachasā ti ime kayopaccayā ti jadīhi dhātūhi bhāve kattari
kammani ca, bhujādīhi dhātūhi ca tum icchatthe gamyamāne bhāve kattari
kammani ca honti. āyapaccayo nāmato kattupamānācāratthe
gamyamāne bhāve kattari kammani ca hoti. īyapaccayo nāmato
upamānācāratthe ca icchatthe ca gamyamāne bhāve kattari kammani ca
hoti. ṇepaccayo sabbehi dhātūhi hetvatthe gamyamāne bhāve
kattari kammani ca, curādīhi dhātūhi ca bhāve kattari kammani ca hoti.
ṇayapaccayo hetvatthe gamyamāne sabbehi dhātūhi dhāturūpe
sati nāmato ca curādīhi dhātūhi ca bhāve kattari kammani ca hoti.
ṇāpeṇāpayam iti ime dve paccayā hetvatthe gamyamāne sabbehi
dhātūhi bhāve kattari kammani ca honti. yapaccayo sabbehi dhātū
hi bhāvakammesu hoti. divaditodhātugaṇato kattariho
ti. icc ete dasapaccayākārakatthaye samabhiniviṭṭhā. opaccayo
rudhāditanādidhattugaṇehi kattari yeva hoti. avasesā ekā
dasapaccayā yathākkamaṃ bhūvādirudhādi svādikiyādigahāditanādīhi
dhatugaṇehi kattari yeva honti.
khachasāyīyāṇeṇaya, ṇāpeṇāpayayā ime ||
kattari kammani bhāve | sese ‘ttha kattari yeva || ||
ādeso pana dhātvādeso paccayādeso vibhattādeso
ādyādeso uttarādeso abbhāsādeso ti chabbidho ho
ti. tattha dhātvādeso yathā, tatopāmānānaṃ vā maṃsesu, ṭhā
tiṭṭho. pā pivo, ussajājannā, disassapassadissadakkhā vā, harassa
gīse, brū bhūnam āhabhuvā parokkhāyaṃ, gahassa gheppe, karassa kā
[246]
sattam ajjatanimhi. dādhātussa dajjaṃ, vadassa vajjaṃ, gamissa gammaṃ, jaramarānaṃ jīra
jiyyamiyyā vā. asabbadhātuke bhū ti imehi cuddasahi suttehi
niddiṭṭhādeso dhātūnaṃ ādesattā dhātvādeso nāma. paccayāde
so yathā. pubbarūpañ ca. havipariyāyolo vā, uttamo kāroti
imehi tīhi suttehi niddiṭṭhādeso paccayānaṃ ādesattā paccayā
deso nāma. vibhattādeso yathā. sabbato uṃiṃsu, eyyassañā
to iyāñā ti imehi dvīhi suttehi niddiṭṭhādeso vibhattīnaṃ
ādesattā vibhattādeso nama. ādyādeso yathā. vacassajja
tinimhi makāro o, vacanasavahādīnamukārovassaye, yajassā
dissī tīmehi tīhi suttehi niddiṭṭhādeso ādimhi niddiṭṭhattā ādyā
deso nāma. uttarādeso yathā. byañjanantassa cochapaccayesu ca,
kokhe ca, gamissanto cchovāsabbāsu, dādantassaṃ mimesu, yamhidhā
dāmāṭhāhāpāmahamathādīnamī, isuyamūnamanto cchovā, o avasa
re, e aya, te āvāyākārite ti imehi navahi suttehi niddiṭṭhā
deso uttaramhi niddiṭṭhattā uttarādeso nāma. abbhāsādeso
yathā. kvacādivaṇṇānam ekasarānaṃ dvebhāvo pubbābbhāso tī
mehi dvīhi suttehi niddiṭṭho abbhāsasaññādeso. so pana tivi
dho abbhāsagatassādeso sarādeso byañjanādeso ti. tattha
mānakitānaṃ vatattaṃ vā, hassajo tīmāni dvesuttāni abbhāsaga
tassādeso nāma. rasso, antassivaṇṇākāro vā t’īmāni dve
suttāni sarādeso nāma. dutīyacatutthānaṃ paṭhamatatīyā, ka
vaggassa cavaggo tīmāni dve suttāni byañjanādeso nāma. puna missā
deso amissādeso missavidhī ti tividho hoti āde
so. tattha tassa cavaggayakāravakāratthaṃ sadhātvantassa, karassa
sappaccayassa kāho t’īmāni dve suttāni missādeso nāma. ka
rassa kārocātīdamekaṃ amissādeso nāma. hotissare
hohebhavissantimhi sassa cā t’ īminā pan’ ādeso ca vibhattilo
po ca vihito. nāssalopo yakārattaṃ, lopañ c’ ettam akāro
t’īmehi dvīhi suttehi paccayalopo ca hoti. ādeso ca. a
sasmāmimānaṃmhimhāntalopo ca, thassatthattaṃ, tissatthittaṃ, tussatthuttaṃ,
[247]
labhasmā īinnaṃ tthatthaṃ, kudhasmādīcchītīmehi chahisuttehi vibhattā
deso ca antalopo ca hoti. imehi navahi suttehi niddiṭṭhā
desalopavidhimissavidhināma. lopo ca dhātulopo paccaya
lopo vibhattilopo ti tividho hoti. tattha dhātulopo
ādyuttaravasenaduvidho hoti. tatra sabbatthāsassādilopo
cātyādinādiddiṭṭhalopo dhātvādimhi niddiṭṭhattā ādilopo nāma. ha
lopoṇhāmhi, dhātussanto lopo nekasarassā ti evamādīhi
niddiṭṭhalopo dhātvantamhi niddiṭṭhattā uttaralopo nāma. kāritānaṃ
ṇolopanti evamādīhi niddiṭṭhalopo paccayānaṃ niddiṭṭhattā paccaya
lopo nāma. hi lopaṃ vātyevamadināvuttalopo vibhattilo
po nāma. āgamo pi tividho hoti akārāgamo ivaṇṇāga
mo niggahitāgamo ti. tattha akārāgamo yathā. akārāga
mo hiyyattanīajjatanī kālāti pattīsūti ivaṇṇāgamo yathā.
ikārāgamo asabbadhātukamhī ti, ivaṇṇāgamo vā brūtoī
timhī ti. niggahitāgamo yathā. rudhādito niggahitapubbañ ca, ante nigga
hitañ cā ti. nimittam pi duvidhaṃ vibhattinimittaṃ kāritanimittan ti. tattha vibhatti
nimittaṃ yathā. akārodīghaṃ himimesū ti. kāritanimittaṃ yathā.
guhadusānaṃ dīghan ti. vuddhi yathā. asaṃyogantassa vuddhikārite. ghaṭā
dīnaṃ vā. aññesu cā ti. payogavisayaṃ nidassanaṃ sakkā payogaviniccha
yānusārena viññātun ti na taṃ vitthārayimha. *
ito paṭṭhāy’ ayaṃ sakkā, ñātuṃ vuttānusārato ||
pahāya taṃ pavakkhāmi, apubbapadavaṇṇanaṃ || ||
parassatthāni padānī ti attatthavācakāmhasaddato aññatthavāca
kassa nāmatumhasaddassa atthappakāsakāni padānī ti attho. tathā
hi ti antyādayo parassatthavācakā, paratthe yeva tesaṃ sanni
viṭṭhattā. ten’ eva so karotī ty ādīhi yo govihito. uttama
purisassa parassapadabhāve kāraṇaṃ vakkhati yeva. etthā ti imasmiṃ
parassapade. itaresan ti paṭhamamajjhimapurisānaṃ. tabbasenā ti tesaṃ
paṭhamamajjhimapurisānaṃ vasena. tabbohāro niropito ti so pa
[248]
rassapadan ti vohāro uttamapurise niropito ti attho. a
yaṃ pana porāṇakavohāro ti sabbesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ paṭhamapurisādīnaṃ pa
rassapadan ti yo vohāro niddiṭṭho, ayam idāni porāṇasaddasattha
to ābhato vohāro. anena uttamapurisassa parassapa
dattupagamanekāraṇaṃ dassitaṃ hoti.
407. 2. vibhattīnaṃ parādī ti vibhattīhi parassapadattupagatā
hi parānī ti attho. attano atthāni padānī ti attavācakassa
amhasaddass’ atthavācakāni padānī ti attho. gacchāmi gacchāmā ty ādīhi
pana ahaṃ mayan ti amhasaddattho kathito yeva hoti. tasmā
amhasaddassattha vācakāni padāni nāmā ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. tabbohāre i
taresaṃ niruḷhattā ti tasmiṃ attano padan ti vohāre itaresaṃ
paṭhamamajjhimapurisānaṃ niruḷhattā ti attho. imassa pan’ imesaṃ porā
ṇakavohārattā ti imesaṃ paṭhamamajjhimapurisānaṃ attanopadan ti
imassa vohārassa porāṇakavohārattā ti attho.
ayam ime samāropito ti attanopadan ti ayaṃ vohāro i
mesaṃ paṭhamamajjhimapurisānaṃ āropito ti.
409. 4. sabbesaṃ paṭhamamajjhimauttamapurisānaṃ tulyābhidhā
ne paro puriso yojetabbo ti etth’ evam eke atthaṃ vaṇṇenti,
sabbesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ paṭhamamajjhimuttamapurisānaṃ tulyābhidhāne sati ante
tumhaamha iti paro puriso yojetabbo ti. tathāhi ākhyātappa
yogalakkhaṇattā tumhamhapadāni majjhimuttamapurisabahuvacanān’ eva pa
ro puriso ti gahetabbāni. paro puriso ti na-y-imesaṃ lakkha
ṇā ti hitasaññāviseso. atha kho tiṇṇaṃ purisānaṃ paṭipāṭiyā pa
rattāparo puriso ty ūpacarīyante. tathā hi ti antisithamimā ty ā
dinā paṭhamapurisato majjhimapuriso, tato ca uttamapuriso vutto.
paṭhamapuriso nāmādimhi vuttattā tabbohāramanubhavati. ettha ca dvinnaṃ
dvinnaṃ purisānam pi tulyābhidhāne sati kasmā sabbesaṃ paṭhamamajjhima uttama
purisānan ti vuttan ti. tīsu dvinnaṃ pi saṅgahitattā sabbasaṅgāhakavase
n’ eva vuttaṃ. ten’ evam uggahitācariyādhippāyena vimalabuddhinā suttā
dhippāyamupanissāya nayamukhaṃ thapento na vuttiyaṃ paṭhamamajjhimānaṃ pasaṅge
[249]
majjhimopayojito ty ādinā vārasaṅgaho dassito ti. ita
resū ti vuttāvasesesu paṭhamuttamamajjhimuttamapaṭhamamajjhimuttamasaṅkhā
tesu tīsu vārasaṅgahesū ti attho. ettha ca so ca paṭhatī ty ādi
nā paṭhamuttamānaṃ pasaṅge uttamaṃ yojento uttamapurisassa bahu
vacanass’ atthena saddhiṃ padatthavibhāvanaṃ dīpeti. tvañ ca paṭhasī ty ādinā
majjhimuttamānaṃ pasaṅge uttamaṃ yojento tass’ eva āsannatthena
saddhiṃ padatthavibhāvanaṃ pakāseti. so ca paṭhatī ty ādinā paṭhamamajjhi
muttamānaṃ pasaṅge ca uttamaṃ yojento tass’ eva dūrāsannatthena saddhiṃ
padatthavācakamattam eva dasseti. so ca paṭhatī ty adinā ekavacanaba
huvacanavasena paṭhamādīnaṃ pasaṅge uttamaṃ yojento tath’ ev’ e
tassa ekavacanādibhedabhinnena dūrāsannatthena saddhiṃ padatthapaṭipādakataṃ
vibhāveti. iti ca tūsu (read tīsu) pi vāresu uttamapuriso va paro puriso
ti gahito. vuttiyaṃ niddiṭṭh’ ekasmiṃ yeva vāre majjhimapuriso vutto
ti evaṃ parassapade pañcavārā. tathā attanopade pañcavārā ti dasa
vārā ti c’ evaṃ sabbatthakālā ti pattipariyosānesu aṭṭhasuṭhāne
su samodhānato asī ti paropurisavārā honti. ettha tu
vattamānassa parassa padavasen’ eva paropurisayojanaṃ katvā dassi
taṃ. na attano padavasena, tasmā attano pade pan’ evaṃ paropuriso
yojetabbo. so ca paṭhate, tvañ ca paṭhase, tumhe paṭhavhe, so ca
paṭhate, ahañ ca paṭhe, mayaṃ paṭhāmhe, tvañ ca paṭhase, ahañca paṭhe, mayaṃ paṭhā
mhe, so ca paṭhate, tañ ca paṭhase, ahañ ca paṭhe, mayaṃ paṭhāmhe, so ca pa
ṭhate, te ca paṭhante, tvañ ca paṭhase, tumhe ca paṭhavhe, ahañ ca  paṭhe, mayaṃ pa
ṭhāmhe ti. evam aññatrā pi na yoyojetabbo.
410. 5. sādhakavācaketi kattuvācake. sādheti
attappadhāno hutvā kiriyam abhinipphādetī ti sādhako. taṭṭhāniya
vasenā ti tesaṃ nāmānaṃ ṭhānaṃ taṭṭhānaṃ. taṭṭhāne bhavataṭṭhānikā. ka
kārassa yakāraṃ katvā taṭṭhāniyā ti vuttaṃ. tesaṃ vaso taṭṭhā
niyavaso. tena taṭṭhāniyavasena. nāmapayogaṭṭhānikaudāharaṇa
vasenā ti attho.
414. 9. sesatumhāmhasaṅkhātasādhakapaṭibaddhā ti sesakā
[250]
rakatumhakāraka amhakāraka saṅkhātakārakattaya paṭibaddhā ti
attho. ettha ca karoti pacatī ty ādīkā paṭhamapurisābhihita ki
riyā sesakārakasaṅkhātakattupaṭibaddhā, tass’ eva abhinipphādana
byāpārasambandhattā. evam eva carasi viharas īty ādikā majjhimapurisā
bhihitakiriyā tumhakārakapaṭibaddhā. gacchāmi bhuñjāmī ty ādikā utta
mapurisābhihitakiriyā amhakārakapaṭibaddhā. imesañ ca pana ākhyā
tapayogānaṃ kiriyāvācakatā veditabbā ti sambandho. ākhyā
tapayogalakkhaṇaṃ dassento yan tikālan ti gātham āha. tattha
tikālan ti kālattayavantaṃ. tayo kālā etassā ti tikā
laṃ. atītānāgatapaccuppanne svaññatarakālavācakan ti attho. e
kakkhaṇasmiṃ hi kālattayavācakākhyātapadaṃ nāma natthi. tādisāya
paccayuppattiyā anupalabbhamānatthā. ākhyātapaccayāhi paccekakāli
kā. naṇādayo viya tekālikā. tasmā tīsv aññatarakālā
ti hi tam ākhyātikan ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. tipurisan ti tipurisavantaṃ. tayo puri
so etassā ti tipurisaṃ. tīsu paṭhamamajjhimuttamapurise svaññatara
purisasamāyogan ti attho. tikārakan ti kārakattayavantaṃ. ta
yo kārakā etassā ti tikārakaṃ. tīsu kattukammabhāvatā
rakesv aññatarakārakasahitan ti attho. sakalā ākhyātapacca
yāhi tīsu kārakesu niddiṭṭhā. kasmā. tabbinimuttākhyāta payo
gassābhāgā, kārakalakkhaṇaṃ dassento ti kārakan ti āha.
atiliṅgan ti tīhi liṅgehi virahitaṃ. atiliṅgikan ti attho. yaṃ
liṅgattayarahitaṃ, taṃ abhiliṅgan ti vuttaṃ hoti. asatvavacakattā
pan’ assa aliṅgatā veditabbā. satvavācakam eva hi liṅgabhedaṃ paṭivatta
ti. netaram abhidheyyaliṅgavisesagatā sambhavato. kiriyāya pana
asatvattā tabbācakassa liṅgabhedābhāvo ti. yam ettha vattabbaṃ, taṃ
heṭṭhā vuttam eva. dvivacanan ti vacanadvayavantaṃ, dvīsu ekavacanabahuvacane
sv aññatarāyattan ti attho.
415. 10. āṇāpanan ti yāhi ehī ty ādinā kiriyāsu ni
yojanaṃ. āsiṭṭheti āsisatthe pasaṃsatthe ti attho. te
n’ āha āsiṭṭho ti pasaṃsāti. paccuppannakālaṃ sandhāy’ āha samī
[251]
pe vuttakālo ti. ten’ āha paccuppanne kāle ti. uparivattabbavikappaṃ
sandhāy’ āha imasmiṃ pana pakkheti.
416. 11. kiñcā py eyyādayo anumatyatthe ca parikappatthe
ca sattamivibhattiyo hontī ti vuttattā atthadvayesu avibhāga
to sanniviṭṭhā viya dissanti, tathā pi anumati parassa anumati, pari
kappo attano parikappo ti atthavibhāgayuttattā parassapadattano
padesu paṭhamamajjhimapurisā anumatyatthe honti. uttamo c’ eko
parikappatthe hotī ti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
420. 15. vuttanayenādīnan ti vuttanayena ādīnaṃ vibhattiga
ṇanan ti attho.
422. 17. atipannan ti atikkamitvā pannaṃ pavattanaṃ atipannaṃ
atthassa anipphajjakaṃ hutvā kālassa atipannan ti attho. imam e
vatthaṃ dassento āha sādhakasattivirahena kiriyā yaccantā
nuppattī ti. sādhakassa kattuno sattivirahattā accantaṃ kiriyāya
anipphattī ti attho. so c’ etaṃ yānam alabhissā agacchissā
ty ādīsu hi gamanādikiriyā sādhakassa kattuno yānādipaṭilābha
saṅkhātāyasattiyā abhāvato accantaṃ gamanādikiriyāya anipphatti
yāgantabbā ti kālassa atikkamo vutto hoti. sādheti kiri
yamabhinipphādetī ti sādhako. sādhakassa sattisādhakasatti. sā
dhakasattiyā viraho sādhakasattiviraho. tena sādhakasatti
virahena. hetvatthe karaṇavacanam etaṃ. nanu tabbācakenātīta
saddena kiriyānavoharitabbā. atha kimattham ettha taggahaṇaṃ katan ti
idam anuyogavidhānaṃ cetasi samādhāyakiñcā pi na kiriya ty ādim ā
ha. tattha kiñcāpi na kiriyātītasaddena voharitabbā ti yā gacchati
pacatī ty ādikiriyāsaddābhidheyyā taṃ taṃ kālikagamanapacanādikā
kiriyā, sānātītasaddena voharitabbā, avatthukattā ca kiriyā
ya atītasaddassa atabbacanīyattā ti attho takkiriyuppattipaṭi
baddhakarakattukiriyāyā ti sā sā kiriyā takkiriyā. tan taṃ kā
likāgamanapacanādikākiriyā ti attho. takkiriyāya uppatti uppajja
naṃ, nipphatti vā takkiriyuppatti. takkiriyuppattiyā paṭibaddhaṃ sambandhaṃ karotī ti
[252]
takkiriyuppattipaṭibaddhakaro. takkiriyuppattipaṭibaddhakarassa kattuno
kiriyā takkiriyuppatti paṭibaddhakarakattukiriyā. tassā takkiri
yuppattipaṭibaddhakarakattukiriyāya. sambandhatthe sāmivacanam etaṃ. atha
vā. tasmiṃ atītakāle kiriyuppattiṃ attanā paṭibaddhaṃ karotī ti
takkiriyuppattipaṭibaddhakaro. ko so. atītakālikakiriyā
nipphādako kattā. tassa kiriyā takkiriyuppattipaṭibaddhakarakattu
kiriyā. tāya. iti atītakālikakiriyābhinipphādako kattā
atīto nāma. tappaṭibaddhattā kiriyāya pi atītavohāro
labbhate vāti vuttaṃ hoti. kiriyā na kevalaṃ atītavohāra
m eva labhati, atha kho vuttayuttiyā paccuppannānāgatavohāram api
labhatī ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. kālabhedenā ti atītādikāla nānāttavase
na. atītavohāro ti atītan ti vohāro.
425. 20. vuddhāvādese ti vuddhi ava ādese. vuddhiñ ca ava
ādesañ ca katvā ti attho.
426. 21. āadayo ti aādayo. sesaṃ uttānattha
m eva. paṭhamo paricchedo.
443. 38. pubbarūpamāpajjake ti yādiso pubbabyañjano, tā
disam āpajjate ti attho. catutthassa ḍhakārassā ti ṭavaggakkharapaṭi
pāṭiṃ sandhāy’ āha.
455. 50. tathā dhātūhī ti ettha adhātuggahaṇena dhā
tuttarahitā nāmappayogā vuttā. dhātvatthe t’ īminā dhātvattha
sambandho vutto.
457. 52. idha panā t’ īmasmiṃ sutte. sandhicchā ti sandhiṃ kattu
m icchā. yady anicchā siyā ti yadi sandhiṃ kattum anicchā siyā ti attho.
kuto ‘yaṃ vakāro ti ayaṃ vakāro kuto suttato āga
to ti attho. bhūvādiggahaṇasattiṃ ekena pakārena dassento
sakammakākammakavasenā ty ādim āha. bhūvāpakārā ti bhūpakārā
akammakadhātuyo ca vā pakārāsakammakadhātuyo cā ti attho.
sesaṃ uttānattham eva. dutīyo paricchedo.
458. 53. ity apaccayan ti iti ayapaccayan ti chedo.
[253]
467.62. vacanavipallāsavasenā ti ettha duvidho vipallā
so liṅgavipallāso vacanavipallāso ti. tattha liṅgavipallāso
nāma napuṃsakaliṅgassa saddassa pulliṅgādivasena, pulliṅgādisaddassa ca napuṃ
sakādiliṅgena vā niddeso. vacanavipallāso nāma ekavacanassa bahu
vacanena vā, bahuvacanassa ekavacanena vā niddeso. idha pana ekavacanassa
bahuvacanena niddeso daṭṭhabbo. sesaṃ suviññeyyam eva. tatīyo
paricchedo.
484. 79. āgatigaṇo yan ti ayaṃ ghaṭādidhātugaṇo
avikāragaṇo ti attho. sesaṃ uttānattham eva. catuttho
paricchedo.
ākhyātsaṃpyaṅcṭīkāpāṭh prīḥ *
payogānaṃ pi sādhanappadhānattā tammūlakāraṇabhūtasādhanavibhā
gaṃ dassento bhāvakammakattukaraṇasādhanasahitan ti āha.
kattukaraṇappadesesu cā ti ettha kiñcā py adhikaraṇasaṅgaho ka
to, tathā pi katthaci yeva tannissitapayoguppattisambhavato ta
danupādāya bhiyyo vuppattinyāyena bhāvādisādhanacatukkam eva ho
tī ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. seṭṭhan ty ādinā paṇāmaṃ dassetvā heṭṭhā vuttattā āha
puna attano satthuno paṇāmaṃ dassento ti. pakaraṇakattuno
paṇāmassa vatthubhūtattā āha buddhan ti vatthuniddeso ti. upaṇasa
muddan ti anappakatthena ca duravagāhaṭṭhena ca ñāṇaṃ samuddo etassā ti
ñāṇasamuddo. taṃ lokahetukhinnamatin ti karuṇā katattā
paññāya lokassa hetukhinnāuttāsaṃ pattā mati etassā ti lo
kahetukhinnamati. taṃ anādimati saṃsāre heṭṭh’ upariyavasena pa
ribbhamantamatikāruṇiyabhūtaṃ sattalokaṃ disvā tato uddharitu
kāmassa kena nu kho upāyen’ imaṃ sattalokaṃ imamhā bhavasāgarā
uddhareyyan ti upāya pariyesanāya uppannāya mahākaruṇāvegasa
mussitāya paññāya karuṇā sabhāvasaṇṭhitattā uttāsaṃ patti
daṭṭhabbā. uttāso ti c’ ettha paradukkhāpanayane karuṇuttāso.
[254]
524. 1. syādimhā sampatte ti siādimhi asampatte. ādigga
haṇen’ ettha yovibhattiñ ca saṅgaṇhāti.
525. 2. anusaddehi sivibhattiṃ katvā ti apadato c’ anupa
dato ca sivibhattiṃ katvā ti attho.
528. 5. visāditoṇā ti vattabbe visarujapadādito
ṇātivacanaṃ rujapadānaṃ avisādittā visādito rujādito padādi
to dhātugaṇato ti atthassa gahaṇatthan ti attho.
529. 6. niyamābhāvā ti sutte sarūpato dhātuniyamassa
asaṃvihitattā ti attho.
543. 20. vaṇṇāgamo ti atthaṃ vaṇṇeti saṃvaṇṇetī ti
vaṇṇo. vaṇṇīyati attho etenā ti vā vaṇṇo. āgamanaṃ āga
mo. vaṇṇassa āgamo vaṇṇāgamo. anenakkharāgamalakkhaṇam abhi
dhitaṃ hoti. vaṇṇavipāriyāyo ti vaṇṇānaṃ vipariyāyo. paṭhamapacchi
mānaṃ pacchimapaṭhamaṃ hutvā ṭhitatā. vaṇṇavipariyāyo ti vattabbe vācā
siliṭṭhatāya dīghaṃ katvā evaṃ vuttan ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. dve ca ke te ti ce. vaṇṇa
vikāranāsā. vaṇṇassa ca aññathāttam āpajjanaṃ vaṇṇavikāro. ane
navipariṇāmalakkhaṇaṃ vuttaṃ hoti. vaṇṇānaṃ vināso vaṇṇavināso.
anena lopalakkhaṇam āha. vikāro ca vināso ca vikāravinā
sā. vaṇṇānaṃ vikāravināsāvaṇṇavikāravināsā. gāthāchandam abhe
datthaṃ sukhuccāraṇatāya visaddalopaṃ katvā evaṃ vuttan ti daṭṭhabbaṃ. dhā
tussa atthātisayena yogo ti atthassa atisayena vise
sena. aññenā kārena vādhātussayogo yujjanaṃ. padānam atthāti
sayena yogo ti pi pāṭho. tassa padānaṃ atthāpadanamatthā. te
saṃ atisayena yogo padānamatthātisayena yogo ti samā
so. dhātūnaṃ atthātisayena yogo ti vuttaṃ hoti. padasaddo
pan’ ettha dhātuvācako. tad uccate pañcavidhaṃ niruttan ti taṃ pañcavidhaṃ vuttappa
kārakatthavisesaṃ niruttam iti niruttilakkhaṇan ti saddalakkhaṇan ti ucca
te kathīyati. sesaṃ uttānattham eva. paṭhamo paricchedo niṭṭhi
to.
[255]
550. 27. na hi. pa. saññāpako atthī ti imass’ atthassa
saññāpako yogo na hi atthī ti sambandho. aññe ti ṇādiyupacca
yantehi aññe paccayā.
554. 31. itthānitthābhidheyyavasenā ti itthi anitthi vā
cakavasenā ti attho.
561. 48. icchassa vā atthā ti ettha atthasaddāpekkhakaṃ
katvā icchassā ti āha. tasmā icchasaddassa atthā ty attho
daṭṭhabbo. samānakattukānan ti ekakattukānaṃ.
569. 46. gamo ti gamu dhātum āha. sesaṃ uttānattham e
va. dutīyo paricchedo niṭṭhito.
572. 49. imehi tapaccayassā ti imehi dhātūhi tapacca
yassā ti attho. sesaṃ uttānattham eva. tatīyo paricche
do niṭṭhito.
601. 78. tavetunādīsu ca paccayesu vajjetvā ti tave
tunādayo paccaye vajjetvā ti attho. upayogatthe bhummaṃ.
liṅgatthe kātabbāya paṭhamāya nāma saññaṃ katvā katattā nāma saññā
to liṅgasaññākaraṇam eva yuttan ti yuttiṃ cetasi samādhāy’ āha
nanv ihā ty ādi. samānatthattā ti ekatthattā. tenā ti nāmaggahaṇe
na. adhippetattho sijjhatī ti liṅgatthaṃ sandhāy’ āha. ubhinnan ti dvinnaṃ nāma
liṅgasaddānaṃ sesaṃ uttānattham eva. catuttho paricchedo niṭṭhi
to.
607. 84. saññogasmin ti saṃyujjanaṃ saṃyogo. saṃyujjatī
ti vāsaṃ yogo. dvinnaṃ akkharānaṃ ekasmiṃ sannipāto ti attho. se
saṃ uttānattham eva. pañcamo paricchedo niṭṭhito.
kitsaṃpyaṅṭīkāpāṭh prīḥ *
626. 3. kammani kārake dutīyāya vibhattiyā vijjamānā
yā t’ īminā kammupapadasmā yeva dhātumhā kattarittapaccayo hotī
[256]
ti vuttaṃ hoti. kammani na kevalaṃ dutīyāy’ eva hoti, atha kho
aññā pi vibhattiyo honti. tasmā vibhattīnaṃ saṃkarāpanirākara
ṇatthaṃ dutīyaggahaṇaṃ katan ti dassento kammakaraṇanimittatthesū ti
ādim āha. yatthā ti yasmiṃ payoge. tato ti tasmā kāraṇā.
imam atthaṃ dassento ti kammani paṭhamā vibhatti pi hotī ti imam atthavi
sesaṃ dassento ti attho. kammani dutīyāyam iti vadatā kammani du
tīyāyābhāvo pi dassito yeva hotī ti ayam ettha adhippā
yo. yadi kammani dutīyāy’ eva bhaveyya, evaṃ sati niyametvā kamma
niggahaṇen’ ev’ itaratthassa siddhattā na dutīyaggahaṇaṃ kareyya. ka
tañ ca taṃ. tena ñāyati na kammani dutīyāy’ eva hotī ti. yathā
c’ etthā ti ettha vibhattipaccayābhihitakammattha va ti payoge ya
thāttanā vattabbass’ atthavisesassābhāvādutīyā na hoti, liṅgattha
mattam upādāya paṭhamā va hotī ti attho. tadattho ti so kammatthe
paṭhamuppattisaṅkhāto attho. tassa ca liṅgatthassa visayābhāva
to etaṃ liṅgatthe paṭhamā ti suttaṃ na vattabbam eva ti sambandho. iti vi
hitapaṭiniyatavibhattittā ti iti evaṃ vihitā ti iti vihitā. paṭi
paccekaṃ visuṃ visuṃ atthe niyatā ti paṭiniyatā. paṭiniyatā ca tā vi
bhattiyo cā ti paṭiniyatavibhattiyo. iti vihitā eva paṭiniyata
vibhattiyo iti vihitapaṭiniyatavibhattiyo. tāsaṃ bhāvo i
ti vihitapaṭiniyatavibhattittaṃ. tasmā iti vihita paṭiniyatavi
bhattittā katvatthādīnan ti attho. etan ti liṅgatthe paṭhamā ti etaṃ
suttaṃ. taṃ pan’ atthato heṭṭhā vuttāvabhavantī ti etthato pana tassā
paṭhamāya vibhattiyā heṭṭhā vuttā bhutto dano ty ādayo payo
gāvavisayābhavantī ti attho. upasagganipātānaṃ liṅgabhāvato ti
sambandho. tadatthabhūtassa cā ti tesaṃ upasagganipātānaṃ atthabhū
tassa. atth’ eva visayo ti paṭhamāy’ api visayo atth’ evā ti
attho. tan nā t’ īminā vuttappakārānuyogavākyaṃ nisedheti.
tassa taṃ kattutādirahitesu upsagganipātesu paṭhamāya isa
yo atthī ti vacanaṃ na vattabban ti attho. iminā va sijjhanato ti imi
nā va suttena upsagganipātesu paṭhamāya sijjhanato ti attho. sā
[257]
matthato vā ti suttabalen’ evā ti attho. sampattato ti pi pāṭho.
tassa pakatyatthavasenā ti attho. tabbinimuttesū ti tehi kattu
tādīhi vinimuttesu. asat’ īmasmin ti liṅgatthe paṭhamā t’ īmasmiṃ sutte
asatī ti attho. idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti, kato va dhitattiyo t’ īminā
vibhattīnaṃ visayaparidīpanam eva kataṃ, na vibhattividhānaṃ. tasmā asati pi pa
ṭhamāvibhattividhāyake sutte kattutādirahitesu upasagganipā
tatthesu vibhattiyo hontī ti na c’ evaṃ mantuṃ sakkā ti.
627. 4. khyādīhi ti khī ādiyesaṃ te khyādayo. tehi
khyādīhi.
628. 5. ā gati gaṇattā ti sabbassa gaṇattā, sāmaññaga
ṇattā ti keci. ten’ eva siddhe ti tena khyādīhi manmacato vā ti
sutten’ eva * samādīhi dhātūhi mapaccayassa siddhe satī ti attho.
idha vihitassā ti idhānuvattamānassa. idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti. yad idaṃ suttaṃ
samādīhitho ti vuttaṃ siyā, tadākhyādīhi manmacato vā ti ito
maggahaṇam anuvatteyya. evañ ca sati tattha makārasaṅkhātassa paccayassa
todeso pīdhānuvatteyya. tasmā tadādesanivattanatthaṃ idham aggaha
ṇaṃ katan ti. siddhe saty ārambho ti sati pi adhippetatthe siddhe puna magga
haṇassa ārambho ti attho. sānubandhakaraṇan ti pakatisānuba
ndhaṃ katvā kathanan ti attho. tadattham evā ti tassa makārassa vihi
tato ādesassa nivattaṃ n’ attham eva. nanv eva ty ādi codanā, tattha e
vam avutte pi ti evaṃ sānubandhaṃ katvā avutte pī ti attho. ihā ti
samādīhi thamā ti imasmiṃ sutte. tadattho ti so to ādesa
nivattanattho. viññāyatī ty ādi parihāro. tattha yathā purimādhita
gaṇo vādhippeto ti pi saṅkā siyā ti sānubandhaṃ katvā mance ti
avutte anantarasutte vuttappakārakhyādidhātugaṇo ca samādīhi
thamā t’ īmasmiṃ sutte ācariyenādhippeto ti sissānaṃ saṅkā
siyā ti attho. taṃ nivattanatthan ti tadāsaṅkānivattanatthaṃ tattha sā
nubandhaṃ katvā vuttan ti attho. nanū ty ādi codanā. tattha tadattho ti
so saṅkānivattanattho. na sakkā. anantarasuttato ty ādiparihā
ro. tatha samādīhi to iti vattabbassa suttassa evaṃ avuttattā
[258]
anantarasuttato manpaccayassānuvattanato tadattho viññātuṃ
na sakkā ti yojanā. sesaṃ uttānam attham eva. chaṭṭho paricchedo.
uṇādikappanyāsavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā. niṭṭhitā ca mukhamattadīpaniyā lī
natthapakāsikānyāsa[ppadī?]pikā.
saṃpyaṅ ṭīkāpāṭh prīḥ *